Stability of whole inactivated influenza virus vaccine during coating onto metal microneedles

PubMed Central

Choi, Hyo-Jick; Bondy, Brian J.; Yoo, Dae-Goon; Compans, Richard W.; Kang, Sang-Moo; Prausnitz, Mark R.

2012-01-01

Immunization using a microneedle patch coated with vaccine offers the promise of simplified vaccination logistics and increased vaccine immunogenicity. This study examined the stability of influenza vaccine during the microneedle coating process, with a focus on the role of coating formulation excipients. Thick, uniform coatings were obtained using coating formulations containing a viscosity enhancer and surfactant, but these formulations retained little functional vaccine hemagglutinin (HA) activity after coating. Vaccine coating in a trehalose-only formulation retained about 40 – 50% of vaccine activity, which is a significant improvement. The partial viral activity loss observed in the trehalose-only formulation was hypothesized to come from osmotic pressure-induced vaccine destabilization. We found that inclusion of a viscosity enhancer, carboxymethyl cellulose, overcame this effect and retained full vaccine activity on both washed and plasma-cleaned titanium surfaces. The addition of polymeric surfactant, Lutrol® micro 68, to the trehalose formulation generated phase transformations of the vaccine coating, such as crystallization and phase separation, which was correlated to additional vaccine activity loss, especially when coating on hydrophilic, plasma-cleaned titanium. Again, the addition of a viscosity enhancer suppressed the surfactant-induced phase transformations during drying, which was confirmed by in vivo assessment of antibody response and survival rate after immunization in mice. We conclude that trehalose and a viscosity enhancer are beneficial coating excipients, but the inclusion of surfactant is detrimental to vaccine stability. PMID:23246470

Quantification of Sunscreen Ethylhexyl Triazone in Topical Skin-Care Products by Normal-Phase TLC/Densitometry

PubMed Central

Sobanska, Anna W.; Pyzowski, Jaroslaw

2012-01-01

Ethylhexyl triazone (ET) was separated from other sunscreens such as avobenzone, octocrylene, octyl methoxycinnamate, and diethylamino hydroxybenzoyl hexyl benzoate and from parabens by normal-phase HPTLC on silica gel 60 as stationary phase. Two mobile phases were particularly effective: (A) cyclohexane-diethyl ether 1 : 1 (v/v) and (B) cyclohexane-diethyl ether-acetone 15 : 1 : 2 (v/v/v) since apart from ET analysis they facilitated separation and quantification of other sunscreens present in the formulations. Densitometric scanning was performed at 300 nm. Calibration curves for ET were nonlinear (second-degree polynomials), with R > 0.998. For both mobile phases limits of detection (LOD) were 0.03 and limits of quantification (LOQ) 0.1 μg spot−1. Both methods were validated. PMID:22629203

Comparative effect on platelet function of a fixed-dose aspirin and clopidogrel combination versus separate formulations in patients with coronary artery disease: A phase IV, multicenter, prospective, 4-week non-inferiority trial.

PubMed

Oh, Pyung Chun; Ahn, Taehoon; Kim, Dong Woon; Hong, Bum-Kee; Kim, Dong-Soo; Kwan, Jun; Choi, Cheol Ung; Yang, Yong-Mo; Bae, Jang Ho; Jung, Kyung Tae; Choi, Woong Gil; Jeon, Dong Woon; Cho, Deok Kyu; Pyun, Wook Bum; Cha, Kwang Soo; Cha, Tae-Joon; Chun, Kook Jin; Kim, Young Dae; Kim, Byung Soo; Kim, Doo-Il; Kim, Tae Ik

2016-01-01

The effect of aspirin and clopidogrel in a fixed-dose combination (FDC) on platelet function was compared with separate formulations in patients that had undergone percutaneous coronary intervention (PCI) with drug-eluting stent (DES). This was a phase IV, prospective, multicenter, single-arm, non-inferiority study. Patients that had taken aspirin 100 mg and clopidogrel 75 mg once daily as separate formulations for >6 months after PCI with DES were enrolled, and then switched to an aspirin/clopidogrel FDC once-daily for 4 weeks. Platelet reactivity was determined using the VerifyNow® P2Y12 assay at baseline (immediately prior to switching) and 4 weeks later. A total of 648 patients (the full-analysis population; age, 63.6±9.0 years; male, 76.5%) finished the study, and 565 (the per-protocol population) completed without protocol violations. In the per-protocol population, the % inhibitions of P2Y12 and ARU were not significantly different between baseline and after 4 weeks of FDC treatment (29.2±20.0% to 29.0±19.9%, P=0.708; 445.1±69.2 to 446.2±63.0, P=0.799, respectively) and the difference in P2Y12 inhibition observed did not exceed the predetermined limit of non-inferiority (95% CI, -0.9 to 1.3). In the full-analysis population, the % inhibitions of P2Y12, PRU, and ARU were not significantly changed after 4 weeks of FDC treatment. This study demonstrates that the efficacy of platelet inhibition by an aspirin/clopidogrel FDC was not inferior to that of separate aspirin and clopidogrel formulations in patients that had undergone PCI with DES. Copyright © 2015. Published by Elsevier Ireland Ltd.

Thermal and oxidative degradation studies of formulated C-ethers by gel-permeation chromatography

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Jones, W. R., Jr.; Morales, W.

1982-01-01

Gel-permeation chromatography was used to analyze C-ether lubricant formulations from high-temperature bearing tests and from micro-oxidation tests. Three mu-styragel columns (one 500 and two 100 A) and a tetrahydrofuran mobile phase were found to adequately separate the C-ether degradation products. The micro-oxidation tests yielded degradation results qualitatively similar to those observed from the bearing tests. Micro-oxidation tests conducted in air yielded more degradation than did tests in nitrogen. No great differences were observed between the thermal-oxidative stabilities of the two C-ether formulations or between the catalytic degradation activities of silver and M-50 steel. C-ether formulation I did yield more degradation than did formulation II in 111- and 25-hour bearing tests, respectively.

Stability Formulation for Integrated Opto-mechanic Phase Shifters.

PubMed

Ozer, Yigit; Kocaman, Serdar

2018-01-31

Stability of opto-mechanical phase shifters consisting of waveguides and non-signal carrying control beams is investigated thoroughly and a formula determining the physical limitations has been proposed. Suggested formulation is not only beneficial to determine physical strength of the system but also advantageous to guess the response of the output to the fabrication errors. In the iterative analysis of cantilever and double-clamped beam geometrical configurations, the stability condition is revealed under the strong inter-dependence of the system parameters such as input power, device length and waveguide separation. Numerical calculations involving effective index modifications and opto-mechanic movements show that well-known cantilever beams are unstable and inadequate to generate φ = 180° phase difference, while double-clamped beam structures can be utilized to build functional devices. Ideal operation conditions are also presented in terms of both the device durability and the controllability of phase evolution.

A generalized volumetric dispersion model for a class of two-phase separation/reaction: finite difference solutions

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Siripatana, Chairat; Thongpan, Hathaikarn; Promraksa, Arwut

2017-03-01

This article explores a volumetric approach in formulating differential equations for a class of engineering flow problems involving component transfer within or between two phases. In contrast to conventional formulation which is based on linear velocities, this work proposed a slightly different approach based on volumetric flow-rate which is essentially constant in many industrial processes. In effect, many multi-dimensional flow problems found industrially can be simplified into multi-component or multi-phase but one-dimensional flow problems. The formulation is largely generic, covering counter-current, concurrent or batch, fixed and fluidized bed arrangement. It was also intended to use for start-up, shut-down, control and steady state simulation. Since many realistic and industrial operation are dynamic with variable velocity and porosity in relation to position, analytical solutions are rare and limited to only very simple cases. Thus we also provide a numerical solution using Crank-Nicolson finite difference scheme. This solution is inherently stable as tested against a few cases published in the literature. However, it is anticipated that, for unconfined flow or non-constant flow-rate, traditional formulation should be applied.

Predicting solubilisation features of ternary phase diagrams of fully dilutable lecithin linker microemulsions.

PubMed

Nouraei, Mehdi; Acosta, Edgar J

2017-06-01

Fully dilutable microemulsions (μEs), used to design self-microemulsifying delivery system (SMEDS), are formulated as concentrate solutions containing oil and surfactants, without water. As water is added to dilute these systems, various μEs are produced (water-swollen reverse micelles, bicontinuous systems, and oil-swollen micelles), without the onset of phase separation. Currently, the formulation dilutable μEs follows a trial and error approach that has had a limited success. The objective of this work is to introduce the use of the hydrophilic-lipophilic-difference (HLD) and net-average-curvature (NAC) frameworks to predict the solubilisation features of ternary phase diagrams of lecithin-linker μEs and the use of these predictions to guide the formulation of dilutable μEs. To this end, the characteristic curvatures (Cc) of soybean lecithin (surfactant), glycerol monooleate (lipophilic linker) and polyglycerol caprylate (hydrophilic linker) and the equivalent alkane carbon number (EACN) of ethyl caprate (oil) were obtained via phase scans with reference surfactant-oil systems. These parameters were then used to calculate the HLD of lecithin-linkers-ethyl caprate microemulsions. The calculated HLDs were able to predict the phase transitions observed in the phase scans. The NAC was then used to fit and predict phase volumes obtained from salinity phase scans, and to predict the solubilisation features of ternary phase diagrams of the lecithin-linker formulations. The HLD-NAC predictions were reasonably accurate, and indicated that the largest region for dilutable μEs was obtained with slightly negative HLD values. The NAC framework also predicted, and explained, the changes in microemulsion properties along dilution lines. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Effect of Excipients on Liquid-Liquid Phase Separation and Aggregation in Dual Variable Domain Immunoglobulin Protein Solutions.

PubMed

Raut, Ashlesha S; Kalonia, Devendra S

2016-03-07

Liquid-liquid phase separation (LLPS) and aggregation can reduce the physical stability of therapeutic protein formulations. On undergoing LLPS, the protein-rich phase can promote aggregation during storage due to high concentration of the protein. Effect of different excipients on aggregation in protein solution is well documented; however data on the effect of excipients on LLPS is scarce in the literature. In this study, the effect of four excipients (PEG 400, Tween 80, sucrose, and hydroxypropyl beta-cyclodextrin (HPβCD)) on liquid-liquid phase separation and aggregation in a dual variable domain immunoglobulin protein solution was investigated. Sucrose suppressed both LLPS and aggregation, Tween 80 had no effect on either, and PEG 400 increased LLPS and aggregation. Attractive protein-protein interactions and liquid-liquid phase separation decreased with increasing concentration of HPβCD, indicating its specific binding to the protein. However, HPβCD had no effect on the formation of soluble aggregates and fragments in this study. LLPS and aggregation are highly temperature dependent; at low temperature protein exhibits LLPS, at high temperature protein exhibits aggregation, and at an intermediate temperature both phenomena occur simultaneously depending on the solution conditions.

Formulation of poorly water-soluble drugs via coacervation--a pilot study using febantel.

PubMed

De Jaeghere, W; De Geest, B G; Van Bocxlaer, J; Remon, J P; Vervaet, C; Antunes da Fonseca, A

2013-11-01

In this study, febantel was dissolved under increased temperature in a nonionic surfactant Lutrol L44® and subsequently mixed into an aqueous maltodextrin solution. After 8h under static conditions, coacervation or phase separation took place. (1)H NMR spectra and HPLC analysis showed that the upper phase contained mainly all febantel, while no febantel was detected in the lower phase. Fluorescent microscopy showed that maltodextrin is distributed in the lower phase. Coacervation proved to be a promising formulation technology for certain poorly water-soluble drugs, such as febantel. The coacervate phase showed an increase in in vitro dissolution kinetics, compared to Rintal® granules. These results were confirmed in an in vivo study performed on dogs. Febantel and fenbendazole showed a significant increase in plasma concentration compared to Rintal® granules. Further studies have to be performed to transform coacervates into a solid dosage form and to prove broad applicability to other poorly soluble drugs. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Optimized formulation of solid self-microemulsifying sirolimus delivery systems

PubMed Central

Cho, Wonkyung; Kim, Min-Soo; Kim, Jeong-Soo; Park, Junsung; Park, Hee Jun; Cha, Kwang-Ho; Park, Jeong-Sook; Hwang, Sung-Joo

2013-01-01

Background The aim of this study was to develop an optimized solid self-microemulsifying drug delivery system (SMEDDS) formulation for sirolimus to enhance its solubility, stability, and bioavailability. Methods Excipients used for enhancing the solubility and stability of sirolimus were screened. A phase-separation test, visual observation for emulsifying efficiency, and droplet size analysis were performed. Ternary phase diagrams were constructed to optimize the liquid SMEDDS formulation. The selected liquid SMEDDS formulations were prepared into solid form. The dissolution profiles and pharmacokinetic profiles in rats were analyzed. Results In the results of the oil and cosolvent screening studies, Capryol™ Propylene glycol monocapry late (PGMC) and glycofurol exhibited the highest solubility of all oils and cosolvents, respectively. In the surfactant screening test, D-α-tocopheryl polyethylene glycol 1000 succinate (vitamin E TPGS) was determined to be the most effective stabilizer of sirolimus in pH 1.2 simulated gastric fluids. The optimal formulation determined by the construction of ternary phase diagrams was the T32 (Capryol™ PGMC:glycofurol:vitamin E TPGS = 30:30:40 weight ratio) formulation with a mean droplet size of 108.2 ± 11.4 nm. The solid SMEDDS formulations were prepared with Sucroester 15 and mannitol. The droplet size of the reconstituted solid SMEDDS showed no significant difference compared with the liquid SMEDDS. In the dissolution study, the release amounts of sirolimus from the SMEDDS formulation were significantly higher than the raw sirolimus powder. In addition, the solid SMEDDS formulation was in a more stable state than liquid SMEDDS in pH 1.2 simulated gastric fluids. The results of the pharmacokinetic study indicate that the SMEDDS formulation shows significantly greater bioavailability than the raw sirolimus powder or commercial product (Rapamune® oral solution). Conclusion The results of this study suggest the potential use of a solid SMEDDS formulation for the delivery of poorly water-soluble drugs, such as sirolimus, through oral administration. PMID:23641156

FORMULATION AND STABILITY EVALUATION OF BAUHINIA VARIEGATA EXTRACT TOPICAL EMULSION.

PubMed

Mohsin, Sabeeh; Akhtar, Naveed

2017-05-01

This study presents the results for the development of water in oil (W/O) emulsion containing 2 % Bauhinia variegata (BV) extract with good antioxidant potential for cosmetic application. Different ratios of surfactant, oil and water were investigated to optimize the ratio of ingredients. It was found that emulsifier and oil4ratio were important in improving the stability of emulsion. The formulation having 2.5% Abil EM90, 12% liquid paraffin, 83.5% distilled water and 2% BV extract was found to be most stable. Stability of the formulation was further evaluated by characterizing for organoleptic, sedimentation, microscopic and rheological properties at a range of storage conditions for a period of 12 weeks. Experimental findings showed stable formulation behavior with respect to color change, liquefaction and phase separation. Centrifugation test was carried out to predict the long term stability..The rheological parameters were evaluated from Power Law and the flow index value less than 1 suggested non-Newtonian behavior of the W/O emulsion. The mean droplet size of the internal phase of freshly prepared formulation was 4.06 ? 1.99 pm that did not change significantly (p > 0.05) during the storage. The newly developed formulation exhibited promising attributes over long term storage and open opportunities for the topical delivery of natural antioxidants for cosmetic and pharmaceutical objectives.

Electrospun Polymer Blend Nanofibers for Tunable Drug Delivery: The Role of Transformative Phase Separation on Controlling the Release Rate.

PubMed

Tipduangta, Pratchaya; Belton, Peter; Fábián, László; Wang, Li Ying; Tang, Huiru; Eddleston, Mark; Qi, Sheng

2016-01-04

Electrospun fibrous materials have a wide range of biomedical applications, many of them involving the use of polymers as matrices for incorporation of therapeutic agents. The use of polymer blends improves the tuneability of the physicochemical and mechanical properties of the drug loaded fibers. This also benefits the development of controlled drug release formulations, for which the release rate can be modified by altering the ratio of the polymers in the blend. However, to realize these benefits, a clear understanding of the phase behavior of the processed polymer blend is essential. This study reports an in depth investigation of the impact of the electrospinning process on the phase separation of a model partially miscible polymer blend, PVP K90 and HPMCAS, in comparison to other conventional solvent evaporation based processes including film casting and spin coating. The nanoscale stretching and ultrafast solvent removal of electrospinning lead to an enhanced apparent miscibility between the polymers, with the same blends showing micronscale phase separation when processed using film casting and spin coating. Nanoscale phase separation in electrospun blend fibers was confirmed in the dry state. Rapid, layered, macroscale phase separation of the two polymers occurred during the wetting of the fibers. This led to a biphasic drug release profile from the fibers, with a burst release from PVP-rich phases and a slower, more continuous release from HPMCAS-rich phases. It was noted that the model drug, paracetamol, had more favorable partitioning into the PVP-rich phase, which is likely to be a result of greater hydrogen bonding between PVP and paracetamol. This led to higher drug contents in the PVP-rich phases than the HPMCAS-rich phases. By alternating the proportions of the PVP and HPMCAS, the drug release rate can be modulated.

Optimization of a reversed-phase-high-performance thin-layer chromatography method for the separation of isoniazid, ethambutol, rifampicin and pyrazinamide in fixed-dose combination antituberculosis tablets.

PubMed

Shewiyo, D H; Kaale, E; Risha, P G; Dejaegher, B; Smeyers-Verbeke, J; Vander Heyden, Y

2012-10-19

This paper presents the development of a new RP-HPTLC method for the separation of pyrazinamide, isoniazid, rifampicin and ethambutol in a four fixed-dose combination (4 FDC) tablet formulation. It is a single method with two steps in which after plate development pyrazinamide, isoniazid and rifampicin are detected at an UV wavelength of 280 nm. Then ethambutol is derivatized and detected at a VIS wavelength of 450 nm. Methanol, ethanol and propan-1-ol were evaluated modifiers to form alcohol-water mobile phases. Systematic optimization of the composition of each alcohol in the mobile phase was carried out using the window diagramming concept to obtain the best separation. Examination of the Rf distribution of the separated compounds showed that separation of the compounds with the mobile phase containing ethanol at the optimal fraction was almost situated within the optimal Rf-values region of 0.20-0.80. Therefore, ethanol was selected as organic modifier and the optimal mobile phase composition was found to be ethanol, water, glacial acetic acid (>99% acetic acid) and 37% ammonia solution (70/30/5/1, v/v/v/v). The method is new, quick and cheap compared to the actual method in the International Pharmacopoeia for the assay of the 4 FDC tablets, which involves the use of two separate HPLC methods. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

A Thermodynamically Consistent Approach to Phase-Separating Viscous Fluids

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Anders, Denis; Weinberg, Kerstin

2018-04-01

The de-mixing properties of heterogeneous viscous fluids are determined by an interplay of diffusion, surface tension and a superposed velocity field. In this contribution a variational model of the decomposition, based on the Navier-Stokes equations for incompressible laminar flow and the extended Korteweg-Cahn-Hilliard equations, is formulated. An exemplary numerical simulation using C1-continuous finite elements demonstrates the capability of this model to compute phase decomposition and coarsening of the moving fluid.

High-performance liquid chromatographic determination of pantoprazole and its main impurities in pharmaceuticals.

PubMed

Letica, Jelena; Marković, Slavko; Zirojević, Jelena; Nikolić, Katarina; Agbaba, Danica

2010-01-01

An RP-HPLC method for simultaneous separation and quantification of pantoprazole and its five main impurities in pharmaceutical formulations was developed and validated. The separation was accomplished on a Zorbax Eclipse XDB C18 column (5 microm particle size, 150 x 4.6 mm id) using a gradient with mobile phase A [buffer-acetonitrile (70 + 30, v/v)], and mobile phase B [buffer-acetonitrile (30 + 70, v/v)]. The buffer was 0.01 M ammonium acetate solution with addition of 1 mL triethylamine/L of the solution, adjusted to pH 4.5 with orthophosphoric acid. The eluent flow rate was 1 mL/min, the temperature of the column was 30 degrees C, and the eluate was monitored at 290 nm. Linearity (r = 0.999), recovery (97.6-105.8%), RSD (0.55-1.90%), and LOQ (0.099-1.48 microg/mL) were evaluated and found to be satisfactory. The proposed method can be used for simultaneous identification and quantification of the analyzed compounds in pharmaceutical formulations.

Combining simplicity with cost-effectiveness: Investigation of potential counterfeit of proton pump inhibitors through simulated formulations using thin-layer chromatography.

PubMed

Bhatt, Nejal M; Chavada, Vijay D; Sanyal, Mallika; Shrivastav, Pranav S

2016-11-18

A simple, accurate and precise high-performance thin-layer chromatographic method has been developed and validated for the analysis of proton pump inhibitors (PPIs) and their co-formulated drugs, available as binary combination. Planar chromatographic separation was achieved using a single mobile phase comprising of toluene: iso-propranol: acetone: ammonia 5.0:2.3:2.5:0.2 (v/v/v/v) for the analysis of 14 analytes on aluminium-backed layer of silica gel 60 FG 254 . Densitometric determination of the separated spots was done at 290nm. The method was validated according to ICH guidelines for linearity, precision and accuracy, sensitivity, specificity and robustness. The method showed good linear response for the selected drugs as indicated by the high values of correlation coefficients (≥0.9993). The limit of detection and limit of quantiation were in the range of 6.9-159.2ng/band and 20.8-478.1ng/band respectively for all the analytes. The optimized conditions afforded adequate resolution of each PPI from their co-formulated drugs and provided unambiguous identification of the co-formulated drugs from their homologous retardation factors (hR f ). The only limitation of the method was the inability to separate two PPIs, rabeprazole and lansoprazole from each other. Nevertheless, it is proposed that peak spectra recording and comparison with standard drug spot can be a viable option for assignment of TLC spots. The method performance was assessed by analyzing different laboratory simulated mixtures and some marketed formulations of the selected drugs. The developed method was successfully used to investigate potential counterfeit of PPIs through a series of simulated formulations with good accuracy and precision. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Quantitative analysis of aqueous phase composition of model dentin adhesives experiencing phase separation

PubMed Central

Ye, Qiang; Park, Jonggu; Parthasarathy, Ranganathan; Pamatmat, Francis; Misra, Anil; Laurence, Jennifer S.; Marangos, Orestes; Spencer, Paulette

2013-01-01

There have been reports of the sensitivity of our current dentin adhesives to excess moisture, for example, water-blisters in adhesives placed on over-wet surfaces, and phase separation with concomitant limited infiltration of the critical dimethacrylate component into the demineralized dentin matrix. To determine quantitatively the hydrophobic/hydrophilic components in the aqueous phase when exposed to over-wet environments, model adhesives were mixed with 16, 33, and 50 wt % water to yield well-separated phases. Based upon high-performance liquid chromatography coupled with photodiode array detection, it was found that the amounts of hydrophobic BisGMA and hydrophobic initiators are less than 0.1 wt % in the aqueous phase. The amount of these compounds decreased with an increase in the initial water content. The major components of the aqueous phase were hydroxyethyl methacrylate (HEMA) and water, and the HEMA content ranged from 18.3 to 14.7 wt %. Different BisGMA homologues and the relative content of these homologues in the aqueous phase have been identified; however, the amount of crosslinkable BisGMA was minimal and, thus, could not help in the formation of a crosslinked polymer network in the aqueous phase. Without the protection afforded by a strong crosslinked network, the poorly photoreactive compounds of this aqueous phase could be leached easily. These results suggest that adhesive formulations should be designed to include hydrophilic multimethacrylate monomers and water compatible initiators. PMID:22331596

The Preparation and Characterization of INTEC HAW Phase I Composition Variation Study Glasses

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Musick, C. A.; Peeler, D. K.; Piepel, G. F.

1999-03-01

A glass composition variation study (CVS) is in progress to define formulations for the vitrification of high activity waste (HAW) proposed to be separated from dissolved calcine stored at the Idaho National Engineering and Environmental Laboratory (INEEL). Estimates of calcine and HAW compositions prepared in FY97 were used to define test matrix glasses. The HAW composition is of particular interest because high aluminum, zirconium, phosphorous and potassium, and low iron and sodium content places it outside the realm of vitrification experience in the Department of Energy (DOE) complex. Through application of statistical techniques, a test matrix was defined for Phasemore » 1 of the CVS. From this matrix, formulations were systematically selected for preparation and characterization with respect to homogeneity, viscosity, liquidus temperature (TL), and leaching response when subjected to the Product Consistency Test (PCT). Based on the properties determined, certain formulations appear suitable for further development including use in planning Phase 2 of the study. It is recommended that glasses to be investigated in Phase 2 be limited to 3-5 wt % phosphate. The results of characterizing the Phase 1 glasses are presented in this document. A full analysis of the composition-property relationships of glasses being developed for immobilizing HAWs will be performing at the completion of CVS phases. This analysis will be needed for the optimization of the glass formulations of vitrifying HAW. Contributions were made to this document by personnel working at the INEEL, Pacific Northwest National Laboratories (PNNL), and the Savannah River Technology Center (SRTC).« less

Calorimetric analysis of cryopreservation and freeze-drying formulations.

PubMed

Sun, Wendell Q

2015-01-01

Differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) is a commonly used thermal analysis technique in cryopreservation and freeze-drying research. It has been used to investigate crystallization, eutectic formation, glass transition, devitrification, recrystallization, melting, polymorphism, molecular relaxation, phase separation, water transport, thermochemistry, and kinetics of complex reactions (e.g., protein denaturation). Such information can be used for the optimization of protective formulations and process protocols. This chapter gives an introduction to beginners who are less familiar with this technique. It covers the instrument and its basic principles, followed by a discussion of the methods as well as examples of specific applications.

Identifying Effective Design Approaches to Allocate Genotypes in Two-Phase Designs: A Case Study in Pelargonium zonale.

PubMed

Molenaar, Heike; Boehm, Robert; Piepho, Hans-Peter

2017-01-01

Robust phenotypic data allow adequate statistical analysis and are crucial for any breeding purpose. Such data is obtained from experiments laid out to best control local variation. Additionally, experiments frequently involve two phases, each contributing environmental sources of variation. For example, in a former experiment we conducted to evaluate production related traits in Pelargonium zonale , there were two consecutive phases, each performed in a different greenhouse. Phase one involved the propagation of the breeding strains to obtain the stem cutting count, and phase two involved the assessment of root formation. The evaluation of the former study raised questions regarding options for improving the experimental layout: (i) Is there a disadvantage to using exactly the same design in both phases? (ii) Instead of generating a separate layout for each phase, can the design be optimized across both phases, such that the mean variance of a pair-wise treatment difference (MVD) can be decreased? To answer these questions, alternative approaches were explored to generate two-phase designs either in phase-wise order (Option 1) or across phases (Option 2). In Option 1 we considered the scenarios (i) using in both phases the same experimental design and (ii) randomizing each phase separately. In Option 2, we considered the scenarios (iii) generating a single design with eight replicates and splitting these among the two phases, (iv) separating the block structure across phases by dummy coding, and (v) design generation with optimal alignment of block units in the two phases. In both options, we considered the same or different block structures in each phase. The designs were evaluated by the MVD obtained by the intra-block analysis and the joint inter-block-intra-block analysis. The smallest MVD was most frequently obtained for designs generated across phases rather than for each phase separately, in particular when both phases of the design were separated with a single pseudo-level. The joint optimization ensured that treatment concurrences were equally balanced across pairs, one of the prerequisites for an efficient design. The proposed alternative approaches can be implemented with any model-based design packages with facilities to formulate linear models for treatment and block structures.

Multi-scale diffuse interface modeling of multi-component two-phase flow with partial miscibility

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kou, Jisheng; Sun, Shuyu

2016-08-01

In this paper, we introduce a diffuse interface model to simulate multi-component two-phase flow with partial miscibility based on a realistic equation of state (e.g. Peng-Robinson equation of state). Because of partial miscibility, thermodynamic relations are used to model not only interfacial properties but also bulk properties, including density, composition, pressure, and realistic viscosity. As far as we know, this effort is the first time to use diffuse interface modeling based on equation of state for modeling of multi-component two-phase flow with partial miscibility. In numerical simulation, the key issue is to resolve the high contrast of scales from the microscopic interface composition to macroscale bulk fluid motion since the interface has a nanoscale thickness only. To efficiently solve this challenging problem, we develop a multi-scale simulation method. At the microscopic scale, we deduce a reduced interfacial equation under reasonable assumptions, and then we propose a formulation of capillary pressure, which is consistent with macroscale flow equations. Moreover, we show that Young-Laplace equation is an approximation of this capillarity formulation, and this formulation is also consistent with the concept of Tolman length, which is a correction of Young-Laplace equation. At the macroscopical scale, the interfaces are treated as discontinuous surfaces separating two phases of fluids. Our approach differs from conventional sharp-interface two-phase flow model in that we use the capillary pressure directly instead of a combination of surface tension and Young-Laplace equation because capillarity can be calculated from our proposed capillarity formulation. A compatible condition is also derived for the pressure in flow equations. Furthermore, based on the proposed capillarity formulation, we design an efficient numerical method for directly computing the capillary pressure between two fluids composed of multiple components. Finally, numerical tests are carried out to verify the effectiveness of the proposed multi-scale method.

Multi-scale diffuse interface modeling of multi-component two-phase flow with partial miscibility

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Kou, Jisheng; Sun, Shuyu, E-mail: shuyu.sun@kaust.edu.sa; School of Mathematics and Statistics, Xi'an Jiaotong University, Xi'an 710049

2016-08-01

In this paper, we introduce a diffuse interface model to simulate multi-component two-phase flow with partial miscibility based on a realistic equation of state (e.g. Peng–Robinson equation of state). Because of partial miscibility, thermodynamic relations are used to model not only interfacial properties but also bulk properties, including density, composition, pressure, and realistic viscosity. As far as we know, this effort is the first time to use diffuse interface modeling based on equation of state for modeling of multi-component two-phase flow with partial miscibility. In numerical simulation, the key issue is to resolve the high contrast of scales from themore » microscopic interface composition to macroscale bulk fluid motion since the interface has a nanoscale thickness only. To efficiently solve this challenging problem, we develop a multi-scale simulation method. At the microscopic scale, we deduce a reduced interfacial equation under reasonable assumptions, and then we propose a formulation of capillary pressure, which is consistent with macroscale flow equations. Moreover, we show that Young–Laplace equation is an approximation of this capillarity formulation, and this formulation is also consistent with the concept of Tolman length, which is a correction of Young–Laplace equation. At the macroscopical scale, the interfaces are treated as discontinuous surfaces separating two phases of fluids. Our approach differs from conventional sharp-interface two-phase flow model in that we use the capillary pressure directly instead of a combination of surface tension and Young–Laplace equation because capillarity can be calculated from our proposed capillarity formulation. A compatible condition is also derived for the pressure in flow equations. Furthermore, based on the proposed capillarity formulation, we design an efficient numerical method for directly computing the capillary pressure between two fluids composed of multiple components. Finally, numerical tests are carried out to verify the effectiveness of the proposed multi-scale method.« less

A computer code for multiphase all-speed transient flows in complex geometries. MAST version 1.0

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Chen, C. P.; Jiang, Y.; Kim, Y. M.; Shang, H. M.

1991-01-01

The operation of the MAST code, which computes transient solutions to the multiphase flow equations applicable to all-speed flows, is described. Two-phase flows are formulated based on the Eulerian-Lagrange scheme in which the continuous phase is described by the Navier-Stokes equation (or Reynolds equations for turbulent flows). Dispersed phase is formulated by a Lagrangian tracking scheme. The numerical solution algorithms utilized for fluid flows is a newly developed pressure-implicit algorithm based on the operator-splitting technique in generalized nonorthogonal coordinates. This operator split allows separate operation on each of the variable fields to handle pressure-velocity coupling. The obtained pressure correction equation has the hyperbolic nature and is effective for Mach numbers ranging from the incompressible limit to supersonic flow regimes. The present code adopts a nonstaggered grid arrangement; thus, the velocity components and other dependent variables are collocated at the same grid. A sequence of benchmark-quality problems, including incompressible, subsonic, transonic, supersonic, gas-droplet two-phase flows, as well as spray-combustion problems, were performed to demonstrate the robustness and accuracy of the present code.

Modeling of combustion processes of stick propellants via combined Eulerian-Lagrangian approach

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Kuo, K. K.; Hsieh, K. C.; Athavale, M. M.

1988-01-01

This research is motivated by the improved ballistic performance of large-caliber guns using stick propellant charges. A comprehensive theoretical model for predicting the flame spreading, combustion, and grain deformation phenomena of long, unslotted stick propellants is presented. The formulation is based upon a combined Eulerian-Lagrangian approach to simulate special characteristics of the two phase combustion process in a cartridge loaded with a bundle of sticks. The model considers five separate regions consisting of the internal perforation, the solid phase, the external interstitial gas phase, and two lumped parameter regions at either end of the stick bundle. For the external gas phase region, a set of transient one-dimensional fluid-dynamic equations using the Eulerian approach is obtained; governing equations for the stick propellants are formulated using the Lagrangian approach. The motion of a representative stick is derived by considering the forces acting on the entire propellant stick. The instantaneous temperature and stress fields in the stick propellant are modeled by considering the transient axisymmetric heat conduction equation and dynamic structural analysis.

Controlled Release of Antibiotics from Biodegradable Microcapsules for Wound Infection Control.

DTIC Science & Technology

1982-06-18

evaporation and phase separation methods were used in formulating the microcapsules .(l1) The microencapsulation process will be described in detail in a...intensity to the antibiotic content. Usi.ng both microencapsulation processes, 14C-labeled ampicillin anhydypte microcapsules were synthesized.(12...excellent technical assistance. .. . . g .SETTERSTROM, TICE, LEWIS, and-MEYERS TABLE 1. IN VIVO AMPICILLIN MICROCAPSULES EVALUATED MICROENCAPSULATION

Impact of x-Linkable Polymer Blends on Phase Morphology and Adhesion

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Liu, Chun; Wan, Grace; Keene, Ellen; Harris, Joseph; Zhang, Sipei; Anderson, Stephanie; Li Pi Shan, Colin

Adhesion to dissimilar substrate is highly important to multiple industrial applications such as automotive adhesives, food packaging, transportation etc. Adhesive design has to include components that are affinity to both substrates, e.g. high surface energy polar and low surface non-polar substrates. Typically, these adhesive components are thermodynamically incompatible with each other, leading to macrophase separation and thus adhesive failure. By using functional adhesive components plus some additives, the adhesive can be in-situ cross-linked to prevent the macrophase separation with controlled phase morphology. Herein, we present the study on a cross-linkable adhesive formulation consisting of acrylic emulsion and polyolefin aqueous dispersion with additives for enhancing cross-linking and controlled phase morphologies. Contact angle measurement and ATR-IR spectroscopy are used to characterize the properties of adhesive surface. DMA is used to study the mechanical property of adhesive before and after cross-linking. The detailed phase morphologies are revealed by AFM, SEM and TEM. The resulting adhesive morphologies are correlated with the adhesive performance to establish structure-property relationship.

Spectrophotometric and Reversed-Phase High-Performance Liquid Chromatographic Method for the Determination of Doxophylline in Pharmaceutical Formulations

PubMed Central

Joshi, HR; Patel, AH; Captain, AD

2010-01-01

Two methods are described for determination of Doxophylline in a solid dosage form. The first method was based on ultraviolet (UV)-spectrophotometric determination of the drug. It involves absorbance measurement at 274 nm (λmax of Doxophylline) in 0.1 N hydrochloric acid. The calibration curve was linear, with the correlation coefficient between 0.99 and 1.0 over a concentration range of 0.20–30 mg/ml for the drug. The second method was based on high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) separation of the drug in reverse-phase mode using the Hypersil ODS C18 column (250 × 4.6 mm, 5 mm). The mobile phase constituted of buffer acetonitrile (80:20) and pH adjusted to 3.0, with dilute orthophosphoric acid delivered at a flow rate 1.0 ml/min. Detection was performed at 210 nm. Separation was completed within 7 min. The calibration curve was linear, with the correlation coefficient between 0.99 and 1.0 over a concentration range of 0.165–30 mg/ml for the drug. The relative standard deviation was found to be <2.0% for the UV-spectrophotometry and HPLC methods. Both these methods have been successively applied to the solid dosage pharmaceutical formulation, and were fully validated according to ICH guidelines. PMID:21042488

Nanoscale surface characterization and miscibility study of a spray-dried injectable polymeric matrix consisting of poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid) and polyvinylpyrrolidone.

PubMed

Meeus, Joke; Chen, Xinyong; Scurr, David J; Ciarnelli, Valeria; Amssoms, Katie; Roberts, Clive J; Davies, Martyn C; van Den Mooter, Guy

2012-09-01

Injectable controlled-release formulations are of increasing interest for the treatment of chronic diseases. This study aims to develop and characterize a polymeric matrix for intramuscular or subcutaneous injection, consisting of two biocompatible polymers, particularly suitable for formulating poorly soluble drugs. For this matrix, the water-insoluble polymer poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid) (PLGA) is combined with the water-soluble polymer polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP). Microparticles of these two polymers were prepared by spray drying. The phase behavior of the samples was studied by means of modulated differential scanning calorimetry and the results showed that phase separation occurred in the bulk sample through evidence of two mixed amorphous phases, namely, a PLGA-rich phase and a PVP-rich phase. Characterization of the samples by scanning electron microscopy demonstrated that the spray-dried particles were hollow with a thin shell. Because of the importance in relation to stability and drug release, information about the surface of the microparticles was collected by different complementary surface analysis techniques. Atomic force microscopy gathered information about the morphology and phase behavior of the microparticle surface. Time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometry analysis of the particles revealed that the surface consisted mainly of the PLGA-rich phase. This was confirmed by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy at an increased sampling depth (≈ 10 nm). Nanothermal analysis proved to be an innovative way to thermally detect the presence of the PLGA-dominated surface layer and the underlying PVP phase. Taken together, this information provides a rational basis for predicting the likely drug release behavior this formulation will display. Copyright © 2012 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

A review of phase separation issues in aviation gasoline fuel and motor gasoline fuels in aviation

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Thanikasalam, K.; Rahmat, M.; Fahmi, A. G. Mohammad; Zulkifli, A. M.; Shawal, N. Noor; Ilanchelvi, K.; Ananth, M.; Elayarasan, R.

2018-05-01

In an attempt to bring in sustainable energy resources into the current combustibles mix, recent European legislations make obligatory the addition of biogenic fuels into traditional fossil gasoline. The preferred biogenic fuel, for economic reasons, is predominantly ethanol. Even though likened to fossil gasoline constituents, ethanol has a dissimilar chemical formulation that may lead to a potentially hazardous physicochemical phenomenon, particularly in the presence of water. Owing to increased financially driven propensity to utilize motor vehicle gasoline as aviation gasoline fuel, this may result in potentially hazardous situations, specifically in running smaller or compact General Aviation aircraft. The potential risks posed by ethanol admixtures in aircraft are phase separation and carburettor icing. Gasoline mixed with ethanol is also prone to an increased vulnerability to vapor lock that happens when fuel turns into vapor in the fuel pumps due to high temperatures and lessened ambient pressure at high altitudes. This article provides a literature review on phase separation issues in aviation gasoline fuel and motor gasoline fuels in aviation.

Effect of the molecular weight of a neutral polysaccharide on soy protein gelation.

PubMed

Monteiro, Sónia R; Lopes-da-Silva, José A

2017-12-01

The effects of galactomannans with different molecular weights on the heat-induced gelation characteristics of soybean protein were investigated using dynamic small-strain rheometry, under conditions where the proteins carry a net negative charge (pH7). Microstructure of the resulting gels was investigated by confocal laser scanning microscopy. Phase-separated systems were obtained with different morphologies and degree of phase separation, depending on both biopolymer concentrations and polysaccharide molecular weight. In general, a gelling enhancing effect on soy proteins was verified, despite extensive phase-separation processes observed at the higher polysaccharide molecular weight. This effect was demonstrated by an increase of the gelation rate, a decrease in the temperature at the onset of gelation, and an increase of gel stiffness and elastic character, with the length of polysaccharide chains. Overall, the results obtained established that the judicious selection of the galactomannan molecular weight may be used to modify the structure and gelation properties of soy proteins, originating a diversity of rheological characteristics and microstructures that will impact on the design of novel food formulations. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

Multiwavelength digital holography with wavelength-multiplexed holograms and arbitrary symmetric phase shifts.

PubMed

Tahara, Tatsuki; Otani, Reo; Omae, Kaito; Gotohda, Takuya; Arai, Yasuhiko; Takaki, Yasuhiro

2017-05-15

We propose multiwavelength in-line digital holography with wavelength-multiplexed phase-shifted holograms and arbitrary symmetric phase shifts. We use phase-shifting interferometry selectively extracting wavelength information to reconstruct multiwavelength object waves separately from wavelength-multiplexed monochromatic images. The proposed technique obtains systems of equations for real and imaginary parts of multiwavelength object waves from the holograms by introducing arbitrary symmetric phase shifts. Then, the technique derives each complex amplitude distribution of each object wave selectively and analytically by solving the two systems of equations. We formulate the algorithm in the case of an arbitrary number of wavelengths and confirm its validity numerically and experimentally in the cases where the number of wavelengths is two and three.

Level set immersed boundary method for gas-liquid-solid interactions with phase-change

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Dhruv, Akash; Balaras, Elias; Riaz, Amir; Kim, Jungho

2017-11-01

We will discuss an approach to simulate the interaction between two-phase flows with phase changes and stationary/moving structures. In our formulation, the Navier-Stokes and heat advection-diffusion equations are solved on a block-structured grid using adaptive mesh refinement (AMR) along with sharp jump in pressure, velocity and temperature across the interface separating the different phases. The jumps are implemented using a modified Ghost Fluid Method (Lee et al., J. Comput. Physics, 344:381-418, 2017), and the interface is tracked with a level set approach. Phase transition is achieved by calculating mass flux near the interface and extrapolating it to the rest of the domain using a Hamilton-Jacobi equation. Stationary/moving structures are simulated with an immersed boundary formulation based on moving least squares (Vanella & Balaras, J. Comput. Physics, 228:6617-6628, 2009). A variety of canonical problems involving vaporization, film boiling and nucleate boiling is presented to validate the method and demonstrate the its formal accuracy. The robustness of the solver in complex problems, which are crucial in efficient design of heat transfer mechanisms for various applications, will also be demonstrated. Work supported by NASA, Grant NNX16AQ77G.

Application of HPLC with ELSD Detection for the Assessment of Azelaic Acid Impurities in Liposomal Formulation

PubMed Central

Han, Stanislaw; Karlowicz-Bodalska, Katarzyna; Ozimek, Lukasz

2013-01-01

In the course of research and development of a new pharmaceutical formulation of azelaic acid in the liposomal form, we developed a rapid and accurate method for the detection of impurities using high-performance liquid chromatography. A chromatographic column from Merck (Purospher Star RP C18, 250–4 mm (5 μm) was used in the assay, and the mobile phase gradient consisted of three phases: A—methanol : water (5 : 95) + 1.5% (v/v) acetic acid; B—water : methanol (5 : 95) + 1.5% (v/v) acetic acid; and C—chloroform. Detection of the impurities and the active substance was performed by an evaporative light-scattering detector. The method was validated for selectivity, system precision, method precision, limit of detection, and response rates. The proposed method can be used to detect impurities in the liposomal formulation of azelaic acid. The method enables separation of azelaic acid from the identified and unidentified impurities and from the excipients used in the drug form. PMID:24228008

Application of HPLC with ELSD detection for the assessment of azelaic acid impurities in liposomal formulation.

PubMed

Han, Stanislaw; Karlowicz-Bodalska, Katarzyna; Szura, Dorota; Ozimek, Lukasz; Musial, Witold

2013-01-01

In the course of research and development of a new pharmaceutical formulation of azelaic acid in the liposomal form, we developed a rapid and accurate method for the detection of impurities using high-performance liquid chromatography. A chromatographic column from Merck (Purospher Star RP C18, 250-4 mm (5 μm) was used in the assay, and the mobile phase gradient consisted of three phases: A--methanol : water (5 : 95) + 1.5% (v/v) acetic acid; B--water : methanol (5 : 95) + 1.5% (v/v) acetic acid; and C--chloroform. Detection of the impurities and the active substance was performed by an evaporative light-scattering detector. The method was validated for selectivity, system precision, method precision, limit of detection, and response rates. The proposed method can be used to detect impurities in the liposomal formulation of azelaic acid. The method enables separation of azelaic acid from the identified and unidentified impurities and from the excipients used in the drug form.

Investigation of Dispersed and Dispersed Annular (rivulet or Thin Film) Flow Phase Separation in Tees.

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

McCreery, Glenn Ernest

An experimental and analytical investigation of dispersed and dispersed-annular (rivulet or thin film) flow phase separation in tees has been successfully completed. The research was directed at, but is not specific to, determining flow conditions, following a loss of coolant accident, in the large rectangular passageways leading to vacuum buildings in the containment envelope of some CANDU nuclear reactors. The primary objectives of the research were to: (1) obtain experimental data to help formulate and test mechanistic analytical models of phase separation, and (2) develop the analytical models in computer programs which predict phase separation from upstream flow and pressure conditions and downstream and side branch pressure boundary conditions. To meet these objectives an air-water experimental apparatus was constructed, and consists of large air blowers attached to a long rectangular duct leading to a tee in the horizontal plane. A variety of phenomena was investigated including, for comparison with computer predictions, air streamlines and eddy boundary geometry, drop size spectra, macroscopic mass balances, liquid rivulet pathlines, and trajectories of drops of known size and velocity. Four separate computer programs were developed to analyze phase separation. Three of the programs are used sequentially to calculate dispersed mist phase separation in a tee. The fourth is used to calculate rivulet or thin film pathlines. Macroscopic mass balances are calculated from a summation of mass balances for drops with representative sizes (and masses) spaced across the drop size spectrum. The programs are tested against experimental data, and accurately predict gas flow fields, drop trajectories, rivulet pathlines and macroscopic mass balances. In addition to development of the computer programs, analysis was performed to specify the scaling of dispersed mist and rivulet or thin film flow, to investigate pressure losses in tees, and the inter-relationship of loss coefficients, contraction coefficients, and eddy geometry. The important transient effects of liquid storage in eddies were also analyzed.

Global and local skin friction diagnostics from TSP surface patterns on an underwater cylinder in crossflow

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Miozzi, Massimo; Capone, Alessandro; Di Felice, Fabio; Klein, Christian; Liu, Tianshu

2016-12-01

A systematical method is formulated for extracting skin-friction fields from Temperature Sensitive Paint (TSP) images in the sense of time-averaging and phase-averaging. The method is applied to an underwater cylinder in crossflow at two subcritical regimes (Re = 72 000 and 144 000). TSP maps are decomposed in a time-averaged, a phase-averaged, and a random component. The asymptotic form of the energy equation at the wall provides an Euler-Lagrange equation set that is solved numerically to gain the relative skin friction time- and phase-averaged fields from the TSP surface temperature maps. The comparison of the time averaged relative skin-friction profiles with the literature data shows an excellent agreement on the whole laminar boundary layer up to the laminar separation line. Downstream of separation, time averaged results identify the secondary reattachment/separation events, which are lost in the available literature data. The periodic behavior of the skin-friction is taken, describing how the laminar separation bubble evolves by providing the time history of the laminar separation line and of the secondary reattachment/separation over the entire vortex shedding period. Instantaneous skin friction maps reveal the existence of coherent structures by capturing their footprint on the cylinder's surface. An array of Π-shaped traces marks the existence of counter-rotating, streamwise-oriented vortices just before the laminar separation line. Their interaction with the laminar boundary layer and with the separation line is briefly described. An example of the intermittent excerpt of their influence through the laminar separation line is reported.

Phase-field modeling of diffusional phase behaviors of solid surfaces: A case study of phase-separating Li XFePO 4 electrode particles

DOE PAGES

Heo, Tae Wook; Chen, Long-Qing; Wood, Brandon C.

2015-04-08

In this paper, we present a comprehensive phase-field model for simulating diffusion-mediated kinetic phase behaviors near the surface of a solid particle. The model incorporates elastic inhomogeneity and anisotropy, diffusion mobility anisotropy, interfacial energy anisotropy, and Cahn–Hilliard diffusion kinetics. The free energy density function is formulated based on the regular solution model taking into account the possible solute-surface interaction near the surface. The coherency strain energy is computed using the Fourier-spectral iterative-perturbation method due to the strong elastic inhomogeneity with a zero surface traction boundary condition. Employing a phase-separating Li XFePO 4 electrode particle for Li-ion batteries as a modelmore » system, we perform parametric three-dimensional computer simulations. The model permits the observation of surface phase behaviors that are different from the bulk counterpart. For instance, it reproduces the theoretically well-established surface modes of spinodal decomposition of an unstable solid solution: the surface mode of coherent spinodal decomposition and the surface-directed spinodal decomposition mode. We systematically investigate the influences of major factors on the kinetic surface phase behaviors during the diffusional process. Finally, our simulation study provides insights for tailoring the internal phase microstructure of a particle by controlling the surface phase morphology.« less

Validation of material point method for soil fluidisation analysis

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Bolognin, Marco; Martinelli, Mario; Bakker, Klaas J.; Jonkman, Sebastiaan N.

2017-06-01

The main aim of this paper is to describe and analyse the modelling of vertical column tests that undergo fluidisation by the application of a hydraulic gradient. A recent advancement of the material point method (MPM), allows studying both stationary and non-stationary fluid flow while interacting with the solid phase. The fluidisation initiation and post-fluidisation processes of the soil will be investigated with an advanced MPM formulation (Double Point) in which the behavior of the solid and the liquid phase is evaluated separately, assigning to each of them a set of material points (MPs). The result of these simulations are compared to analytic solutions and measurements from laboratory experiments. This work is used as a benchmark test for the MPM double point formulation in the Anura3D software and to verify the feasibility of the software for possible future engineering applications.

Ada Software Design Methods Formulation.

DTIC Science & Technology

1982-10-01

cycle organization is also appropriate for another reason. The source material for the case studies is the work of the two contractors who participated in... working version of the system exist. The integration phase takes the pieces developed and combines them into a single working system. Interfaces...hardware, developed separately from the software, is united with the software, and further testing is performed until the system is a working whole

Identifying Effective Design Approaches to Allocate Genotypes in Two-Phase Designs: A Case Study in Pelargonium zonale

PubMed Central

Molenaar, Heike; Boehm, Robert; Piepho, Hans-Peter

2018-01-01

Robust phenotypic data allow adequate statistical analysis and are crucial for any breeding purpose. Such data is obtained from experiments laid out to best control local variation. Additionally, experiments frequently involve two phases, each contributing environmental sources of variation. For example, in a former experiment we conducted to evaluate production related traits in Pelargonium zonale, there were two consecutive phases, each performed in a different greenhouse. Phase one involved the propagation of the breeding strains to obtain the stem cutting count, and phase two involved the assessment of root formation. The evaluation of the former study raised questions regarding options for improving the experimental layout: (i) Is there a disadvantage to using exactly the same design in both phases? (ii) Instead of generating a separate layout for each phase, can the design be optimized across both phases, such that the mean variance of a pair-wise treatment difference (MVD) can be decreased? To answer these questions, alternative approaches were explored to generate two-phase designs either in phase-wise order (Option 1) or across phases (Option 2). In Option 1 we considered the scenarios (i) using in both phases the same experimental design and (ii) randomizing each phase separately. In Option 2, we considered the scenarios (iii) generating a single design with eight replicates and splitting these among the two phases, (iv) separating the block structure across phases by dummy coding, and (v) design generation with optimal alignment of block units in the two phases. In both options, we considered the same or different block structures in each phase. The designs were evaluated by the MVD obtained by the intra-block analysis and the joint inter-block–intra-block analysis. The smallest MVD was most frequently obtained for designs generated across phases rather than for each phase separately, in particular when both phases of the design were separated with a single pseudo-level. The joint optimization ensured that treatment concurrences were equally balanced across pairs, one of the prerequisites for an efficient design. The proposed alternative approaches can be implemented with any model-based design packages with facilities to formulate linear models for treatment and block structures. PMID:29354145

OPTIMIZATION AND VALIDATION OF HPLC METHOD FOR TETRAMETHRIN DETERMINATION IN HUMAN SHAMPOO FORMULATION.

PubMed

Zeric Stosic, Marina Z; Jaksic, Sandra M; Stojanov, Igor M; Apic, Jelena B; Ratajac, Radomir D

2016-11-01

High-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) method with diode array detection (DAD) were optimized and validated for separation and determination of tetramethrin in an antiparasitic human shampoo. In order to optimize separation conditions, two different columns, different column oven temperatures, as well as mobile phase composition and ratio, were tested. Best separation was achieved on the Supelcosil TM LC-18- DB column (4.6 x 250 mm), particle size 5 jim, with mobile phase methanol : water (78 : 22, v/v) at a flow rate of 0.8 mL/min and at temperature of 30⁰C. The detection wavelength of the detector was set at 220 nm. Under the optimum chromatographic conditions, standard calibration curve was measured with good linearity [r2 = 0.9997]. Accuracy of the method defined as a mean recovery of tetramethrin from shampoo matrix was 100.09%. The advantages of this method are that it can easily be used for the routine analysis of drug tetramethrin in pharmaceutical formulas and in all pharmaceutical researches involving tetramethrin.

Tolterodine Tartrate Proniosomal Gel Transdermal Delivery for Overactive Bladder

PubMed Central

Rajabalaya, Rajan; Leen, Guok; Chellian, Jestin; Chakravarthi, Srikumar; David, Sheba R.

2016-01-01

The goal of this study was to formulate and evaluate side effects of transdermal delivery of proniosomal gel compared to oral tolterodine tartrate (TT) for the treatment of overactive bladder (OAB). Proniosomal gels are surfactants, lipids and soy lecithin, prepared by coacervation phase separation. Formulations were analyzed for drug entrapment efficiency (EE), vesicle size, surface morphology, attenuated total reflectance Fourier transform infrared (ATR-FTIR) spectroscopy, in vitro skin permeation, and in vivo effects. The EE was 44.87%–91.68% and vesicle size was 253–845 nm for Span formulations and morphology showed a loose structure. The stability and skin irritancy test were also carried out for the optimized formulations. Span formulations with cholesterol-containing formulation S1 and glyceryl distearate as well as lecithin containing S3 formulation showed higher cumulative percent of permeation such as 42% and 35%, respectively. In the in vivo salivary secretion model, S1 proniosomal gel had faster recovery, less cholinergic side effect on the salivary gland compared with that of oral TT. Histologically, bladder of rats treated with the proniosomal gel formulation S1 showed morphological improvements greater than those treated with S3. This study demonstrates the potential of proniosomal vesicles for transdermal delivery of TT to treat OAB. PMID:27589789

Lecithin-linker formulations for self-emulsifying delivery of nutraceuticals.

PubMed

Chu, Jacquelene; Cheng, Yu-Ling; Rao, A Venketeshwer; Nouraei, Mehdi; Zarate-Muñoz, Silvia; Acosta, Edgar J

2014-08-25

Lecithin-linker microemulsions are formulations produced with soybean lecithin in combination with a highly lipophilic (lipophilic linker) and highly hydrophilic (hydrophilic linkers) surfactant-like additives. In this work, lecithin-linker systems were formulated to produce self-emulsifying delivery systems for β-carotene and β-sitosterol. The concentration of the lipophilic linker, sorbitan monooleate, was adjusted to minimize the formation of liquid crystals. The concentration of hydrophilic linkers, decaglyceryl caprylate/caprate and PEG-6-caprylic/capric glycerides, was gradually increased (scanned) until single phase clear microemulsions were obtained. For these scans, the oil (ethyl caprate) to water ratio was set to 1. The single phase, clear microemulsions were diluted with fed-state simulated intestinal fluid (FeSSIF) and produced stable emulsions, with drop sizes close to 200 nm. Using pseudo-ternary phase diagrams to evaluate the process of dilution of microemulsion preconcentrates (mixtures of oil, lecithin and linkers with little or no water) with FeSSIF, it was determined that self-emulsifying systems are obtained when the early stages of the dilution produce single phase microemulsions. If liquid crystals or multiple phase systems are obtained during those early stages, then the emulsification yields unstable emulsions with large drop sizes. An in vitro permeability study conducted using a Flow-Thru Dialyzer revealed that stable emulsions with drop sizes of 150-300 nm produce large and irreversible permeation of β-carotene to sheep intestine. On the other hand, unstable emulsions produced without the linker combination separated in the dialyzer chamber. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Development of an Efficient Meso- scale Multi-phase Flow Solver in Nuclear Applications

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Lee, Taehun

2015-10-20

The proposed research aims at formulating a predictive high-order Lattice Boltzmann Equation for multi-phase flows relevant to nuclear energy related application - namely, saturated and sub-cooled boiling in reactors, and liquid- liquid mixing and extraction for fuel cycle separation. An efficient flow solver will be developed based on the Finite Element based Lattice Boltzmann Method (FE- LBM), accounting for phase-change heat transfer and capable of treating multiple phases over length scales from the submicron to the meter. A thermal LBM will be developed in order to handle adjustable Prandtl number, arbitrary specific heat ratio, a wide range of temperature variations,more » better numerical stability during liquid-vapor phase change, and full thermo-hydrodynamic consistency. Two-phase FE-LBM will be extended to liquid–liquid–gas multi-phase flows for application to high-fidelity simulations building up from the meso-scale up to the equipment sub-component scale. While several relevant applications exist, the initial applications for demonstration of the efficient methods to be developed as part of this project include numerical investigations of Critical Heat Flux (CHF) phenomena in nuclear reactor fuel bundles, and liquid-liquid mixing and interfacial area generation for liquid-liquid separations. In addition, targeted experiments will be conducted for validation of this advanced multi-phase model.« less

Cellular compartmentation follows rules: The Schnepf theorem, its consequences and exceptions: A biological membrane separates a plasmatic from a non-plasmatic phase.

PubMed

Moog, Daniel; Maier, Uwe G

2017-08-01

Is the spatial organization of membranes and compartments within cells subjected to any rules? Cellular compartmentation differs between prokaryotic and eukaryotic life, because it is present to a high degree only in eukaryotes. In 1964, Prof. Eberhard Schnepf formulated the compartmentation rule (Schnepf theorem), which posits that a biological membrane, the main physical structure responsible for cellular compartmentation, usually separates a plasmatic form a non-plasmatic phase. Here we review and re-investigate the Schnepf theorem by applying the theorem to different cellular structures, from bacterial cells to eukaryotes with their organelles and compartments. In conclusion, we can confirm the general correctness of the Schnepf theorem, noting explicit exceptions only in special cases such as endosymbiosis and parasitism. © 2017 WILEY Periodicals, Inc.

Determination of capsaicinoids in topical cream by liquid-liquid extraction and liquid chromatography.

PubMed

Kaale, Eliangiringa; Van Schepdael, Ann; Roets, Eugène; Hoogmartens, Jos

2002-11-07

A reversed-phase liquid chromatography (LC) method has been developed, optimised and validated for the separation and quantitation of capsaicin (CP) and dihydrocapsaicin (DHCP) in a topical cream formulation. Sample preparation involves liquid-liquid extraction prior to LC analysis. The method uses a Hypersil C(18) BDS, 5 micrometer, 250x4.6 mm I.D. column maintained at 35 degrees C. The mobile phase comprises methanol, water, acetonitrile (ACN) and acetic acid (47:42:10:1, v/v/v/v) at a flow rate of 1.0 ml/min. Robustness was evaluated by performing a central composite face-centred design (CCF) experiment. The method shows good selectivity, linearity, sensitivity and repeatability. The conditions allow the separation and quantitation of CP and DHCP without interference from the other substances contained in the cream.

Hidden imperfect synchronization of wall turbulence.

PubMed

Tardu, Sedat F

2010-03-01

Instantaneous amplitude and phase concept emerging from analytical signal formulation is applied to the wavelet coefficients of streamwise velocity fluctuations in the buffer layer of a near wall turbulent flow. Experiments and direct numerical simulations show both the existence of long periods of inert zones wherein the local phase is constant. These regions are separated by random phase jumps. The local amplitude is globally highly intermittent, but not in the phase locked regions wherein it varies smoothly. These behaviors are reminiscent of phase synchronization phenomena observed in stochastic chaotic systems. The lengths of the constant phase inert (laminar) zones reveal a type I intermittency behavior, in concordance with saddle-node bifurcation, and the periodic orbits of saddle nature recently identified in Couette turbulence. The imperfect synchronization is related to the footprint of coherent Reynolds shear stress producing eddies convecting in the low buffer.

Disintegration and cancer immunotherapy efficacy of a squalane-in-water delivery system emulsified by bioresorbable poly(ethylene glycol)-block-polylactide.

PubMed

Chen, Wei-Lin; Liu, Shih-Jen; Leng, Chih-Hsiang; Chen, Hsin-Wei; Chong, Pele; Huang, Ming-Hsi

2014-02-01

Vaccine adjuvant is conferred on the substance that helps to enhance antigen-specific immune response. Here we investigated the disintegration characteristics and immunotherapy potency of an emulsified delivery system comprising bioresorbable polymer poly(ethylene glycol)-polylactide (PEG-PLA), phosphate buffer saline (PBS), and metabolizable oil squalane. PEG-PLA-stabilized oil-in-water emulsions show good stability at 4 °C and at room temperature. At 37 °C, squalane/PEG-PLA/PBS emulsion with oil/aqueous weight ratio of 7/3 (denominated PELA73) was stable for 6 weeks without phase separation. As PEG-PLA being degraded, 30% of free oil at the surface layer and 10% of water at the bottom disassociated from the PELA73 emulsion were found after 3 months. A MALDI-TOF MS study directly on the DIOS plate enables us to identify low molecular weight components released during degradation. Our results confirm the loss of PLA moiety of the emulsifier PEG-PLA directly affected the stability of PEG-PLA-stabilized emulsion, leading to emulsion disintegration and squalane/water phase separation. As adjuvant for cancer immunotherapeutic use, an HPV16 E7 peptide antigen formulated with PELA73 plus immunostimulatory CpG molecules could strongly enhance antigen-specific T-cell responses as well as anti-tumor ability with respected to non-formulated or Alum-formulated peptide. Accordingly, these advances may be a potential immunoregulatory strategy in manipulating the immune responses induced by tumor-associated antigens. Copyright © 2013 The Authors. Published by Elsevier Ltd.. All rights reserved.

Towards a Unified Quark-Hadron-Matter Equation of State for Applications in Astrophysics and Heavy-Ion Collisions

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Bastian, Niels-Uwe; Blaschke, David; Fischer, Tobias; Röpke, Gerd

2018-05-01

We outline an approach to a unified equation of state for quark-hadron matter on the basis of a $\\Phi-$derivable approach to the generalized Beth-Uhlenbeck equation of state for a cluster decomposition of thermodynamic quantities like the density. To this end we summarize the cluster virial expansion for nuclear matter and demonstrate the equivalence of the Green's function approach and the $\\Phi-$derivable formulation. For an example, the formation and dissociation of deuterons in nuclear matter is discussed. We formulate the cluster $\\Phi-$derivable approach to quark-hadron matter which allows to take into account the specifics of chiral symmetry restoration and deconfinement in triggering the Mott-dissociation of hadrons. This approach unifies the description of a strongly coupled quark-gluon plasma with that of a medium-modified hadron resonance gas description which are contained as limiting cases. The developed formalism shall replace the common two-phase approach to the description of the deconfinement and chiral phase transition that requires a phase transition construction between separately developed equations of state for hadronic and quark matter phases. Applications to the phenomenology of heavy-ion collisions and astrophysics are outlined.

Characterization of polyoxyethylene tallow amine surfactants in technical mixtures and glyphosate formulations using ultra-high performance liquid chromatography and triple quadrupole mass spectrometry

USGS Publications Warehouse

Tush, Daniel; Loftin, Keith A.; Meyer, Michael T.

2013-01-01

Little is known about the occurrence, fate, and effects of the ancillary additives in pesticide formulations. Polyoxyethylene tallow amine (POEA) is a non-ionic surfactant used in many glyphosate formulations, a widely applied herbicide both in agricultural and urban environments. POEA has not been previously well characterized, but has been shown to be toxic to various aquatic organisms. Characterization of technical mixtures using ultra-high performance liquid chromatography (UHPLC) and mass spectrometry shows POEA is a complex combination of homologs of different aliphatic moieties and ranges of ethoxylate units. Tandem mass spectrometry experiments indicate that POEA homologs generate no product ions readily suitable for quantitative analysis due to poor sensitivity. A comparison of multiple high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) and UHPLC analytical columns indicates that the stationary phase is more important in column selection than other parameters for the separation of POEA. Analysis of several agricultural and household glyphosate formulations confirms that POEA is a common ingredient but ethoxylate distributions among formulations vary.

Phospholipid hydrolysis in a pharmaceutical emulsion assessed by physicochemical parameters and a new analytical method.

PubMed

Rabinovich-Guilatt, Laura; Dubernet, Catherine; Gaudin, Karen; Lambert, Gregory; Couvreur, Patrick; Chaminade, Pierre

2005-09-01

The aim of this work was to develop a simple high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) technique with evaporative light scattering detection (ELSD) for the separation and quantification of the major phospholipid (PL) and lysophospholipid (LPL) classes contained in a pharmaceutical phospholipid-based emulsion. In the established method, phosphatidylcholine (PC), phosphatidylethanolamine (PE), sphingomyeline (SM), lysophosphatidylcholine (LPC) and lysophosphatidylethanolamine (LPE) were separated with a PVA-Sil stationary phase and a binary gradient from pure chloroform to methanol:water (94:6 v/v) at 3.4%/min. The ELSD detection was enhanced using 0.1% triethylamine and formic acid in each gradient mobile phases. Factors such as stationary phase and ELSD drift tube temperature were optimized, concluding in optimal temperatures of 25 degrees C for separation and 50 degrees C for evaporation. This HPLC-ELSD method was then applied to a PL-emulsion exposed to autoclaving and accelerated thermal conditions at 50 degrees C. Hydrolysis of PC and PE followed first-order kinetics, representing only 45% of the total lipid mass after 3 months. The chemical stability was correlated to commonly measured formulation physical and physico-chemical parameters such as droplet size, emulsion pH and zeta-potential.

Toward the establishment of standardized in vitro tests for lipid-based formulations. 2. The effect of bile salt concentration and drug loading on the performance of type I, II, IIIA, IIIB, and IV formulations during in vitro digestion.

PubMed

Williams, Hywel D; Anby, Mette U; Sassene, Philip; Kleberg, Karen; Bakala-N'Goma, Jean-Claude; Calderone, Marilyn; Jannin, Vincent; Igonin, Annabel; Partheil, Anette; Marchaud, Delphine; Jule, Eduardo; Vertommen, Jan; Maio, Mario; Blundell, Ross; Benameur, Hassan; Carrière, Frédéric; Müllertz, Anette; Pouton, Colin W; Porter, Christopher J H

2012-11-05

The LFCS Consortium was established to develop standardized in vitro tests for lipid-based formulations (LBFs) and to examine the utility of these tests to probe the fundamental mechanisms that underlie LBF performance. In this publication, the impact of bile salt (sodium taurodeoxycholate, NaTDC) concentration and drug loading on the ability of a range of representative LBFs to generate and sustain drug solubilization and supersaturation during in vitro digestion testing has been explored and a common driver of the potential for drug precipitation identified. Danazol was used as a model poorly water-soluble drug throughout. In general, increasing NaTDC concentrations increased the digestion of the most lipophilic LBFs and promoted lipid (and drug) trafficking from poorly dispersed oil phases to the aqueous colloidal phase (AP(DIGEST)). High NaTDC concentrations showed some capacity to reduce drug precipitation, although, at NaTDC concentrations ≥3 mM, NaTDC effects on either digestion or drug solubilization were modest. In contrast, increasing drug load had a marked impact on drug solubilization. For LBFs containing long-chain lipids, drug precipitation was limited even at drug loads approaching saturation in the formulation and concentrations of solubilized drug in AP(DIGEST) increased with increased drug load. For LBFs containing medium-chain lipids, however, significant precipitation was evident, especially at higher drug loads. Across all formulations a remarkably consistent trend emerged such that the likelihood of precipitation was almost entirely dependent on the maximum supersaturation ratio (SR(M)) attained on initiation of digestion. SR(M) defines the supersaturation "pressure" in the system and is calculated from the maximum attainable concentration in the AP(DIGEST) (assuming zero precipitation), divided by the solubility of the drug in the colloidal phases formed post digestion. For LBFs where phase separation of oil phases did not occur, a threshold value for SR(M) was evident, regardless of formulation composition and drug solubilization reduced markedly above SR(M) > 2.5. The threshold SR(M) may prove to be an effective tool in discriminating between LBFs based on performance.

Sensitivity of snow process simulations to precipitation-phase transition method in forested and open areas

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Lundberg, A.; Gustafsson, D.

2009-04-01

Modeling of forest snow processes is complicated and especially problematic seems to be the separation of precipitation phase in climates where a large part of the precipitation falls at temperatures near zero degrees Celsius. When the precipitation is classified as snow, the tree crowns can carry an order of magnitude more canopy storage as compared to when the precipitation is classified as rain, and snow in the trees also alters the albedo of the forest while rain does not. Many different schemes for the precipitation phase separation are used by various snow models. Some models use just one air temperature threshold (TR/S) below which all precipitation is assumed to be snow and above which all precipitation is classified as rain. A more common approach for forest snow models is to use two temperature thresholds. The snow fraction (SF) is then set to one below the snow threshold (TS) and to zero above the rain threshold (TR) and SF is assumed to decrease linearly between these two thresholds. Also more sophisticated schemes exist, but three seems to be a lack of agreement on how the precipitation phase separations should be performed. The aim with this study is to use a hydrological model including canopy snow processes to illustrate the sensitivity for different formulations of the precipitation phase separation on a) the simulated maximum snow pack storage b) the interception evaporation loss and c) snow melt runoff. In other words, to investigate of the choice of precipitation phase separation has an impact on the simulated wintertime water balance. Simulations are made for sites in different climates and for both open fields and forest sites in different regions of Sweden from north to south. In general, precipitation phase separation methods that classified snowfall at higher temperatures resulted in a larger proportion of the precipitation lost by interception evaporation as a result of the increased interception capacity. However, the maximum snow accumulation was also increased in some cases due to the overall increased snowfall, depending on canopy density and precipitation and temperature regimes. Results show that the choice of precipitation phase separation method can have an significant impact on the simulated wintertime water balance, especially in forested regions.

Vitamin C metabolites, independent of smoking status, significantly enhance leukocyte, but not plasma ascorbate concentrations.

PubMed

Moyad, Mark A; Combs, Maile A; Vrablic, Angelica S; Velasquez, Janet; Turner, Benilda; Bernal, Samuel

2008-10-01

The objective of this study was to test the effects of acute doses of vitamin C alone, calcium ascorbate with vitamin C metabolites, and placebo, on total plasma and leukocyte vitamin C concentrations over 24 hours. A double-blind, placebo-controlled, four-way crossover study was performed consisting of four separate phases lasting 24 hours each and utilizing one of four oral 1000-mg preparations within each phase (one of vitamin C alone, two separate vitamin C formulations of calcium ascorbate with vitamin C metabolites, and placebo). There was a 7-day washout between phases, and blood draws at seven time points within each phase of the study for a total of 28 serologic measurements per subject and 420 total measurements for the entire clinical trial. Vitamin C concentration in plasma and leukocytes were measured by high-performance liquid chromatography at baseline and at six sequential time periods over 24 hours. Fifteen healthy males were enrolled, aged 18-39 years; nine were had never smoked and six were chronic smokers. No significant difference in plasma vitamin C levels was observed when comparing the different preparations. However, at 24 hours, calcium ascorbate with metabolites resulted in significantly higher concentrations of vitamin C in leukocytes (P<0.0001) compared with vitamin C alone. These results were similar for both metabolite formulations, and independent of smoking status. Regardless of smoking status, vitamin C metabolites may enhance leukocyte utilization of vitamin C itself, despite no consistent difference in plasma levels among the different preparations. A larger clinical investigation is warranted to confirm these preliminary findings, and to determine the clinical relevance of this impact on overall immune function.

Stabilizing effect of cetostearyl alcohol and glyceryl monostearate as co-emulsifiers on hydrocarbon-free O/W glyceride creams.

PubMed

Ballmann, C; Mueller, B W

2008-01-01

The structure of a stable O/W cream is characterized by a more or less pronounced mixed crystal bilayer. The addition of co-emulsifiers in order to achieve a soft formulation often leads to a mixed crystal bilayer network of high viscosity and even phase separation. In order to ovoid this components of different chemical identities are used which often are not inert or harmless if they are absorbed. For this reason it seems to be interesting to use only components from one chemical family, e.g. to use only glycerides and their derivatives because in the case of absorption they are metabolized. The disadvantages of glyceride creams are, however, their low viscosity. The aim of this investigation was to find the optimum amount of co-emulsifier as consistency excipient for the basic formulation of an O/W glyceride cream. This was achieved by using differential scanning calorimetry; thermogravimetry, oscillation rheology and various stress tests. The amount of co-emulsifier used should not be too high, as it would crystallize increasingly during storage which gives the preparation an optical inhomogenity and a lack in softness which is needed for a suitable cosmetic acceptance. A slightly higher concentration than is necessary for the mixed emulsifier system can be advantageous, as the formation of a separate crystalline lipophilic network in the preparation increases its viscosity which will lead to a higher physico-chemical stability of the formulation. These results were obtained with the co-emulsifiers glyceryl monostearate (Imwitor 900), cetylstearyl alcohol (Lanette O), and PEG-20-glycerolstearate (Tagat S2) as O/W emulsifier. As oil phase a mixture of Miglyol 812 (caprylic/capric triglyceride) and Avocado oil was used.

New Formulation for the Viscosity of n-Butane

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Herrmann, Sebastian; Vogel, Eckhard

2018-03-01

A new viscosity formulation for n-butane, based on the residual quantity concept, uses the reference equation of state by Bücker and Wagner [J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data 35, 929 (2006)] and is valid in the fluid region from the triple point to 650 K and to 100 MPa. The contributions for the zero-density viscosity and for the initial-density dependence were separately developed, whereas those for the critical enhancement and for the higher-density terms were pretreated. All contributions were given as a function of the reciprocal reduced temperature τ, while the last two contributions were correlated as a function of τ and of the reduced density δ. The different contributions were based on specific primary data sets, whose evaluation and choice were discussed in detail. The final formulation incorporates 13 coefficients derived employing a state-of-the-art linear optimization algorithm. The viscosity at low pressures p ≤ 0.2 MPa is described with an expanded uncertainty of 0.5% (coverage factor k = 2) for temperatures 293 ≤ T/K ≤ 626. The expanded uncertainty in the vapor phase at subcritical temperatures T ≥ 298 K as well as in the supercritical thermodynamic region T ≤ 448 K at pressures p ≤ 30 MPa is estimated to be 1.5%. It is raised to 4.0% in regions where only less reliable primary data sets are available and to 6.0% in ranges without any primary data, but in which the equation of state is valid. A weakness of the reference equation of state in the near-critical region prevents estimation of the expanded uncertainty in this region. Viscosity tables for the new formulation are presented in Appendix B for the single-phase region, for the vapor-liquid phase boundary, and for the near-critical region.

Buffet Active Control - Experimental and Numerical Results

DTIC Science & Technology

2001-06-01

the phenomenon, will be further studied in t time f, f0 frequency, natural buffet frequency 1Dept. Models for Aerodynamics and Energetics ( DMAE ) phase...buffet characteristics of an OAT15A ration bubble is created. The flow separation spreads airfoil was carried out in T2 wind tunnel of DMAE , to the...layer approximation of Le Balleur’s upstream viscous influence (as in Navier-Stokes so- " Defect -Formulation theory" [14, 15, 17, 16] for lutions

A rapid HPLC method for simultaneous determination of tretinoin and isotretinoin in dermatological formulations.

PubMed

Tashtoush, Bassam M; Jacobson, Elaine L; Jacobson, Myron K

2007-02-19

A rapid method using an isocratic high-pressure liquid chromatography and UV detection for determination of both all-trans retinoic acid (tretinoin) and 13-cis retinoic acid (isotretinoin) in dermatological preparations is presented. Tretinoin and isotretinoin samples were extracted with acetonitrile by a procedure that can be completed in less than 10 min. Subsequent separation and quantification of amounts as low as 10 pmol was accomplished in less than 15 min using reversed-phase HPLC with isocratic elution with 0.01% trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)/acetonitrile (15:85, v/v). Validation experiments confirmed the precision and accuracy of the method. When applied to commercial tretinoin samples, recoveries of 104.9% for cream formulations and 107.7% for gel formulations were obtained. Application of the method for analysis of a tretinoin cream exposed to solar simulated light (SSL) demonstrated detection of the major photoisomerization product isotretinoin as well as 9-cis retinoic acid, demonstrating the utility of the method for studies of tretinoin photostability. The method should also facilitate studies of the formulation compatibility and photocompatibility of tretinoin with agents that may improve its clinical tolerability.

Hierarchically porous materials from layer-by-layer photopolymerization of high internal phase emulsions.

PubMed

Sušec, Maja; Ligon, Samuel Clark; Stampfl, Jürgen; Liska, Robert; Krajnc, Peter

2013-06-13

A combination of high internal phase emulsion (HIPE) templating and additive manufacturing technology (AMT) is applied for creating hierarchical porosity within an acrylate and acrylate/thiol-based polymer network. The photopolymerizable formulation is optimized to produce emulsions with a volume fraction of droplet phase greater than 80 vol%. Kinetic stability of the emulsions is sufficient enough to withstand in-mold curing or computer-controlled layer-by-layer stereolithography without phase separation. By including macroscale cellular cavities within the build file, a level of controlled porosity is created simultaneous to the formation of the porous microstructure of the polyHIPE. The hybrid HIPE-AMT technique thus provides hierarchically porous materials with mechanical properties tailored by the addition of thiol chain transfer agent. Copyright © 2013 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

Melt Extrusion of High-Dose Co-Amorphous Drug-Drug Combinations : Theme: Formulation and Manufacturing of Solid Dosage Forms Guest Editors: Tony Zhou and Tonglei Li.

PubMed

Arnfast, Lærke; Kamruzzaman, Md; Löbmann, Korbinian; Aho, Johanna; Baldursdottir, Stefania; Rades, Thomas; Rantanen, Jukka

2017-12-01

Many future drug products will be based on innovative manufacturing solutions, which will increase the need for a thorough understanding of the interplay between drug material properties and processability. In this study, hot melt extrusion of a drug-drug mixture with minimal amount of polymeric excipient was investigated. Using indomethacin-cimetidine as a model drug-drug system, processability of physical mixtures with and without 5% (w/w) of polyethylene oxide (PEO) were studied using Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC) and Small Amplitude Oscillatory Shear (SAOS) rheometry. Extrudates containing a co-amorphous glass solution were produced and the solid-state composition of these was studied with DSC. Rheological analysis indicated that the studied systems display viscosities higher than expected for small molecule melts and addition of PEO decreased the viscosity of the melt. Extrudates of indomethacin-cimetidine alone displayed amorphous-amorphous phase separation after 4 weeks of storage, whereas no phase separation was observed during the 16 week storage of the indomethacin-cimetidine extrudates containing 5% (w/w) PEO. Melt extrusion of co-amorphous extrudates with low amounts of polymer was found to be a feasible manufacturing technique. Addition of 5% (w/w) polymer reduced melt viscosity and prevented phase separation.

A survey of the core-congruential formulation for geometrically nonlinear TL finite elements

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Felippa, Carlos A.; Crivelli, Luis A.; Haugen, Bjorn

1994-01-01

This article presents a survey of the core-congruential formulation (CCF) for geometrically nonlinear mechanical finite elements based on the total Lagrangian (TL) kinematic description. Although the key ideas behind the CCF can be traced back to Rajasekaran and Murray in 1973, it has not subsequently received serious attention. The CCF is distinguished by a two-phase development of the finite element stiffness equations. The initial phase developed equations for individual particles. These equations are expressed in terms of displacement gradients as degrees of freedom. The second phase involves congruential-type transformations that eventually binds the element particles of an individual element in terms of its node-displacement degrees of freedom. Two versions of the CCF, labeled direct and generalized, are distinguished. The direct CCF (DCCF) is first described in general form and then applied to the derivation of geometrically nonlinear bar, and plane stress elements using the Green-Lagrange strain measure. The more complex generalized CCF (GCCF) is described and applied to the derivation of 2D and 3D Timoshenko beam elements. Several advantages of the CCF, notably the physically clean separation of material and geometric stiffnesses, and its independence with respect to the ultimate choice of shape functions and element degrees of freedom, are noted. Application examples involving very large motions solved with the 3D beam element display the range of applicability of this formulation, which transcends the kinematic limitations commonly attributed to the TL description.

Summary report for the FY-2015 SACSESS Collaboration

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Peterman, Dean Richard; Mincher, Bruce Jay

2015-09-01

During FY-2015, a collaborative research program was established by the Department of Energy-Nuclear Energy (DOE-NE) Material Recovery and Waste Form Development program and the European Union (EU) Safety of Actinide Separation Processes (SACSESS) program. One component of this collaboration was the evaluation of the radiolytic stability of a Selective ActiNide Extraction (SANEX) separation which utilized a TODGA-based organic solvent and an aqueous phase containing the hydrophilic complexing reagent, SO3-Ph-BTP. To best simulate process conditions, this experiment was irradiated in the radiolysis/hydrolysis test loop located at the Idaho National Laboratory. The effect of irradiation on a SACSESS program iSANEX formulation containingmore » a TODGA-based organic phase and a BTP-based aqueous phase was investigated using irradiations at INL in static and test loop modes. When irradiated in contact with only the acidic aqueous phase, the TODGA organic solution maintained excellent extraction performance of americium, cerium and europium to a maximum absorbed dose of nearly 0.9 MGy. When the aqueous phase was changed to that containing the aqueous soluble BTP, the irradiated aqueous phase showed a dramatic color change, but this does not appear to have adverse effects on solvent extraction performance. Only minor increases in distribution ratios for both the lanthanides and actinide were measured, and the separation factors were essentially unchanged to a maximum absorbed dose of 174 kGy. The determination of the americium, cerium, and europium distribution ratios for the remaining SACSESS test loop samples will be completed in the near future. The analysis of stable metals concentration in the the irradiated aqueous and organic phases will be completed shortly.« less

Suitability of 1-hexyl-3-methylimidazolium ionic liquids for the analysis of pharmaceutical formulations containing tricyclic antidepressants.

PubMed

Calabuig-Hernández, S; Peris-García, E; García-Alvarez-Coque, M C; Ruiz-Angel, M J

2018-07-20

The reversed-phase chromatographic behaviour of six tricyclic antidepressants (amitryptiline, clomipramine, doxepin, imipramine, nortryptiline and maprotiline) was examined in this work with acetonitrile-water mobile phases, in the absence and presence of the ionic liquids 1-hexyl-3-methylimidazolium chloride and 1-hexyl-3-methylimidazolium tetrafluoroborate, which have interesting features for the separation of basic compounds, in terms of peak shape combined with reduced retention. Tricyclic antidepressants are low polarity drugs that strongly associate to the alkyl chains of conventional stationary phases. They are also positively charged in the usual working pH range (2-8) in reversed-phase liquid chromatography, due to their strong basic character. In consequence, they may interact with the residual ionised silanols present in conventional silica-based stationary phases, which is translated in stronger retention, and tailed and broad peaks. A simple chromatographic procedure for the control of tricyclic antidepressants in pharmaceutical formulations was developed using a C8 column and a mobile phase containing 30% acetonitrile/10 mM 1-hexyl-3-methylimidazolium chloride at pH 3, with UV detection. Intra- and inter-day precisions were usually below +1.0%, and intra- and inter-day bias (trueness) ranged between ‒2.1% and +2.4%, and between ‒3.0% and +2.3%, respectively. Sample preparation was simple and only required solubilisation and filtration previous to injection. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Liquid Phase Miscibility Gap Materials

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Gelles, S. H.; Markworth, A. J.

1985-01-01

The manner in which the microstructural features of liquid-phase miscibility gap alloys develop was determined. This will allow control of the microstructures and the resultant properties of these alloys. The long-duration low gravity afforded by the shuttle will allow experiments supporting this research to be conducted with minimal interference from buoyancy effects and gravitationally driven convection currents. Ground base studies were conducted on Al-In, Cu-Pb, and Te-Tl alloys to determine the effect of cooling rate, composition, and interfacial energies on the phase separation and solidification processes that influence the development of microstructure in these alloys. Isothermal and directional cooling experiments and simulations are conducted. The ground based activities are used as a technological base from which flight experiments formulated and to which these flight experiments are compared.

Effect of Branching on Rod-coil Polyimides as Membrane Materials for Lithium Polymer Batteries

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Meador, Mary Ann B.; Cubon, Valerie A.; Scheiman, Daniel A.; Bennett, William R.

2003-01-01

This paper describes a series of rod-coil block co-polymers that produce easy to fabricate, dimensionally stable films with good ionic conductivity down to room temperature for use as electrolytes for lithium polymer batteries. The polymers consist of short, rigid rod polyimide segments, alternating with flexible, polyalkylene oxide coil segments. The highly incompatible rods and coils should phase separate, especially in the presence of lithium ions. The coil phase would allow for conduction of lithium ions, while the rigid rod phase would provide a high degree of dimensional stability. An optimization study was carried out to study the effect of four variables (degree of branching, formulated molecular weight, polymerization solvent and lithium salt concentration) on ionic conductivity, glass transition temperature and dimensional stability in this system.

Successful Initial Development of Styrene Substitutes and Suppressants for Vinyl Ester Resin Formulations

DTIC Science & Technology

2003-08-01

into a separatory funnel. Distilled water was added to remove the acid from the ether phase. The layers were allowed to separate, and the water layer...The reaction mixtures were removed from the heat 2 hr after the last acrylic acid aliquot was added. The acrylated oils were purified via ether... remove inhibitor and any unreacted acid , the reaction mixture was ether extracted (25). The mixture was dissolved in diethyl ether and poured into a

Comprehensive analysis of pharmaceutical products using simultaneous mixed-mode (ion-exchange/reversed-phase) and hydrophilic interaction liquid chromatography.

PubMed

Kazarian, Artaches A; Nesterenko, Pavel N; Soisungnoen, Phimpha; Burakham, Rodjana; Srijaranai, Supalax; Paull, Brett

2014-08-01

Liquid chromatographic assays were developed using a mixed-mode column coupled in sequence with a hydrophilic interaction liquid chromatography column to allow the simultaneous comprehensive analysis of inorganic/organic anions and cations, active pharmaceutical ingredients, and excipients (carbohydrates). The approach utilized dual sample injection and valve-mediated column switching and was based upon a single high-performance liquid chromatography gradient pump. The separation consisted of three distinct sequential separation mechanisms, namely, (i) ion-exchange, (ii) mixed-mode interactions under an applied dual gradient (reversed-phase/ion-exchange), and (iii) hydrophilic interaction chromatography. Upon first injection, the Scherzo SS C18 column (Imtakt) provided resolution of inorganic anions and cations under isocratic conditions, followed by a dual organic/salt gradient to elute active pharmaceutical ingredients and their respective organic counterions and potential degradants. At the top of the mixed-mode gradient (high acetonitrile content), the mobile phase flow was switched to a preconditioned hydrophilic interaction liquid chromatography column, and the standard/sample was reinjected for the separation of hydrophilic carbohydrates, some of which are commonly known excipients in drug formulations. The approach afforded reproducible separation and resolution of up to 23 chemically diverse solutes in a single run. The method was applied to investigate the composition of commercial cough syrups (Robitussin®), allowing resolution and determination of inorganic ions, active pharmaceutical ingredients, excipients, and numerous well-resolved unknown peaks. © 2014 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

Numerical investigation of shock induced bubble collapse in water

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Apazidis, N.

2016-04-01

A semi-conservative, stable, interphase-capturing numerical scheme for shock propagation in heterogeneous systems is applied to the problem of shock propagation in liquid-gas systems. The scheme is based on the volume-fraction formulation of the equations of motion for liquid and gas phases with separate equations of state. The semi-conservative formulation of the governing equations ensures the absence of spurious pressure oscillations at the material interphases between liquid and gas. Interaction of a planar shock in water with a single spherical bubble as well as twin adjacent bubbles is investigated. Several stages of the interaction process are considered, including focusing of the transmitted shock within the deformed bubble, creation of a water-hammer shock as well as generation of high-speed liquid jet in the later stages of the process.

Development and validation of a UPLC-MS method for the determination of galantamine in guinea pig plasma and its application to a pre-clinical bioavailability study of novel galantamine formulations.

PubMed

Wang, Jiang; Pavurala, Naresh; Xu, Xiaoming; Krishnaiah, Yellela S R; Faustino, Patrick J

2018-05-04

To evaluate the bioavailability and pharmacokinetic profiles of two novel galantamine formulations as medical countermeasure products, an ultra-performance liquid chromatography-single quadrupole mass spectrometry (UPLC-MS) method was developed and validated for quantifying galantamine in guinea pig plasma using solid-phase extraction with a mixed mode strong cation exchange reversed-phase cartridge. Chromatographic separation was achieved on a Waters Acquity UPLC BEH C 18 column maintained at 40°C. The mobile phases were solution A, acetonitrile-water, 5:95 (v/v) and solution B, acetonitrile-water 90:10 (v/v), both containing 2 mM ammonium formate and 0.2% formic acid. The mobile phase was delivered utilizing a 3 min gradient program start with 95%A-5%B at a flow rate of 0.6 mL/min. The analyte and internal standard, galantamine-d3, were detected by selected ion monitoring mode on a Waters 3100 single quadrupole mass spectrometer with positive electrospray ionization. The method was validated according to the US Food and Drug Administration bioanalytical guidance. The method was selective and was linear over the analytical range of 2-2000 ng/mL. Accuracy and precision were acceptable with intra- and inter-day accuracies between 96.8 and 101% and precisions (RSD) <4.88%. The method was successfully implemented to measure galantamine plasma levels in a series of pre-clinical bioavailability studies for the evaluation of novel galantamine formulations. Published 2018. This article is a U.S. Government work and is in the public domain in the USA.

Thermodynamics of phase-separating nanoalloys: Single particles and particle assemblies

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Fèvre, Mathieu; Le Bouar, Yann; Finel, Alphonse

2018-05-01

The aim of this paper is to investigate the consequences of finite-size effects on the thermodynamics of nanoparticle assemblies and isolated particles. We consider a binary phase-separating alloy with a negligible atomic size mismatch, and equilibrium states are computed using off-lattice Monte Carlo simulations in several thermodynamic ensembles. First, a semi-grand-canonical ensemble is used to describe infinite assemblies of particles with the same size. When decreasing the particle size, we obtain a significant decrease of the solid/liquid transition temperatures as well as a growing asymmetry of the solid-state miscibility gap related to surface segregation effects. Second, a canonical ensemble is used to analyze the thermodynamic equilibrium of finite monodisperse particle assemblies. Using a general thermodynamic formulation, we show that a particle assembly may split into two subassemblies of identical particles. Moreover, if the overall average canonical concentration belongs to a discrete spectrum, the subassembly concentrations are equal to the semi-grand-canonical equilibrium ones. We also show that the equilibrium of a particle assembly with a prescribed size distribution combines a size effect and the fact that a given particle size assembly can adopt two configurations. Finally, we have considered the thermodynamics of an isolated particle to analyze whether a phase separation can be defined within a particle. When studying rather large nanoparticles, we found that the region in which a two-phase domain can be identified inside a particle is well below the bulk phase diagram, but the concentration of the homogeneous core remains very close to the bulk solubility limit.

Pluronic lecithin organogel as a topical drug delivery system.

PubMed

Pandey, Mohit; Belgamwar, Veena; Gattani, Surendra; Surana, Sanjay; Tekade, Avinash

2010-01-01

The objective of this study was to formulate and evaluate the pluronic lecithin organogel containing flurbiprofen for topical application. Different formulations of pluronic lecithin organogels were prepared by using pluronic F127, lecithin, flurbiprofen, isopropyl palmitate, water, sorbic acid, and potassium sorbate. To study the in vitro potential of these formulations, permeation studies were performed with Keshary-Chien diffusion cells. The results of the in vitro permeation studies found that release of flurbiprofen from dialysis membrane-70 was more than excised dorsal rat skin. Gelation temperature study was carried out to determine the temperature where sol-gel transformation takes place. The viscosities of different formulations were determined by using Brookfield Viscometer at 25°C, the viscosity of formulations increases as the lecithin concentration increases. Also the formulations were tested for appearance and feel psychorheologically, pH, and drug content. Interactions between the components of the gel have been investigated by differential scanning calorimetry and X-ray powder diffractometry. The optimized formulation subjected to differential scanning calorimetry shows no drug-polymer interaction. To investigate the in vivo performance of the formulations, a carrageenan-induced rat paw edema model and skin irritation study was used. The stability studies and freeze-thaw thermal cyclic test were carried out, showing no phase separation of gel, and representing gel stability. Statistical analysis of the data of animal study (anti-inflammatory activity) was done by using one way analysis of variance (ANOVA) followed by Dunnett's test. The formulation shows a statistically significant anti-inflammatory activity and is non-irritant to skin.

Simultaneous Estimation of Withaferin A and Z-Guggulsterone in Marketed Formulation by RP-HPLC.

PubMed

Agrawal, Poonam; Vegda, Rashmi; Laddha, Kirti

2015-07-01

A simple, rapid, precise and accurate high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) method was developed for simultaneous estimation of withaferin A and Z-guggulsterone in a polyherbal formulation containing Withania somnifera and Commiphora wightii. The chromatographic separation was achieved on a Purosphere RP-18 column (particle size 5 µm) with a mobile phase consisting of Solvent A (acetonitrile) and Solvent B (water) with the following gradients: 0-7 min, 50% A in B; 7-9 min, 50-80% A in B; 9-20 min, 80% A in B at a flow rate of 1 mL/min and detection at 235 nm. The marker compounds were well separated on the chromatogram within 20 min. The results obtained indicate accuracy and reliability of the developed simultaneous HPLC method for the quantification of withaferin A and Z-guggulsterone. The proposed method was found to be reproducible, specific, precise and accurate for simultaneous estimation of these marker compounds in a combined dosage form. The HPLC method was appropriate and the two markers are well resolved, enabling efficient quantitative analysis of withaferin A and Z-guggulsterone. The method can be successively used for quantitative analysis of these two marker constituents in combination of marketed polyherbal formulation. © The Author 2015. Published by Oxford University Press. All rights reserved. For Permissions, please email: journals.permissions@oup.com.

Semisolid formulations containing dimethyl sulfoxide and alpha-tocopherol for the treatment of extravasation of antiblastic agents.

PubMed

Casiraghi, Antonella; Ardovino, Paola; Minghetti, Paola; Botta, Cinzia; Gattini, Arrigo; Montanari, Luisa

2007-07-01

The topical treatment with dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) and/or alpha-tocopherol (alpha-T) is widely used in order to prevent the local complications of extravasation of cytostatic drugs and protect patients against skin ulceration. Till now, DMSO and alpha-T have been mainly used in solution. The goal of this study was to formulate semisolid preparations for cutaneous application differing in the hydrophilic and lipophilic properties and containing DMSO and alpha-T in combination. With respect to solutions, the use of semisolid preparations containing DMSO and alpha-T could be advantageous in patients having extravasation as DMSO and alpha-T can remain in contact with the skin over an extended period of time. As a consequence, the action of the active principles can be limited specifically on the injured skin area, reducing the cutaneous irritative effects of DMSO. The following types of semisolid formulations containing 50% m/m DMSO and 2.5% m/m alpha-T were prepared: hydrophilic ointment, o/w emulsion, hydrophilic gel and lipophilic gel. The ex vivo skin permeation of DMSO and alpha-T was evaluated by using modified Franz's diffusion cells and human stratum corneum and epidermis (SCE) as a membrane. The permeated and retained amounts of DMSO and alpha-T were determined. The oleogel preparation, the hydrophilic gel and the o/w emulsion were uniform in colour and aspect, without any evidences of phase separation over the period of the study. Hydrophilic ointments were discarded as they showed phase separation after 12 h. All formulations had a different behaviour in terms of skin permeability. In particular, hydrogel and o/w emulsion showed the best control on the drug release considering the interactions of the vehicle components with the SCE and the drugs partition between the vehicle and the SCE. The DMSO permeated amount after 24 h was 4.1 mg/cm(2) for hydrogel and 2.5 mg/cm(2) for emulsion while the permeated amount of pure DMSO after 24 h was 47.5 mg/cm(2). Therefore, aiming to reduce side effects after the topical application of the antidotes DMSO and alpha-T, these results suggested that hydrogel and o/w emulsion could be considered the most promising formulations for further clinical evaluations in managing of extravasation of anthracyclines.

Simultaneous densitometric determination of anthelmintic drug albendazole and its metabolite albendazole sulfoxide by HPTLC in human plasma and pharmaceutical formulations.

PubMed

Pandya, Jui J; Sanyal, Mallika; Shrivastav, Pranav S

2017-09-01

A new, simple, accurate and precise high-performance thin-layer chromatographic method has been developed and validated for simultaneous determination of an anthelmintic drug, albendazole, and its active metabolite albendazole, sulfoxide. Planar chromatographic separation was performed on aluminum-backed layer of silica gel 60G F 254 using a mixture of toluene-acetonitrile-glacial acetic acid (7.0:2.9:0.1, v/v/v) as the mobile phase. For quantitation, the separated spots were scanned densitometrically at 225 nm. The retention factors (R f ) obtained under the established conditions were 0.76 ± 0.01 and 0.50 ± 0.01 and the regression plots were linear (r 2  ≥ 0.9997) in the concentration ranges 50-350 and 100-700 ng/band for albendazole and albendazole sulfoxide, respectively. The method was validated for linearity, specificity, accuracy (recovery) and precision, repeatability, stability and robustness. The limit of detection and limit of quantitation found were 9.84 and 29.81 ng/band for albendazole and 21.60 and 65.45 ng/band for albendazole sulfoxide, respectively. For plasma samples, solid-phase extraction of analytes yielded mean extraction recoveries of 87.59 and 87.13% for albendazole and albendazole sulfoxide, respectively. The method was successfully applied for the analysis of albendazole in pharmaceutical formulations with accuracy ≥99.32%. Copyright © 2017 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

Optimized zein nanospheres for improved oral bioavailability of atorvastatin

PubMed Central

Hashem, Fahima M; Al-Sawahli, Majid M; Nasr, Mohamed; Ahmed, Osama AA

2015-01-01

Background This work focuses on the development of atorvastatin utilizing zein, a natural, safe, and biocompatible polymer, as a nanosized formulation in order to overcome the poor oral bioavailability (12%) of the drug. Methods Twelve experimental runs of atorvastatin–zein nanosphere formula were formulated by a liquid–liquid phase separation method according to custom fractional factorial design to optimize the formulation variables. The factors studied were: weight % of zein to atorvastatin (X1), pH (X2), and stirring time (X3). Levels for each formulation variable were designed. The selected dependent variables were: mean particle size (Y1), zeta potential (Y2), drug loading efficiency (Y3), drug encapsulation efficiency (Y4), and yield (Y5). The optimized formulation was assayed for compatibility using an X-ray diffraction assay. In vitro diffusion of the optimized formulation was carried out. A pharmacokinetic study was also done to compare the plasma profile of the atorvastatin–zein nanosphere formulation versus atorvastatin oral suspension and the commercially available tablet. Results The optimized atorvastatin–zein formulation had a mean particle size of 183 nm, a loading efficiency of 14.86%, and an encapsulation efficiency of 29.71%. The in vitro dissolution assay displayed an initial burst effect, with a cumulative amount of atorvastatin released of 41.76% and 82.3% after 12 and 48 hours, respectively. In Wistar albino rats, the bioavailability of atorvastatin from the optimized atorvastatin–zein formulation was 3-fold greater than that from the atorvastatin suspension and the commercially available tablet. Conclusion The atorvastatin–zein nanosphere formulation improved the oral delivery and pharmacokinetic profile of atorvastatin by enhancing its oral bioavailability. PMID:26150716

Solubilization of Tea Seed Oil in a Food-Grade Water-Dilutable Microemulsion

PubMed Central

Deng, Lingli; Que, Fei; Wei, Hewen; Xu, Guangwei; Dong, Xiaowei; Zhang, Hui

2015-01-01

Food-grade microemulsions containing oleic acid, ethanol, Tween 20, and water were formulated as a carrier system for tea seed oil (Camellia oleifera Abel.). The effect of ethanol on the phase behavior of the microemulsion system was clearly reflected in pseudo-ternary diagrams. The solubilization capacity and solubilization efficiency of tea seed oil dispersions were measured along the dilution line at a 70/30 surfactant/oil mass ratio with Tween 20 as the surfactant and oleic acid and ethanol (1:3, w/w) as the oil phase. The dispersed phase of the microemulsion (1.5% weight ratio of tea seed oil to the total amount of oil, surfactant, and tea seed oil) could be fully diluted with water without phase separation. Differential scanning calorimetry and viscosity measurements indicated that both the carrier and solubilized systems underwent a similar microstructure transition upon dilution. The dispersion phases gradually inverted from the water-in-oil phase (< 35% water) to the bicontinuous phase (40–45% water) and finally to the oil-in-water phase (> 45% water) along the dilution line. PMID:25996147

Solubilization of tea seed oil in a food-grade water-dilutable microemulsion.

PubMed

Deng, Lingli; Que, Fei; Wei, Hewen; Xu, Guangwei; Dong, Xiaowei; Zhang, Hui

2015-01-01

Food-grade microemulsions containing oleic acid, ethanol, Tween 20, and water were formulated as a carrier system for tea seed oil (Camellia oleifera Abel.). The effect of ethanol on the phase behavior of the microemulsion system was clearly reflected in pseudo-ternary diagrams. The solubilization capacity and solubilization efficiency of tea seed oil dispersions were measured along the dilution line at a 70/30 surfactant/oil mass ratio with Tween 20 as the surfactant and oleic acid and ethanol (1:3, w/w) as the oil phase. The dispersed phase of the microemulsion (1.5% weight ratio of tea seed oil to the total amount of oil, surfactant, and tea seed oil) could be fully diluted with water without phase separation. Differential scanning calorimetry and viscosity measurements indicated that both the carrier and solubilized systems underwent a similar microstructure transition upon dilution. The dispersion phases gradually inverted from the water-in-oil phase (< 35% water) to the bicontinuous phase (40-45% water) and finally to the oil-in-water phase (> 45% water) along the dilution line.

Using Environment-Sensitive Fluorescent Probes to Characterize Liquid-Liquid Phase Separation in Supersaturated Solutions of Poorly Water Soluble Compounds.

PubMed

Raina, Shweta A; Alonzo, David E; Zhang, Geoff G Z; Gao, Yi; Taylor, Lynne S

2015-11-01

Highly supersaturated aqueous solutions of poorly soluble compounds can undergo liquid-liquid phase separation (LLPS) when the concentration exceeds the "amorphous solubility". This phenomenon has been widely observed during high throughput screening of new molecular entities as well as during the dissolution of amorphous solid dispersions. In this study, we have evaluated the use of environment-sensitive fluorescence probes to investigate the formation and properties of the non-crystalline drug-rich aggregates formed in aqueous solutions as a result of LLPS. Six different environment-sensitive fluorophores were employed to study LLPS in highly supersaturated solutions of several model compounds, all dihydropyridine derivatives. Each fluoroprobe exhibited a large hypsochromic shift with decreasing environment polarity. Upon drug aggregate formation, the probes partitioned into the drug-rich phase and exhibited changes in emission wavelength and intensity consistent with sensing a lower polarity environment. The LLPS onset concentrations determined using the fluorescence measurements were in good agreement with light scattering measurements as well as theoretically estimated amorphous solubility values. Environment-sensitive fluorescence probes are useful to help understand the phase behavior of highly supersaturated aqueous solutions, which in turn is important in the context of developing enabling formulations for poorly soluble compounds.

Contact Angle Influence on Geysering Jets in Microgravity Investigated

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Chato, David J.

2004-01-01

Microgravity poses many challenges to the designer of spacecraft tanks. Chief among these are the lack of phase separation and the need to supply vapor-free liquid or liquid-free vapor to the spacecraft processes that require fluid. One of the principal problems of phase separation is the creation of liquid jets. A jet can be created by liquid filling, settling of the fluid to one end of the tank, or even closing a valve to stop the liquid flow. Anyone who has seen a fountain knows that jets occur in normal gravity also. However, in normal gravity, the gravity controls and restricts the jet flow. In microgravity, with gravity largely absent, surface tension forces must be used to contain jets. To model this phenomenon, a numerical method that tracks the fluid motion and the surface tension forces is required. Jacqmin has developed a phase model that converts the discrete surface tension force into a barrier function that peaks at the free surface and decays rapidly away. Previous attempts at this formulation were criticized for smearing the interface. This can be overcome by sharpening the phase function, double gridding the fluid function, and using a higher-order solution for the fluid function. The solution of this equation can be rewritten as two coupled Poisson equations that also include the velocity.

Implementing Effective Mission Systems Engineering Practices During Early Project Formulation Phases

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Moton, Tryshanda

2016-01-01

Developing and implementing a plan for a NASA space mission can be a complicated process. The needs, goals, and objectives of any proposed mission or technology must be assessed early in the Project Life Cycle. The key to successful development of a space mission or flight project is the inclusion of systems engineering in early project formulation, namely during Pre-phase A, Phase A, and Phase B of the NASA Project Life Cycle. When a space mission or new technology is in pre-development, or "pre-Formulation", feasibility must be determined based on cost, schedule, and risk. Inclusion of system engineering during project formulation is key because in addition to assessing feasibility, design concepts are developed and alternatives to design concepts are evaluated. Lack of systems engineering involvement early in the project formulation can result in increased risks later in the implementation and operations phases of the project. One proven method for effective systems engineering practice during the pre-Formulation Phase is the use of a mission conceptual design or technology development laboratory, such as the Mission Design Lab (MDL) at NASA's Goddard Space Flight Center (GSFC). This paper will review the engineering process practiced routinely in the MDL for successful mission or project development during the pre-Formulation Phase.

Analysis of munitions constituents in IMX formulations by HPLC and HPLC-MS.

PubMed

Russell, A L; Seiter, J M; Coleman, J G; Winstead, B; Bednar, A J

2014-10-01

The use of Insensitive Munitions eXplosives (IMX) is increasing as the Army seeks to replace certain conventional munitions constituents, such as 2,4,6-trinitrotolene (TNT), for improved safety. The IMX formulations are more stable and therefore less prone to accidental detonation while designed to match the performance of legacy materials. Two formulations, IMX 101 and 104 are being investigated as a replacement for TNT in artillery rounds and composition B Army mortars, respectively. The chemical formulations of IMX-101 and 104 are comprised of four constituents;2,4-dinitroanisole (DNAN), 3-nitro-1,2,4-triazol-5-one (NTO), 1-nitroguanidine (NQ), and Hexahydro-1,3,5-trinitro-1,3,5-triazine (RDX) which are mixed in various ratios to achieve the desired performance. The current work details the analysis of the IMX constituents by single column HPLC-UV-ESI-MS. Detection limits determined are in agreement with similar HPLC analysis of compounds, ranging from 7 to 9μg/L. Gradient mobile phases are used to allow separation of the 4 target compounds in more complex mixture of other concomitant compounds. Mass spectra are used to confirm analyte identity with chromatographic retention time. Published by Elsevier B.V.

Lecithin-based microemulsion of a peptide for oral administration: preparation, characterization, and physical stability of the formulation.

PubMed

Cilek, Ayşe; Celebi, Nevin; Tirnaksiz, Figen

2006-01-01

The objective of our study was to prepare and characterize a stable microemulsion formulation for oral administration of a peptide, e.g., rh-insulin. The microemulsions were prepared using Labrafil M 1944 CS, Phospholipon 90G (lecithin), absolute alcohol, and bidistilled water. Commercially available soybean lecithins (namely, Phospholipon 80, phosphatidylcholine purity 76 +/- 3%, and Phospholipon 90G, phosphatidylcholine purity 93 +/- 3%) were used in the study. The results showed that the phase diagram obtained using a low purity lecithin was not similar to that obtained with a high purity lecithin. We observed that the microemulsion area was wider at the phase diagram obtained with the higher purity lecithin. We found that the extent of the microemulsion region depended upon both the purity of the lecithin and the surfactant/co-surfactant (s/co-s) mixing ratios (K(m)). The rheological studies showed that microemulsions followed a Newtonian behavior. Such physical characteristics as viscosity, turbidity, density, conductivity, refractive index, droplet size, physical appearance, and phase separation of the microemulsion were measured at different temperatures (4 degrees C, 25 degrees C, and 40 degrees C) during 6 months. The results indicated that the physical characteristics of the developed microemulsions did not change under different storage temperatures (p > 0.05).

Two-color fluorescent (near-infrared and visible) triphasic perfluorocarbon nanoemulsions

PubMed Central

Patel, Sravan Kumar; Patrick, Michael J.; Pollock, John A.

2013-01-01

Abstract. Design and development of a new formulation as a unique assembly of distinct fluorescent reporters with nonoverlapping fluorescence spectra and a F19 magnetic resonance imaging agent into colloidally and optically stable triphasic nanoemulsion are reported. Specifically, a cyanine dye-perfluorocarbon (PFC) conjugate was introduced into the PFC phase of the nanoemulsion and a near-infrared dye was introduced into the hydrocarbon (HC) layer. To the best of our knowledge, this is the first report of a triphasic nanoemulsion system where each oil phase, HC, and PFC are fluorescently labeled and formulated into an optically and colloidally stable nanosystem. Having, each oil phase separately labeled by a fluorescent dye allows for improved correlation between in vivo imaging and histological data. Further, dual fluorescent labeling can improve intracellular tracking of the nanodroplets and help assess the fate of the nanoemulsion in biologically relevant media. The nanoemulsions were produced by high shear processing (microfluidization) and stabilized with biocompatible nonionic surfactants resulting in mono-modal size distribution with average droplet size less than 200 nm. Nanoemulsions demonstrate excellent colloidal stability and only moderate changes in the fluorescence signal for both dyes. Confocal fluorescence microscopy of macrophages exposed to nanoemulsions shows the presence of both fluorescence agents in the cytoplasm. PMID:23912666

Development and validation of a reversed-phase HPLC method for simultaneous estimation of ambroxol hydrochloride and azithromycin in tablet dosage form.

PubMed

Shaikh, K A; Patil, S D; Devkhile, A B

2008-12-15

A simple, precise and accurate reversed-phase liquid chromatographic method has been developed for the simultaneous estimation of ambroxol hydrochloride and azithromycin in tablet formulations. The chromatographic separation was achieved on a Xterra RP18 (250 mm x 4.6 mm, 5 microm) analytical column. A Mixture of acetonitrile-dipotassium phosphate (30 mM) (50:50, v/v) (pH 9.0) was used as the mobile phase, at a flow rate of 1.7 ml/min and detector wavelength at 215 nm. The retention time of ambroxol and azithromycin was found to be 5.0 and 11.5 min, respectively. The validation of the proposed method was carried out for specificity, linearity, accuracy, precision, limit of detection, limit of quantitation and robustness. The linear dynamic ranges were from 30-180 to 250-1500 microg/ml for ambroxol hydrochloride and azithromycin, respectively. The percentage recovery obtained for ambroxol hydrochloride and azithromycin were 99.40 and 99.90%, respectively. Limit of detection and quantification for azithromycin were 0.8 and 2.3 microg/ml, for ambroxol hydrochloride 0.004 and 0.01 microg/ml, respectively. The developed method can be used for routine quality control analysis of titled drugs in combination in tablet formulation.

Preparation and evaluation of niosome gel containing acyclovir for enhanced dermal deposition.

PubMed

Jacob, Shery; Nair, Anroop B; Al-Dhubiab, Bandar E

2017-12-01

Niosomes suggest a versatile vesicle delivery system with possible transport of drugs via topical route for skin delivery. The aim of the present research was to optimize niosome gel formulation of acyclovir and to evaluate in both in vitro and in vivo rabbit model. Niosome formulations were formulated by coacervation phase separation technique with different ratios of nonionic surfactants, phospholipids and cholesterol using 3 2 factorial design. Altering the surfactant concentration has influenced the drug entrapment, but not vesicle size. At high surfactant combinations, the acyclovir release from niosomes was strongly influenced by cholesterol:lecithin ratio. Ex vivo drug permeation data indicate substantial difference in flux values and was influenced by the niosome composition. Ex vivo studies using formulation (B 8 ) for drug deposition indicate greater amount of niosome being diffused into the skin layers and formed a depot, compared to commercial acyclovir cream (control). Two distinct dermatopharmacokinetic profiles were observed, in vivo, for niosome gel formulation (B 8 ) and control, which were analog to the profiles observed with ex vivo deposition studies. In vivo plasma drug level suggests low systemic exposure of acyclovir (C max : 9.44 ± 2.27 ng/mL and 14.54 ± 3.11 ng/mL for niosome formulation and control, respectively). Comparison of kinetic data of acyclovir in the stratum corneum and plasma signifies that the niosome formulation forms a depot in the epidermis or dermis region. This study concludes that the niosome gel formulation (B 8 ) could be a viable vesicular system for an impressive transdermal delivery of acyclovir by topical application.

Improved oral bioavalability of mebudipine upon administration in PhytoSolve and Phosal-based formulation (PBF).

PubMed

Khani, Samira; Keyhanfar, Fariborz

2014-02-01

The aim of this investigation was to examine the efficacy of PhytoSolve and Phosal-based formulation (PBF) to enhance the oral bioavailability of mebudipine, which is a poorly water-soluble calcium channel blocker. The solubility of mebudipine in various oils was determined. PhytoSolve was prepared with a medium-chain triglyceride (MCT) oil (20%), soybean phospholipids (5%), and a 70% fructose solution (75%). The influence of the weight ratio of Phosal 50PG to glycerol in PBF on the mean globule size was studied with dynamic light scattering. The optimized formulation was evaluated for robustness toward dilution, transparency, droplet size, and zeta potential. The in vivo oral absorption of different mebudipine formulations (PhytoSolve, PBF, oily solution, and suspension) were evaluated in rats. The optimized PBF contained Phosal 50PG/glycerol in a 6:4 ratio (w/w). The PBF and PhytoSolve formulations were miscible with water in any ratio and did not demonstrate any phase separation or drug precipitation over 1 month of storage. The mean particle size of PhytoSolve and PBF were 138.5 ± 9.0 and 74.4 ± 2.5 nm, respectively. The in vivo study demonstrated that the oral bioavailability of PhytoSolve and PBF in rats was significantly higher than that of the other formulations. The PhytoSolve and PBF formulations of mebudipine are found to be more bioavailable compared with suspension and oily solutions during an in vivo study in rats. These formulations might be new alternative carriers that increase the oral bioavailability of poorly water-soluble molecules, such as mebudipine.

Analytical and semi-preparative enantioresolution of (RS)-ketorolac from pharmaceutical formulation and in human plasma by HPLC.

PubMed

Lal, Manohar; Bhushan, Ravi

2016-10-01

An efficient, simple, validated, analytical and semi-preparative HPLC method has been developed for direct enantioresolution of (RS)-Ketorolac (Ket) using monochloro-methylated derivatives of cellulose and amylose, i.e. cellulose (tris-3-chloro-4-methylphenylcarbamate) and amylose (tris-5-chloro-2-methylphenylcarbamate) as chiral stationary phases (CSPs) with photo diode array detection at 320 nm. Enantioresolution was carried out in samples of human plasma spiked with (RS)-Ket under normal and reversed-phase elution modes with suitable mobile phase compositions. The effect of nature of alcohols (MeOH, EtOH, PrOH and n-BuOH) and other solvents (MeCN and MeOH) as organic modifiers in the mobile phase was investigated on the separation performance of two CSPs in terms of retention and separation of enantiomers. The best resolution was observed on cellulose-based CSP using EtOH, while using 2-PrOH (15%) and amylose-based CSP obtained the highest retention. Under reversed-phase elution mode the best enantioseparation was observed using 30% MeCN with ammonium formate buffer. The elution order of enantiomers was ascertained by determining specific rotations. The limit of detection and quantitation values were 5 and 15.5 ng/mL for each enantiomer of (RS)-Ket, respectively. Copyright © 2016 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. Copyright © 2016 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

A direct HPLC method for the resolution and quantitation of the R-(-)- and S-(+)-enantiomers of vigabatrin (gamma-vinyl-GABA) in pharmaceutical dosage forms using teicoplanin aglycone chiral stationary phase.

PubMed

Al-Majed, Abdulrahman A

2009-08-15

A direct chiral high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) method was developed and validated for the resolution and quantification of antiepileptic drug enantiomers, R-(-)- and S-(+)-vigabatrin (gamma-vinyl-gamma-aminobutyric acid) in pharmaceutical products. The separation was optimized on a macrocyclic glycopeptide antibiotic chiral stationary phase (CSP) based on teicoplanin aglycone, chirobiotic (TAG), using a mobile phase system containing ethanol-water (80:20, v/v), at a flow rate of 0.4ml/min and UV detection set at 210nm. The stability of vigabatrin enantiomers under different degrees of temperature was also studied. The enantiomers of vigabatrin were separated from each other. The calibration curves were linear over a range of 100-1600microg/ml (r=0.999) for both enantiomers. The overall recoveries of R-(-)- and S-(+)-vigabatrin enantiomers from pharmaceutical products were in the range of 98.3-99.8% with %RSD ranged from 0.48 to 0.52%. The limit of quantification (LOQ) and limit of detection (LOD) for each enantiomer were 100 and 25microg/ml, respectively. No interferences were found from commonly co-formulated excipients.

Supersaturation and crystallization: non-equilibrium dynamics of amorphous solid dispersions for oral drug delivery.

PubMed

Kawakami, Kohsaku

2017-06-01

Amorphous solid dispersions (ASDs) are one of the key formulation technologies that aid the development of poorly soluble candidates. However, their dynamic behaviors, including dissolution and crystallization processes, are still full of mystery. Further understanding of these processes should enhance their wider use. Areas covered: The first part of this review describes the current understanding of the dissolution of ASDs, where phase separation behavior is frequently involved and attempts to develop appropriate dissolution tests to achieve an in vitro-in vivo correlation are examined. The second part of this review discusses crystallization of the drug molecule with the eventual aim of establishing an accelerated testing protocol for predicting its physical stability. Expert opinion: The phase separation behavior from the supersaturated state during the dissolution test must be understood, and its relevance to the oral absorption behavior needs to be clarified. Research efforts should focus on the differences between the phase behavior in in vitro and in vivo situations. Initiation time of the crystallization was shown to be predicted only from storage and glass transition temperatures. This finding should encourage the establishment of testing protocol of the physical stability of ASDs.

Development and validation of reversed phase high performance liquid chromatography method for determination of dexpanthenol in pharmaceutical formulations.

PubMed

Kulikov, A U; Zinchenko, A A

2007-02-19

This paper describes the validation of an isocratic HPLC method for the assay of dexpanthenol in aerosol and gel. The method employs the Vydac Proteins C4 column with a mobile phase of aqueous solution of trifluoroacetic acid and UV detection at 206 nm. A linear response (r>0.9999) was observed in the range of 13.0-130 microg mL(-1). The method shows good recoveries and intra and inter-day relative standard deviations were less than 1.0%. Validation parameters as specificity, accuracy and robustness were also determined. The method can be used for dexpanthenol assay of panthenol aerosol and gel with dexpanthenol as the method separates dexpanthenol from aerosol or gel excipients.

Optimum detection of tones transmitted by a spacecraft

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Simon, M. K.; Shihabi, M. M.; Moon, T.

1995-01-01

The performance of a scheme proposed for automated routine monitoring of deep-space missions is presented. The scheme uses four different tones (sinusoids) transmitted from the spacecraft (S/C) to a ground station with the positive identification of each of them used to indicate different states of the S/C. Performance is measured in terms of detection probability versus false alarm probability with detection signal-to-noise ratio as a parameter. The cases where the phase of the received tone is unknown and where both the phase and frequency of the received tone are unknown are treated separately. The decision rules proposed for detecting the tones are formulated from average-likelihood ratio and maximum-likelihood ratio tests, the former resulting in optimum receiver structures.

Industrially relevant epoxy-acrylate hybrid resin photopolymerizations

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ajiboye, Gbenga I.

Photopolymerization of epoxy-acrylate hybrid resins takes advantages of inherent properties present in the free-radical and cationic reactions to reduce oxygen inhibition problems that plague free-radical reactions. Similarly, the combined reaction mechanisms reduce moisture sensitivity of the cationic reactions. Despite the advantages of epoxy-acrylate hybrid resins, problems persist that need to be addressed. For example, low conversion and polymerization rate of the epoxides are a problem, because the fast acrylate conversion prevents the epoxide from reaching high conversion. Controlling phase separation is challenging, since two moieties with different properties are reacting. The physical properties of the polymer will be impacted by the availability of different moieties. High shrinkage stress results from the acrylate moiety, causing buckling and cracking in film and coating applications. The overall goal of this study is to use the fundamental knowledge of epoxy-acrylate hybrid resins to formulate industrially viable polymers. In order to achieve this goal, the study focuses on the following objectives: (I) determine the apparent activation energy of the hybrid monomer METHB, (II) increase epoxide conversion and polymerization rate of hybrid formulations, and (III) control physical properties in epoxy-acrylate hybrid resins. In order to increase the epoxide conversion and rate of polymerization, the sensitivity of epoxides to alcohol is used to facilitate the activated monomer (AM) mechanism and induce a covalent bond between the epoxide and acrylate polymers through the hydroxyl group. It is hypothesized that if the AM mechanism is facilitated, epoxide conversion will increase. As a result, the resins can be tailored to control phase separation and physical properties, and shrinkage stress can be reduced. In pursuit of these objectives, the hybrid monomer METHB was polymerized at temperatures ranging from 30°C to 70°C to obtain apparent activation energy of 23.49 kJ/mol for acrylate and 57 kJ/mol for epoxide moeities. Then, hybrid systems pairing hydroxyl-containing acrylates with epoxides were formulated to promote the faster AM mechanism. Monomer composition was changed in the presence of hydroxyl-containing acrylate, and initiators were carefully selected in order to control phase separation. The conversion of acrylate and epoxide was monitored in real time by Raman spectroscopy. The physical and mechanical properties were monitored using dynamic mechanical analysis. Epoxide conversion and rate of polymerization in epoxide-acrylate hybrid monomer systems were shown to increase through the introduction of a hydroxyl group on the meth/acrylate monomer, taking advantage of the faster AM mechanism. In addition, this covalent bond linking the epoxide network to the meth/acrylate polymer chains resulted in little or no phase separation and a reduction of the Tg for the hybrid polymer compared to the neat epoxide. Fundamental knowledge gained from this research will enable the use of epoxy-acrylate hybrid resins in variety of applications. For instance, shrinkage may be reduced in dental fillings, noise and vibration problems in aircraft and other machinery may be controlled, and photopolymerization cost could be reduced in thin film applications.

Glass science tutorial: Lecture No. 7, Waste glass technology for Hanford

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Kruger, A.A.

1995-07-01

This paper presents the details of the waste glass tutorial session that was held to promote knowledge of waste glass technology and how this can be used at the Hanford Reservation. Topics discussed include: glass properties; statistical approach to glass development; processing properties of nuclear waste glass; glass composition and the effects of composition on durability; model comparisons of free energy of hydration; LLW glass structure; glass crystallization; amorphous phase separation; corrosion of refractories and electrodes in waste glass melters; and glass formulation for maximum waste loading.

Development of an isocratic HPLC method for catechin quantification and its application to formulation studies.

PubMed

Li, Danhui; Martini, Nataly; Wu, Zimei; Wen, Jingyuan

2012-10-01

The aim of this study was to develop a simple, rapid and accurate isocratic HPLC analytical method to qualify and quantify five catechin derivatives, namely (+)-catechin (C), (-)-epigallocatechin (EGC), (-)-epicatechin gallate (ECG), (-)-epicatechin (EC) and (-)-epigallocatechin gallate (EGCG). To validate the analytical method, linearity, repeatability, intermediate precision, sensitivity, selectivity and recovery were investigated. The five catechin derivatives were completely separated by HPLC using a mobile phase containing 0.1% TFA in Milli-Q water (pH 2.0) mixed with methanol at the volume ratio of 75:25 at a flow rate of 0.8 ml/min. The method was shown to be linear (r²>0.99), repeatable with instrumental precision<2.0 and intra-assay precision<2.5 (%CV, percent coefficient of variation), precise with intra-day variation<1 and inter-day variation<2.5 (%CV, percent coefficient of variation) and sensitive (LOD<1 μg/mL and LOQ<3 μg/mL) over the calibration range for all five derivatives. Derivatives could be fully recovered in the presence of niosomal formulation (recovery rates>91%). Selectivity of the method was proven by the forced degradation studies, which showed that under acidic, basic, oxidation temperature and photolysis stresses, the parent drug can be separated from the degradation products by means of this analytical method. The described method was successfully applied in the in vitro release studies of catechin-loaded niosomes to manifest its utility in formulation characterization. Obtained results indicated that the drug release from niosomal formulations was a biphasic process and a diffusion mechanism regulated the permeation of catechin niosomes. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Comparison of the safety and efficacy of a fixed-dose combination regimen and separate formulations for pulmonary tuberculosis treatment.

PubMed

Wu, Jiun-Ting; Chiu, Chien-Tung; Wei, Yu-Feng; Lai, Yung-Fa

2015-06-01

Fixed-dose combination formulations, which simplify the administration of drugs and prevent the development of drug resistance, have been recommended as a standard anti-tuberculosis treatment regimen. However, the composition and dosage recommendations for fixed-dose combination formulations differ from those for separate formulations. Thus, questions about the effectiveness and side effects of combination formulations remain. The aim of this study was to compare the safety and efficacy of these two types of anti-tuberculosis regimens for pulmonary tuberculosis treatment. A prospective, randomized controlled study was conducted using the directly observed treatment short-course strategy. Patients were randomly allocated to one of two short-course regimens. One year after completing the treatment, these patients' outcomes were analyzed. ClinicalTrials.gov: NCT00979290. A total of 161 patients were enrolled, 142 of whom were evaluable for safety assessment. The two regimens had a similar incidence of adverse effects. In the per-protocol population, serum bilirubin concentrations at the peak level, at week 4, and at week 8 were significantly higher for the fixed-dose combination formulation than for the separate formulations. All patients had negative sputum cultures at the end of the treatment, and no relapse occurred after one year of follow-up. In this randomized study, transient higher serum bilirubin levels were noted for the fixed-dose combination regimen compared with the separate formulations during treatment. However, no significant difference in safety or efficacy was found between the groups when the directly observed treatment short-course strategy was used.

Connecting Requirements to Architecture and Analysis via Model-Based Systems Engineering

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Cole, Bjorn F.; Jenkins, J. Steven

2015-01-01

In traditional systems engineering practice, architecture, concept development, and requirements development are related but still separate activities. Concepts for operation, key technical approaches, and related proofs of concept are developed. These inform the formulation of an architecture at multiple levels, starting with the overall system composition and functionality and progressing into more detail. As this formulation is done, a parallel activity develops a set of English statements that constrain solutions. These requirements are often called "shall statements" since they are formulated to use "shall." The separation of requirements from design is exacerbated by well-meaning tools like the Dynamic Object-Oriented Requirements System (DOORS) that remained separated from engineering design tools. With the Europa Clipper project, efforts are being taken to change the requirements development approach from a separate activity to one intimately embedded in formulation effort. This paper presents a modeling approach and related tooling to generate English requirement statements from constraints embedded in architecture definition.

Quantitative spatial distribution of sirolimus and polymers in drug-eluting stents using confocal Raman microscopy.

PubMed

Balss, K M; Llanos, G; Papandreou, G; Maryanoff, C A

2008-04-01

Raman spectroscopy was used to differentiate each component found in the CYPHER Sirolimus-eluting Coronary Stent. The unique spectral features identified for each component were then used to develop three separate calibration curves to describe the solid phase distribution found on drug-polymer coated stents. The calibration curves were obtained by analyzing confocal Raman spectral depth profiles from a set of 16 unique formulations of drug-polymer coatings sprayed onto stents and planar substrates. The sirolimus model was linear from 0 to 100 wt % of drug. The individual polymer calibration curves for poly(ethylene-co-vinyl acetate) [PEVA] and poly(n-butyl methacrylate) [PBMA] were also linear from 0 to 100 wt %. The calibration curves were tested on three independent drug-polymer coated stents. The sirolimus calibration predicted the drug content within 1 wt % of the laboratory assay value. The polymer calibrations predicted the content within 7 wt % of the formulation solution content. Attenuated total reflectance Fourier transform infrared (ATR-FTIR) spectra from five formulations confirmed a linear response to changes in sirolimus and polymer content. Copyright 2007 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

Development and Validation of a New HPLC Method for the Simultaneous Determination of Paracetamol, Ascorbic Acid, and Pseudoephedrine HCl in their Co-formulated Tablets. Application to in vitro Dissolution Testing.

PubMed

Ibrahim, Fawzia; El-Enany, Nahed; El-Shaheny, Rania N; Mikhail, Ibraam E

2015-01-01

The first HPLC method was developed for the simultaneous determination of paracetamol (PC), ascorbic acid (AA), and pseudoephedrine HCl (PE) in their co-formulated tablets. Separation was achieved on a C18 column in 5 min using a mobile phase composed of methanol-0.05 M phosphate buffer (35:65, v/v) at pH 2.5 with UV detection at 220 nm. Linear calibration curves were constructed over concentration ranges of 1.0 - 50.0, 3.0 - 60.0 and 3.0 - 80.0 μg mL(-1) for PC, AA, and PE, respectively. The method was validated and applied for the simultaneous determination of these drugs in their tablets with average % recoveries of 101.17 ± 0.67, 98.34 ± 0.77, and 98.95 ± 1.11%, for PC, AA, and PE, respectively. The proposed method was also used to construct in vitro dissolution profiles of the co-formulated tablets containing the three drugs.

Gaussian-windowed frame based method of moments formulation of surface-integral-equation for extended apertures

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Shlivinski, A., E-mail: amirshli@ee.bgu.ac.il; Lomakin, V., E-mail: vlomakin@eng.ucsd.edu

2016-03-01

Scattering or coupling of electromagnetic beam-field at a surface discontinuity separating two homogeneous or inhomogeneous media with different propagation characteristics is formulated using surface integral equation, which are solved by the Method of Moments with the aid of the Gabor-based Gaussian window frame set of basis and testing functions. The application of the Gaussian window frame provides (i) a mathematically exact and robust tool for spatial-spectral phase-space formulation and analysis of the problem; (ii) a system of linear equations in a transmission-line like form relating mode-like wave objects of one medium with mode-like wave objects of the second medium; (iii)more » furthermore, an appropriate setting of the frame parameters yields mode-like wave objects that blend plane wave properties (as if solving in the spectral domain) with Green's function properties (as if solving in the spatial domain); and (iv) a representation of the scattered field with Gaussian-beam propagators that may be used in many large (in terms of wavelengths) systems.« less

Drug Release and Skin Permeation from Lipid Liquid Crystalline Phases

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Costa-Balogh, F. O.; Sparr, E.; Sousa, J. J. S.; Pais, A. A. C. C.

We have studied drug release and skin permeation from several different liquid crystalline lipid formulations that may be used to control the respective release rates. We have studied the release and permeation through human skin of a water-soluble and amphiphilic drug, propranolol hydrochloride, from several formulations prepared with monoolein and phytantriol as permeation enhancers and controlled release excipients. Diolein and cineol were added to selected formulations. We observed that viscosity decreases with drug load, wich is compatible with the occurrence of phase changes. Diolein stabilizes the bicontinuous cubic phases leading to an increase in viscosity and sustained release of the drug. The slowest release was found for the cubic phases with higher viscosity. Studies on skin permeation showed that these latter formulations also presented lower permeability than the less viscous monoolein lamellar phases. Formulations containing cineol originated higher permeability with higher enhancement ratios. Thus, the various formulations are adapted to different circumstances and delivery routes. While a slow release is usually desired for drug sustained delivery, the transdermal route may require a faster release. Lamellar phases, which are less viscous, are more adapted to transdermal applications. Thus, systems involving lamellar phases of monoolein and cineol are good candidates to be used as skin permeation enhancers for propranolol hydrochloride.

Design and statistical optimization of glipizide loaded lipospheres using response surface methodology.

PubMed

Shivakumar, Hagalavadi Nanjappa; Patel, Pragnesh Bharat; Desai, Bapusaheb Gangadhar; Ashok, Purnima; Arulmozhi, Sinnathambi

2007-09-01

A 32 factorial design was employed to produce glipizide lipospheres by the emulsification phase separation technique using paraffin wax and stearic acid as retardants. The effect of critical formulation variables, namely levels of paraffin wax (X1) and proportion of stearic acid in the wax (X2) on geometric mean diameter (dg), percent encapsulation efficiency (% EE), release at the end of 12 h (rel12) and time taken for 50% of drug release (t50), were evaluated using the F-test. Mathematical models containing only the significant terms were generated for each response parameter using the multiple linear regression analysis (MLRA) and analysis of variance (ANOVA). Both formulation variables studied exerted a significant influence (p < 0.05) on the response parameters. Numerical optimization using the desirability approach was employed to develop an optimized formulation by setting constraints on the dependent and independent variables. The experimental values of dg, % EE, rel12 and t50 values for the optimized formulation were found to be 57.54 +/- 1.38 mum, 86.28 +/- 1.32%, 77.23 +/- 2.78% and 5.60 +/- 0.32 h, respectively, which were in close agreement with those predicted by the mathematical models. The drug release from lipospheres followed first-order kinetics and was characterized by the Higuchi diffusion model. The optimized liposphere formulation developed was found to produce sustained anti-diabetic activity following oral administration in rats.

Hot Melt Extrusion and Spray Drying of Co-amorphous Indomethacin-Arginine With Polymers.

PubMed

Lenz, Elisabeth; Löbmann, Korbinian; Rades, Thomas; Knop, Klaus; Kleinebudde, Peter

2017-01-01

Co-amorphous drug-amino acid systems have gained growing interest as an alternative to common amorphous formulations which contain polymers as stabilizers. Several preparation methods have recently been investigated, including vibrational ball milling on a laboratory scale or spray drying in a larger scale. In this study, the feasibility of hot melt extrusion for continuous manufacturing of co-amorphous drug-amino acid formulations was examined, challenging the fact that amino acids melt with degradation at high temperatures. Furthermore, the need for an addition of a polymer in this process was evaluated. After a polymer screening via the solvent evaporation method, co-amorphous indomethacin-arginine was prepared by a melting-solvent extrusion process without and with copovidone. The obtained products were characterized with respect to their solid-state properties, non-sink dissolution behavior, and stability. Results were compared to those of spray-dried formulations with the same compositions and to spray-dried indomethacin-copovidone. Overall, stable co-amorphous systems could be prepared by extrusion without or with copovidone, which exhibited comparable molecular interaction properties to the respective spray-dried products, while phase separation was detected by differential scanning calorimetry in several cases. The formulations containing indomethacin in combination with arginine and copovidone showed enhanced dissolution behavior over the formulations with only copovidone or arginine. Copyright © 2016 American Pharmacists Association®. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

High throughput workflow for coacervate formation and characterization in shampoo systems.

PubMed

Kalantar, T H; Tucker, C J; Zalusky, A S; Boomgaard, T A; Wilson, B E; Ladika, M; Jordan, S L; Li, W K; Zhang, X; Goh, C G

2007-01-01

Cationic cellulosic polymers find wide utility as benefit agents in shampoo. Deposition of these polymers onto hair has been shown to mend split-ends, improve appearance and wet combing, as well as provide controlled delivery of insoluble actives. The deposition is thought to be enhanced by the formation of a polymer/surfactant complex that phase-separates from the bulk solution upon dilution. A standard characterization method has been developed to characterize the coacervate formation upon dilution, but the test is time and material prohibitive. We have developed a semi-automated high throughput workflow to characterize the coacervate-forming behavior of different shampoo formulations. A procedure that allows testing of real use shampoo dilutions without first formulating a complete shampoo was identified. This procedure was adapted to a Tecan liquid handler by optimizing the parameters for liquid dispensing as well as for mixing. The high throughput workflow enabled preparation and testing of hundreds of formulations with different types and levels of cationic cellulosic polymers and surfactants, and for each formulation a haze diagram was constructed. Optimal formulations and their dilutions that give substantial coacervate formation (determined by haze measurements) were identified. Results from this high throughput workflow were shown to reproduce standard haze and bench-top turbidity measurements, and this workflow has the advantages of using less material and allowing more variables to be tested with significant time savings.

Simultaneous determination of bromhexine hydrochloride and methyl and propyl p-hydroxybenzoate and determination of dextromethorphan hydrobromide in cough-cold syrup by high-performance liquid chromatography.

PubMed

Rauha, J P; Salomies, H; Aalto, M

1996-11-01

Liquid chromatographic methods were developed for the determination of bromhexine hydrochloride, methyl p-hydroxybenzoate and propyl p-hydroxybenzoate (method A) and dextromethorphan hydrobromide (method B) in cough-cold syrup formulations. Reversed-phase analytical columns (150 mm x 3.9 mm i.d.) were used with (A) C18 and (B) phenyl as stationary phases and mixtures of (A) acetonitrile and aqueous 15 mM triethylamine solution (43:57) and (B) methanol and aqueous 3% ammonium formate buffer solution (53:47) as mobile phases at a flow rate of 1.0 ml min-1. Both aqueous components were adjusted to pH 3.9. UV detection of analytes was at (A) 245 nm and (B) 278 nm. In both methods, the time required for an HPLC run giving good separations and recoveries was less than 8 min.

The use of asymmetrical flow field-flow fractionation with on-line detection in the study of drug retention within liposomal nanocarriers and drug transfer kinetics.

PubMed

Hinna, Askell Hvid; Hupfeld, Stefan; Kuntsche, Judith; Brandl, Martin

2016-05-30

Due to their solubilizing capabilities, liposomes (phospholipid vesicles) are suited for designing formulations for intravenous administration of drug compounds which are poorly water-soluble. Despite the good in-vitro stability of such formulations with minimal drug leakage, upon i.v. injection there is a risk of premature drug loss due to drug transfer to plasma proteins and cell membranes. Here we report on the refinement of a recently introduced simple in vitro predictive tool by Hinna and colleagues in 2014, which brings small drug loaded (donor) liposomes in contact with large acceptor liposomes, the latter serving as a model mimicking biological sinks in the body. The donor- and acceptor-liposomes were subsequently separated using asymmetrical flow field-flow fractionation (AF4), during which the sample is exposed to a large volume of eluent which corresponds to a dilution factor of approximately 600. The model drug content in the donor- and acceptor fraction was quantified by on-line UV/VIS extinction measurements with correction for turbidity and by off-line HPLC measurements of collected fractions. The refined method allowed for (near) baseline separation of donor and acceptor vesicles as well as reliable quantification of the drug content not only of the donor- but now also of the acceptor-liposomes due to their improved size-homogeneity, colloidal stability and reduced turbidity. This improvement over the previously reported approach allowed for simultaneous quantification of both drug transfer and drug release to the aqueous phase. By sampling at specific incubation times, the release and transfer kinetics of the model compound p-THPP (5,10,15,20-tetrakis(4-hydroxyphenyl)21H,23H-porphine) was determined. p-THPP is structurally closely related to the photosensitizer temoporfin, which is in clinical use and under evaluation in liposomal formulations. The transfer of p-THPP to the acceptor vesicles followed 1st order kinetics with a half-life of approximately 300 min. As expected, equilibrium distribution between donor- and acceptor vesicles was proportional to the lipid mass ratio. An initial rapid transfer of p-THPP was found (∼ 5%) and investigated further by determining the extent of transfer between donor and acceptor during separation. The donor- and acceptor phase were found to be separated within few minutes and only minor (≤ 2%) transfer could be detected within the AF4 channel under the conditions applied for fractionation. These results demonstrates the potential of our AF4 based method as an in vitro tool to determine retention properties of lipophilic compounds within liposomal carriers in particular, but also within a variety of nano-particulate carriers provided that they exhibit a sufficient size difference compared to the applied colloidal acceptor phase. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Phase coherence adaptive processor for automatic signal detection and identification

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Wagstaff, Ronald A.

2006-05-01

A continuously adapting acoustic signal processor with an automatic detection/decision aid is presented. Its purpose is to preserve the signals of tactical interest, and filter out other signals and noise. It utilizes single sensor or beamformed spectral data and transforms the signal and noise phase angles into "aligned phase angles" (APA). The APA increase the phase temporal coherence of signals and leave the noise incoherent. Coherence thresholds are set, which are representative of the type of source "threat vehicle" and the geographic area or volume in which it is operating. These thresholds separate signals, based on the "quality" of their APA coherence. An example is presented in which signals from a submerged source in the ocean are preserved, while clutter signals from ships and noise are entirely eliminated. Furthermore, the "signals of interest" were identified by the processor's automatic detection aid. Similar performance is expected for air and ground vehicles. The processor's equations are formulated in such a manner that they can be tuned to eliminate noise and exploit signal, based on the "quality" of their APA temporal coherence. The mathematical formulation for this processor is presented, including the method by which the processor continuously self-adapts. Results show nearly complete elimination of noise, with only the selected category of signals remaining, and accompanying enhancements in spectral and spatial resolution. In most cases, the concept of signal-to-noise ratio looses significance, and "adaptive automated /decision aid" is more relevant.

Designing CAF-adjuvanted dry powder vaccines: spray drying preserves the adjuvant activity of CAF01.

PubMed

Ingvarsson, Pall Thor; Schmidt, Signe Tandrup; Christensen, Dennis; Larsen, Niels Bent; Hinrichs, Wouter Leonardus Joseph; Andersen, Peter; Rantanen, Jukka; Nielsen, Hanne Mørck; Yang, Mingshi; Foged, Camilla

2013-05-10

Dry powder vaccine formulations are highly attractive due to improved storage stability and the possibility for particle engineering, as compared to liquid formulations. However, a prerequisite for formulating vaccines into dry formulations is that their physicochemical and adjuvant properties remain unchanged upon rehydration. Thus, we have identified and optimized the parameters of importance for the design of a spray dried powder formulation of the cationic liposomal adjuvant formulation 01 (CAF01) composed of dimethyldioctadecylammonium (DDA) bromide and trehalose 6,6'-dibehenate (TDB) via spray drying. The optimal excipient to stabilize CAF01 during spray drying and for the design of nanocomposite microparticles was identified among mannitol, lactose and trehalose. Trehalose and lactose were promising stabilizers with respect to preserving liposome size, as compared to mannitol. Trehalose and lactose were in the glassy state upon co-spray drying with the liposomes, whereas mannitol appeared crystalline, suggesting that the ability of the stabilizer to form a glassy matrix around the liposomes is one of the prerequisites for stabilization. Systematic studies on the effect of process parameters suggested that a fast drying rate is essential to avoid phase separation and lipid accumulation at the surface of the microparticles during spray drying. Finally, immunization studies in mice with CAF01 in combination with the tuberculosis antigen Ag85B-ESAT6-Rv2660c (H56) demonstrated that spray drying of CAF01 with trehalose under optimal processing conditions resulted in the preservation of the adjuvant activity in vivo. These data demonstrate the importance of liposome stabilization via optimization of formulation and processing conditions in the engineering of dry powder liposome formulations. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Preston, Daniel N; Peterson, Paul D; Kien - Yin, Lee

Structural damage in energetic materials plays a significant role in the probability of nonshock initiation events. Damage may occur in the form of voids or cracks either within crystals or in binder-rich regions between crystals. These cracks affect whether hotspots generated by impact will quench or propagate under non-shock insult. For this study, we have separately engineered intracrystalline and inter-crystalline cracks in to the HMX-based PBX 9501. Intra-crystalline cracks were created by subjecting HMX to forward and reverse solid-to-solid phase transformations prior to formulation. Inter-crystalline cracks were induced by compressing formulated samples of PBX 9501 at an average strain ratemore » of 0.00285 S{sup -1}. Both sets of pre-damaged explosives were then impact tested using the LANL Type 12 Drop Weight-Impact Machine and their sensitivities compared to nondamaged PBX 9501. Results of these tests clearly show significant differences in sensitivity between damaged and non-damaged PBX 9501.« less

Important aspects in the formulation of solid-fluid debris-flow models. Part I. Thermodynamic implications

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Hutter, Kolumban; Schneider, Lukas

2010-06-01

This article points at some critical issues which are connected with the theoretical formulation of the thermodynamics of solid-fluid mixtures of frictional materials. It is our view that a complete thermodynamic exploitation of the second law of thermodynamics is necessary to obtain the proper parameterizations of the constitutive quantities in such theories. These issues are explained in detail in a recently published book by Schneider and Hutter (Solid-Fluid Mixtures of Frictional Materials in Geophysical and Geotechnical Context, 2009), which we wish to advertize with these notes. The model is a saturated mixture of an arbitrary number of solid and fluid constituents which may be compressible or density preserving, which exhibit visco-frictional (visco-hypoplastic) behavior, but are all subject to the same temperature. Mass exchange between the constituents may account for particle size separation and phase changes due to fragmentation and abrasion. Destabilization of a saturated soil mass from the pre- and the post-critical phases of a catastrophic motion from initiation to deposition is modeled by symmetric tensorial variables which are related to the rate independent parts of the constituent stress tensors.

Development and validation of stability-indicating high performance liquid chromatography method to analyze gatifloxacin in bulk drug and pharmaceutical preparations.

PubMed

Aljuffali, Ibrahim A; Kalam, Mohd Abul; Sultana, Yasmin; Imran, Ahamad; Alshamsan, Aws

2015-01-01

Quantitative determination of gatifloxacin in tablets, solid lipid nanoparticles (SLNs) and eye-drops using a very simple and rapid chromatographic technique was validated and developed. Formulations were analyzed using a reverse phase SUPELCO® 516 C-18-DB, 50306-U, HPLC column (250 mm × 4.6 mm, 5 μm) and a mobile phase consisting of disodium hydrogen phosphate buffer:acetonitrile (75:25, v/v) and with orthophosphoric acid pH was adjusted to 3.3 The flow rate was 1.0 mL/min and analyte concentrations were measured using a UV-detector at 293 nm. The analyses were performed at room temperature (25 ± 2 °C). Gatifloxacin was separated in all the formulations within 2.767 min. There were linear calibration curves over a concentration range of 4.0-40 μg.mL(-1) and correlation coefficients of 0.9998 with an average recovery above 99.91%. Detection of analyte from different dosage forms at the same Rt indicates the specificity and stability of the developed method.

Cellulosic fabrics printing with multifunctional encapsulated phthalocyanine pigment blue using phase separation method.

PubMed

Haroun, Ahmed A; Diab, H A; Hakeim, O A

2016-08-01

Aqueous dispersions of citric-acrylate (CAC) oligomer encapsulating C.I. Pigment Blue 15:3 (PB15:3) in the presence of glutaraldhyde were formulated using the phase separation method. FT-IR spectroscopy and centrifuge sedimentation are performed to confirm the encapsulation of pigment into CAC oligomer. The prepared capsules were characterized using thermal gravimetric analysis (TGA) and transmission electron microscope (TEM). The results revealed that the encapsulated pigment had a profound multifunctional impact and minimized the driving force of pigment printing on the cellulosic fabrics. Besides, the encapsulated pigment accelerated the pigment fixation on cellulosic fabrics without drying in one step and reduced the required amount of the binder, compared with the control sample. Furthermore, the printed fabrics exhibited good antibacterial performance against both Escherichia coli (E. coli) and Staphylococcus aureus (S. aureus). The presence of the crosslinker could be stabilized the encapsulated pigment on the cellulosic fabrics. Moreover, the light and washing fastness for the printed fabrics using encapsulated pigment are higher than that in case of using control samples. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

Miscibility as a factor for component crystallization in multisolute frozen solutions.

PubMed

Izutsu, Ken-Ichi; Shibata, Hiroko; Yoshida, Hiroyuki; Goda, Yukihiro

2014-07-01

The relationship between the miscibility of formulation ingredients and their crystallization during the freezing segment of the lyophilization process was studied. The thermal properties of frozen solutions containing myo-inositol and cosolutes were obtained by performing heating scans from -70 °C before and after heat treatment at -20 °C to -5 °C. Addition of dextran 40,000 reduced and prevented crystallization of myo-inositol. In the first scan, some frozen solutions containing an inositol-rich mixture with dextran showed single broad transitions (Tg's: transition temperatures of maximally freeze-concentrated solutes) that indicated incomplete mixing of the concentrated amorphous solutes. Heat treatment of these frozen solutions induced separation of the solutes into inositol-dominant and solute mixture phases (Tg' splitting) following crystallization of myo-inositol (Tg' shifting). The crystal growth involved myo-inositol molecules in the solute mixture phase. The amorphous-amorphous phase separation and resulting loss of the heteromolecular interaction in the freeze-concentrated inositol-dominant phase should allow ordered assembly of the solute molecules required for nucleation. Some dextran-rich and intermediate concentration ratio frozen solutions retained single Tg's of the amorphous solute mixture, both before and after heat treatments. The relevance of solute miscibility on the crystallization of myo-inositol was also indicated in the systems containing glucose or recombinant human albumin. © 2014 Wiley Periodicals, Inc. and the American Pharmacists Association.

Investigation of PEG crystallization in frozen and freeze-dried PEGylated recombinant human growth hormone-sucrose systems: implications on storage stability.

PubMed

Bhatnagar, Bakul S; Martin, Susan W H; Hodge, Tamara S; Das, Tapan K; Joseph, Liji; Teagarden, Dirk L; Shalaev, Evgenyi Y; Suryanarayanan, Raj

2011-08-01

The objectives of the current study were to investigate (i) the phase behavior of a PEGylated recombinant human growth hormone (PEG-rhGH, ∼60 kDa) during freeze-drying and (ii) its storage stability. The phase transitions during freeze-thawing of an aqueous solution containing PEG-rhGH and sucrose were characterized by differential scanning calorimetry. Finally, PEG-rhGH and sucrose formulations containing low, medium, and high polyethylene glycol (PEG) to sucrose ratios were freeze-dried in dual-chamber syringes and stored at 4°C and 25°C. Chemical decomposition (methionine oxidation and deamidation) and irreversible aggregation were characterized by size-exclusion and ion-exchange chromatography, and tryptic mapping. PEG crystallization was facilitated when it was covalently linked with rhGH. When the solutions were frozen, phase separation into PEG-rich and sucrose-rich phases facilitated PEG crystallization and the freeze-dried cake contained crystalline PEG. Annealing caused PEG crystallization and when coupled with higher drying temperatures, the primary drying time decreased by up to 51%. When the freeze-dried cakes were stored at 4°C, while there was no change in the purity of the PEG-rhGH monomer, deamidation was highest in the formulations with the lowest PEG to sucrose ratio. When stored at 25°C, this composition also showed the most pronounced decrease in monomer purity, the highest level of aggregation, and deamidation. Furthermore, an increase in PEG crystallinity during storage was accompanied by a decrease in PEG-rhGH stability. Interestingly, during storage, there was no change in PEG crystallinity in formulations with medium and high PEG to sucrose ratios. Although PEG crystallization during freeze-drying did not cause protein degradation, crystallization during storage might have influenced protein stability. Copyright © 2011 Wiley-Liss, Inc.

HPLC method for determination of SN-38 content and SN-38 entrapment efficiency in a novel liposome-based formulation, LE-SN38.

PubMed

Xuan, Tong; Zhang, J Allen; Ahmad, Imran

2006-05-03

A simple HPLC method was developed for quantification of SN-38, 7-ethyl-10-hydroxycamptothecin, in a novel liposome-based formulation (LE-SN38). The chromatographic separation was achieved on an Agilent Zorbax SB-C18 (4.6 mmx250 mm, 5 microm) analytical column using a mobile phase consisting of a mixture of NaH2PO4 (pH 3.1, 25 mM) and acetonitrile (50:50, v/v). SN-38 was detected at UV wavelength of 265 nm and quantitatively determined using an external calibration method. The limit of detection (LOD) and limit of quantitation (LOQ) were found to be 0.05 and 0.25 microg/mL, respectively. The individual spike recovery of SN-38 ranged from 100 to 101%. The percent of relative standard deviation (%R.S.D.) of intra-day and inter-day analyses were less than 1.6%. The method validation results confirmed that the method is specific, linear, accurate, precise, robust and sensitive for its intended use. The current method was successfully applied to the determination of SN-38 content and drug entrapment efficiency in liposome-based formulation, LE-SN38 during early stage formulation development.

Formulation optimization of transdermal meloxicam potassium-loaded mesomorphic phases containing ethanol, oleic acid and mixture surfactant using the statistical experimental design methodology.

PubMed

Huang, Chi-Te; Tsai, Chia-Hsun; Tsou, Hsin-Yeh; Huang, Yaw-Bin; Tsai, Yi-Hung; Wu, Pao-Chu

2011-01-01

Response surface methodology (RSM) was used to develop and optimize the mesomorphic phase formulation for a meloxicam transdermal dosage form. A mixture design was applied to prepare formulations which consisted of three independent variables including oleic acid (X(1)), distilled water (X(2)) and ethanol (X(3)). The flux and lag time (LT) were selected as dependent variables. The result showed that using mesomorphic phases as vehicles can significantly increase flux and shorten LT of drug. The analysis of variance showed that the permeation parameters of meloxicam from formulations were significantly influenced by the independent variables and their interactions. The X(3) (ethanol) had the greatest potential influence on the flux and LT, followed by X(1) and X(2). A new formulation was prepared according to the independent levels provided by RSM. The observed responses were in close agreement with the predicted values, demonstrating that RSM could be successfully used to optimize mesomorphic phase formulations.

Validation of a stability-indicating hydrophilic interaction liquid chromatographic method for the quantitative determination of vitamin k3 (menadione sodium bisulfite) in injectable solution formulation.

PubMed

Ghanem, Mashhour M; Abu-Lafi, Saleh A; Hallak, Hussein O

2013-01-01

A simple, specific, accurate, and stability-indicating method was developed and validated for the quantitative determination of menadione sodium bisulfite in the injectable solution formulation. The method is based on zwitterionic hydrophilic interaction liquid chromatography (ZIC-HILIC) coupled with a photodiode array detector. The desired separation was achieved on the ZIC-HILIC column (250 mm × 4.6 mm, 5 μm) at 25°C temperature. The optimized mobile phase consisted of an isocratic solvent mixture of 200mM ammonium acetate (NH4AC) solution and acetonitrile (ACN) (20:80; v/v) pH-adjusted to 5.7 by glacial acetic acid. The mobile phase was fixed at 0.5 ml/min and the analytes were monitored at 261 nm using a photodiode array detector. The effects of the chromatographic conditions on the peak retention, peak USP tailing factor, and column efficiency were systematically optimized. Forced degradation experiments were carried out by exposing menadione sodium bisulfite standard and the injectable solution formulation to thermal, photolytic, oxidative, and acid-base hydrolytic stress conditions. The degradation products were well-resolved from the main peak and the excipients, thus proving that the method is a reliable, stability-indicating tool. The method was validated as per ICH and USP guidelines (USP34/NF29) and found to be adequate for the routine quantitative estimation of menadione sodium bisulfite in commercially available menadione sodium bisulfite injectable solution dosage forms.

Fluid-particle characteristics in fully-developed cluster-induced turbulence

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Capecelatro, Jesse; Desjardins, Olivier; Fox, Rodney

2014-11-01

In this study, we present a theoretical framework for collisional fluid-particle turbulence. To identify the key mechanisms responsible for energy exchange between the two phases, an Eulerian-Lagrangian strategy is used to simulate fully-developed cluster-inudced turbulence (CIT) under a range of Reynolds numbers, where fluctuations in particle concentration generate and sustain the carrier-phase turbulence. Using a novel filtering approach, a length-scale separation between the correlated particle velocity and uncorrelated granular temperature (GT) is achieved. This separation allows us to extract the instantaneous Eulerian volume fraction, velocity and GT fields from the Lagrangian data. Direct comparisons can thus be made with the relevant terms that appear in the multiphase turbulence model. It is shown that the granular pressure is highly anisotropic, and thus additional transport equations (as opposed to a single equation for GT) are necessary in formulating a predictive multiphase turbulence model. In addition to reporting the relevant contributions to the Reynolds stresses of each phase, two-point statistics, integral length/timescales, averages conditioned on the local volume fraction, and PDFs of the key multiphase statistics are presented and discussed. The research reported in this paper is partially supported by the HPC equipment purchased through U.S. National Science Foundation MRI Grant Number CNS 1229081 and CRI Grant Number 1205413.

Phase-space evolution of x-ray coherence in phase-sensitive imaging.

PubMed

Wu, Xizeng; Liu, Hong

2008-08-01

X-ray coherence evolution in the imaging process plays a key role for x-ray phase-sensitive imaging. In this work we present a phase-space formulation for the phase-sensitive imaging. The theory is reformulated in terms of the cross-spectral density and associated Wigner distribution. The phase-space formulation enables an explicit and quantitative account of partial coherence effects on phase-sensitive imaging. The presented formulas for x-ray spectral density at the detector can be used for performing accurate phase retrieval and optimizing the phase-contrast visibility. The concept of phase-space shearing length derived from this phase-space formulation clarifies the spatial coherence requirement for phase-sensitive imaging with incoherent sources. The theory has been applied to x-ray Talbot interferometric imaging as well. The peak coherence condition derived reveals new insights into three-grating-based Talbot-interferometric imaging and gratings-based x-ray dark-field imaging.

Implementation of an experimental program to investigate the performance characteristics of OMEGA navigation

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Baxa, E. G., Jr.

1974-01-01

A theoretical formulation of differential and composite OMEGA error is presented to establish hypotheses about the functional relationships between various parameters and OMEGA navigational errors. Computer software developed to provide for extensive statistical analysis of the phase data is described. Results from the regression analysis used to conduct parameter sensitivity studies on differential OMEGA error tend to validate the theoretically based hypothesis concerning the relationship between uncorrected differential OMEGA error and receiver separation range and azimuth. Limited results of measurement of receiver repeatability error and line of position measurement error are also presented.

Application of a biphasic test for characterization of in vitro drug release of immediate release formulations of celecoxib and its relevance to in vivo absorption.

PubMed

Shi, Yi; Gao, Ping; Gong, Yuchuan; Ping, Haili

2010-10-04

A biphasic in vitro test method was used to examine release profiles of a poorly soluble model drug, celecoxib (CEB), from its immediate release formulations. Three formulations of CEB were investigated in this study, including a commercial Celebrex capsule, a solution formulation (containing cosolvent and surfactant) and a supersaturatable self-emulsifying drug delivery system (S-SEDDS). The biphasic test system consisted of an aqueous buffer and a water-immiscible organic solvent (e.g., octanol) with the use of both USP II and IV apparatuses. The aqueous phase provided a nonsink dissolution medium for CEB, while the octanol phase acted as a sink for CEB partitioning. For comparison, CEB concentration-time profiles of these formulations in the aqueous medium under either a sink condition or a nonsink condition were also explored. CEB release profiles of these formulations observed in the aqueous medium from either the sink condition test, the nonsink condition test, or the biphasic test have little relevance to the pharmacokinetic observations (e.g., AUC, C(max)) in human subjects. In contrast, a rank order correlation among the three CEB formulations is obtained between the in vitro AUC values of CEB from the octanol phase up to t = 2 h and the in vivo mean AUC (or C(max)) values. As the biphasic test permits a rapid removal of drug from the aqueous phase by partitioning into the organic phase, the amount of drug in the organic phase represents the amount of drug accumulated in systemic circulation in vivo. This hypothesis provides the scientific rationale for the rank order relationship among these CEB formulations between their CEB concentrations in the organic phase and the relative AUC or C(max). In addition, the biphasic test method permits differentiation and discrimination of key attributes among the three different CEB formulations. This work demonstrates that the biphasic in vitro test method appears to be useful as a tool in evaluating performance of formulations of poorly water-soluble drugs and to provide potential for establishing an in vitro-in vivo relationship.

Transdermal delivery of diclofenac using water-in-oil microemulsion: formulation and mechanistic approach of drug skin permeation.

PubMed

Thakkar, Priyanka J; Madan, Parshotam; Lin, Senshang

2014-05-01

The objective of the present investigation was to enhance skin permeation of diclofenac using water-in-oil microemulsion and to elucidate its skin permeation mechanism. The w/o microemulsion formulations were selected based on constructed pseudoternary phase diagrams depending on water solubilization capacity and thermodynamic stability. These formulations were also subjected to physical characterization based on droplet size, viscosity, pH and conductivity. Permeation of diclofenac across rat skin using side-by-side permeation cells from selected w/o microemulsion formulations were evaluated and compared with control formulations. The selected w/o microemulsion formulations were thermodynamically stable, and incorporation of diclofenac sodium into microemulsion did not affect the phase behavior of system. All microemulsion formulations had very low viscosity (11-17 cps) and droplet size range of 30-160 nm. Microemulsion formulations exhibited statistically significant increase in diclofenac permeation compared to oily solution, aqueous solution and oil-Smix solution. Higher skin permeation of diclofenac was observed with low Smix concentration and smaller droplet size. Increase in diclofenac loading in aqueous phase decreased the partition of diclofenac. Diclofenac from the oil phase of microemulsion could directly partition into skin, while diclofenac from the aqueous droplets was carried through skin by carrier effect.

Optimization of caseinate-coated simvastatin-zein nanoparticles: improved bioavailability and modified release characteristics.

PubMed

Ahmed, Osama A A; Hosny, Khaled M; Al-Sawahli, Majid M; Fahmy, Usama A

2015-01-01

The current study focuses on utilization of the natural biocompatible polymer zein to formulate simvastatin (SMV) nanoparticles coated with caseinate, to improve solubility and hence bioavailability, and in addition, to modify SMV-release characteristics. This formulation can be utilized for oral or possible depot parenteral applications. Fifteen formulations were prepared by liquid-liquid phase separation method, according to the Box-Behnken design, to optimize formulation variables. Sodium caseinate was used as an electrosteric stabilizer. The factors studied were: percentage of SMV in the SMV-zein mixture (X1), ethanol concentration (X2), and caseinate concentration (X3). The selected dependent variables were mean particle size (Y1), SMV encapsulation efficiency (Y2), and cumulative percentage of drug permeated after 1 hour (Y3). The diffusion of SMV from the prepared nanoparticles specified by the design was carried out using an automated Franz diffusion cell apparatus. The optimized SMV-zein formula was investigated for in vivo pharmacokinetic parameters compared with an oral SMV suspension. The optimized nanosized SMV-zein formula showed a 131 nm mean particle size and 89% encapsulation efficiency. In vitro permeation studies displayed delayed permeation characteristics, with about 42% and 85% of SMV cumulative amount released after 12 and 48 hours, respectively. Bioavailability estimation in rats revealed an augmentation in SMV bioavailability from the optimized SMV-zein formulation, by fourfold relative to SMV suspension. Formulation of caseinate-coated SMV-zein nanoparticles improves the pharmacokinetic profile and bioavailability of SMV. Accordingly, improved hypolipidemic activities for longer duration could be achieved. In addition, the reduced dosage rate of SMV-zein nanoparticles improves patient tolerability and compliance.

Simultaneous determination of caffeine, paracetamol, and ibuprofen in pharmaceutical formulations by high-performance liquid chromatography with UV detection and by capillary electrophoresis with conductivity detection.

PubMed

Cunha, Rafael R; Chaves, Sandro C; Ribeiro, Michelle M A C; Torres, Lívia M F C; Muñoz, Rodrigo A A; Dos Santos, Wallans T P; Richter, Eduardo M

2015-05-01

Paracetamol, caffeine and ibuprofen are found in over-the-counter pharmaceutical formulations. In this work, we propose two new methods for simultaneous determination of paracetamol, caffeine and ibuprofen in pharmaceutical formulations. One method is based on high-performance liquid chromatography with diode-array detection and the other on capillary electrophoresis with capacitively coupled contactless conductivity detection. The separation by high-performance liquid chromatography with diode-array detection was achieved on a C18 column (250×4.6 mm(2), 5 μm) with a gradient mobile phase comprising 20-100% acetonitrile in 40 mmol L(-1) phosphate buffer pH 7.0. The separation by capillary electrophoresis with capacitively coupled contactless conductivity detection was achieved on a fused-silica capillary (40 cm length, 50 μm i.d.) using 10 mmol L(-1) 3,4-dimethoxycinnamate and 10 mmol L(-1) β-alanine with pH adjustment to 10.4 with lithium hydroxide as background electrolyte. The determination of all three pharmaceuticals was carried out in 9.6 min by liquid chromatography and in 2.2 min by capillary electrophoresis. Detection limits for caffeine, paracetamol and ibuprofen were 4.4, 0.7, and 3.4 μmol L(-1) by liquid chromatography and 39, 32, and 49 μmol L(-1) by capillary electrophoresis, respectively. Recovery values for spiked samples were between 92-107% for both proposed methods. © 2015 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

Polyacrylamide medium for the electrophoretic separation of biomolecules

DOEpatents

Madabhushi, Ramakrishna S.; Gammon, Stuart A.

2003-11-11

A polyacryalmide medium for the electrophoretic separation of biomolecules. The polyacryalmide medium comprises high molecular weight polyacrylamides (PAAm) having a viscosity average molecular weight (M.sub.v) of about 675-725 kDa were synthesized by conventional red-ox polymerization technique. Using this separation medium, capillary electrophoresis of BigDye DNA sequencing standard was performed. A single base resolution of .about.725 bases was achieved in .about.60 minute in a non-covalently coated capillary of 50 .mu.m i.d., 40 cm effective length, and a filed of 160 V/cm at 40.degree. C. The resolution achieved with this formulation to separate DNA under identical conditions is much superior (725 bases vs. 625 bases) and faster (60 min. vs. 75 min.) to the commercially available PAAm, such as supplied by Amersham. The formulation method employed here to synthesize PAAm is straight-forward, simple and does not require cumbersome methods such as emulsion polymerizaiton in order to achieve very high molecular weights. Also, the formulation here does not require separation of PAAm from the reaction mixture prior to reconstituting the polymer to a final concentration. Furthermore, the formulation here is prepared from a single average mol. wt. PAAm as opposed to the mixture of two different average mo. wt. PAAm previously required to achieve high resolution.

Phase II and III Clinical Studies of Diphtheria-Tetanus-Acellular Pertussis Vaccine Containing Inactivated Polio Vaccine Derived from Sabin Strains (DTaP-sIPV).

PubMed

Okada, Kenji; Miyazaki, Chiaki; Kino, Yoichiro; Ozaki, Takao; Hirose, Mizuo; Ueda, Kohji

2013-07-15

Phase II and III clinical studies were conducted to evaluate immunogenicity and safety of a novel DTaP-IPV vaccine consisting of Sabin inactivated poliovirus vaccine (sIPV) and diphtheria-tetanus-acellular pertussis vaccine (DTaP). A Phase II study was conducted in 104 healthy infants using Formulation H of the DTaP-sIPV vaccine containing high-dose sIPV (3, 100, and 100 D-antigen units for types 1, 2, and 3, respectively), and Formulations M and L, containing half and one-fourth of the sIPV in Formulation H, respectively. Each formulation was administered 3 times for primary immunization and once for booster immunization. A Phase III study was conducted in 342 healthy infants who received either Formulation M + oral polio vaccine (OPV) placebo or DTaP + OPV. The OPV or OPV placebo was orally administered twice between primary and booster immunizations. Formulation M was selected as the optimum dose. In the Phase III study, the seropositive rate was 100% for all Sabin strains after primary immunization, and the neutralizing antibody titer after booster immunization was higher than in the control group (DTaP + OPV). All adverse reactions were clinically acceptable. DTaP-sIPV was shown to be a safe and immunogenic vaccine. JapicCTI-121902 for Phase II study, JapicCTI-101075 for Phase III study (http://www.clinicaltrials.jp/user/cte_main.jsp).

Current status of amorphous formulation and other special dosage forms as formulations for early clinical phases.

PubMed

Kawakami, Kohsaku

2009-09-01

Although most chemists in the pharmaceutical industry have a good understanding on favorable physicochemical properties for drug candidates, formulators must still deal with many challenging candidates. On the other hand, formulators are not allowed to spend much time on formulation development for early phases of the clinical studies. Thus, it is basically difficult to apply special dosage form technologies to the candidates for the first-in-human formulations. Despite the availability of numerous reviews on oral special dosage forms, information on their applicability as the early phase formulation has been limited. This article describes quick review on the oral special dosage forms that may be applied to the early clinical formulations, followed by discussion focused on the amorphous formulations, which still has relatively many issues to be proved for the general use. The major problems that inhibit the use of the amorphous formulation are difficulty in the manufacturing and the poor chemical/physical stability. Notably, the poor physical stability can be critical, because of not the poor stability itself but the difficulty in the timely evaluation in the preclinical developmental timeframes. Research directions of the amorphous formulations are suggested to utilize this promising technology without disturbing the preclinical developmental timelines.

Mannitol/l-Arginine-Based Formulation Systems for Freeze Drying of Protein Pharmaceuticals: Effect of the l-Arginine Counter Ion and Formulation Composition on the Formulation Properties and the Physical State of Mannitol.

PubMed

Stärtzel, Peter; Gieseler, Henning; Gieseler, Margit; Abdul-Fattah, Ahmad M; Adler, Michael; Mahler, Hanns-Christian; Goldbach, Pierre

2016-10-01

Previous studies have shown that protein storage stability in freeze-dried l-arginine-based systems improved in the presence of chloride ions. However, chloride ions reduced the glass transition temperature of the freeze concentrate (Tg') and made freeze drying more challenging. In this study, l-arginine was freeze dried with mannitol to obtain partially crystalline solids that can be freeze dried in a fast process and result in elegant cakes. We characterized the effect of different l-arginine counter ions on physicochemical properties of mannitol compared with mannitol/sucrose systems. Thermal properties of formulations with different compositions were correlated to thermal history during freeze drying and to physicochemical properties (cake appearance, residual moisture, reconstitution time, crystallinity). Partially crystalline solids were obtained even at the highest l-arginine level (mannitol:l-arginine of 2:1) used in this study. All l-arginine-containing formulations yielded elegant cakes. Only cakes containing l-arginine chloride and succinate showed a surface "crust" formed by phase separation. X-ray powder diffraction showed that inhibition of mannitol crystallization was stronger for l-arginine compared with sucrose and varied with the type of l-arginine counter ion. The counter ion affected mannitol polymorphism and higher levels of mannitol hemi-hydrate were obtained at high levels of l-arginine chloride. Copyright © 2016 American Pharmacists Association®. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Inorganic separator technology program

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Smatko, J. S.; Weaver, R. D.; Kalhammer, F. R.

1973-01-01

Testing and failure analyses of silver zinc cells with largely inorganic separators were performed. The results showed that the wet stand and cycle life objective of the silver-zinc cell development program were essentially accomplished and led to recommendations for cell composition, design, and operation that should yield further improvement in wet and cycle life. A series of advanced inorganic materials was successfully developed and formulated into rigid and semiflexible separator samples. Suitable screening tests for evaluation of largely inorganic separators were selected and modified for application to the separator materials. The results showed that many of these formulations are potentially superior to previously used materials and permitted selection of three promising materials for further evaluation in silver-zinc cells.

Treatment of pityriasis versicolor with topical application of essential oil of Cymbopogon citratus (DC) Stapf - therapeutic pilot study*

PubMed Central

Carmo, Egberto Santos; Pereira, Fillipe de Oliveira; Cavalcante, Neuza Maria; Gayoso, Carla Wanderley; Lima, Edeltrudes de Oliveira

2013-01-01

BACKGROUND Pityriasis versicolor is a fungal infection caused by Malassezia spp. that has frequent relapses. OBJECTIVES The main objective of this research was to perform phase I and II clinical studies, using formulations containing essential oil of Cymbopogon citratus in patients with pityriasis versicolor. METHODS Phase I study included twenty volunteers to ascertain the safety of the formulations. In phase II, 47 volunteers randomly received essential oil formulations at 1.25 μL/mL concentration, for forty days. The shampoo should be applied three times a week and the cream twice a day. A control group in phase II, consisting of 29 volunteers, received the same formulations but with 2% ketoconazole as the active ingredient. RESULTS No significant adverse events were observed in volunteers during Phase I. In Phase II, 30 (63.83%) volunteers using essential oil and 18 (62.07%) using ketoconazole remained until the end of the study. We observed a predominance of lesions in disseminated form, with M. sympodialis detected as the predominant agent identified in cultures. After 40 days of treatment, the rate of mycological cure was 60% (p <0.05) for the group treated with essential oil of C. citratus and over 80% (p <0.05) for the group treated with ketoconazole formulations. CONCLUSIONS Notwithstanding the safety and antifungal effects observed in this study after application of formulations containing the essential oil of C. citratus, further studies with larger populations should be performed to confirm the actual potential of these formulations in the treatment of patients with Pityriasis versicolor. PMID:23793205

Characterisation and in vitro stability of low-dose, lidocaine-loaded poly(vinyl alcohol)-tetrahydroxyborate hydrogels.

PubMed

Abdelkader, D H; Osman, M A; El-Gizawy, S A; Faheem, A M; McCarron, P A

2016-03-16

Poly(vinyl alcohol) hydrogels cross-linked with the tetrahydroxyborate anion possess textural and rheological properties that can be used as novel drug-loaded vehicles for application to traumatic wounds. However, addition of soluble drug substances causes concentration-dependent phase separation and rheological changes. The aim of this work was to investigate the effect of adding a local anaesthetic, but keeping the concentration low in an attempt to prevent these changes. Cross-linked hydrogels prepared from three grades of poly(vinyl alcohol) were characterised rheologically. Temperature sweep studies showed an elevated complex viscosity upon moving from 25°C to 80°C, which remained high for 48 h following completion of the cycle. Adhesion to model dermal surfaces achieved a maximum of 2.62 N cm(-2) and were greater than that observed to epidermal substrates, with a strong dependence on the rate of detachment used during testing. An optimised formulation (6% w/w PVA (31-50; 99) and 2% w/w THB) containing lidocaine hydrochloride loaded to an upper maximum concentration of 1.5% w/w was assessed for phase separation and drug crystallisation. After six months, crystallisation was present in formulations containing 0.7% and 1.5% lidocaine HCl. Changes in pH in response to increases in lidocaine loading were low. Drug release was shown to operate via a non-Fickian process for all three concentrations, with 60% occurring after approximately 24h. It can be concluded that using a low concentration of lidocaine hydrochloride in hydrogels based on poly(vinyl alcohol) will result in crystallisation. Furthermore, these hydrogels are unlikely to induce rapid anaesthesia due to the low loading and slow release kinetics. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

[A reversed-phase HPLC method for determining tretinoin].

PubMed

Jiang, X G; Xi, N Z

1994-09-01

Tretinoin (Tre) and its active stereo isomer isotretinoin (Iso) were simultaneously determined by reversed-phase high pressure liquid chromatographic method with a uv detector adjusted to 348 nm. Separation was accomplished on YWG-C18 column by using a MeOH:NH4Ac buffer (pH 6.0) 85:15 (vol:vol), chlorpromazine (Chl) being chosen as internal standard. Minimal detectable amount of Tre was 0.5 ng. Calibration curve was linear (r = 0.9999) in the concentration range of 25-2500 ng.ml-1. This method was used to determinate the transdermal amounts of Tre from three different preparations in Franz diffusion cell in vitro. The results showed that the proposed method could distinguish the transdermal differences from various formulations or different skin samples. In addition, it is able to be used in quantitative analysis of Tre and Iso.

Concomitant monitoring of implant formation and drug release of in situ forming poly (lactide-co-glycolide acid) implants in a hydrogel matrix mimicking the subcutis using UV-vis imaging.

PubMed

Sun, Yu; Jensen, Henrik; Petersen, Nickolaj J; Larsen, Susan W; Østergaard, Jesper

2018-02-20

For poly (lactide-co-glycolide acid) (PLGA)-based in situ forming implants, the rate of implant formation plays an important role in determining the overall drug release kinetics. Currently, in vitro techniques capable of characterizing the processes of drug release and implant formation at the same time are not available. A hydrogel-based in vitro experimental setup was recently developed requiring only microliter of formulation and forming a closed system potentially suitable for interfacing with various spectroscopic techniques. The aim of the present proof-of-concept study was to investigate the feasibility of concomitant UV imaging, Vis imaging and light microscopy for detailed characterization of the behavior of in situ forming PLGA implants in the hydrogel matrix mimicking the subcutis. The model compounds, piroxicam and α-lactalbumin were added to PLGA-1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone and PLGA-triacetin solutions. Upon bringing the PLGA-solvent-compound pre-formulation in contact with the hydrogel, Vis imaging and light microscopy were applied to visualize the depot formation and UV imaging was used to quantify drug transport in the hydrogel. As compared to piroxicam, the α-lactalbumin invoked an acceleration of phase separation and an increase of implant size. α-Lactalbumin was released faster from the PLGA-1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone system than the PLGA-triacetin system opposite to the piroxicam release pattern. A linear relationship between the rate of implant formation and initial compound release within the first 4h was established for the PLGA-NMP systems. This implies that phase separation may be one of the controlling factors in drug release. The rate of implant formation may be an important parameter for predicting and tailoring drug release. The approach combining UV imaging, Vis imaging and light microscopy may facilitate understanding of release processes and holds potential for becoming a useful tool in formulation development of in situ forming implants. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Hot and cold water as a supercritical solvent

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Fuentevilla, Daphne Anne

This dissertation addresses the anomalous properties of water at high temperatures near the vapor-liquid critical point and at low temperatures in the supercooled liquid region. The first part of the dissertation is concerned with the concentration dependence of the critical temperature, density, and pressure of an aqueous sodium chloride solution. Because of the practical importance of an accurate knowledge of critical parameters for industrial, geochemical, and biological applications, an empirical equation for the critical locus of aqueous sodium chloride solutions was adopted in 1999 by the International Association for the Properties of Water and Steam (IAPWS) as a guideline. However, since this original Guideline on the Critical Locus of Aqueous Solutions of Sodium Chloride was developed, two new theoretical developments occurred, motivating the first part of this dissertation. Here, I present a theory-based formulation for the critical parameters of aqueous sodium chloride solutions as a proposed replacement for the empirical formulation currently in use. This formulation has been published in the International Journal of Thermophysics and recommended by the Executive Committee of IAPWS for adoption as a Revised Guideline on the Critical Locus of Aqueous Solutions of Sodium Chloride. The second part of the dissertation addresses a new concept, considering cold water as a supercritical solvent. Based on the idea of a second, liquid-liquid, critical point in supercooled water, we explore the possibility of supercooled water as a novel supercooled solvent through the thermodynamics of critical phenomena. In 2006, I published a Physical Review letter presenting a parametric scaled equation of state for supercooled-water. Further developments based on this work led to a phenomenological mean-field "two-state" model, clarifying the nature of the phase separation in a polyamorphic single-component liquid. In this dissertation, I modify this two-state model to incorporate solutes. Critical lines emanating from the pure-water critical point show how even small additions of solute may significantly affect the thermodynamic properties and phase behavior of supercooled aqueous solutions. Some solutes, such as glycerol, can prevent spontaneous crystallization, thus making liquid-liquid separation in supercooled water experimentally accessible. This work will help in resolving the question on liquid polyamorphism in supercooled water.

Preparation, characterization and in vivo evaluation of curcumin self-nano phospholipid dispersion as an approach to enhance oral bioavailability.

PubMed

Allam, Ahmed N; Komeil, Ibrahim A; Fouda, Mohamed A; Abdallah, Ossama Y

2015-07-15

The aim of this study was to examine the efficacy of self-nano phospholipid dispersions (SNPDs) based on Phosal(®) to improve the oral bioavailability of curcumin (CUR). SNPDs were prepared with Phosal(®) 53 and Miglyol 812 at different surfactant ratio. Formulations were evaluated for particle size, polydispersity index, zeta potential, and robustness toward dilution, TEM as well as in vitro drug release. The in vivo oral absorption of selected formulations in comparison to drug suspension was evaluated in rats. Moreover, formulations were assessed for in vitro characteristic changes before and after storage. The SNPDs were miscible with water in any ratio and did not show any phase separation or drug precipitation. All the formulas were monodisperse with nano range size from 158±2.6 nm to 610±6.24 nm. They passed the pharmacopeial tolerance for CUR dissolution. No change in dissolution profile and physicochemical characteristics was detected after storage. CUR-SNPDs are found to be more bioavailable compared with suspension during an in vivo study in rats and in vitro release studies failed to imitate the in vivo conditions. These formulations might be new alternative carriers that enhance the oral bioavailability of poorly water-soluble molecules, such as CUR. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Integrated hot-melt extrusion - injection molding continuous tablet manufacturing platform: Effects of critical process parameters and formulation attributes on product robustness and dimensional stability.

PubMed

Desai, Parind M; Hogan, Rachael C; Brancazio, David; Puri, Vibha; Jensen, Keith D; Chun, Jung-Hoon; Myerson, Allan S; Trout, Bernhardt L

2017-10-05

This study provides a framework for robust tablet development using an integrated hot-melt extrusion-injection molding (IM) continuous manufacturing platform. Griseofulvin, maltodextrin, xylitol and lactose were employed as drug, carrier, plasticizer and reinforcing agent respectively. A pre-blended drug-excipient mixture was fed from a loss-in-weight feeder to a twin-screw extruder. The extrudate was subsequently injected directly into the integrated IM unit and molded into tablets. Tablets were stored in different storage conditions up to 20 weeks to monitor physical stability and were evaluated by polarized light microscopy, DSC, SEM, XRD and dissolution analysis. Optimized injection pressure provided robust tablet formulations. Tablets manufactured at low and high injection pressures exhibited the flaws of sink marks and flashing respectively. Higher solidification temperature during IM process reduced the thermal induced residual stress and prevented chipping and cracking issues. Polarized light microscopy revealed a homogeneous dispersion of crystalline griseofulvin in an amorphous matrix. DSC underpinned the effect of high tablet residual moisture on maltodextrin-xylitol phase separation that resulted in dimensional instability. Tablets with low residual moisture demonstrated long term dimensional stability. This study serves as a model for IM tablet formulations for mechanistic understanding of critical process parameters and formulation attributes required for optimal product performance. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

High Resolution Mass Spectrometry of Polyfluorinated Polyether-Based Formulation

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Dimzon, Ian Ken; Trier, Xenia; Frömel, Tobias; Helmus, Rick; Knepper, Thomas P.; de Voogt, Pim

2016-02-01

High resolution mass spectrometry (HRMS) was successfully applied to elucidate the structure of a polyfluorinated polyether (PFPE)-based formulation. The mass spectrum generated from direct injection into the MS was examined by identifying the different repeating units manually and with the aid of an instrument data processor. Highly accurate mass spectral data enabled the calculation of higher-order mass defects. The different plots of MW and the nth-order mass defects (up to n = 3) could aid in assessing the structure of the different repeating units and estimating their absolute and relative number per molecule. The three major repeating units were -C2H4O-, -C2F4O-, and -CF2O-. Tandem MS was used to identify the end groups that appeared to be phosphates, as well as the possible distribution of the repeating units. Reversed-phase HPLC separated of the polymer molecules on the basis of number of nonpolar repeating units. The elucidated structure resembles the structure in the published manufacturer technical data. This analytical approach to the characterization of a PFPE-based formulation can serve as a guide in analyzing not just other PFPE-based formulations but also other fluorinated and non-fluorinated polymers. The information from MS is essential in studying the physico-chemical properties of PFPEs and can help in assessing the risks they pose to the environment and to human health.

High Resolution Mass Spectrometry of Polyfluorinated Polyether-Based Formulation.

PubMed

Dimzon, Ian Ken; Trier, Xenia; Frömel, Tobias; Helmus, Rick; Knepper, Thomas P; de Voogt, Pim

2016-02-01

High resolution mass spectrometry (HRMS) was successfully applied to elucidate the structure of a polyfluorinated polyether (PFPE)-based formulation. The mass spectrum generated from direct injection into the MS was examined by identifying the different repeating units manually and with the aid of an instrument data processor. Highly accurate mass spectral data enabled the calculation of higher-order mass defects. The different plots of MW and the nth-order mass defects (up to n = 3) could aid in assessing the structure of the different repeating units and estimating their absolute and relative number per molecule. The three major repeating units were -C2H4O-, -C2F4O-, and -CF2O-. Tandem MS was used to identify the end groups that appeared to be phosphates, as well as the possible distribution of the repeating units. Reversed-phase HPLC separated of the polymer molecules on the basis of number of nonpolar repeating units. The elucidated structure resembles the structure in the published manufacturer technical data. This analytical approach to the characterization of a PFPE-based formulation can serve as a guide in analyzing not just other PFPE-based formulations but also other fluorinated and non-fluorinated polymers. The information from MS is essential in studying the physico-chemical properties of PFPEs and can help in assessing the risks they pose to the environment and to human health. Graphical Abstract ᅟ.

Phase I study of safety and immunogenicity of an Escherichia coli-derived recombinant protective antigen (rPA) vaccine to prevent anthrax in adults.

PubMed

Brown, Bruce K; Cox, Josephine; Gillis, Anita; VanCott, Thomas C; Marovich, Mary; Milazzo, Mark; Antonille, Tanya Santelli; Wieczorek, Lindsay; McKee, Kelly T; Metcalfe, Karen; Mallory, Raburn M; Birx, Deborah; Polonis, Victoria R; Robb, Merlin L

2010-11-05

The fatal disease caused by Bacillus anthracis is preventable with a prophylactic vaccine. The currently available anthrax vaccine requires a lengthy immunization schedule, and simpler and more immunogenic options for protection against anthrax are a priority for development. In this report we describe a phase I clinical trial testing the safety and immunogenicity of an anthrax vaccine using recombinant Escherichia coli-derived, B. anthracis protective antigen (rPA). A total of 73 healthy adults ages 18-40 were enrolled and 67 received 2 injections separated by 4 weeks of either buffered saline placebo, or rPA formulated with or without 704 µg/ml Alhydrogel® adjuvant in increasing doses (5, 25, 50, 100 µg) of rPA. Participants were followed for one year and safety and immunologic data were assessed. Tenderness and warmth were the most common post-injection site reactions. No serious adverse events related to the vaccine were observed. The most robust humoral immune responses were observed in subjects receiving 50 µg of rPA formulated with Alhydrogel® with a geometric mean concentration of anti-rPA IgG antibodies of 283 µg/ml and a toxin neutralizing geometric 50% reciprocal geometric mean titer of 1061. The highest lymphoproliferative peak cellular response (median Lymphocyte Stimulation Index of 29) was observed in the group receiving 25 µg Alhydrogel®-formulated rPA. The vaccine was safe, well tolerated and stimulated a robust humoral and cellular response after two doses. ClinicalTrials.gov NCT00057525.

Explorative solid-phase extraction (E-SPE) for accelerated microbial natural product discovery, dereplication, and purification.

PubMed

Månsson, Maria; Phipps, Richard K; Gram, Lone; Munro, Murray H G; Larsen, Thomas O; Nielsen, Kristian F

2010-06-25

Microbial natural products (NP) cover a high chemical diversity, and in consequence extracts from microorganisms are often complex to analyze and purify. A distribution analysis of calculated pK(a) values from the 34390 records in Antibase2008 revealed that within pH 2-11, 44% of all included compounds had an acidic functionality, 17% a basic functionality, and 9% both. This showed a great potential for using ion-exchange chromatography as an integral part of the separation procedure, orthogonal to the classic reversed-phase strategy. Thus, we investigated the use of an "explorative solid-phase extraction" (E-SPE) protocol using SAX, Oasis MAX, SCX, and LH-20 columns for targeted exploitation of chemical functionalities. E-SPE provides a minimum of fractions (15) for chemical and biological analyses and implicates development into a preparative scale methodology. Overall, this allows fast extract prioritization, easier dereplication, mapping of biological activities, and formulation of a purification strategy.

Bioequivalence of isoniazid in a two drug fixed dose combination and in a single drug dosage form.

PubMed

Agrawal, S; Kaul, C L; Panchagnula, R

2001-08-01

To increase the patient compliance and reduce the risk of drug resistant strains, WHO and IUATLD recommend the use of Fixed Dose Combination (FDC) tablets as a routine therapeutic regimen in Directly Observed Treatment Shortcourse (DOTS). But the main issue in the use of FDC is the quality of the formulation. At present WHO and IUATLD suggest the bioequivalence assessment of only rifampicin from FDC compared to separate formulations. For the therapeutic effectiveness all the components of the FDCs should be bioavailable at tissue site. Also, the primary and acquired resistance rate of isoniazid is much higher compared to other anti-tubercular drugs. Hence, a comparative bioavailability study of isoniazid from a two drugs FDC compared to a separate formulation was carried out on a group of 12 healthy volunteers. When evaluated by normal or log transformed confidence interval, Two Way ANOVA and Hauschke analysis, the bioequivalence limits for AUC0-8 and AUC0-24 were within 0.8-1.25. For Cmax and Tmax, these limits were within 0.7-1.43. Hence, isoniazid from a FDC formulation was found to be bioequivalent to a separate formulation at same dose levels.

Simultaneous determination of bifonazole and tinctures of calendula flower in pharmaceutical creams by reversed-phase liquid chromatography.

PubMed

Ferreyra, Carola F; Ortiz, Cristina S

2005-01-01

The aim of this research was to develop and validate a sensitive, rapid, easy, and precise reversed-phase liquid chromatography (LC) method for stability studies of bifonazole (I) formulated with tinctures of calendula flower (II). The method was especially developed for the analysis and quantitative determination of I and II in pure and combined forms in cream pharmaceutical formulations without using gradient elution and at room temperature. The influence on the stability of compound I of temperature, artificial radiation, and drug II used for the new pharmaceutical design was evaluated. The LC separation was carried out using a Supelcosil LC-18 column (25 cm x 4.6 mm id, 5 microm particle size); the mobile phase was composed of methanol-0.1 M ammonium acetate buffer (85 + 15, v/v) pumped isocratically at a flow rate of 1 mL/min; and ultraviolet detection was at 254 nm. The analysis time was less than 10 min. Calibration graphs were found to be linear in the 0.125-0.375 mg/mL (rI = 0.9991) and 0.639-1.916 mg/mL (rII = 0.9995) ranges for I and II, respectively. The linearity, precision, recovery, and limits of detection and quantification were satisfactory for I and II. The results obtained suggested that the developed LC method is selective and specific for the analysis of I and II in pharmaceutical products, and that it can be applied to stability studies.

Maltodextrin based proniosomes of nateglinide: bioavailability assessment.

PubMed

Sahoo, Ranjan Ku; Biswas, Nikhil; Guha, Arijit; Kuotsu, Ketousetuo

2014-08-01

The present study delineates the fabrication of maltodextrin based proniosomes of nateglinide and their potential as controlled delivery system for diabetic therapy. New Zealand albino male rabbits have been used as animal model for in vivo study. To evaluate the bioavailability of nateglinide proniosome, a rapid, simple and sensitive HPLC method with photodiode array detection was developed and validated to determine nateglinide in rabbit plasma. Chromatographic separation was achieved by a reverse phase C18 column using a mixture of acetonitrile:methanol:10mM phosphate buffer (pH 3.5) in the ratio of 56:14:30 (%v/v) as the mobile phase at a flow rate of 1.0ml/min and quantified based on drug/IS peak area ratios. Gliclazide was used as the internal standard. The intra- and inter-day relative standard deviations of four tested concentrations were below 2%. The nateglinide proniosome formulation exhibited significantly higher plasma concentration than those of pure drug. The study revealed that the rate and extent of absorption of nateglinide from the proniosomal formulation was comparatively enhanced that of pure drug. Maltodextrin based proniosomes of nateglinide is not only simple and cost efficient delivery but also offers a useful and promising carrier for diabetic therapy through oral administration. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Solid-State NMR Investigation of Drug-Excipient Interactions and Phase Behavior in Indomethacin-Eudragit E Amorphous Solid Dispersions.

PubMed

Lubach, Joseph W; Hau, Jonathan

2018-02-20

To investigate the nature of drug-excipient interactions between indomethacin (IMC) and methacrylate copolymer Eudragit® E (EE) in the amorphous state, and evaluate the effects on formulation and stability of these amorphous systems. Amorphous solid dispersions containing IMC and EE were spray dried with drug loadings from 20% to 90%. PXRD was used to confirm the amorphous nature of the dispersions, and DSC was used to measure glass transition temperatures (T g ). 13 C and 15 N solid-state NMR was utilized to investigate changes in local structure and protonation state, while 1 H T 1 and T 1ρ relaxation measurements were used to probe miscibility and phase behavior of the dispersions. T g values for IMC-EE solid dispersions showed significant positive deviations from predicted values in the drug loading range of 40-90%, indicating a relatively strong drug-excipient interaction. 15 N solid-state NMR exhibited a change in protonation state of the EE basic amine, with two distinct populations for the EE amine at -360.7 ppm (unprotonated) and -344.4 ppm (protonated). Additionally, 1 H relaxation measurements showed phase separation at high drug load, indicating an amorphous ionic complex and free IMC-rich phase. PXRD data showed all ASDs up to 90% drug load remained physically stable after 2 years. 15 N solid-state NMR experiments show a change in protonation state of EE, indicating that an ionic complex indeed forms between IMC and EE in amorphous solid dispersions. Phase behavior was determined to exhibit nanoscale phase separation at high drug load between the amorphous ionic complex and excess free IMC.

Debris control design achievements of the booster separation motors

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Smith, G. W.; Chase, C. A.

1985-01-01

The stringent debris control requirements imposed on the design of the Space Shuttle booster separation motor are described along with the verification program implemented to ensure compliance with debris control objectives. The principal areas emphasized in the design and development of the Booster Separation Motor (BSM) relative to debris control were the propellant formulation and nozzle closures which protect the motors from aerodynamic heating and moisture. A description of the motor design requirements, the propellant formulation and verification program, and the nozzle closures design and verification are presented.

Using Problematizing Ability to Predict Student Performance in a First Course in Computer Programming

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Schuyler, Stanley TenEyck

2008-01-01

Problem solving can be thought of in two phases: the first phase is problem formulation and the second solution development. Problem formulation is the process of identifying a problem or opportunity in a situation. Problem Formulation Ability, or PFA, is the ability to perform this process. This research investigated a method to assess PFA and…

Multiphase flows of N immiscible incompressible fluids: A reduction-consistent and thermodynamically-consistent formulation and associated algorithm

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Dong, S.

2018-05-01

We present a reduction-consistent and thermodynamically consistent formulation and an associated numerical algorithm for simulating the dynamics of an isothermal mixture consisting of N (N ⩾ 2) immiscible incompressible fluids with different physical properties (densities, viscosities, and pair-wise surface tensions). By reduction consistency we refer to the property that if only a set of M (1 ⩽ M ⩽ N - 1) fluids are present in the system then the N-phase governing equations and boundary conditions will exactly reduce to those for the corresponding M-phase system. By thermodynamic consistency we refer to the property that the formulation honors the thermodynamic principles. Our N-phase formulation is developed based on a more general method that allows for the systematic construction of reduction-consistent formulations, and the method suggests the existence of many possible forms of reduction-consistent and thermodynamically consistent N-phase formulations. Extensive numerical experiments have been presented for flow problems involving multiple fluid components and large density ratios and large viscosity ratios, and the simulation results are compared with the physical theories or the available physical solutions. The comparisons demonstrate that our method produces physically accurate results for this class of problems.

Use of multiresponse statistical techniques to optimize the separation of diosmin, hesperidin, diosmetin and hesperitin in different pharmaceutical preparations by high performance liquid chromatography with UV-DAD.

PubMed

Sammani, Mohamad Subhi; Clavijo, Sabrina; Portugal, Lindomar; Suárez, Ruth; Seddik, Hassan; Cerdà, Víctor

2017-05-15

A new method for the separation and determination of four flavonoids: hesperidin (HES), diosmin (DIO), hesperitin (HTIN), and diosmetin (DTIN) in pure form and pharmaceutical formulations has been developed by using high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) with UV-DAD detection. Multivariate statistics (2 k full factorial and Box Behnken Designs) has been used for the multiresponse optimization of the chromatographic separation, which was completed in 22min, and carried out on a symmetry® C18 column (250×3mm; 5µm) as stationary phase. Separation was conducted by gradient elution mode using a mixture of methanol, acetonitrile and water pH: 2.5 (CH 3 COOH), as mobile phase. Analytes were separated setting the column at 22°C, with a flow rate of 0.58mLmin -1 and detected at 285nm. Under the optimized conditions, the flavonoids showed retention times of: 8.62, 11.53, 18.55 and 19.94min for HES, DIO, HTIN and DTIN, respectively. Limits of detection and quantification were <0.0156µgmL -1 and <0.100µgmL -1 , respectively. Linearity was achieved with good correlation coefficients values (r 2 =0.999; n=5). Intra-day and inter-day precision were found to be less than 3.44% (n=7). Finally, the proposed method was successfully applied to determine the target flavonoids in pharmaceutical preparations with satisfactory recoveries (between 95.2% and 107.9%), demonstrating that should also find application in the quality control, as well as in the pharmacokinetic studies of these drugs. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Complex Processes from Dynamical Architectures with Time-Scale Hierarchy

PubMed Central

Perdikis, Dionysios; Huys, Raoul; Jirsa, Viktor

2011-01-01

The idea that complex motor, perceptual, and cognitive behaviors are composed of smaller units, which are somehow brought into a meaningful relation, permeates the biological and life sciences. However, no principled framework defining the constituent elementary processes has been developed to this date. Consequently, functional configurations (or architectures) relating elementary processes and external influences are mostly piecemeal formulations suitable to particular instances only. Here, we develop a general dynamical framework for distinct functional architectures characterized by the time-scale separation of their constituents and evaluate their efficiency. Thereto, we build on the (phase) flow of a system, which prescribes the temporal evolution of its state variables. The phase flow topology allows for the unambiguous classification of qualitatively distinct processes, which we consider to represent the functional units or modes within the dynamical architecture. Using the example of a composite movement we illustrate how different architectures can be characterized by their degree of time scale separation between the internal elements of the architecture (i.e. the functional modes) and external interventions. We reveal a tradeoff of the interactions between internal and external influences, which offers a theoretical justification for the efficient composition of complex processes out of non-trivial elementary processes or functional modes. PMID:21347363

Quantitative HPLC Analysis of an Analgesic/Caffeine Formulation: Determination of Caffeine

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ferguson, Glenda K.

1998-04-01

A modern high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) laboratory experiment which entails the separation of acetaminophen, aspirin, and caffeine and the quantitative assay of caffeine in commercial mixtures of these compounds has been developed. Our HPLC protocol resolves these compounds in only three minutes with a straightforward chromatographic apparatus which consists of a C-18 column, an isocratic mobile phase, UV detection at 254 nm, and an integrator; an expensive, sophisticated system is not required. The separation is both repeatable and rapid. Moreover, the experiment can be completed in a single three-hour period. The experiment is appropriate for any chemistry student who has completed a minimum of one year of general chemistry and is ideal for an analytical or instrumental analysis course. The experiment detailed herein involves the determination of caffeine in Goody's Extra Strength Headache Powders, a commercially available medication which contains acetaminophen, aspirin, and caffeine as active ingredients. However, the separation scheme is not limited to this brand of medication nor is it limited to caffeine as the analyte. With only minor procedural modifications, students can simultaneously quantitate all of these compounds in a commercial mixture. In our procedure, students prepare a series of four caffeine standard solutions as well as a solution from a pharmaceutical analgesic/caffeine mixture, chromatographically analyze each solution in quadruplicate, and plot relative average caffeine standard peak area versus concentration. From the mathematical relationship that results, the concentration of caffeine in the commercial formulation is obtained. Finally, the absolute standard deviation of the mean concentration is calculated.

Validated HPLC determination of 2-[(dimethylamino)methyl]cyclohexanone, an impurity in tramadol, using a precolumn derivatisation reaction with 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine.

PubMed

Medvedovici, Andrei; Albu, Florin; Farca, Alexandru; David, Victor

2004-01-27

A new method for the determination of 2-[(dimethylamino)methyl]cyclohexanone (DAMC) in Tramadol (as active substance or active ingredient in pharmaceutical formulations) is described. The method is based on the derivatisation of 2-[(dimethylamino)methyl]cyclohexanone with 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine (2,4-DNPH) in acidic conditions followed by a reversed-phase liquid chromatographic separation with UV detection. The method is simple, selective, quantitative and allows the determination of 2-[(dimethylamino)methyl]cyclohexanone at the low ppm level. The proposed method was validated with respect to selectivity, precision, linearity, accuracy and robustness.

Pharmacokinetic evaluation of novel midazolam gel formulations following buccal administration to healthy dogs.

PubMed

Aldawsari, Mohammed F; Lau, Vivian W; Babu, Ramapuram J; Arnold, Robert D; Platt, Simon R

2018-01-01

OBJECTIVE To determine the physiochemical properties and pharmacokinetics of 3 midazolam gel formulations following buccal administration to dogs. ANIMALS 5 healthy adult hounds. PROCEDURES In phase 1 of a 2-phase study, 2 gel formulations were developed that contained 1% midazolam in a poloxamer 407 (P1) or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (H1) base and underwent rheological and in vitro release analyses. Each formulation was buccally administered to 5 dogs such that 0.3 mg of midazolam/kg was delivered. Each dog also received midazolam hydrochloride (0.3 mg/kg, IV). There was a 3-day interval between treatments. Blood samples were collected immediately before and at predetermined times for 8 hours after drug administration for determination of plasma midazolam concentration and pharmacokinetic analysis. During phase 2, a gel containing 2% midazolam in a hydroxypropyl methylcellulose base (H2) was developed on the basis of phase 1 results. That gel was buccally administered such that midazolam doses of 0.3 and 0.6 mg/kg were delivered. Each dog also received midazolam (0.3 mg/kg, IV). All posttreatment procedures were the same as those for phase 1. RESULTS The H1 and H2 formulations had lower viscosity, greater bioavailability, and peak plasma midazolam concentrations that were approximately 2-fold as high, compared with those for the P1 formulation. The mean peak plasma midazolam concentration for the H2 formulation was 187.0 and 106.3 ng/mL when the midazolam dose administered was 0.6 and 0.3 mg/kg, respectively. CONCLUSIONS AND CLINICAL RELEVANCE Results indicated that buccal administration of gel formulations might be a viable alternative for midazolam administration to dogs.

Resin/graphite fiber composites

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Cavano, P. J.

1974-01-01

Techniques were developed that provided thermo-oxidatively stable A-type polyimide/graphite fiber composites using the approach of in situ polymerization of monomeric reactants directly on reinforcing fibers, rather than employing separately prepared prepolymer varnish. This was accomplished by simply mixing methylene dianiline and two ester-acids and applying this solution to the fibers for subsequent molding. Five different formulated molecular weight resins were examined, and an optimized die molding procedure established for the 1500 formulated molecular weight system. Extensive ultrasonic inspection of composites was successfully utilized as a technique for monitoring laminate quality. Composite mechanical property studies were conducted with this polyimide resin at room temperature and after various time exposures in a thermo-oxidative environment at 561 K (550 F), 589 K (600 F) and 617 K (650 F). It was determined that such composites have a long term life in the temperature range of 561 K to 589 K. The final phase involved the fabrication and evaluation of a series of demonstration airfoil specimens.

Optimization of caseinate-coated simvastatin-zein nanoparticles: improved bioavailability and modified release characteristics

PubMed Central

Ahmed, Osama AA; Hosny, Khaled M; Al-Sawahli, Majid M; Fahmy, Usama A

2015-01-01

The current study focuses on utilization of the natural biocompatible polymer zein to formulate simvastatin (SMV) nanoparticles coated with caseinate, to improve solubility and hence bioavailability, and in addition, to modify SMV-release characteristics. This formulation can be utilized for oral or possible depot parenteral applications. Fifteen formulations were prepared by liquid–liquid phase separation method, according to the Box–Behnken design, to optimize formulation variables. Sodium caseinate was used as an electrosteric stabilizer. The factors studied were: percentage of SMV in the SMV-zein mixture (X1), ethanol concentration (X2), and caseinate concentration (X3). The selected dependent variables were mean particle size (Y1), SMV encapsulation efficiency (Y2), and cumulative percentage of drug permeated after 1 hour (Y3). The diffusion of SMV from the prepared nanoparticles specified by the design was carried out using an automated Franz diffusion cell apparatus. The optimized SMV-zein formula was investigated for in vivo pharmacokinetic parameters compared with an oral SMV suspension. The optimized nanosized SMV-zein formula showed a 131 nm mean particle size and 89% encapsulation efficiency. In vitro permeation studies displayed delayed permeation characteristics, with about 42% and 85% of SMV cumulative amount released after 12 and 48 hours, respectively. Bioavailability estimation in rats revealed an augmentation in SMV bioavailability from the optimized SMV-zein formulation, by fourfold relative to SMV suspension. Formulation of caseinate-coated SMV-zein nanoparticles improves the pharmacokinetic profile and bioavailability of SMV. Accordingly, improved hypolipidemic activities for longer duration could be achieved. In addition, the reduced dosage rate of SMV-zein nanoparticles improves patient tolerability and compliance. PMID:25670883

Development of Recombinant Human Growth Hormone (rhGH) sustained-release microspheres by a low temperature aqueous phase/aqueous phase emulsion method.

PubMed

Kang, Jian; Wu, Fei; Cai, Yunpeng; Xu, Mingxin; He, Mu; Yuan, Weien

2014-10-01

A novel method has been developed to protect Recombinant Human Growth Hormone (rhGH) in poly (lactic-co-glycolic acid) (PLGA) microspheres using an aqueous phase/aqueous phase emulsion and S/O/W multi-emulsion method. This method develops a novel rhGH sustained-release system, which is based on the combination of rhGH-loaded dextran microparticles and PLGA microspheres. The process to fabricate rhGH-loaded dextran microparticles involves an aqueous phase/aqueous phase emulsion system formed at the reduced temperature. RhGH was first dissolved in water together with dextran and polyethylene glycol, followed by stirring at the speed of 2000 rpm for 20-30s at 0°C, and then a freezing process could enable the dextran phase to separate from the continuous PEG phase and rhGH could preferentially be loaded with dextran. The sample after freezing and phase separation was then lyophilized to powder and washed with dichloromethane to remove the PEG. Once loaded in the dextran microparticles (1-4 μm in diameter), rhGH gained resistance to interface tensions and was encapsulated into PLGA microspheres without aggregation thereafter. RhGH released from PLGA microspheres was in a sustained manner with minimal burst and maximally reduced incomplete release in vitro. Single subcutaneous injection of rhGH-loaded PLGA microspheres to rats resulted in a stable plasma concentration for 30 days avoiding the drug concentration fluctuations after multiple injections of protein solutions. In a hypophysectomized rat model, the IGF-1 and bodyweight results showed that there were higher than the levels obtained for the sustained release formulation by W/O/W for 40 days. These results suggest that the microsphere delivery system had the potential to be an injectable depot for sustained-release of the biocompatible protein of rhGH. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Optimization of formulation variables of benzocaine liposomes using experimental design.

PubMed

Mura, Paola; Capasso, Gaetano; Maestrelli, Francesca; Furlanetto, Sandra

2008-01-01

This study aimed to optimize, by means of an experimental design multivariate strategy, a liposomal formulation for topical delivery of the local anaesthetic agent benzocaine. The formulation variables for the vesicle lipid phase uses potassium glycyrrhizinate (KG) as an alternative to cholesterol and the addition of a cationic (stearylamine) or anionic (dicethylphosphate) surfactant (qualitative factors); the percents of ethanol and the total volume of the hydration phase (quantitative factors) were the variables for the hydrophilic phase. The combined influence of these factors on the considered responses (encapsulation efficiency (EE%) and percent drug permeated at 180 min (P%)) was evaluated by means of a D-optimal design strategy. Graphic analysis of the effects indicated that maximization of the selected responses requested opposite levels of the considered factors: For example, KG and stearylamine were better for increasing EE%, and cholesterol and dicethylphosphate for increasing P%. In the second step, the Doehlert design, applied for the response-surface study of the quantitative factors, pointed out a negative interaction between percent ethanol and volume of the hydration phase and allowed prediction of the best formulation for maximizing drug permeation rate. Experimental P% data of the optimized formulation were inside the confidence interval (P < 0.05) calculated around the predicted value of the response. This proved the suitability of the proposed approach for optimizing the composition of liposomal formulations and predicting the effects of formulation variables on the considered experimental response. Moreover, the optimized formulation enabled a significant improvement (P < 0.05) of the drug anaesthetic effect with respect to the starting reference liposomal formulation, thus demonstrating its actually better therapeutic effectiveness.

Galvanic Liquid Applied Coating Development for Protection of Steel in Concrete

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Curran, Joseph John; Curran, Jerry; MacDowell, Louis

2004-01-01

Corrosion of reinforcing steel in concrete is a major problem affecting NASA facilities at Kennedy Space Center (KSC), other government agencies, and the general public. Problems include damage to KSC launch support structures, transportation and marine infrastructures, as well as building structures. A galvanic liquid applied coating was developed at KSC in order to address this problem. The coating is a non-epoxy metal rich ethyl silicate liquid coating. The coating is applied as a liquid from initial stage to final stage. Preliminary data shows that this coating system exceeds the NACE 100 millivolt shift criterion. The remainder of the paper details the development of the coating system through the following phases: Phase I: Development of multiple formulations of the coating to achieve easy application characteristics, predictable galvanic activity, long-term protection, and minimum environmental impact. Phase II: Improvement of the formulations tested in Phase I including optimization of metallic loading as well as incorporation of humectants for continuous activation. Phase III: Application and testing of improved formulations on the test blocks. Phase IV: Incorporation of the final formulation upgrades onto large instrumented structures (slabs).

HILIC separation and quantitation of water-soluble vitamins using diol column.

PubMed

Karatapanis, Andreas E; Fiamegos, Yiannis C; Stalikas, Constantine D

2009-04-01

Hydrophilic interaction liquid-chromatography (HILIC) in conjunction with diode array detection has been applied for the separation of selected-water-soluble vitamins using an end-capped HILIC-diol column. Vitamins with significant biological importance, such as thiamine (B(1)), riboflavin (B(2)), nicotinic acid (B(3)), nicotinamide (B(3)), pyridoxine (B(6)), folic acid (B(9)), cyanocobalamin (B(12)) and ascorbic acid (vitamin C) were simultaneously separated. Chromatographic conditions including type and percentage of organic modifier in the mobile phase, pH, type and concentration of buffer salt and flow rate were investigated. ACN was shown to offer superior separation for the compounds tested as compared to methanol, isopropanol and THF. Isocratic separation and analysis were achieved for six vitamins (B(1), B(2), nicotinic acid/nicotinamide, B(6) and C) at ACN-H(2)O 90:10, containing ammonium acetate 10 mM, triethylamine 20 mM, pH 5.0, using a flow rate of 0.8 mL/min, while a gradient was necessary to resolve a mixture of all eight water-soluble vitamins. The HILIC method was validated and successfully applied to the analysis of a pharmaceutical formulation and an energy drink negating the need for time consuming clean-up steps.

Polymerization Behavior of Hydrophilic-Rich Phase of Dentin Adhesive

PubMed Central

Abedin, F.; Parthasarathy, R.; Misra, A.; Spencer, P.

2015-01-01

The 2-fold objectives of this study were 1) to understand whether model hydrophobic- and hydrophilic-rich phase mimics of dentin adhesive polymerize similarly and 2) to determine which factor, the dimethacrylate component, bisphenol A glycerolate dimethacrylate (BisGMA) or photoinitiator concentration, has greater influence on the polymerization of the hydrophilic-rich phase mimic. Current dentin adhesives are sensitive to moisture, as evidenced by nanoleakage in the hybrid layer and phase separation into hydrophobic- and hydrophilic-rich phases. Phase separation leads to limited availability of the cross-linkable dimethacrylate monomer and hydrophobic photoinitiators within the hydrophilic-rich phase. Model hydrophobic-rich phase was prepared as a single-phase solution by adding maximum wt% deuterium oxide (D2O) to HEMA/BisGMA neat resins containing 45 wt% 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (HEMA). Mimics of the hydrophilic-rich phase were prepared similarly but using HEMA/BisGMA neat resins containing 95, 99, 99.5, and 100 wt% HEMA. The hydrophilic-rich mimics were prepared with standard or reduced photoinitiator content. The photoinitiator systems were camphorquinone (CQ)/ethyl 4-(dimethylamino)benzoate (EDMAB) with or without [3-(3, 4-dimethyl-9-oxo-9H-thioxanthen-2-yloxy)-2-hydroxypropyl]trimethylammonium chloride (QTX). The polymerization kinetics was monitored using a Fourier transform infrared spectrophotometer with a time-resolved collection mode. The hydrophobic-rich phase exhibited a significantly higher polymerization rate compared with the hydrophilic-rich phase. Postpolymerization resulting in the secondary rate maxima was observed for the hydrophilic-rich mimic. The hydrophilic-rich mimics with standard photoinitiator concentration but varying cross-linker (BisGMA) content showed postpolymerization and a substantial degree of conversion. In contrast, the corresponding formulations with reduced photoinitiator concentrations exhibited lower polymerization and inhibition/delay of postpolymerization within 2 h. Under conditions relevant to the wet, oral environment, photoinitiator content plays an important role in the polymerization of the hydrophilic-rich phase mimic. Since the hydrophilic-rich phase is primarily water and monomethacrylate monomer (e.g., HEMA as determined previously), substantial polymerization is important to limit the potential toxic response from HEMA leaching into the surrounding tissues. PMID:25576471

Modelling compressible dense and dilute two-phase flows

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Saurel, Richard; Chinnayya, Ashwin; Carmouze, Quentin

2017-06-01

Many two-phase flow situations, from engineering science to astrophysics, deal with transition from dense (high concentration of the condensed phase) to dilute concentration (low concentration of the same phase), covering the entire range of volume fractions. Some models are now well accepted at the two limits, but none are able to cover accurately the entire range, in particular regarding waves propagation. In the present work, an alternative to the Baer and Nunziato (BN) model [Baer, M. R. and Nunziato, J. W., "A two-phase mixture theory for the deflagration-to-detonation transition (DDT) in reactive granular materials," Int. J. Multiphase Flow 12(6), 861 (1986)], initially designed for dense flows, is built. The corresponding model is hyperbolic and thermodynamically consistent. Contrarily to the BN model that involves 6 wave speeds, the new formulation involves 4 waves only, in agreement with the Marble model [Marble, F. E., "Dynamics of a gas containing small solid particles," Combustion and Propulsion (5th AGARD Colloquium) (Pergamon Press, 1963), Vol. 175] based on pressureless Euler equations for the dispersed phase, a well-accepted model for low particle volume concentrations. In the new model, the presence of pressure in the momentum equation of the particles and consideration of volume fractions in the two phases render the model valid for large particle concentrations. A symmetric version of the new model is derived as well for liquids containing gas bubbles. This model version involves 4 characteristic wave speeds as well, but with different velocities. Last, the two sub-models with 4 waves are combined in a unique formulation, valid for the full range of volume fractions. It involves the same 6 wave speeds as the BN model, but at a given point of space, 4 waves only emerge, depending on the local volume fractions. The non-linear pressure waves propagate only in the phase with dominant volume fraction. The new model is tested numerically on various test problems ranging from separated phases in a shock tube to shock-particle cloud interaction. Its predictions are compared to BN and Marble models as well as against experimental data showing clear improvements.

A computational analysis of lower bounds for the economic lot sizing problem in remanufacturing with separate setups

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Aishah Syed Ali, Sharifah

2017-09-01

This paper considers economic lot sizing problem in remanufacturing with separate setup (ELSRs), where remanufactured and new products are produced on dedicated production lines. Since this problem is NP-hard in general, which leads to computationally inefficient and low-quality of solutions, we present (a) a multicommodity formulation and (b) a strengthened formulation based on a priori addition of valid inequalities in the space of original variables, which are then compared with the Wagner-Whitin based formulation available in the literature. Computational experiments on a large number of test data sets are performed to evaluate the different approaches. The numerical results show that our strengthened formulation outperforms all the other tested approaches in terms of linear relaxation bounds. Finally, we conclude with future research directions.

Optimised frequency modulation for continuous-wave optical magnetic resonance sensing using nitrogen-vacancy ensembles.

PubMed

El-Ella, Haitham A R; Ahmadi, Sepehr; Wojciechowski, Adam M; Huck, Alexander; Andersen, Ulrik L

2017-06-26

Magnetometers based on ensembles of nitrogen-vacancy centres are a promising platform for continuously sensing static and low-frequency magnetic fields. Their combination with phase-sensitive (lock-in) detection creates a highly versatile sensor with a sensitivity that is proportional to the derivative of the optical magnetic resonance lock-in spectrum, which is in turn dependant on the lock-in modulation parameters. Here we study the dependence of the lock-in spectral slope on the modulation of the spin-driving microwave field. Given the presence of the intrinsic nitrogen hyperfine spin transitions, we experimentally show that when the ratio between the hyperfine linewidth and their separation is ≳ 1/4, square-wave based frequency modulation generates the steepest slope at modulation depths exceeding the separation of the hyperfine lines, compared to sine-wave based modulation. We formulate a model for calculating lock-in spectra which shows excellent agreement with our experiments, and which shows that an optimum slope is achieved when the linewidth/separation ratio is ≲ 1/4 and the modulation depth is less then the resonance linewidth, irrespective of the modulation function used.

Simultaneous HPLC analysis of pseudophedrine hydrochloride, codeine phosphate, and triprolidine hydrochloride in liquid dosage forms.

PubMed

Manassra, Adnan; Khamis, Mustafa; El-Dakiky, Magdy; Abdel-Qader, Zuhair; Al-Rimawi, Fuad

2010-03-11

An HPLC method using UV detection is proposed for the simultaneous determination of pseudophedrine hydrochloride, codeine phosphate, and triprolidine hydrochloride in liquid formulation. C18 column (250mmx4.0mm) is used as the stationary phase with a mixture of methanol:acetate buffer:acetonitrile (85:5:10, v/v) as the mobile phase. The factors affecting column separation of the analytes were studied. The calibration graphs exhibited a linear concentration range of 0.06-1.0mg/ml for pseudophedrine hydrochloride, 0.02-1.0mg/ml for codeine phosphate, and 0.0025-1.0mg/ml for triprolidine hydrochloride for a sample size of 5microl with correlation coefficients of better than 0.999 for all active ingredients studied. The results demonstrate that this method is reliable, reproducible and suitable for routine use with analysis time of less than 4min. Copyright 2009 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Determination of enrofloxacin by room-temperature phosphorimetry after solid phase extraction on an acrylic polymer sorbent

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

de Souza, Cabrini F.; Martins, Renata K. S.; da Silva, Andrea R.; da Cunha, Alessandra L. M. C.; Aucélio, Ricardo Q.

A phosphorimetric method was developed to enable the determination of enrofloxacin using photochemical derivatization which was used to both improve detection limits and to minimize the uncertainty of measurements. Phosphorescence was induced on cellulose containing TlNO3. Absolute limit of detection at the ng range and linear analytical response over three orders of magnitude were achieved. A metrological study was made to obtain the combined uncertainty value and to identify that the precision was mainly affected by the changing of substrates when measuring the signal from each replicate. Pharmaceutical formulations containing enrofloxacin were successfully analyzed by the method and the results were similar to the ones achieved using a HPLC method. A solid phase extraction on an acrylic polymer was optimized to separate enrofloxacin from interferents such as diclofenac and other components from biological matrices, which allowed the successful use of the method in urine analysis.

Rényi and Tsallis formulations of separability conditions in finite dimensions

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Rastegin, Alexey E.

2017-12-01

Separability conditions for a bipartite quantum system of finite-dimensional subsystems are formulated in terms of Rényi and Tsallis entropies. Entropic uncertainty relations often lead to entanglement criteria. We propose new approach based on the convolution of discrete probability distributions. Measurements on a total system are constructed of local ones according to the convolution scheme. Separability conditions are derived on the base of uncertainty relations of the Maassen-Uffink type as well as majorization relations. On each of subsystems, we use a pair of sets of subnormalized vectors that form rank-one POVMs. We also obtain entropic separability conditions for local measurements with a special structure, such as mutually unbiased bases and symmetric informationally complete measurements. The relevance of the derived separability conditions is demonstrated with several examples.

Lattice Boltzmann simulations of multiple-droplet interaction dynamics.

PubMed

Zhou, Wenchao; Loney, Drew; Fedorov, Andrei G; Degertekin, F Levent; Rosen, David W

2014-03-01

A lattice Boltzmann (LB) formulation, which is consistent with the phase-field model for two-phase incompressible fluid, is proposed to model the interface dynamics of droplet impingement. The interparticle force is derived by comparing the macroscopic transport equations recovered from LB equations with the governing equations of the continuous phase-field model. The inconsistency between the existing LB implementations and the phase-field model in calculating the relaxation time at the phase interface is identified and an approximation is proposed to ensure the consistency with the phase-field model. It is also shown that the commonly used equilibrium velocity boundary for the binary fluid LB scheme does not conserve momentum at the wall boundary and a modified scheme is developed to ensure the momentum conservation at the boundary. In addition, a geometric formulation of the wetting boundary condition is proposed to replace the popular surface energy formulation and results show that the geometric approach enforces the prescribed contact angle better than the surface energy formulation in both static and dynamic wetting. The proposed LB formulation is applied to simulating droplet impingement dynamics in three dimensions and results are compared to those obtained with the continuous phase-field model, the LB simulations reported in the literature, and experimental data from the literature. The results show that the proposed LB simulation approach yields not only a significant speed improvement over the phase-field model in simulating droplet impingement dynamics on a submillimeter length scale, but also better accuracy than both the phase-field model and the previously reported LB techniques when compared to experimental data. Upon validation, the proposed LB modeling methodology is applied to the study of multiple-droplet impingement and interactions in three dimensions, which demonstrates its powerful capability of simulating extremely complex interface phenomena.

The initial pharmaceutical development of an artesunate/amodiaquine oral formulation for the treatment of malaria: a public-private partnership.

PubMed

Lacaze, Catherine; Kauss, Tina; Kiechel, Jean-René; Caminiti, Antonella; Fawaz, Fawaz; Terrassin, Laurent; Cuart, Sylvie; Grislain, Luc; Navaratnam, Visweswaran; Ghezzoul, Bellabes; Gaudin, Karen; White, Nick J; Olliaro, Piero L; Millet, Pascal

2011-05-23

Artemisinin-based combination therapy is currently recommended worldwide for the treatment of uncomplicated malaria. Fixed-dose combinations are preferred as they favour compliance. This paper reports on the initial phases of the pharmaceutical development of an artesunate-amodiaquine (ASAQ) bilayer co-formulation tablet, undertaken following pre-formulation studies by a network of scientists and industrials from institutions of both industrialized and low income countries. Pharmaceutical development was performed by a research laboratory at the University Bordeaux Segalen, School of Pharmacy, for feasibility and early stability studies of various drug formulations, further transferred to a company specialized in pharmaceutical development, and then provided to another company for clinical batch manufacturing. The work was conducted by a regional public-private not-for-profit network (TropiVal) within a larger Public Private partnership (the FACT project), set up by WHO/TDR, Médecins Sans Frontières and the Drugs for Neglected Disease initiative (DNDi). The main pharmaceutical goal was to combine in a solid oral form two incompatible active principles while preventing artesunate degradation under tropical conditions. Several options were attempted and failed to provide satisfactory stability results: incorporating artesunate in the external phase of the tablets, adding a pH regulator, alcoholic wet granulation, dry granulation, addition of an hydrophobic agent, tablet manufacturing in controlled conditions. However, long-term stability could be achieved, in experimental batches under GMP conditions, by physical separation of artesunate and amodiaquine in a bilayer co-formulation tablet in alu-alu blisters. Conduction of the workplan was monitored by DNDi. Collaborations between research and industrial groups greatly accelerated the process of development of the bi-layered ASAQ tablet. Lack of public funding was the main obstacle hampering the development process, and no intellectual property right was claimed. This approach resulted in a rapid technology transfer to the drug company Sanofi-Aventis, finalizing the process of development, registration and WHO pre-qualification of the fixed-dose co-formulation together with DNDi. The bi-layered tablet is made available under the names of Coarsucam® and Artesunate amodiaquine Winthrop®, Sanofi-Aventis. The issue related to the difficulty of public institutions to valorise their participation in such initiative by lack of priority and funding of applied research is discussed.

The initial pharmaceutical development of an artesunate/amodiaquine oral formulation for the treatment of malaria: a public-private partnership

PubMed Central

2011-01-01

Background Artemisinin-based combination therapy is currently recommended worldwide for the treatment of uncomplicated malaria. Fixed-dose combinations are preferred as they favour compliance. This paper reports on the initial phases of the pharmaceutical development of an artesunate-amodiaquine (ASAQ) bilayer co-formulation tablet, undertaken following pre-formulation studies by a network of scientists and industrials from institutions of both industrialized and low income countries. Methods Pharmaceutical development was performed by a research laboratory at the University Bordeaux Segalen, School of Pharmacy, for feasibility and early stability studies of various drug formulations, further transferred to a company specialized in pharmaceutical development, and then provided to another company for clinical batch manufacturing. The work was conducted by a regional public-private not-for-profit network (TropiVal) within a larger Public Private partnership (the FACT project), set up by WHO/TDR, Médecins Sans Frontières and the Drugs for Neglected Disease initiative (DNDi). Results The main pharmaceutical goal was to combine in a solid oral form two incompatible active principles while preventing artesunate degradation under tropical conditions. Several options were attempted and failed to provide satisfactory stability results: incorporating artesunate in the external phase of the tablets, adding a pH regulator, alcoholic wet granulation, dry granulation, addition of an hydrophobic agent, tablet manufacturing in controlled conditions. However, long-term stability could be achieved, in experimental batches under GMP conditions, by physical separation of artesunate and amodiaquine in a bilayer co-formulation tablet in alu-alu blisters. Conduction of the workplan was monitored by DNDi. Conclusions Collaborations between research and industrial groups greatly accelerated the process of development of the bi-layered ASAQ tablet. Lack of public funding was the main obstacle hampering the development process, and no intellectual property right was claimed. This approach resulted in a rapid technology transfer to the drug company Sanofi-Aventis, finalizing the process of development, registration and WHO pre-qualification of the fixed-dose co-formulation together with DNDi. The bi-layered tablet is made available under the names of Coarsucam® and Artesunate amodiaquine Winthrop®, Sanofi-Aventis. The issue related to the difficulty of public institutions to valorise their participation in such initiative by lack of priority and funding of applied research is discussed. PMID:21605361

Modeling of Bulk Evaporation and Condensation

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Anghaie, S.; Ding, Z.

1996-01-01

This report describes the modeling and mathematical formulation of the bulk evaporation and condensation involved in liquid-vapor phase change processes. An internal energy formulation, for these phase change processes that occur under the constraint of constant volume, was studied. Compared to the enthalpy formulation, the internal energy formulation has a more concise and compact form. The velocity and time scales of the interface movement were obtained through scaling analysis and verified by performing detailed numerical experiments. The convection effect induced by the density change was analyzed and found to be negligible compared to the conduction effect. Two iterative methods for updating the value of the vapor phase fraction, the energy based (E-based) and temperature based (T-based) methods, were investigated. Numerical experiments revealed that for the evaporation and condensation problems the E-based method is superior to the T-based method in terms of computational efficiency. The internal energy formulation and the E-based method were used to compute the bulk evaporation and condensation processes under different conditions. The evolution of the phase change processes was investigated. This work provided a basis for the modeling of thermal performance of multi-phase nuclear fuel elements under variable gravity conditions, in which the buoyancy convection due to gravity effects and internal heating are involved.

Tactile friction of topical formulations.

PubMed

Skedung, L; Buraczewska-Norin, I; Dawood, N; Rutland, M W; Ringstad, L

2016-02-01

The tactile perception is essential for all types of topical formulations (cosmetic, pharmaceutical, medical device) and the possibility to predict the sensorial response by using instrumental methods instead of sensory testing would save time and cost at an early stage product development. Here, we report on an instrumental evaluation method using tactile friction measurements to estimate perceptual attributes of topical formulations. Friction was measured between an index finger and an artificial skin substrate after application of formulations using a force sensor. Both model formulations of liquid crystalline phase structures with significantly different tactile properties, as well as commercial pharmaceutical moisturizing creams being more tactile-similar, were investigated. Friction coefficients were calculated as the ratio of the friction force to the applied load. The structures of the model formulations and phase transitions as a result of water evaporation were identified using optical microscopy. The friction device could distinguish friction coefficients between the phase structures, as well as the commercial creams after spreading and absorption into the substrate. In addition, phase transitions resulting in alterations in the feel of the formulations could be detected. A correlation was established between skin hydration and friction coefficient, where hydrated skin gave rise to higher friction. Also a link between skin smoothening and finger friction was established for the commercial moisturizing creams, although further investigations are needed to analyse this and correlations with other sensorial attributes in more detail. The present investigation shows that tactile friction measurements have potential as an alternative or complement in the evaluation of perception of topical formulations. © 2015 John Wiley & Sons A/S. Published by John Wiley & Sons Ltd.

Determination of protein phase diagrams by microbatch experiments: exploring the influence of precipitants and pH.

PubMed

Baumgartner, Kai; Galm, Lara; Nötzold, Juliane; Sigloch, Heike; Morgenstern, Josefine; Schleining, Kristina; Suhm, Susanna; Oelmeier, Stefan A; Hubbuch, Jürgen

2015-02-01

Knowledge of protein phase behavior is essential for downstream process design in the biopharmaceutical industry. Proteins can either be soluble, crystalline or precipitated. Additionally liquid-liquid phase separation, gelation and skin formation can occur. A method to generate phase diagrams in high throughput on an automated liquid handling station in microbatch scale was developed. For lysozyme from chicken egg white, human lysozyme, glucose oxidase and glucose isomerase phase diagrams were generated at four different pH values – pH 3, 5, 7 and 9. Sodium chloride, ammonium sulfate, polyethylene glycol 300 and polyethylene glycol 1000 were used as precipitants. Crystallizing conditions could be found for lysozyme from chicken egg white using sodium chloride, for human lysozyme using sodium chloride or ammonium sulfate and glucose isomerase using ammonium sulfate. PEG caused destabilization of human lysozyme and glucose oxidase solutions or a balance of stabilizing and destabilizing effects for glucose isomerase near the isoelectric point. This work presents a systematic generation and extensive study of phase diagrams of proteins. Thus, it adds to the general understanding of protein behavior in liquid formulation and presents a convenient methodology applicable to any protein solution. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Magnetisation studies of phase co-existence in Gd{sub 1-x}Ca{sub x}BaCo{sub 2}O{sub 5.5}

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Thirumurugan, N.; Bharathi, A., E-mail: bharathi@igcar.gov.in; Arulraj, A.

2012-04-15

Highlights: Black-Right-Pointing-Pointer The series Gd{sub 1-x}Ca{sub x}BaCo{sub 2}O{sub 5.5} was synthesised by solid state reaction. Black-Right-Pointing-Pointer Magnetisation studies were carried out in the 4-300 K temperature range in magnetic fields upto 16 Tesla. Black-Right-Pointing-Pointer Results were used to formulate the T versus Ca fraction, phase diagram. Black-Right-Pointing-Pointer Evidence for Magnet-electronic phase separation is shown for the first time in the compound. -- Abstract: Magnetic properties of hole doped, oxygen deficient double perovskite compounds, Gd{sub 1-x}Ca{sub x}BaCo{sub 2}O{sub 5.5}, have been investigated. Ferromagnetic transition temperatures increase and the anti-ferromagnetic transition temperatures decrease with Ca substitution leading to stabilisation of ferromagnetisim formore » x {>=} 0.05. A detailed study of the ferromagnetic phase indicates the presence of double hysterisis loops for Ca fractions, 0.05 {<=} x {<=} 0.2 in the 50-200 K temperature range, suggestive of the co-existence of two ferromagnetic phases with different co-ercivities. Based on the magnetisation and transport measurements a phase diagram is proposed for Ca doped GdBaCo{sub 2}O{sub 5.5}.« less

Quantitative evaluation of colloidal stability of antibody solutions using PEG-induced liquid-liquid phase separation.

PubMed

Wang, Ying; Latypov, Ramil F; Lomakin, Aleksey; Meyer, Julie A; Kerwin, Bruce A; Vunnum, Suresh; Benedek, George B

2014-05-05

Colloidal stability of antibody solutions, i.e., the propensity of the folded protein to precipitate, is an important consideration in formulation development of therapeutic monoclonal antibodies. In a protein solution, different pathways including crystallization, colloidal aggregation, and liquid-liquid phase separation (LLPS) can lead to the formation of precipitates. The kinetics of crystallization and aggregation are often slow and vary from protein to protein. Due to the diverse mechanisms of these protein condensation processes, it is a challenge to develop a standardized test for an early evaluation of the colloidal stability of antibody solutions. LLPS would normally occur in antibody solutions at sufficiently low temperature, provided that it is not preempted by freezing of the solution. Poly(ethylene glycol) (PEG) can be used to induce LLPS at temperatures above the freezing point. Here, we propose a colloidal stability test based on inducing LLPS in antibody solutions and measuring the antibody concentration of the dilute phase. We demonstrate experimentally that such a PEG-induced LLPS test can be used to compare colloidal stability of different antibodies in different solution conditions and can be readily applied to high-throughput screening. We have derived an equation for the effects of PEG concentration and molecular weight on the results of the LLPS test. Finally, this equation defines a binding energy in the condensed phase, which can be determined in the PEG-induced LLPS test. This binding energy is a measure of attractive interactions between antibody molecules and can be used for quantitative characterization of the colloidal stability of antibody solutions.

Fluorescence, polarized fluorescence, and Brewster angle microscopy of palmitic acid and lung surfactant protein B monolayers.

PubMed Central

Lipp, M M; Lee, K Y; Waring, A; Zasadzinski, J A

1997-01-01

Fluorescence, polarized fluorescence, and Brewster angle microscopy reveal that human lung surfactant protein SP-B and its amino terminus (SP-B[1-25]) alter the phase behavior of palmitic acid monolayers by inhibiting the formation of condensed phases and creating a new fluid protein-rich phase. This fluid phase forms a network that separates condensed phase domains at coexistence and persists to high surface pressures. The network changes the monolayer collapse mechanism from heterogeneous nucleation/growth and fracturing processes to a more homogeneous process through isolating individual condensed phase domains. This results in higher surface pressures at collapse, and monolayers easier to respread on expansion, factors essential to the in vivo function of lung surfactant. The network is stabilized by a low-line tension between the coexisting phases, as confirmed by the observation of extended linear domains, or "stripe" phases, and a Gouy-Chapman analysis of protein-containing monolayers. Comparison of isotherm data and observed morphologies of monolayers containing SP-B(1-25) with those containing the full SP-B sequence show that the shortened peptide retains most of the native activity of the full-length protein, which may lead to cheaper and more effective synthetic replacement formulations. Images FIGURE 1 FIGURE 3 FIGURE 4 FIGURE 6 FIGURE 7 FIGURE 8 FIGURE 9 FIGURE 10 PMID:9168053

TLC-Densitometric and RP-HPLC Methods for Simultaneous Determination of Dexamethasone and Chlorpheniramine Maleate in the Presence of Methylparaben and Propylparaben.

PubMed

Farid, Nehal F; Naguib, Ibrahim A; Moatamed, Radwa S; El Ghobashy, Mohamed R

2017-01-01

Validated simple, sensitive, and highly selective methods are applied for the quantitative determination of dexamethasone and chlorpheniramine maleate in the presence of their reported preservatives (methylparaben and propylparaben), whether in pure forms or in pharmaceutical formulation. TLC is the first method, in which dexamethasone, chlorpheniramine maleate, methylparaben, and propylparaben are separated on silica gel TLC F254 plates using hexane-acetone-ammonia (5.5 + 4.5 + 0.5, v/v/v) as the developing phase. Separated bands are scanned at 254 nm over a concentration range of 0.1-1.7 and 0.4-2.8 μg/band, with mean ± SD recoveries of 99.12 ± 0.964 and 100.14 ± 0.962%, for dexamethasone and chlorpheniramine maleate, respectively. Reversed-phase HPLC is the second method, in which a mixture of dexamethasone and chlorpheniramine maleate, methylparaben, and propylparaben is separated on a reversed-phase silica C18 (5 μm particle size, 250 mm, 4.6 mm id) column using 0.1 M ammonium acetate buffer-acetonitrile (60 + 40, v/v, pH 3) as the mobile phase. The drugs were detected at 220 nm over a concentration range of 5-50 μg/mL, 2-90 μg/mL, 4-100 μg/mL, and 7-50 μg/mL, with mean ± SD recoveries of 100.85 ± 0.905, 99.67 ± 1.281, 100.20 ± 0.906, and 99.81 ± 0.954%, for dexamethasone, chlorpheniramine maleate, methylparaben paraben, and propylparaben, respectively. The advantages of the suggested methods over previously reported methods are the ability to detect lower concentrations of the main drugs and to show better resolution of interfering preservatives; hence, these methods could be more reliable for routine QC analyses.

Glass Property Models, Constraints, and Formulation Approaches for Vitrification of High-Level Nuclear Wastes at the US Hanford Site

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Kim, Dong-Sang

2015-03-02

The legacy nuclear wastes stored in underground tanks at the US Department of Energy’s Hanford site is planned to be separated into high-level waste and low-activity waste fractions and vitrified separately. Formulating optimized glass compositions that maximize the waste loading in glass is critical for successful and economical treatment and immobilization of nuclear wastes. Glass property-composition models have been developed and applied to formulate glass compositions for various objectives for the past several decades. The property models with associated uncertainties and combined with composition and property constraints have been used to develop preliminary glass formulation algorithms designed for vitrification processmore » control and waste form qualification at the planned waste vitrification plant. This paper provides an overview of current status of glass property-composition models, constraints applicable to Hanford waste vitrification, and glass formulation approaches that have been developed for vitrification of hazardous and highly radioactive wastes stored at the Hanford site.« less

An isocratic HPLC method for the simultaneous determination of cholesterol, cardiolipin, and DOPC in lyophilized lipids and liposomal formulations.

PubMed

Simonzadeh, Ninus

2009-04-01

Phospholipids, such as 1,2-dioleoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (DOPC), and 1,1',2,2'-tetramyristoyl cardiolipin, along with cholesterol, form liposomes in aqueous media and have been investigated at NeoPharm (Lake Bluff, IL) as drug-delivery systems. To accurately assess the effectiveness of various formulations involving the use of aforementioned phospholipids and cholesterol, their quantitative determination is essential. An isocratic high-performance liquid chromatographic method for the simultaneous determination of cholesterol, cardiolipin, and DOPC in various pharmaceutical formulations containing the active drug substance has consequently been developed and is presented here. The current method utilizes an ASTEC-diol analytical column and is shown to be stability-indicating and free from interference from any of the formulation excipients, such as sucrose, sodium chloride, and sodium lactate. The analytes are detected using an evaporative light scattering detector (Alltech or Polymer Laboratories). The quantitation of each lipid component is performed using non-linear regression analysis. The retention characteristics of the analytes are examined as a function of eluent composition (e.g., pH, salt content, organic to aqueous phase ratio) and column temperature. The method was validated and was found to be sensitive, specific, rugged, and cost-effective. The current method provides enhanced chromatographic separation for lipid components as well as degradation products as compared to similar methods reported in the literature. It is also inherently simpler than other similar methods reported in the literature that typically use complex gradient elution.

Formulation and evaluation of Bacillus coagulans-loaded hypromellose mucoadhesive microspheres.

PubMed

Alli, Sk Md Athar

2011-01-01

Development of a novel delivery system has been attempted to deliver viable probiotic cells into the gut for a prolonged period of time while maintaining high numbers of viable cells within the formulation throughout the shelf-life of the product and during the gastrointestinal transit. Core mucoadhesive microspheres of Bacillus coagulans were developed employing several grades of hypromellose, a mucoadhesive polymer, following coacervation and phase separation technique and were subsequently enteric-coated with hypromellose phthalate. Microspheres were evaluated for percent yield; entrapment efficiency; in vitro swelling; surface morphology; particle size, size distribution, and zeta potential; flow property, mucoadhesion property by the ex vivo mucoadhesive strength test and the in vitro wash off test; in vitro release profile and release kinetic; in vivo probiotic activity; and stability. The values for the kinetic constant and regression coefficient of model-dependent approaches and the difference factor (f(1)), the similarity factor (f(2)), and the Rescigno index (ξ(1) and ξ(2)) of model independent approaches were determined for comparing in vitro dissolution profiles. Freeze dried B. coagulans cells were successfully formulated as enteric-coated mucoadhesive microspheres with satisfactory physical structure and yield. The viability of B. coagulans was maintained in the simulated gastric conditions and during processing; in simulated intestinal conditions exhibiting mucoadhesion, and controlling and extending the viable cell release following zero-order; and was satisfactorily stable at room temperature. Test results depict statistically significant effects of the hypromellose grade and their concentration on the performance and release profile of formulations.

Automated production of [18 F]FTHA according to GMP.

PubMed

Savisto, Nina; Viljanen, Tapio; Kokkomäki, Esa; Bergman, Jörgen; Solin, Olof

2018-02-01

14-(R,S)-[ 18 F]fluoro-6-thia-heptadecanoic acid is a tracer for fatty acid imaging by positron emission tomography. High demand for this tracer required us to replace semiautomatic synthesis with a fully automated procedure. An automated synthesis device was constructed in-house for multistep nucleophilic 18 F-fluorination and a control system was developed. The synthesis device was combined with a sterile filtration unit and both were qualified. 14-(R,S)-[ 18 F]fluoro-6-thia-heptadecanoic acid was produced according to good manufacturing practice guidelines set by the European Union. The synthesis includes an initial nucleophilic labelling reaction, deprotection, preparative HPLC separation, purification of the final product, and formulation for injection. The duration and temperature of the reaction and hydrolysis were optimized, and the radiochemical stability of the formulated product was determined. The rotary evaporator used to evaporate the solvent after HPLC purification was replaced with solid phase extraction purification. We also replaced the human serum albumin used in the earlier procedure with a phosphate buffer-ascorbic acid mixture in the final formulation solution. From 2011 to 2016, we performed 219 synthesis procedures, 94% of which were successful. The radiochemical yield of 14-(R,S)-[ 18 F]fluoro-6-thia-heptadecanoic acid, decay-corrected to the end of bombardment, was 13% ± 6.3%. The total amount of formulated end product was 1.7 ± 0.8 GBq at end of synthesis. Copyright © 2017 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

Formulation and evaluation of Bacillus coagulans-loaded hypromellose mucoadhesive microspheres

PubMed Central

Alli, Sk Md Athar

2011-01-01

Development of a novel delivery system has been attempted to deliver viable probiotic cells into the gut for a prolonged period of time while maintaining high numbers of viable cells within the formulation throughout the shelf-life of the product and during the gastrointestinal transit. Core mucoadhesive microspheres of Bacillus coagulans were developed employing several grades of hypromellose, a mucoadhesive polymer, following coacervation and phase separation technique and were subsequently enteric-coated with hypromellose phthalate. Microspheres were evaluated for percent yield; entrapment efficiency; in vitro swelling; surface morphology; particle size, size distribution, and zeta potential; flow property, mucoadhesion property by the ex vivo mucoadhesive strength test and the in vitro wash off test; in vitro release profile and release kinetic; in vivo probiotic activity; and stability. The values for the kinetic constant and regression coefficient of model-dependent approaches and the difference factor (f1), the similarity factor (f2), and the Rescigno index (ξ1 and ξ2) of model independent approaches were determined for comparing in vitro dissolution profiles. Freeze dried B. coagulans cells were successfully formulated as enteric-coated mucoadhesive microspheres with satisfactory physical structure and yield. The viability of B. coagulans was maintained in the simulated gastric conditions and during processing; in simulated intestinal conditions exhibiting mucoadhesion, and controlling and extending the viable cell release following zero-order; and was satisfactorily stable at room temperature. Test results depict statistically significant effects of the hypromellose grade and their concentration on the performance and release profile of formulations. PMID:21674019

A three-dimensional multiphase flow model for assesing NAPL contamination in porous and fractured media, 1. Formulation

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Huyakorn, P. S.; Panday, S.; Wu, Y. S.

1994-06-01

A three-dimensional, three-phase numerical model is presented for stimulating the movement on non-aqueous-phase liquids (NAPL's) through porous and fractured media. The model is designed for practical application to a wide variety of contamination and remediation scenarios involving light or dense NAPL's in heterogeneous subsurface systems. The model formulation is first derived for three-phase flow of water, NAPL and air (or vapor) in porous media. The formulation is then extended to handle fractured systems using the dual-porosity and discrete-fracture modeling approaches The model accommodates a wide variety of boundary conditions, including withdrawal and injection well conditions which are treated rigorously using fully implicit schemes. The three-phase of formulation collapses to its simpler forms when air-phase dynamics are neglected, capillary effects are neglected, or two-phase-air-liquid, liquid-liquid systems with one or two active phases are considered. A Galerkin procedure with upstream weighting of fluid mobilities, storage matrix lumping, and fully implicit treatment of nonlinear coefficients and well conditions is used. A variety of nodal connectivity schemes leading to finite-difference, finite-element and hybrid spatial approximations in three dimensions are incorporated in the formulation. Selection of primary variables and evaluation of the terms of the Jacobian matrix for the Newton-Raphson linearized equations is discussed. The various nodal lattice options, and their significance to the computational time and memory requirements with regards to the block-Orthomin solution scheme are noted. Aggressive time-stepping schemes and under-relaxation formulas implemented in the code further alleviate the computational burden.

Simultaneous LC determination of paracetamol and related compounds in pharmaceutical formulations using a carbon-based column.

PubMed

Monser, Lotfi; Darghouth, Frida

2002-03-01

A simple, rapid and convenient high performance liquid chromatographic method, which permits the simultaneous determination of paracetamol, 4-aminophenol and 4-chloracetanilide in pharmaceutical preparation has been developed. The chromatographic separation was achieved on porous graphitized carbon (PGC) column using an isocratic mixture of 80/20 (v/v) acetonitrile/0.05 M potassium phosphate buffer (pH 5.5) and ultraviolet detection at 244 nm. Correlation coefficient for calibration curves in the ranges 1-50 microg ml(-1) for paracetamol and 5-40 microg ml(-1) for 4-aminophenol and 4-chloroacetanilide were >0.99. The sensitivity of detection is 0.1 microg ml(-1) for paracetamol and 0.5 microg ml(-1) for 4-aminophenol and 4-chloroacetanilide. The proposed liquid chromatographic method was successfully applied to the analysis of commercially available paracetamol dosage forms with recoveries of 98-103%. It is suggested that the proposed method should be used for routine quality control and dosage form assay of paracetamol in pharmaceutical preparations. The chromatographic behaviour of the three compounds was examined under variable mobile phase compositions and pH, the results revealed that selectivity was dependent on the organic solvent and pH used. The retention selectivity of these compounds on PGC was compared with those of octadecylsilica (ODS) packing materials in reversed phase liquid chromatography. The ODS column gave little separation for the degradation product (4-aminophenol) from paracetamol, whereas PGC column provides better separation in much shorter time.

Phased array ghost elimination.

PubMed

Kellman, Peter; McVeigh, Elliot R

2006-05-01

Parallel imaging may be applied to cancel ghosts caused by a variety of distortion mechanisms, including distortions such as off-resonance or local flow, which are space variant. Phased array combining coefficients may be calculated that null ghost artifacts at known locations based on a constrained optimization, which optimizes SNR subject to the nulling constraint. The resultant phased array ghost elimination (PAGE) technique is similar to the method known as sensitivity encoding (SENSE) used for accelerated imaging; however, in this formulation is applied to full field-of-view (FOV) images. The phased array method for ghost elimination may result in greater flexibility in designing acquisition strategies. For example, in multi-shot EPI applications ghosts are typically mitigated by the use of an interleaved phase encode acquisition order. An alternative strategy is to use a sequential, non-interleaved phase encode order and cancel the resultant ghosts using PAGE parallel imaging. Cancellation of ghosts by means of phased array processing makes sequential, non-interleaved phase encode acquisition order practical, and permits a reduction in repetition time, TR, by eliminating the need for echo-shifting. Sequential, non-interleaved phase encode order has benefits of reduced distortion due to off-resonance, in-plane flow and EPI delay misalignment. Furthermore, the use of EPI with PAGE has inherent fat-water separation and has been used to provide off-resonance correction using a technique referred to as lipid elimination with an echo-shifting N/2-ghost acquisition (LEENA), and may further generalized using the multi-point Dixon method. Other applications of PAGE include cancelling ghosts which arise due to amplitude or phase variation during the approach to steady state. Parallel imaging requires estimates of the complex coil sensitivities. In vivo estimates may be derived by temporally varying the phase encode ordering to obtain a full k-space dataset in a scheme similar to the autocalibrating TSENSE method. This scheme is a generalization of the UNFOLD method used for removing aliasing in undersampled acquisitions. The more general scheme may be used to modulate each EPI ghost image to a separate temporal frequency as described in this paper. Copyright (c) 2006 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

Phased array ghost elimination

PubMed Central

Kellman, Peter; McVeigh, Elliot R.

2007-01-01

Parallel imaging may be applied to cancel ghosts caused by a variety of distortion mechanisms, including distortions such as off-resonance or local flow, which are space variant. Phased array combining coefficients may be calculated that null ghost artifacts at known locations based on a constrained optimization, which optimizes SNR subject to the nulling constraint. The resultant phased array ghost elimination (PAGE) technique is similar to the method known as sensitivity encoding (SENSE) used for accelerated imaging; however, in this formulation is applied to full field-of-view (FOV) images. The phased array method for ghost elimination may result in greater flexibility in designing acquisition strategies. For example, in multi-shot EPI applications ghosts are typically mitigated by the use of an interleaved phase encode acquisition order. An alternative strategy is to use a sequential, non-interleaved phase encode order and cancel the resultant ghosts using PAGE parallel imaging. Cancellation of ghosts by means of phased array processing makes sequential, non-interleaved phase encode acquisition order practical, and permits a reduction in repetition time, TR, by eliminating the need for echo-shifting. Sequential, non-interleaved phase encode order has benefits of reduced distortion due to off-resonance, in-plane flow and EPI delay misalignment. Furthermore, the use of EPI with PAGE has inherent fat-water separation and has been used to provide off-resonance correction using a technique referred to as lipid elimination with an echo-shifting N/2-ghost acquisition (LEENA), and may further generalized using the multi-point Dixon method. Other applications of PAGE include cancelling ghosts which arise due to amplitude or phase variation during the approach to steady state. Parallel imaging requires estimates of the complex coil sensitivities. In vivo estimates may be derived by temporally varying the phase encode ordering to obtain a full k-space dataset in a scheme similar to the autocalibrating TSENSE method. This scheme is a generalization of the UNFOLD method used for removing aliasing in undersampled acquisitions. The more general scheme may be used to modulate each EPI ghost image to a separate temporal frequency as described in this paper. PMID:16705636

In vitro evaluation of suspoemulsions for in situ-forming polymeric microspheres and controlled release of progesterone.

PubMed

Turino, Ludmila N; Mariano, Rodolfo N; Mengatto, Luciano N; Luna, Julio A

2015-01-01

One possibility to obtain a higher dose of drug in a lower formulation volume can be by using of saturated quantity of drug in one of the phases of an emulsion. These formulations are called suspoemulsions (S/O/W). When a hydrophobic polymer is added to the organic phase of suspoemulsions, these formulations can be used to entrap the drug inside microspheres after in situ precipitation of the polymer-drug-excipients mix. In this work, performance and stability of progesterone suspensions in triacetin as organic phase of suspoemulsions were evaluated. These formulations were compared with O/W emulsions. Mathematical models were used to study in vitro release profiles. The results confirmed that S/O/W systems could be an attractive alternative to O/W formulations for the entrapment of progesterone inside poly(d,l-lactide-co-glycolide) microspheres. Diffusive-based models fit the in vitro release of progesterone from in situ-formed microspheres. For longer release periods, a time-dependent diffusion coefficient was successfully estimated.

Phase field approaches of bone remodeling based on TIP

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ganghoffer, Jean-François; Rahouadj, Rachid; Boisse, Julien; Forest, Samuel

2016-01-01

The process of bone remodeling includes a cycle of repair, renewal, and optimization. This adaptation process, in response to variations in external loads and chemical driving factors, involves three main types of bone cells: osteoclasts, which remove the old pre-existing bone; osteoblasts, which form the new bone in a second phase; osteocytes, which are sensing cells embedded into the bone matrix, trigger the aforementioned sequence of events. The remodeling process involves mineralization of the bone in the diffuse interface separating the marrow, which contains all specialized cells, from the newly formed bone. The main objective advocated in this contribution is the setting up of a modeling and simulation framework relying on the phase field method to capture the evolution of the diffuse interface between the new bone and the marrow at the scale of individual trabeculae. The phase field describes the degree of mineralization of this diffuse interface; it varies continuously between the lower value (no mineral) and unity (fully mineralized phase, e.g. new bone), allowing the consideration of a diffuse moving interface. The modeling framework is the theory of continuous media, for which field equations for the mechanical, chemical, and interfacial phenomena are written, based on the thermodynamics of irreversible processes. Additional models for the cellular activity are formulated to describe the coupling of the cell activity responsible for bone production/resorption to the kinetics of the internal variables. Kinetic equations for the internal variables are obtained from a pseudo-potential of dissipation. The combination of the balance equations for the microforce associated to the phase field and the kinetic equations lead to the Ginzburg-Landau equation satisfied by the phase field with a source term accounting for the dissipative microforce. Simulations illustrating the proposed framework are performed in a one-dimensional situation showing the evolution of the diffuse interface separating new bone from marrow.

Assessing the validity of station location assumptions made in the calculation of the geomagnetic disturbance index, Dst

USGS Publications Warehouse

Gannon, Jennifer

2012-01-01

In this paper, the effects of the assumptions made in the calculation of the Dst index with regard to longitude sampling, hemisphere bias, and latitude correction are explored. The insights gained from this study will allow operational users to better understand the local implications of the Dst index and will lead to future index formulations that are more physically motivated. We recompute the index using 12 longitudinally spaced low-latitude stations, including the traditional 4 (in Honolulu, Kakioka, San Juan, and Hermanus), and compare it to the standard United States Geological Survey definitive Dst. We look at the hemisphere balance by comparing stations at equal geomagnetic latitudes in the Northern and Southern hemispheres. We further separate the 12-station time series into two hemispheric indices and find that there are measurable differences in the traditional Dst formulation due to the undersampling of the Southern Hemisphere in comparison with the Northern Hemisphere. To analyze the effect of latitude correction, we plot latitudinal variation in a disturbance observed during the year 2005 using two separate longitudinal observatory chains. We separate these by activity level and find that while the traditional cosine form fits the latitudinal distributions well for low levels of activity, at higher levels of disturbance the cosine form does not fit the observed variation. This suggests that the traditional latitude scaling is insufficient during active times. The effect of the Northern Hemisphere bias and the inadequate latitude scaling is such that the standard correction underestimates the true disturbance by 10–30 nT for storms of main phase magnitude deviation greater than 150 nT in the traditional Dst index.

Low-parachor solvents extraction and thermostated micro-thin-layer chromatography separation for fast screening and classification of spirulina from pharmaceutical formulations and food samples.

PubMed

Zarzycki, Paweł K; Zarzycka, Magdalena B; Clifton, Vicki L; Adamski, Jerzy; Głód, Bronisław K

2011-08-19

The goal of this paper is to demonstrate the separation and detection capability of eco-friendly micro-TLC technique for the classification of spirulina and selected herbs from pharmaceutical and food products. Target compounds were extracted using relatively low-parachor liquids. A number of the spirulina samples which originated from pharmaceutical formulations and food products, were isolated using a simple one step extraction with small volume of methanol, acetone or tetrahydrofuran. Herb samples rich in chlorophyll dyes were analyzed as reference materials. Quantitative data derived from micro-plates under visible light conditions and after iodine staining were explored using chemometrics tools including cluster analysis and principal components analysis. Using this method we could easily distinguish genuine spirulina and non-spirulina samples as well as fresh from expired commercial products and furthermore, we could identify some biodegradation peaks appearing on micro-TLC profiles. This methodology can be applied as a fast screening or fingerprinting tool for the classification of genuine spirulina and herb samples and in particular may be used commercially for the rapid quality control screening of products. Furthermore, this approach allows low-cost fractionation of target substances including cyanobacteria pigments in raw biological or environmental samples for preliminary chemotaxonomic investigations. Due to the low consumption of the mobile phase (usually less than 1 mL per run), this method can be considered as environmentally friendly analytical tool, which may be an alternative for fingerprinting protocols based on HPLC machines and simple separation systems involving planar micro-fluidic or micro-chip devices. Copyright © 2011 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Finite-deformation phase-field chemomechanics for multiphase, multicomponent solids

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Svendsen, Bob; Shanthraj, Pratheek; Raabe, Dierk

2018-03-01

The purpose of this work is the development of a framework for the formulation of geometrically non-linear inelastic chemomechanical models for a mixture of multiple chemical components diffusing among multiple transforming solid phases. The focus here is on general model formulation. No specific model or application is pursued in this work. To this end, basic balance and constitutive relations from non-equilibrium thermodynamics and continuum mixture theory are combined with a phase-field-based description of multicomponent solid phases and their interfaces. Solid phase modeling is based in particular on a chemomechanical free energy and stress relaxation via the evolution of phase-specific concentration fields, order-parameter fields (e.g., related to chemical ordering, structural ordering, or defects), and local internal variables. At the mixture level, differences or contrasts in phase composition and phase local deformation in phase interface regions are treated as mixture internal variables. In this context, various phase interface models are considered. In the equilibrium limit, phase contrasts in composition and local deformation in the phase interface region are determined via bulk energy minimization. On the chemical side, the equilibrium limit of the current model formulation reduces to a multicomponent, multiphase, generalization of existing two-phase binary alloy interface equilibrium conditions (e.g., KKS). On the mechanical side, the equilibrium limit of one interface model considered represents a multiphase generalization of Reuss-Sachs conditions from mechanical homogenization theory. Analogously, other interface models considered represent generalizations of interface equilibrium conditions consistent with laminate and sharp-interface theory. In the last part of the work, selected existing models are formulated within the current framework as special cases and discussed in detail.

Pickering emulsion stabilized by cashew gum- poly-l-lactide copolymer nanoparticles: Synthesis, characterization and amphotericin B encapsulation.

PubMed

Richter, A R; Feitosa, J P A; Paula, H C B; Goycoolea, F M; de Paula, R C M

2018-04-01

In this work, we provide proof-of-concept of formation, physical characteristics and potential use as a drug delivery formulation of Pickering emulsions (PE) obtained by a novel method that combines nanoprecipitation with subsequent spontaneous emulsification process. To this end, pre-formed ultra-small (d.∼10 nm) nanoprecipitated nanoparticles of hydrophobic derivatives of cashew tree gum grafted with polylactide (CGPLAP), were conceived to stabilize Pickering emulsions obtained by spontaneous emulsification. These were also loaded with Amphotericin B (AmB), a drug of low oral bioavailability used in the therapy of neglected diseases such as leishmaniasis. The graft reaction was performed in two CG/PLA molar ratio conditions (1:1 and 1:10). Emulsions were prepared by adding the organic phase (Miglyol 812 ® ) in the aqueous phase (nanoprecipitated CGPLAP), resulting the immediate emulsion formation. The isolation by centrifugation does not destabilize or separate the nanoparticles from oil droplets of the PE emulsion. Emulsions with CGPLAP 1:1 presented unimodal distributions at different CGPLA concentration, lower values in size and PDI and the best stability over time. The AmB was incorporated in the emulsions with a process efficiency of 21-47%, as determined by UV-vis. AmB in CGPLAP emulsions is in less aggregated state than observed in commercial AmB formulation. Copyright © 2018 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Nanoemulsion: for improved oral delivery of repaglinide.

PubMed

Akhtar, Juber; Siddiqui, Hefazat Hussain; Fareed, Sheeba; Badruddeen; Khalid, Mohammad; Aqil, Mohammed

2016-07-01

Repaglinide (RPG) is a fast-acting prandial glucose regulator. It acts by stimulating insulin release from pancreatic β-cells. Recurrent dosing of RPG before each meal is burdensome remedy. Hence the plan of the present study was to evaluate nanoemulsion as a hopeful carrier for RPG for persistent hypoglycemic effect. The drug was incorporated into oil phase of nanoemulsion to give improved biopharmaceutical properties as compared to the lipid-based systems. Pseudo ternary phase diagrams were prepared by aqueous titration method. Formulations were selected at a difference of 5% w/w of oil from the o/w nanoemulsion region of phase diagrams. The optimized nanoemulsion formulation constituted sefsol-218 (5% v/v) as an oil phase, 30% v/v of Tween-80 and transcutol as a surfactant and co-surfactant to restrain nanodroplet size and low viscosity and distilled water (65%). In vitro dissolution studies showed higher drug release (98.22%), finest droplet size (76.23 nm), slightest polydispersity value (0.183), least viscosity (21.45 cps) and immeasurable dilution capability from the nanoemulsion as compared with existing oral tablet formulation. The optimized RPG nanoemulsion formulation showed better hypoglycemic effect in comparison to tablet formulation in experimental diabetic rats. No significant variations were also observed in the optimized formulation when subjected to accelerated stability study at different temperature and relative humidity over a period of 3 months.

Development and validation of stability indicating the RP-HPLC method for the estimation of related compounds of guaifenesin in pharmaceutical dosage forms.

PubMed

Reddy, Sunil Pingili; Babu, K Sudhakar; Kumar, Navneet; Sekhar, Y V V Sasi

2011-10-01

A stability-indicating gradient reverse phase liquid chromatographic (RP-LC) method was developed for the quantitative determination of related substances of guaifenesin in pharmaceutical formulations. The baseline separation for guaifenesin and all impurities was achieved by utilizing a Water Symmetry C18 (150 mm × 4.6 mm) 5 μm column particle size and a gradient elution method. The mobile phase A contains a mixture of 0.02 M KH2PO4 (pH 3.2) and methanol in the ratio of 90:10 v/v, while the mobile phase B contains 0.02 M KH2PO4 (pH 3.2) and methanol in the ratio of 10:90 v/v, respectively. The flow rate of the mobile phase was 0.8 ml/min with a column temperature of 25°C and detection wavelength at 273 nm. Guaifenesin was subjected to the stress conditions of oxidative, acid, base, hydrolytic, thermal, and photolytic degradation. The developed method was validated as per ICH guidelines with respect to specificity, linearity, limit of detection and quantification, accuracy, precision, and robustness.

Development and validation of stability indicating the RP-HPLC method for the estimation of related compounds of guaifenesin in pharmaceutical dosage forms

PubMed Central

Reddy, Sunil Pingili; Babu, K. Sudhakar; Kumar, Navneet; Sekhar, Y. V. V. Sasi

2011-01-01

Aim and background: A stability-indicating gradient reverse phase liquid chromatographic (RP-LC) method was developed for the quantitative determination of related substances of guaifenesin in pharmaceutical formulations. Materials and methods: The baseline separation for guaifenesin and all impurities was achieved by utilizing a Water Symmetry C18 (150 mm × 4.6 mm) 5 μm column particle size and a gradient elution method. The mobile phase A contains a mixture of 0.02 M KH2PO4 (pH 3.2) and methanol in the ratio of 90:10 v/v, while the mobile phase B contains 0.02 M KH2PO4 (pH 3.2) and methanol in the ratio of 10:90 v/v, respectively. The flow rate of the mobile phase was 0.8 ml/min with a column temperature of 25°C and detection wavelength at 273 nm. Results: Guaifenesin was subjected to the stress conditions of oxidative, acid, base, hydrolytic, thermal, and photolytic degradation. Conclusion: The developed method was validated as per ICH guidelines with respect to specificity, linearity, limit of detection and quantification, accuracy, precision, and robustness. PMID:23781462

Phase separation in biopolymer gels: a low- to high-solid exploration of structural morphology and functionality.

PubMed

Kasapis, Stefan

2008-04-01

Phase separation in protein and polysaccharide gels remains one of the basic tools of achieving the required structural properties and textural profile in food product formulations. As ever, the industrialist is faced with the challenge of innovation in an increasingly competitive market in terms of ingredient cost, product added-value, and expectations of a healthy life-style to mention but a few. It appears, however, that a gap persists between the fundamental knowledge and a direct application to food related concepts with a growing need for scientific input. Furthermore, within the context of materials science, there is a tendency to examine research findings in either low- or high-solid systems without considering synergistic insights/benefits to contemporary needs, spanning the full range of relevant time-, length-, and concentration scales. This review highlights the latest attempts made to utilize and further develop fundamental protocols from the advanced synthetic polymer research as a source of inspiration for contemporary bio-related applications in low- and intermediate-solid composite gels. Then, it takes advantage of this school of thought to "force a passage" through the phase topology and molecular dynamics of binary biopolymer mixtures at high levels of co-solute. It is hoped that these phenomenological and fundamental tools should be able to bridge the divide in the analysis of the two "types" of composite materials (from low to high solids) thus dealing effectively with the specific and often intricate problems of their science and applications.

LC/MS Method for the Determination of Stable Isotope Labeled Promethazine in Human Plasma

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Zuwei, Wang; Boyd, Jason; Berens, Kurt L.; Putcha, Lakshmi

2004-01-01

Promethazine (PMZ) is taken by astronauts orally (PO), intramuscularly (IM) or rectally (PR) for space motion sickness. LC/MS method was developed with off-line solid phase extraction to measure plasma concentrations of PMZ given as stable isotope-labeled (SIL) formulations by the three different routes of administration simultaneously. Samples (0.5ml) were loaded on to Waters Oasis HLB co-polymer cartridges and eluted with 1.0 mL methanol. HPLC separation of the eluted sample was performed using an Agilent Zorbax SB-CN column (50 x 2.1 mm) at a flow rate of 0.2 mL/min for 6 min. Acetonitrile/ ammonium acetate (30 mM) in water (3:2, v/v), pH 5.6 plus or minus 0.1, was used as the mobile phase for separation. Concentrations of PMZ, PMZ-d4 and PMZ-d7 and chlorpromazine (internal standard) were determined using a Micromass ZMD single quadrupole mass spectrometer with Electrospray Ionization (ESI). ESI mass spectra were acquired in positive ion mode with selected ion monitoring of [M+ H]dot plus. The method is rapid, reproducible and the assay specific parameters are listed in a table. A novel, sensitive and specific method for the measurement of PMZ and SIL PMZ in human plasma is reported.

Doxorubicin Release Controlled by Induced Phase Separation and Use of a Co-Solvent.

PubMed

Park, Seok Chan; Yuan, Yue; Choi, Kyoungju; Choi, Seong-O; Kim, Jooyoun

2018-04-26

Electrospun-based drug delivery is emerging as a versatile means of localized therapy; however, controlling the release rates of active agents still remains as a key question. We propose a facile strategy to control the drug release behavior from electrospun fibers by a simple modification of polymer matrices. Polylactic acid (PLA) was used as a major component of the drug-carrier, and doxorubicin hydrochloride (Dox) was used as a model drug. The influences of a polar co-solvent, dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), and a hydrophilic polymer additive, polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP), on the drug miscibility, loading efficiency and release behavior were investigated. The use of DMSO enabled the homogeneous internalization of the drug as well as higher drug loading efficiency within the electrospun fibers. The PVP additive induced phase separation in the PLA matrix and acted as a porogen. Preferable partitioning of Dox into the PVP domain resulted in increased drug loading efficiency in the PLA/PVP fiber. Fast dissolution of PVP domains created pores in the fibers, facilitating the release of internalized Dox. The novelty of this study lies in the detailed experimental investigation of the effect of additives in pre-spinning formulations, such as co-solvents and polymeric porogens, on the drug release behavior of nanofibers.

Doxorubicin Release Controlled by Induced Phase Separation and Use of a Co-Solvent

PubMed Central

Park, Seok Chan; Choi, Kyoungju; Choi, Seong-O

2018-01-01

Electrospun-based drug delivery is emerging as a versatile means of localized therapy; however, controlling the release rates of active agents still remains as a key question. We propose a facile strategy to control the drug release behavior from electrospun fibers by a simple modification of polymer matrices. Polylactic acid (PLA) was used as a major component of the drug-carrier, and doxorubicin hydrochloride (Dox) was used as a model drug. The influences of a polar co-solvent, dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), and a hydrophilic polymer additive, polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP), on the drug miscibility, loading efficiency and release behavior were investigated. The use of DMSO enabled the homogeneous internalization of the drug as well as higher drug loading efficiency within the electrospun fibers. The PVP additive induced phase separation in the PLA matrix and acted as a porogen. Preferable partitioning of Dox into the PVP domain resulted in increased drug loading efficiency in the PLA/PVP fiber. Fast dissolution of PVP domains created pores in the fibers, facilitating the release of internalized Dox. The novelty of this study lies in the detailed experimental investigation of the effect of additives in pre-spinning formulations, such as co-solvents and polymeric porogens, on the drug release behavior of nanofibers. PMID:29701714

Determination of metformin hydrochloride and glyburide in an antihyperglycemic binary mixture using high-performance liquid chromatographic-UV and spectrometric methods.

PubMed

Salem, Hesham

2010-01-01

Three methods were developed for simultaneous determination of metformin hydrochloride and glyburide in an antihyperglycemic binary mixture without previous separation. In the first method, a reversed-phase HPLC column with acetonitrile-water (60 + 40, v/v) mobile phase at 0.9 mL/min flow rate was used to separate both compounds, with UV detection at 254 nm. Linearity was obtained in the concentration range of 0.06--0.24 microg/mL for glyburide and 1.5-6.0 microg/mL for metformin hydrochloride. The second method depended on first- and second-derivative UV spectrometry with zero-crossing measurements. The first-derivative amplitude at 261 nm was selected for the assay of glyburide, and the second-derivative amplitude at 235 nm was selected for the assay of metformin hydrochloride. The third method depended on measuring the first derivative of the ratio-spectra at 241 nm for glyburide and 227 nm for metformin hydrochloride. For the second and third methods, Beer's law was obeyed in the range of 10-55 microg/mL for glyburide and 20-200 microg/mL for metformin. The proposed methods were extensively validated and applied for the analysis of some pharmaceutical formulations containing binary mixtures of the mentioned drugs.

A Preliminary Study on the Vapor/Mist Phase Lubrication of a Spur Gearbox

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Morales, Wilfredo; Handschuh, Robert F.

1999-01-01

Organophosphates have been the primary compounds used in vapor/mist phase lubrication studies involving ferrous bearing material. Experimental results have indicated that the initial formation of an iron phosphate film on a rubbing ferrous surface, followed by the growth (by cationic diffusion) of a lubricious pyrophosphate-type coating over the iron phosphate, is the reason organophosphates work well as vapor/mist phase lubricants. Recent work, however, has shown that this mechanism leads to the depletion of surface iron atoms and to eventual lubrication failure. A new organophosphate formulation was developed which circumvents surface iron depletion. This formulation was tested by generating an iron phosphate coating on an aluminum surface. The new formulation was then used to vapor/mist phase lubricate a spur gearbox in a preliminary study.

New Cu-Free Ti-Based Composites with Residual Amorphous Matrix

PubMed Central

Nicoara, Mircea; Locovei, Cosmin; Șerban, Viorel Aurel; Parthiban, R.; Calin, Mariana; Stoica, Mihai

2016-01-01

Titanium-based bulk metallic glasses (BMGs) are considered to have potential for biomedical applications because they combine favorable mechanical properties and good biocompatibility. Copper represents the most common alloying element, which provides high amorphization capacity, but reports emphasizing cytotoxic effects of this element have risen concerns about possible effects on human health. A new copper-free alloy with atomic composition Ti42Zr10Pd14Ag26Sn8, in which Cu is completely replaced by Ag, was formulated based on Morinaga’s d-electron alloy design theory. Following this theory, the actual amount of alloying elements, which defines the values of covalent bond strength Bo and d-orbital energy Md, situates the newly designed alloy inside the BMG domain. By mean of centrifugal casting, cylindrical rods with diameters between 2 and 5 mm were fabricated from this new alloy. Differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) and X-rays diffraction (XRD), as well as microstructural analyses using optical and scanning electron microscopy (OM/SEM) revealed an interesting structure characterized by liquid phase-separated formation of crystalline Ag, as well as metastable intermetallic phases embedded in residual amorphous phases. PMID:28773455

A Finite Element Method for Simulation of Compressible Cavitating Flows

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Shams, Ehsan; Yang, Fan; Zhang, Yu; Sahni, Onkar; Shephard, Mark; Oberai, Assad

2016-11-01

This work focuses on a novel approach for finite element simulations of multi-phase flows which involve evolving interface with phase change. Modeling problems, such as cavitation, requires addressing multiple challenges, including compressibility of the vapor phase, interface physics caused by mass, momentum and energy fluxes. We have developed a mathematically consistent and robust computational approach to address these problems. We use stabilized finite element methods on unstructured meshes to solve for the compressible Navier-Stokes equations. Arbitrary Lagrangian-Eulerian formulation is used to handle the interface motions. Our method uses a mesh adaptation strategy to preserve the quality of the volumetric mesh, while the interface mesh moves along with the interface. The interface jump conditions are accurately represented using a discontinuous Galerkin method on the conservation laws. Condensation and evaporation rates at the interface are thermodynamically modeled to determine the interface velocity. We will present initial results on bubble cavitation the behavior of an attached cavitation zone in a separated boundary layer. We acknowledge the support from Army Research Office (ARO) under ARO Grant W911NF-14-1-0301.

36 CFR 906.4 - Formulation of affirmative action plan.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

... CORPORATION AFFIRMATIVE ACTION POLICY AND PROCEDURE Development Program § 906.4 Formulation of affirmative action plan. (a) The developer, in formulating the Affirmative Action Plan, should consider all phases of... 36 Parks, Forests, and Public Property 3 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Formulation of affirmative...

Development of a discriminative biphasic in vitro dissolution test and correlation with in vivo pharmacokinetic studies for differently formulated racecadotril granules.

PubMed

Deng, Jia; Staufenbiel, Sven; Hao, Shilei; Wang, Bochu; Dashevskiy, Andriy; Bodmeier, Roland

2017-06-10

The purpose of this study was to discriminate the release behavior from three differently formulated racecadotril (BCS II) granules and to establish an in vitro-in vivo correlation. Three granule formulations of the lipophilic drug were prepared with equivalent composition but prepared with different manufacturing processes (dry granulation, wet granulation with or without binder). In vitro release of the three granules was investigated using a biphasic dissolution system (phosphate buffer pH6.8 and octanol) and compared to the conventional single phase USP II dissolution test performed under sink and non-sink conditions. In vivo studies with each granule formulation were performed in rats. Interestingly, the granule formulations exhibited pronouncedly different behavior in the different dissolution systems depending on different wetting and dissolution conditions. Single phase USP II dissolution tests lacked discrimination. In contrast, remarkable discrimination between the granule formulations was observed in the octanol phase of biphasic dissolution system with a rank order of release from granules prepared by wet granulation with binder>wet granulation without binder>dry granulation. This release order correlated well with the wettability of these granules. An excellent correlation was also established between in vitro release in the octanol phase of the biphasic test and in vivo data (R 2 =0.999). Compared to conventional dissolution methods, the biphasic method provides great potential to discriminate between only minor formulation and process changes within the same dosage form for poorly soluble drugs. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Formulation and evaluation of flurbiprofen microemulsion.

PubMed

Ambade, K W; Jadhav, S L; Gambhire, M N; Kurmi, S D; Kadam, V J; Jadhav, K R

2008-01-01

The purpose of the present study was to investigate the microemulsion formulations for topical delivery of Flurbiprofen (FP) in order to by pass its gastrointestinal adverse effects. The pseudoternary phase diagrams were developed and various microemulsion formulations were prepared using Isopropyl Myristate (IPM), Ethyl Oleate (EO) as oils, Aerosol OT as surfactant and Sorbitan Monooleate as cosurfactant. The transdermal permeability of flurbiprofen from microemulsions containing IPM and EO as two different oil phases was analyzed using Keshary-Chien diffusion cell through excised rat skin. Flurbiprofen showed higher in vitro permeation from IPM as compared to that of from EO microemulsion. Thus microemulsion containing IPM as oil phase were selected for optimization. The optimization was carried out using 2(3) factorial design. The optimized formula was then subjected to in vivo anti-inflammatory study and the performance of flurbiprofen from optimized formulation was compared with that of gel cream. Flurbiprofen from optimized microemulsion formulation was found to be more effective as compared to gel cream in inhibiting the carrageenan induced rat paw edema at all time intervals. Histopathological investigation of rat skin revealed the safety of microemulsion formulation for topical use. Thus the present study indicates that, microemulsion can be a promising vehicle for the topical delivery of flurbiprofen.

Non-overlapped P- and S-wave Poynting vectors and their solution by the grid method

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Lu, Yongming; Liu, Qiancheng

2018-06-01

The Poynting vector represents the local directional energy flux density of seismic waves in geophysics. It is widely used in elastic reverse time migration to analyze source illumination, suppress low-wavenumber noise, correct for image polarity and extract angle-domain common-image gathers. However, the P- and S-waves are mixed together during wavefield propagation so that the P and S energy fluxes are not clean everywhere, especially at the overlapped points. In this paper, we use a modified elastic-wave equation in which the P and S vector wavefields are naturally separated. Then, we develop an efficient method to evaluate the separable P and S Poynting vectors, respectively, based on the view that the group velocity and phase velocity have the same direction in isotropic elastic media. We furthermore formulate our method using an unstructured mesh-based modeling method named the grid method. Finally, we verify our method using two numerical examples.

Enhancements and limits in drug membrane transport using supersaturated solutions of poorly water soluble drugs.

PubMed

Raina, Shweta A; Zhang, Geoff G Z; Alonzo, David E; Wu, Jianwei; Zhu, Donghua; Catron, Nathaniel D; Gao, Yi; Taylor, Lynne S

2014-09-01

Amorphous solid dispersions (ASDs) give rise to supersaturated solutions (solution concentration greater than equilibrium crystalline solubility). We have recently found that supersaturating dosage forms can exhibit the phenomenon of liquid-liquid phase separation (LLPS). Thus, the high supersaturation generated by dissolving ASDs can lead to a two-phase system wherein one phase is an initially nanodimensioned and drug-rich phase and the other is a drug-lean continuous aqueous phase. Herein, the membrane transport of supersaturated solutions, at concentrations above and below the LLPS concentration has been evaluated using a side-by-side diffusion cell. Measurements of solution concentration with time in the receiver cell yield the flux, which reflects the solute thermodynamic activity in the donor cell. As the nominal concentration of solute in the donor cell increases, a linear increase in flux was observed up to the concentration where LLPS occurred. Thereafter, the flux remained essentially constant. Both nifedipine and felodipine solutions exhibit such behavior as long as crystallization is absent. This suggests that there is an upper limit in passive membrane transport that is dictated by the LLPS concentration. These results have several important implications for drug delivery, especially for poorly soluble compounds requiring enabling formulation technologies. © 2013 Wiley Periodicals, Inc. and the American Pharmacists Association.

Evidence-informed policy formulation and implementation: a comparative case study of two national policies for improving health and social care in Sweden.

PubMed

Strehlenert, H; Richter-Sundberg, L; Nyström, M E; Hasson, H

2015-12-08

Evidence has come to play a central role in health policymaking. However, policymakers tend to use other types of information besides research evidence. Most prior studies on evidence-informed policy have focused on the policy formulation phase without a systematic analysis of its implementation. It has been suggested that in order to fully understand the policy process, the analysis should include both policy formulation and implementation. The purpose of the study was to explore and compare two policies aiming to improve health and social care in Sweden and to empirically test a new conceptual model for evidence-informed policy formulation and implementation. Two concurrent national policies were studied during the entire policy process using a longitudinal, comparative case study approach. Data was collected through interviews, observations, and documents. A Conceptual Model for Evidence-Informed Policy Formulation and Implementation was developed based on prior frameworks for evidence-informed policymaking and policy dissemination and implementation. The conceptual model was used to organize and analyze the data. The policies differed regarding the use of evidence in the policy formulation and the extent to which the policy formulation and implementation phases overlapped. Similarities between the cases were an emphasis on capacity assessment, modified activities based on the assessment, and a highly active implementation approach relying on networks of stakeholders. The Conceptual Model for Evidence-Informed Policy Formulation and Implementation was empirically useful to organize the data. The policy actors' roles and functions were found to have a great influence on the choices of strategies and collaborators in all policy phases. The Conceptual Model for Evidence-Informed Policy Formulation and Implementation was found to be useful. However, it provided insufficient guidance for analyzing actors involved in the policy process, capacity-building strategies, and overlapping policy phases. A revised version of the model that includes these aspects is suggested.

Feasibility of Freeze-Drying Oil-in-Water Emulsion Adjuvants and Subunit Proteins to Enable Single-Vial Vaccine Drug Products.

PubMed

Iyer, Vidyashankara; Cayatte, Corinne; Marshall, Jason D; Sun, Jenny; Schneider-Ohrum, Kirsten; Maynard, Sean K; Rajani, Gaurav Manohar; Bennett, Angie Snell; Remmele, Richard L; Bishop, Steve M; McCarthy, Michael P; Muralidhara, Bilikallahalli K

2017-06-01

To generate potent vaccine responses, subunit protein antigens typically require coformulation with an adjuvant. Oil-in-water emulsions are among the most widely investigated adjuvants, based on their demonstrated ability to elicit robust antibody and cellular immune responses in the clinic. However, most emulsions cannot be readily frozen or lyophilized, on account of the risk of phase separation, and may have a deleterious effect on protein antigen stability when stored long term as a liquid coformulation. To circumvent this, current emulsion-formulated vaccines generally require a complex multivial presentation with obvious drawbacks, making a single-vial presentation for such products highly desirable. We describe the development of a stable, lyophilized squalene emulsion adjuvant through innovative formulation and process development approaches. On reconstitution, freeze-dried emulsion preparations were found to have a minimal increase in particle size of ∼20 nm and conferred immunogenicity in BALB/c mice similar in potency to freshly prepared emulsion coformulations in liquid form. Copyright © 2017 American Pharmacists Association®. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Evaluation of the Hemodynamic Effects of Intravenous Amiodarone Formulations During the Maintenance Phase Infusion.

PubMed

Lindquist, Desirae E; Rowe, A Shaun; Heidel, Eric; Fleming, Travis; Yates, John R

2015-12-01

Two of the excipients in intravenous formulations of amiodarone, polysorbate 80 and benzyl alcohol, have been shown to cause hypotension. A newer formulation of amiodarone, which contains cyclodextrin, is devoid of these excipients. To evaluate the change in mean arterial pressure when utilizing 2 intravenous amiodarone formulations. This was a retrospective cohort analysis conducted at an academic medical center. Patients received intravenous amiodarone containing either polysorbate 80/benzyl alcohol (control) or cyclodextrin (cyclodextrin). Patients received these formulations based on a standard institutional protocol of 1 mg/min for 6 hours, followed by 0.5 mg/min for at least 18 hours or until discontinued by the provider. All data were collected from the medical record and included changes in blood pressures, time to lowest systolic blood pressure, concurrent antihypertensive use, and number of patients requiring treatment for hypotension. A total of 160 patients (120 control, 40 cyclodextrin) were included. There was a statistically significant difference in mean arterial pressure between the groups receiving the control formulation of amiodarone compared with the cyclodextrin formulation across the 24-hour maintenance phase infusion (P < 0.001). There was a significant difference between formulations with regard to the change in mean arterial pressure during the 0- to 6-hour and 12- to 18-hour time blocks. There was a statistically significant difference in the number of patients receiving fluid boluses for treatment of hypotension (P = 0.001). The excipients in the formulation of intravenous amiodarone may have a significant role in the hypotensive effects seen throughout the duration the maintenance phase infusion. © The Author(s) 2015.

Effect of the Hartmann number on phase separation controlled by magnetic field for binary mixture system with large component ratio

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Heping, Wang; Xiaoguang, Li; Duyang, Zang; Rui, Hu; Xingguo, Geng

2017-11-01

This paper presents an exploration for phase separation in a magnetic field using a coupled lattice Boltzmann method (LBM) with magnetohydrodynamics (MHD). The left vertical wall was kept at a constant magnetic field. Simulations were conducted by the strong magnetic field to enhance phase separation and increase the size of separated phases. The focus was on the effect of magnetic intensity by defining the Hartmann number (Ha) on the phase separation properties. The numerical investigation was carried out for different governing parameters, namely Ha and the component ratio of the mixed liquid. The effective morphological evolutions of phase separation in different magnetic fields were demonstrated. The patterns showed that the slant elliptical phases were created by increasing Ha, due to the formation and increase of magnetic torque and force. The dataset was rearranged for growth kinetics of magnetic phase separation in a plot by spherically averaged structure factor and the ratio of separated phases and total system. The results indicate that the increase in Ha can increase the average size of separated phases and accelerate the spinodal decomposition and domain growth stages. Specially for the larger component ratio of mixed phases, the separation degree was also significantly improved by increasing magnetic intensity. These numerical results provide guidance for setting the optimum condition for the phase separation induced by magnetic field.

Nine formulations of quantum mechanics

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Styer, Daniel F.; Balkin, Miranda S.; Becker, Kathryn M.; Burns, Matthew R.; Dudley, Christopher E.; Forth, Scott T.; Gaumer, Jeremy S.; Kramer, Mark A.; Oertel, David C.; Park, Leonard H.; Rinkoski, Marie T.; Smith, Clait T.; Wotherspoon, Timothy D.

2002-03-01

Nine formulations of nonrelativistic quantum mechanics are reviewed. These are the wavefunction, matrix, path integral, phase space, density matrix, second quantization, variational, pilot wave, and Hamilton-Jacobi formulations. Also mentioned are the many-worlds and transactional interpretations. The various formulations differ dramatically in mathematical and conceptual overview, yet each one makes identical predictions for all experimental results.

Development and validation of a stability-indicating size-indicating size-exclusion LC method for the determination of rhIFN-alpha2a in pharmaceutical formulations.

PubMed

Zimmermann, Estevan Sonego; da Silva, Lucélia Magalhães; Calegari, Guilherme Zanini; Stamm, Fernanda Pavani; Souto, Ricardo Bizogne; Dalmora, Sérgio Luiz

2013-01-01

A size-exclusion LC method was validated for the determination of interferon-a2a (rhlFN-alpha2a) in pharmaceutical formulations without interference from human serum albumin. Chromatographic separation was performed on a BioSep-SEC-S 2000 column (300 x 7.8 mm id). The mobile phase consisted of 0.001 M monobasic potassium phosphate, 0.008 M sodium phosphate dibasic; 0.2 M sodium chloride buffer, pH 7.4, run at a gradient flow rate and using photodiode array detection at 214 nm, was used. Chromatographic separation was achieved with a retention time of 17.2 min, and the analysis was linear over the concentration range of 1.98 to 198 microg/mL (r2 = 0.9996). The accuracy was 101.39%, with bias lower than 1.67%. The LOD and LOQ were 0.87 and 1.98 microg/mL, respectively. Moreover, method validation demonstrated acceptable results for precision and robustness. The method was applied to the assessment of rhlFN-alpha2a and related proteins in biopharmaceutical dosage forms, and the content/potencies were correlated to those given by a validated RP-LC method and an in vitro bioassay. It was concluded that use of the methods in conjunction allows a great improvement in monitoring stability and QC, thereby ensuring the therapeutic efficacy of the biotechnology-derived medicine.

Influence of humidity on the phase behavior of API/polymer formulations.

PubMed

Prudic, Anke; Ji, Yuanhui; Luebbert, Christian; Sadowski, Gabriele

2015-08-01

Amorphous formulations of APIs in polymers tend to absorb water from the atmosphere. This absorption of water can induce API recrystallization, leading to reduced long-term stability during storage. In this work, the phase behavior of different formulations was investigated as a function of relative humidity. Indomethacin and naproxen were chosen as model APIs and poly(vinyl pyrrolidone) (PVP) and poly(vinyl pyrrolidone-co-vinyl acetate) (PVPVA64) as excipients. The formulations were prepared by spray drying. The water sorption in pure polymers and in formulations was measured at 25°C and at different values of relative humidity (RH=25%, 50% and 75%). Most water was absorbed in PVP-containing systems, and water sorption was decreasing with increasing API content. These trends could also be predicted in good agreement with the experimental data using the thermodynamic model PC-SAFT. Furthermore, the effect of absorbed water on API solubility in the polymer and on the glass-transition temperature of the formulations was predicted with PC-SAFT and the Gordon-Taylor equation, respectively. The absorbed water was found to significantly decrease the API solubility in the polymer as well as the glass-transition temperature of the formulation. Based on a quantitative modeling of the API/polymer phase diagrams as a function of relative humidity, appropriate API/polymer compositions can now be selected to ensure long-term stable amorphous formulations at given storage conditions. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Formulating Independent School K-12 Quality Physical Education Program Guidelines

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Currie, Stuart M.; Phillips, Michael B.; Jubenville, Colby B.

2012-01-01

The purpose of this study was to formulate Tennessee independent school K-12 quality physical education program guidelines. A panel of 18 physical education representatives from Tennessee independent schools K-12 participated in a three-phase Delphi study and completed three opinionnaires via e-mail. In Phase One, Opinionnaire One solicited panel…

Zonal-flow dynamics from a phase-space perspective

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Ruiz, D. E.; Parker, J. B.; Shi, E. L.

The wave kinetic equation (WKE) describing drift-wave (DW) turbulence is widely used in the studies of zonal flows (ZFs) emerging from DW turbulence. But, this formulation neglects the exchange of enstrophy between DWs and ZFs and also ignores effects beyond the geometrical-optics limit. Furthermore, we derive a modified theory that takes both of these effects into account, while still treating DW quanta (“driftons”) as particles in phase space. The drifton dynamics is described by an equation of the Wigner–Moyal type, which is commonly known in the phase-space formulation of quantum mechanics. In the geometrical-optics limit, this formulation features additional termsmore » missing in the traditional WKE that ensure exact conservation of the total enstrophy of the system, in addition to the total energy, which is the only conserved invariant in previous theories based on the WKE. We present numerical simulations to illustrate the importance of these additional terms. The proposed formulation can be considered as a phase-space representation of the second-order cumulant expansion, or CE2.« less

Zonal-flow dynamics from a phase-space perspective

DOE PAGES

Ruiz, D. E.; Parker, J. B.; Shi, E. L.; ...

2016-12-16

The wave kinetic equation (WKE) describing drift-wave (DW) turbulence is widely used in the studies of zonal flows (ZFs) emerging from DW turbulence. But, this formulation neglects the exchange of enstrophy between DWs and ZFs and also ignores effects beyond the geometrical-optics limit. Furthermore, we derive a modified theory that takes both of these effects into account, while still treating DW quanta (“driftons”) as particles in phase space. The drifton dynamics is described by an equation of the Wigner–Moyal type, which is commonly known in the phase-space formulation of quantum mechanics. In the geometrical-optics limit, this formulation features additional termsmore » missing in the traditional WKE that ensure exact conservation of the total enstrophy of the system, in addition to the total energy, which is the only conserved invariant in previous theories based on the WKE. We present numerical simulations to illustrate the importance of these additional terms. The proposed formulation can be considered as a phase-space representation of the second-order cumulant expansion, or CE2.« less

Orbiter/carrier separation for the ALT free flight no. 1 reference trajectories. Mission planning, mission analysis and software formulation

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Glenn, G. M.

1976-01-01

Details of the generation of the separation trajectories are discussed. The analysis culminated in definition of separation trajectories between physical separation and orbiter/carrier vortex clearance. Specifications, assumptions and analytical approach used to generate the separation trajectories are presented. Results of the analytical approach are evaluated. Conclusions and recommendations are summarized. Supporting references are listed.

A novel mechanical model for phase-separation in debris flows

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Pudasaini, Shiva P.

2015-04-01

Understanding the physics of phase-separation between solid and fluid phases as a two-phase mass moves down slope is a long-standing challenge. Here, I propose a fundamentally new mechanism, called 'separation-flux', that leads to strong phase-separation in avalanche and debris flows. This new model extends the general two-phase debris flow model (Pudasaini, 2012) to include a separation-flux mechanism. The new flux separation mechanism is capable of describing and controlling the dynamically evolving phase-separation, segregation, and/or levee formation in a real two-phase, geometrically three-dimensional debris flow motion and deposition. These are often observed phenomena in natural debris flows and industrial processes that involve the transportation of particulate solid-fluid mixture material. The novel separation-flux model includes several dominant physical and mechanical aspects that result in strong phase-separation (segregation). These include pressure gradients, volume fractions of solid and fluid phases and their gradients, shear-rates, flow depth, material friction, viscosity, material densities, boundary structures, gravity and topographic constraints, grain shape, size, etc. Due to the inherent separation mechanism, as the mass moves down slope, more and more solid particles are brought to the front, resulting in a solid-rich and mechanically strong frontal surge head followed by a weak tail largely consisting of the viscous fluid. The primary frontal surge head followed by secondary surge is the consequence of the phase-separation. Such typical and dominant phase-separation phenomena are revealed here for the first time in real two-phase debris flow modeling and simulations. However, these phenomena may depend on the bulk material composition and the applied forces. Reference: Pudasaini, Shiva P. (2012): A general two-phase debris flow model. J. Geophys. Res., 117, F03010, doi: 10.1029/2011JF002186.

Multiple fuel supply system for an internal combustion engine

DOEpatents

Crothers, William T.

1977-01-01

A multiple fuel supply or an internal combustion engine wherein phase separation of components is deliberately induced. The resulting separation permits the use of a single fuel tank to supply components of either or both phases to the engine. Specifically, phase separation of a gasoline/methanol blend is induced by the addition of a minor amount of water sufficient to guarantee separation into an upper gasoline phase and a lower methanol/water phase. A single fuel tank holds the two-phase liquid with separate fuel pickups and separate level indicators for each phase. Either gasoline or methanol, or both, can be supplied to the engine as required by predetermined parameters. A fuel supply system for a phase-separated multiple fuel supply contained in a single fuel tank is described.

Development, characterization and in vivo evaluation of benzocaine-loaded liposomes.

PubMed

Mura, Paola; Maestrelli, Francesca; González-Rodríguez, Maria Luisa; Michelacci, Ilaria; Ghelardini, Carla; Rabasco, Antonio M

2007-08-01

This study reports the development and in vivo evaluation of a liposomal formulation of the local anaesthetic benzocaine. Multi-lamellar (MLV) and small uni-lamellar (SUV) vesicles entrapping benzocaine were prepared using 50:50 w/w phosphatidylcholine-cholesterol as lipophilic phase and 50:50 v/v ethanol-water as hydrophilic phase. Liposome size, Zeta-potential, encapsulation efficiency and skin penetration properties were determined. Drug permeation from liposomal dispersions, as such or formulated in Carbopol gel, was evaluated through artificial lipophilic membranes and excised abdominal rat skin, whereas in vivo anaesthetic effect was tested on rabbits. Interestingly, addition of the drug into the hydrophilic phase, rather than into the lipophilic one, during liposome preparation enabled an improvement of the MLV's entrapment efficiency from 29.7% to 82.3%. On the other hand, sonication conditions to obtain SUV influenced size and polydispersity index of the vesicles and reduced the entrapment efficiency by about 30%. All liposomal-benzocaine formulations showed sustained release properties and a more intense anaesthetic effect than plain drug. Permeation experiments from drug solutions in gel containing the same amount of ethanol as in the liposomal formulations made it possible to exclude a possible enhancer effect of this solvent, at least when not used in liposomal formulations. MLV with the drug added into the hydrophilic phase gave the most effective formulation, showing a permeability coefficient value 2.5 times higher than that of the plain drug and allowing a significant improvement (P<0.01) not only of intensity but also of duration of anaesthetic effect of benzocaine. These results suggest that a suitably developed liposomal formulation of benzocaine can be of actual value for improving its clinical effectiveness in topical anaesthesia.

Phase-separation induced extraordinary toughening of magnetic hydrogels

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Tang, Jingda; Li, Chenghai; Li, Haomin; Lv, Zengyao; Sheng, Hao; Lu, Tongqing; Wang, T. J.

2018-05-01

Phase separation markedly influences the physical properties of hydrogels. Here, we find that poly (N, N-dimethylacrylamide) (PDMA) hydrogels suffer from phase separation in aqueous sodium hydroxide solutions when the concentration is higher than 2 M. The polymer volume fraction and mechanical properties show an abrupt change around the transition point. We utilize this phase separation mechanism to synthesize tough magnetic PDMA hydrogels with the in-situ precipitation method. For comparison, we also prepared magnetic poly (2-acrylamido-2-methyl-propane sulfonic acid sodium) (PNaAMPS) magnetic hydrogels, where no phase separation occurs. The phase-separated magnetic PDMA hydrogels exhibit an extraordinarily high toughness of ˜1000 J m-2; while non-phase-separated magnetic PNaAMPS hydrogels only show a toughness of ˜1 J m-2, three orders of magnitude lower than that of PDMA hydrogels. This phase separation mechanism may become a new approach to prepare tough magnetic hydrogels and inspire more applications.

Bioavailability of rifampicin in a separate formulation and fixed dose combination with isoniazid NIH: a case for a fixed dose combination (FDC) for the treatment of tuberculosis.

PubMed

Nyazema, N Z; Rabvukwa, P; Gumbo, J; Ndudzo, P; Chitemerere, C

1999-06-01

To study and compare the bioavailability of rifampicin (RIF), in two locally manufactured formulations; an FDC and a separate formulation and an imported FDC formulation. Open within subjects, single blind cross over study. Each volunteer subject, acting as their own control, received the two fixed dose combinations and the separate formulation with the same amount of 450 mg RIF. Cmax (peak drug concentration achieved), Tmax (time at which peak drug concentration is achieved), T1/2el (biological half-life of elimination) and area under the curve (AUC) for zero to 10 hours and zero to infinity. These are obtained from plotting plasma concentration against time. There was a significant difference in the Cmax between free and RIF combined with INH (6.1 and 7.6 mg/l respectively) and no significant difference in the other parameters measured, of the local products. Comparison of the local products and imported product showed no significant difference in AUC but significant differences in T1/2el, C max and Tmax (p = 0.003, 0.041 and 0.025 respectively). The Zimbabwe manufactured and the German products had "demonstrable bioavailability" as defined by the International Union Against Tuberculosis and Lung Diseases (IUATLD). The local manufacturer appeared to have the technological capability to produce a registrable combined RIF/INH table to be used in the treatment of tuberculosis and to prevent the irrational use of RIF.

Phase-separated, epitaxial composite cap layers for electronic device applications and method of making the same

DOEpatents

Aytug, Tolga [Knoxville, TN; Paranthaman, Mariappan Parans [Knoxville, TN; Polat, Ozgur [Knoxville, TN

2012-07-17

An electronic component that includes a substrate and a phase-separated layer supported on the substrate and a method of forming the same are disclosed. The phase-separated layer includes a first phase comprising lanthanum manganate (LMO) and a second phase selected from a metal oxide (MO), metal nitride (MN), a metal (Me), and combinations thereof. The phase-separated material can be an epitaxial layer and an upper surface of the phase-separated layer can include interfaces between the first phase and the second phase. The phase-separated layer can be supported on a buffer layer comprising a composition selected from the group consisting of IBAD MgO, LMO/IBAD-MgO, homoepi-IBAD MgO and LMO/homoepi-MgO. The electronic component can also include an electronically active layer supported on the phase-separated layer. The electronically active layer can be a superconducting material, a ferroelectric material, a multiferroic material, a magnetic material, a photovoltaic material, an electrical storage material, and a semiconductor material.

[Determination of oxaprozin in human plasma with high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) and its application].

PubMed

Mao, Mian; Wang, Ling; Jiang, Xuehua; Yang, Lin

2013-06-01

The present research was aimed to develop a high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) method to determine oxaprozin in plasma and to evaluate the bioavailability of two oxaprozin enteric coated tablets. A C18 column was used to separate the plasma after protein precipitation and the mobile phase was methanol-12. 5mmol/L ammonium acetate buffer solution (pH=3.0)(71:29). The calibration curve was linear in the concentration range of 0. 50-70. 56 microg . mL-1, and the intra and inter-day RSDs were less than 12. 33% and 10. 42% respectively. A single dose of 0. 4 g reference preparation or test preparation of oxaprozin enteric coated tablets was administered to 20 healthy volunteers according to a randomized crossover study. AUC0-->264h were (4 917. 44 +/- 629. 57) microg . h . mL-1 and (4 604. 30+/-737. 83) microg . h . mL-1, respectively; Cmax were (52. 34+/-7. 68) microg . mL-1 and (48. 66+/-4. 87) microg . mL-1, respectively; Tmax were (18. 70+/-2.27) h and (19. 30+/-1. 63) h, respectively; The relative bioavailability of test preparation was 94.0% +/- 13. 7%. The method is simple, rapid and selective for oxaprozin determination. There is no significant difference in the main pharmacokinetic parameters between the test formulation and reference formulation and the two formulations are in bioequivalence.

RAMI4PILPS: An intercomparison of formulations for the partitioning of solar radiation in land surface models

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Widlowski, J.-L.; Pinty, B.; Clerici, M.; Dai, Y.; de Kauwe, M.; De Ridder, K.; Kallel, A.; Kobayashi, H.; Lavergne, T.; Ni-Meister, W.; Olchev, A.; Quaife, T.; Wang, S.; Yang, W.; Yang, Y.; Yuan, H.

2011-06-01

Remotely sensed, multiannual data sets of shortwave radiative surface fluxes are now available for assimilation into land surface schemes (LSSs) of climate and/or numerical weather prediction models. The RAMI4PILPS suite of virtual experiments assesses the accuracy and consistency of the radiative transfer formulations that provide the magnitudes of absorbed, reflected, and transmitted shortwave radiative fluxes in LSSs. RAMI4PILPS evaluates models under perfectly controlled experimental conditions in order to eliminate uncertainties arising from an incomplete or erroneous knowledge of the structural, spectral and illumination related canopy characteristics typical for model comparison with in situ observations. More specifically, the shortwave radiation is separated into a visible and near-infrared spectral region, and the quality of the simulated radiative fluxes is evaluated by direct comparison with a 3-D Monte Carlo reference model identified during the third phase of the Radiation transfer Model Intercomparison (RAMI) exercise. The RAMI4PILPS setup thus allows to focus in particular on the numerical accuracy of shortwave radiative transfer formulations and to pinpoint to areas where future model improvements should concentrate. The impact of increasing degrees of structural and spectral subgrid variability on the simulated fluxes is documented and the relevance of any thus emerging biases with respect to gross primary production estimates and shortwave radiative forcings due to snow and fire events are investigated.

Harmonic oscillator representation in the theory of scattering and nuclear reactions

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Smirnov, Yuri F.; Shirokov, A. M.; Lurie, Yuri, A.; Zaitsev, S. A.

1995-01-01

The following questions, concerning the application of the harmonic oscillator representation (HOR) in the theory of scattering and reactions, are discussed: the formulation of the scattering theory in HOR; exact solutions of the free motion Schroedinger equation in HOR; separable expansion of the short range potentials and the calculation of the phase shifts; 'isolated states' as generalization of the Wigner-von Neumann bound states embedded in continuum; a nuclear coupled channel problem in HOR; and the description of true three body scattering in HOR. As an illustration the soft dipole mode in the (11)Li nucleus is considered in a frame of the (9)Li+n+n cluster model taking into account of three body continuum effects.

Rank on emotional intelligence, unlearning and self-leadership.

PubMed

Kramer, Robert

2012-12-01

Propelled from the inner circle after publishing The Trauma of Birth (1924), Otto Rank jettisoned Freud's science of knowing because it denied the intelligence of the emotions. Transforming therapy from knowing to being-in-relationship, Rank invented modern object-relations theory, which advocates continual learning, unlearning and relearning: that is, cutting the chains that bind us to the past. Separating, no matter how anxiety-provoking, from outworn phases of life, including previously taken-for-granted ideologies and internalized others, is essential for self-leadership. In 1926, Rank coined the terms "here-and-now" and "pre-Oedipal." By 1926, Rank had formulated a model of "creative willing"-self-leadership infused with the intelligence of the emotions-as the optimal way of being-in-relationship with others.

Large-volume injection of sample diluents not miscible with the mobile phase as an alternative approach in sample preparation for bioanalysis: an application for fenspiride bioequivalence.

PubMed

Medvedovici, Andrei; Udrescu, Stefan; Albu, Florin; Tache, Florentin; David, Victor

2011-09-01

Liquid-liquid extraction of target compounds from biological matrices followed by the injection of a large volume from the organic layer into the chromatographic column operated under reversed-phase (RP) conditions would successfully combine the selectivity and the straightforward character of the procedure in order to enhance sensitivity, compared with the usual approach of involving solvent evaporation and residue re-dissolution. Large-volume injection of samples in diluents that are not miscible with the mobile phase was recently introduced in chromatographic practice. The risk of random errors produced during the manipulation of samples is also substantially reduced. A bioanalytical method designed for the bioequivalence of fenspiride containing pharmaceutical formulations was based on a sample preparation procedure involving extraction of the target analyte and the internal standard (trimetazidine) from alkalinized plasma samples in 1-octanol. A volume of 75 µl from the octanol layer was directly injected on a Zorbax SB C18 Rapid Resolution, 50 mm length × 4.6 mm internal diameter × 1.8 µm particle size column, with the RP separation being carried out under gradient elution conditions. Detection was made through positive ESI and MS/MS. Aspects related to method development and validation are discussed. The bioanalytical method was successfully applied to assess bioequivalence of a modified release pharmaceutical formulation containing 80 mg fenspiride hydrochloride during two different studies carried out as single-dose administration under fasting and fed conditions (four arms), and multiple doses administration, respectively. The quality attributes assigned to the bioanalytical method, as resulting from its application to the bioequivalence studies, are highlighted and fully demonstrate that sample preparation based on large-volume injection of immiscible diluents has an increased potential for application in bioanalysis.

Optimization of Primary Drying in Lyophilization during Early Phase Drug Development using a Definitive Screening Design with Formulation and Process Factors.

PubMed

Goldman, Johnathan M; More, Haresh T; Yee, Olga; Borgeson, Elizabeth; Remy, Brenda; Rowe, Jasmine; Sadineni, Vikram

2018-06-08

Development of optimal drug product lyophilization cycles is typically accomplished via multiple engineering runs to determine appropriate process parameters. These runs require significant time and product investments, which are especially costly during early phase development when the drug product formulation and lyophilization process are often defined simultaneously. Even small changes in the formulation may require a new set of engineering runs to define lyophilization process parameters. In order to overcome these development difficulties, an eight factor definitive screening design (DSD), including both formulation and process parameters, was executed on a fully human monoclonal antibody (mAb) drug product. The DSD enables evaluation of several interdependent factors to define critical parameters that affect primary drying time and product temperature. From these parameters, a lyophilization development model is defined where near optimal process parameters can be derived for many different drug product formulations. This concept is demonstrated on a mAb drug product where statistically predicted cycle responses agree well with those measured experimentally. This design of experiments (DoE) approach for early phase lyophilization cycle development offers a workflow that significantly decreases the development time of clinically and potentially commercially viable lyophilization cycles for a platform formulation that still has variable range of compositions. Copyright © 2018. Published by Elsevier Inc.

Development of high temperature nickel-base alloys for jet engine turbine bucket applications

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Quigg, R. J.; Scheirer, S. T.

1965-01-01

A program has been initiated to develop a material with superior properties at elevated temperatures for utilization in turbine blade applications. A nickel-base superalloy can provide the necessary high temperature strength by using the maximum capability of the three available strengthening mechanisms - intermetallic gamma prime precipitation (Ni3Al), solid solution strengthening with refractory and precious metals, and stable carbide formations through the addition of strong carbide forming elements. A stress rupture test at 2000 deg F and 15,000 psi was formulated to approximate the desired properties. By adding varying amounts of refractory metals (Mo, W and Ta) it was possible to statistically analyze the effects of each in a basic superalloy composition containing fixed amounts of Co, Cr, C, B, Sr, and Ni at three separate levels of AL and Ta. Metallographic analysis correlated with the mechanical properties of the alloys; those with few strengthening phases were weak and ductile and those with excessive amounts of intermetallic phases present in undesirable morphologies were brittle.

Equations of state of anhydrous AlF3 and AlI3: Modeling of extreme condition halide chemistry

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Stavrou, Elissaios; Zaug, Joseph M.; Bastea, Sorin; Crowhurst, Jonathan C.; Goncharov, Alexander F.; Radousky, Harry B.; Armstrong, Michael R.; Roberts, Sarah K.; Plaue, Jonathan W.

2015-06-01

Pressure dependent angle-dispersive x-ray powder diffraction measurements of alpha-phase aluminum trifluoride (α-AlF3) and separately, aluminum triiodide (AlI3) were conducted using a diamond-anvil cell. Results at 295 K extend to 50 GPa. The equations of state of AlF3 and AlI3 were determined through refinements of collected x-ray diffraction patterns. The respective bulk moduli and corresponding pressure derivatives are reported for multiple orders of the Birch-Murnaghan (B-M), finite-strain (F-f), and higher pressure finite-strain (G-g) EOS analysis models. Aluminum trifluoride exhibits an apparent isostructural phase transition at approximately 12 GPa. Aluminum triiodide also undergoes a second-order atomic rearrangement: applied stress transformed a monoclinically distorted face centered cubic (fcc) structure into a standard fcc structural arrangement of iodine atoms. Results from semi-empirical thermochemical computations of energetic materials formulated with fluorine containing reactants were obtained with the aim of predicting the yield of halogenated products.

Application of balancing methods in modeling the penicillin fermentation.

PubMed

Heijnen, J J; Roels, J A; Stouthamer, A H

1979-12-01

This paper shows the application of elementary balancing methods in combination with simple kinetic equations in the formulation of an unstructured model for the fed-batch process for the production of penicillin. The rate of substrate uptake is modeled with a Monod-type relationship. The specific penicillin production rate is assumed to be a function of growth rate. Hydrolysis of penicillin to penicilloic acid is assumed to be first order in penicillin. In simulations with the present model it is shown that the model, although assuming a strict relationship between specific growth rate and penicillin productivity, allows for the commonly observed lag phase in the penicillin concentration curve and the apparent separation between growth and production phase (idiophase-trophophase concept). Furthermore it is shown that the feed rate profile during fermentation is of vital importance in the realization of a high production rate throughout the duration of the fermentation. It is emphasized that the method of modeling presented may also prove rewarding for an analysis of fermentation processes other than the penicillin fermentation.

Reversed phase HPLC for strontium ranelate: Method development and validation applying experimental design.

PubMed

Kovács, Béla; Kántor, Lajos Kristóf; Croitoru, Mircea Dumitru; Kelemen, Éva Katalin; Obreja, Mona; Nagy, Előd Ernő; Székely-Szentmiklósi, Blanka; Gyéresi, Árpád

2018-06-01

A reverse-phase HPLC (RP-HPLC) method was developed for strontium ranelate using a full factorial, screening experimental design. The analytical procedure was validated according to international guidelines for linearity, selectivity, sensitivity, accuracy and precision. A separate experimental design was used to demonstrate the robustness of the method. Strontium ranelate was eluted at 4.4 minutes and showed no interference with the excipients used in the formulation, at 321 nm. The method is linear in the range of 20-320 μg mL-1 (R2 = 0.99998). Recovery, tested in the range of 40-120 μg mL-1, was found to be 96.1-102.1 %. Intra-day and intermediate precision RSDs ranged from 1.0-1.4 and 1.2-1.4 %, resp. The limit of detection and limit of quantitation were 0.06 and 0.20 μg mL-1, resp. The proposed technique is fast, cost-effective, reliable and reproducible, and is proposed for the routine analysis of strontium ranelate.

Inflexibility and independence: Phase transitions in the majority-rule model.

PubMed

Crokidakis, Nuno; de Oliveira, Paulo Murilo Castro

2015-12-01

In this work we study opinion formation in a population participating in a public debate with two distinct choices. We consider three distinct mechanisms of social interactions and individuals' behavior: conformity, nonconformity, and inflexibility. The conformity is ruled by the majority-rule dynamics, whereas the nonconformity is introduced in the population as an independent behavior, implying the failure of attempted group influence. Finally, the inflexible agents are introduced in the population with a given density. These individuals present a singular behavior, in a way that their stubbornness makes them reluctant to change their opinions. We consider these effects separately and all together, with the aim to analyze the critical behavior of the system. We perform numerical simulations in some lattice structures and for distinct population sizes. Our results suggest that the different formulations of the model undergo order-disorder phase transitions in the same universality class as the Ising model. Some of our results are complemented by analytical calculations.

Development of new method for simultaneous analysis of piracetam and levetiracetam in pharmaceuticals and biological fluids: application in stability studies.

PubMed

Siddiqui, Farhan Ahmed; Sher, Nawab; Shafi, Nighat; Wafa Sial, Alisha; Ahmad, Mansoor; Mehjebeen; Naseem, Huma

2014-01-01

RP-HPLC ultraviolet detection simultaneous quantification of piracetam and levetiracetam has been developed and validated. The chromatography was obtained on a Nucleosil C18 column of 25 cm×0.46 cm, 10 μm, dimension. The mobile phase was a (70:30 v/v) mixture of 0.1 g/L of triethylamine and acetonitrile. Smooth flow of mobile phase at 1 mL/min was set and 205 nm wavelength was selected. Results were evaluated through statistical parameters which qualify the method reproducibility and selectivity for the quantification of piracetam, levetiracetam, and their impurities hence proving stability-indicating properties. The proposed method is significantly important, permitting the separation of the main constituent piracetam from levetiracetam. Linear behavior was observed between 20 ng/mL and 10,000 ng/mL for both drugs. The proposed method was checked in bulk drugs, dosage formulations, physiological condition, and clinical investigations and excellent outcome was witnessed.

Assay of common sunscreen agents in suncare products by high-performance liquid chromatography on a cyanopropyl-bonded silica column.

PubMed

Simeoni, Silvia; Tursilli, Rosanna; Bianchi, Anna; Scalia, Santo

2005-06-15

A rapid high-performance liquid chromatographic method was developed for the simultaneous assay of eight of the most common sunscreen agents (octyl-methoxycinnamate, oxybenzone, butyl-methoxydibenzoylmethane, octyl-salicilate, methylbenzylidene camphor, octyl-dimethylamminobenzoate, phenylbenzimidazole sulphonic acid and octocrylene) in sun protection products. Evaluation of the influence of different stationary phases and eluents on the separation selectivity showed that optimal resolution was obtained on a cyanopropyl-silica column eluted with methanol-acetonitrile-tetrahydrofuran-aqueous acetic acid. A small adjustment of the proposed chromatographic system (reduction in the aqueous content of the mobile phase) permitted also the determination of the extremely hydrophobic UV filter, methylene bis-benzotriazolyl tetramethylbutylphenol along with three other sunscreen agents, octyl-methoxycinnamate, oxybenzone, butyl-methoxydibenzoylmethane. Recoveries of the UV filters from the spiked formulation were between 95.7 and 103.7% and the precision of the method was better than 6.1% relative standard deviation. The developed HPLC procedure is suitable for quality control and photostability analyses of commercial suncare products.

Rapid Prototyping Technique for the Fabrication of Millifluidic Devices for Polymer Formulations

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Cabral, Joao; Harrison, Christopher; Eric, Amis; Karim, Alamgir

2003-03-01

We describe a rapid prototyping technique for the fabrication of 600 micron deep fluidic channels in a solvent-resistant polymeric matrix. Using a conventional illumination source, a laser-jet printed mask, and a commercially available thioelene-based adhesive, we demonstrate the fabrication of fluidic channels which are impervious to a wide range of solvents. The fabrication of channels with this depth by conventional lithography would be both challenging and time-consuming. We demonstrate two lithography methods: one which fabricates channels sealed between glass plates (closed face) and one which fabricates structures on a single plate (open-faced). Furthermore, we demonstrate that this technology can be used to fabricate channels with a depth which varies linearly with distance. The latter is completely compatible with silicone replication technniques. Additionally, we demonstrate that siloxane-based elastomer molds of these channels can be readily made for aqueous applications. Applications to on-line phase mapping of polymer solutions (PEO-Water-Salt) and off line phase separation studies will be discussed.

Method for separating disparate components in a fluid stream

DOEpatents

Meikrantz, David H.

1990-01-01

The invention provides a method of separating a mixed component waste stream in a centrifugal separator. The mixed component waste stream is introduced into the separator and is centrifugally separated within a spinning rotor. A dual vortex separation occurs due to the phase density differences, with the phases exiting the rotor distinct from one another. In a preferred embodiment, aqueous solutions of organics can be separated with up to 100% efficiency. The relatively more dense water phase is centrifugally separated through a radially outer aperture in the separator, while the relatively less dense organic phase is separated through a radially inner aperture.

Reaction-mediated entropic effect on phase separation in a binary polymer system

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Sun, Shujun; Guo, Miaocai; Yi, Xiaosu; Zhang, Zuoguang

2017-10-01

We present a computer simulation to study the phase separation behavior induced by polymerization in a binary system comprising polymer chains and reactive monomers. We examined the influence of interaction parameter between components and monomer concentration on the reaction-induced phase separation. The simulation results demonstrate that increasing interaction parameter (enthalpic effect) would accelerate phase separation, while entropic effect plays a key role in the process of phase separation. Furthermore, scanning electron microscopy observations illustrate identical morphologies as found in theoretical simulation. This study may enrich our comprehension of phase separation in polymer mixture.

Parabolized Navier-Stokes solutions of separation and trailing-edge flows

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Brown, J. L.

1983-01-01

A robust, iterative solution procedure is presented for the parabolized Navier-Stokes or higher order boundary layer equations as applied to subsonic viscous-inviscid interaction flows. The robustness of the present procedure is due, in part, to an improved algorithmic formulation. The present formulation is based on a reinterpretation of stability requirements for this class of algorithms and requires only second order accurate backward or central differences for all streamwise derivatives. Upstream influence is provided for through the algorithmic formulation and iterative sweeps in x. The primary contribution to robustness, however, is the boundary condition treatment, which imposes global constraints to control the convergence path. Discussed are successful calculations of subsonic, strong viscous-inviscid interactions, including separation. These results are consistent with Navier-Stokes solutions and triple deck theory.

Ephemeral profiles of prescription drug and formulation tampering: evolving pseudoscience on the Internet.

PubMed

Cone, Edward J

2006-06-01

The magnitude of non-therapeutic use, or misuse of prescription pharmaceuticals now rivals that of illicit drug abuse. Drug and formulation tampering enables misusers to administer higher doses by intended and non-intended routes. Perceived motives appear to be a combination of interests in achieving a faster onset and enhancing psychoactive effects. Narcotic analgesics, stimulants, and depressants are widely sought, examined, and tampered with for recreational use. This review examines tampering methods reported on the Internet for selected pharmaceutical products. The Internet provides broad and varied guidance on tampering methods that are specific to drug classes and unique formulations. Instructions are available on crushing, separating, purifying and chemically altering specific formulations to allow changes in dosage, route of administration, and time course of effects. Many pharmaceutical formulations contain features that serve as "barriers" to tampering. The nature and effectiveness of formulation barriers vary widely with many being overcome by adventurous misusers. Examples of successes and failures in tampering attempts are frequently described on Internet sites that support recreational drug use. Successful tampering methods that have widespread appeal evolve into recipes and become archived on multiple websites. Examples of tampering methods include: (1) how to separate narcotic drugs (codeine, hydrocodone, oxycodone) from excipients and non-desirable actives (aspirin, acetaminophen, ibuprofen); (2) overcoming time-release formulations (beads, layers, matrices); (3) removal of active drug from high-dose formulations (patches, pills); (4) alteration of dosage forms for alternate routes of administration. The development of successful formulations that inhibit or prevent drug/formulation tampering with drugs of abuse should take into consideration the scope and practice of tampering methods available to recreational drug users on the Internet.

The effect of formulation on the antimicrobial activity of cetylpyridinium chloride in candy based lozenges.

PubMed

Richards, R M; Xing, J Z; Weir, L F

1996-04-01

The purpose of this investigation was to determine the influence on the antimicrobial activity of cetylpyridinium chloride of the various components of the formulation of each of six candy based lozenges. In vivo activity was investigated using six volunteers by determining the reduction in colony forming units recoverable from the oropharynx after sucking each lozenge separately on different days. In vitro determinations investigated the relative activity of aqueous solutions of the lozenges, the effect on activity of additional active ingredients, pH and lozenge base ingredients against separate inocula of each of the test organisms Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus pyogenes and Candida albicans. Both in vivo and in vitro results showed that the pH of the dissolved lozenge solution was the single most influential readily adjustable formulation parameter which significantly influenced the activity of cetylpyridinium chloride activity in candy based lozenges. Lozenges containing cetylpyridinium chloride as the active ingredient should be formulated at a pH greater than 5.5.

On the phase lag of turbulent dissipation in rotating tidal flows

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Zhang, Qianjiang; Wu, Jiaxue

2018-03-01

Field observations of rotating tidal flows in a shallow tidally swept sea reveal that a notable phase lag of both shear production and turbulent dissipation increases with height above the seafloor. These vertical delays of turbulent quantities are approximately equivalent in magnitude to that of squared mean shear. The shear production approximately equals turbulent dissipation over the phase-lag column, and thus a main mechanism of phase lag of dissipation is mean shear, rather than vertical diffusion of turbulent kinetic energy. By relating the phase lag of dissipation to that of the mean shear, a simple formulation with constant eddy viscosity is developed to describe the phase lag in rotating tidal flows. An analytical solution indicates that the phase lag increases linearly with height subjected to a combined effect of tidal frequency, Coriolis parameter and eddy viscosity. The vertical diffusion of momentum associated with eddy viscosity produces the phase lag of squared mean shear, and resultant delay of turbulent quantities. Its magnitude is inhibited by Earth's rotation. Furthermore, a theoretical formulation of the phase lag with a parabolic eddy viscosity profile can be constructed. A first-order approximation of this formulation is still a linear function of height, and its magnitude is approximately 0.8 times that with constant viscosity. Finally, the theoretical solutions of phase lag with realistic viscosity can be satisfactorily justified by realistic phase lags of dissipation.

Separation of aqueous two-phase polymer systems in microgravity

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Vanalstine, J. M.; Harris, J. M.; Synder, S.; Curreri, P. A.; Bamberger, S. B.; Brooks, D. E.

1984-01-01

Phase separation of polymer systems in microgravity is studied in aircraft flights to prepare shuttle experiments. Short duration (20 sec) experiments demonstrate that phase separation proceeds rapidly in low gravity despite appreciable phase viscosities and low liquid interfacial tensions (i.e., 50 cP, 10 micro N/m). Ostwald ripening does not appear to be a satisfactory model for the phase separation mechanism. Polymer coated surfaces are evaluated as a means to localize phases separated in low gravity. Contact angle measurements demonstrate that covalently coupling dextran or PEG to glass drastically alters the 1-g wall wetting behavior of the phases in dextran-PEG two phase systems.

Model‐Informed Development and Registration of a Once‐Daily Regimen of Extended‐Release Tofacitinib

PubMed Central

Lamba, M; Hutmacher, MM; Furst, DE; Dikranian, A; Dowty, ME; Conrado, D; Stock, T; Nduaka, C; Cook, J

2017-01-01

Extended‐release (XR) formulations enable less frequent dosing vs. conventional (e.g., immediate release (IR)) formulations. Regulatory registration of such formulations typically requires pharmacokinetic (PK) and clinical efficacy data. Here we illustrate a model‐informed, exposure–response (E‐R) approach to translate controlled trial data from one formulation to another without a phase III trial, using a tofacitinib case study. Tofacitinib is an oral Janus kinase (JAK) inhibitor for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis (RA). E‐R analyses were conducted using validated clinical endpoints from phase II dose–response and nonclinical dose fractionation studies of the IR formulation. Consistent with the delay in clinical response dynamics relative to PK, average concentration was established as the relevant PK parameter for tofacitinib efficacy and supported pharmacodynamic similarity. These evaluations, alongside demonstrated equivalence in total systemic exposure between IR and XR formulations, provided the basis for the regulatory approval of tofacitinib XR once daily by the US Food and Drug Administration. PMID:27859030

A Validated Stability-Indicating RP-UPLC Method for Simultaneous Determination of Desloratadine and Sodium Benzoate in Oral Liquid Pharmaceutical Formulations.

PubMed

Kumar, Navneet; Sangeetha, Dhanaraj; Reddy, Pingili Sunil; Prakash, Lakkireddy

2012-01-01

A novel, sensitive and selective stability-indicating gradient reverse phase ultra performance liquid chromatographic method was developed and validated for the quantitative determination of desloratadine and sodium benzoate in pharmaceutical oral liquid formulation. The chromatographic separation was achieved on Acquity BEH C8 (100 mm × 2.1 mm) 1.7 μm column by using mobile phase containing a gradient mixture of solvent A (0.05 M KH(2)PO(4) and 0.07 M triethylamine, pH 3.0) and B (50:25:25 v/v/v mixture of acetonitrile, methanol and water) at flow rate of 0.4 mL/min. Column temperature was maintained at 40°C and detection was carried out at a wavelength of 272 nm. The described method shows excellent linearity over a range of 0.254 μg/mL to 76.194 μg/mL for desloratadine and 1.006 μg/mL to 301.67 μg/mL for sodium benzoate. The correlation coefficient for desloratadine and sodium benzoate was more than 0.999. To establish stability-indicating capability of the method, drug product was subjected to the stress conditions of acid, base, oxidative, hydrolytic, thermal and photolytic degradation. The degradation products were well resolved from desloratadine and sodium benzoate. The developed method was validated as per international ICH guidelines with respect to specificity, linearity, LOD, LOQ, accuracy, precision and robustness.

An Efficient Implementation of the GMC Micromechanics Model for Multi-Phased Materials with Complex Microstructures

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Pindera, Marek-Jerzy; Bednarcyk, Brett A.

1997-01-01

An efficient implementation of the generalized method of cells micromechanics model is presented that allows analysis of periodic unidirectional composites characterized by repeating unit cells containing thousands of subcells. The original formulation, given in terms of Hill's strain concentration matrices that relate average subcell strains to the macroscopic strains, is reformulated in terms of the interfacial subcell tractions as the basic unknowns. This is accomplished by expressing the displacement continuity equations in terms of the stresses and then imposing the traction continuity conditions directly. The result is a mixed formulation wherein the unknown interfacial subcell traction components are related to the macroscopic strain components. Because the stress field throughout the repeating unit cell is piece-wise uniform, the imposition of traction continuity conditions directly in the displacement continuity equations, expressed in terms of stresses, substantially reduces the number of unknown subcell traction (and stress) components, and thus the size of the system of equations that must be solved. Further reduction in the size of the system of continuity equations is obtained by separating the normal and shear traction equations in those instances where the individual subcells are, at most, orthotropic. The reformulated version facilitates detailed analysis of the impact of the fiber cross-section geometry and arrangement on the response of multi-phased unidirectional composites with and without evolving damage. Comparison of execution times obtained with the original and reformulated versions of the generalized method of cells demonstrates the new version's efficiency.

Two-Fluid Models and Interfacial Area Transport in Microgravity Condition

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Ishii, Mamoru; Sun, Xiao-Dong; Vasavada, Shilp

2004-01-01

The objective of the present study is to develop a two-fluid model formulation with interfacial area transport equation applicable for microgravity conditions. The new model is expected to make a leapfrog improvement by furnishing the constitutive relations for the interfacial interaction terms with the interfacial area transport equation, which can dynamically model the changes of the interfacial structures. In the first year of this three-year project supported by the U.S. NASA, Office of Biological and Physics Research, the primary focus is to design and construct a ground-based, microgravity two-phase flow simulation facility, in which two immiscible fluids with close density will be used. In predicting the two-phase flow behaviors in any two-phase flow system, the interfacial transfer terms are among the most essential factors in the modeling. These interfacial transfer terms in a two-fluid model specify the rate of phase change, momentum exchange, and energy transfer at the interface between the two phases. For the two-phase flow under the microgravity condition, the stability of the fluid particle interface and the interfacial structures are quite different from those under normal gravity condition. The flow structure may not reach an equilibrium condition and the two fluids may be loosely coupled such that the inertia terms of each fluid should be considered separately by use of the two-fluid model. Previous studies indicated that, unless phase-interaction terms are accurately modeled in the two-fluid model, the complex modeling does not necessarily warrant an accurate solution.

Criterion for excipients screening in the development of nanoemulsion formulation of three anti-inflammatory drugs.

PubMed

Shakeel, Faiyaz

2010-01-01

The present study was undertaken for screening of different excipients in the development of nanoemulsion formulations of three anti-inflammatory drugs namely ketoprofen, celecoxib (CXB) and meloxicam. Based on solubility profiles of each drug in oil, Triacetin (ketoprofen and CXB) and Labrafil (meloxicam) were selected as the oil phase. Based on maximum solubilization potential of oil in different surfactants, Cremophor-EL (ketoprofen and CXB) and Tween-80 (meloxicam) were selected as surfactants. Based on maximum nanoemulsion region in the pseudoternary phase diagrams, Transcutol-HP was selected as cosurfactant for all three drugs. 1:1 (ketoprofen and CXB) and 2:1 (meloxicam) mass ratio of surfactant to cosurfactant was selected for selection of different nanoemulsions on the basis of maximum nanoemulsion region in the phase diagrams. All selected nanoemulsion formulations were found thermodynamically stable. Results of these studies showed that all excipients were properly optimized for the development of nanoemulsion formulation of ketoprofen, CXB and meloxicam.

A validated ultra high-pressure liquid chromatography method for separation of candesartan cilexetil impurities and its degradents in drug product

PubMed Central

Kumar, Namala Durga Atchuta; Babu, K. Sudhakar; Gosada, Ullas; Sharma, Nitish

2012-01-01

Introduction: A selective, specific, and sensitive “Ultra High-Pressure Liquid Chromatography” (UPLC) method was developed for determination of candesartan cilexetil impurities as well asits degradent in tablet formulation. Materials and Methods: The chromatographic separation was performed on Waters Acquity UPLC system and BEH Shield RP18 column using gradient elution of mobile phase A and B. 0.01 M phosphate buffer adjusted pH 3.0 with Orthophosphoric acid was used as mobile phase A and 95% acetonitrile with 5% Milli Q Water was used as mobile phase B. Ultraviolet (UV) detection was performed at 254 nm and 210 nm, where (CDS-6), (CDS-5), (CDS-7), (Ethyl Candesartan), (Desethyl CCX), (N-Ethyl), (CCX-1), (1 N Ethyl Oxo CCX), (2 N Ethyl Oxo CCX), (2 N Ethyl) and any unknown impurity were monitored at 254 nm wavelength, and two process-related impurities, trityl alcohol and MTE impurity, were estimated at 210 nm. Candesartan cilexetil andimpurities were chromatographed with a total run time of 20 min. Results: Calibration showed that the response of impurity was a linear function of concentration over the range limit of quantification to 2 μg/mL (r2≥0.999) and the method was validated over this range for precision, intermediate precision, accuracy, linearity, and specificity. For the precision study, percentage relative standard deviation of each impurity was <15% (n=6). Conclusion: The method was found to be precise, accurate, linear, and specific. The proposed method was successfully employed for estimation of candesartan cilexetil impurities in pharmaceutical preparations. PMID:23781475

Determination of Benzalkonium Chloride in Commercial Disinfectant Formulations by Quantitative NMR Spectroscopy

DTIC Science & Technology

2012-11-01

disinfectant solutions containing benzalkonium chloride (BAC); a molluscicide and antifouling chemical. In order to determine the efficacy of this...formulations. The methods and results presented herein will be used in a separate study to assess the efficacy of BACs as antifouling agents under

Effect of additional of Hoodia Gordonii and seaweed powder on the sensory and physicochemical properties of brown rice bar

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Hajal, Masturah Ebni; Ghani, Maaruf Abd; Daud, Norlida Mat

2015-09-01

Awareness of the nutritional content of food has increased with the emergence of various health products in the market. Cereal bar is one of the beneficial foods among consumer that concern on their healthy food. This study was conducted to develop a brown rice bar that contain active ingredients (H. gordonii and seaweed powder) and to determine the effect on sensory evaluation and physicochemical properties (colour, texture and proximate analysis) of this product. This study consisted of two phases in which the first phase consisted of development of ten formulations including control. All of the formulations were undergo analysis of colour, texture and sensory evaluation. Based on the sensory evaluation, Control (H. gordonii: 0%, seaweed: 0%) and two best formulations that consist of formulation 6 (H. gordonii: 1.6%; seaweed: 2.8%) and formulation 9 (H. gordonii: 2.4%, seaweed: 2.8%) were chosen to undergo the second phase which is proximate analysis. Base on the result, were significant different (p<0.05) on proximate analysis except for the protein and moisture content. Therefore, it can be concluded that H. gordonii is a good source of fiber when adding in a bar.

Phase field modeling of brittle fracture for enhanced assumed strain shells at large deformations: formulation and finite element implementation

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Reinoso, J.; Paggi, M.; Linder, C.

2017-06-01

Fracture of technological thin-walled components can notably limit the performance of their corresponding engineering systems. With the aim of achieving reliable fracture predictions of thin structures, this work presents a new phase field model of brittle fracture for large deformation analysis of shells relying on a mixed enhanced assumed strain (EAS) formulation. The kinematic description of the shell body is constructed according to the solid shell concept. This enables the use of fully three-dimensional constitutive models for the material. The proposed phase field formulation integrates the use of the (EAS) method to alleviate locking pathologies, especially Poisson thickness and volumetric locking. This technique is further combined with the assumed natural strain method to efficiently derive a locking-free solid shell element. On the computational side, a fully coupled monolithic framework is consistently formulated. Specific details regarding the corresponding finite element formulation and the main aspects associated with its implementation in the general purpose packages FEAP and ABAQUS are addressed. Finally, the applicability of the current strategy is demonstrated through several numerical examples involving different loading conditions, and including linear and nonlinear hyperelastic constitutive models.

Film thickness dependence of phase separation and dewetting behaviors in PMMA/SAN blend films.

PubMed

You, Jichun; Liao, Yonggui; Men, Yongfeng; Shi, Tongfei; An, Lijia

2010-09-21

Film thickness dependence of complex behaviors coupled by phase separation and dewetting in blend [poly(methyl methacrylate) (PMMA) and poly(styrene-ran-acrylonitrile) (SAN)] films on silicon oxide substrate at 175 °C was investigated by grazing incidence ultrasmall-angle X-ray scattering (GIUSAX) and in situ atomic force microscopy (AFM). It was found that the dewetting pathway was under the control of the parameter U(q0)/E, which described the initial amplitude of the surface undulation and original thickness of film, respectively. Furthermore, our results showed that interplay between phase separation and dewetting depended crucially on film thickness. Three mechanisms including dewetting-phase separation/wetting, dewetting/wetting-phase separation, and phase separation/wetting-pseudodewetting were discussed in detail. In conclusion, it is relative rates of phase separation and dewetting that dominate the interplay between them.

Factors influence flexibility resistivity and zinc dendrite penetration rate of inorganic separators for alkaline batteries

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Sheibley, D. W.

1975-01-01

Developmental work resulted in a formulation which can improve the flexibility of the inorganic-organic-type separator for silver-zinc and nickel-zinc alkaline batteries. The effects of various fillers and reactive organic additives on separator volume resistivity are described. The effects of various inert fillers on the zinc dendrite penetration rate of the separator are shown. Conclusions regarding the operating mechanism of the separator are presented.

Traditional Portland cement and MgO-based cement: a promising combination?

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Tonelli, Monica; Martini, Francesca; Calucci, Lucia; Geppi, Marco; Borsacchi, Silvia; Ridi, Francesca

2017-06-01

MgO/SiO2 cements are materials potentially very useful for radioactive waste disposal, but knowledge about their physico-chemical properties is still lacking. In this paper we investigated the hydration kinetics of cementitious formulations prepared by mixing MgO/SiO2 and Portland cement in different proportions and the structural properties of the hydrated phases formed in the first month of hydration. In particular, the hydration kinetics was investigated by measuring the free water index on pastes by means of differential scanning calorimetry, while the structural characterization was carried out by combining thermal (DTA), diffractometric (XRD), and spectroscopic (FTIR, 29Si solid state NMR) techniques. It was found that calcium silicate hydrate (C-S-H) and magnesium silicate hydrate (M-S-H) gels mainly form as separate phases, their relative amount and structural characteristics depending on the composition of the hydrated mixture. Moreover, the composition of the mixtures strongly affects the kinetics of hydration and the pH of the aqueous phase in contact with the cementitious materials. The results here reported show that suitable mixtures of Portland cement and MgO/SiO2 could be used to modify the properties of hydrated phases with potential application in the storage of nuclear waste in clayey disposal.

Isolation and quantification of Quillaja saponaria Molina saponins and lipids in iscom-matrix and iscoms.

PubMed

Behboudi, S; Morein, B; Rönnberg, B

1995-12-01

In the iscom, multiple copies of antigen are attached by hydrophobic interaction to a matrix which is built up by Quillaja triterpenoid saponins and lipids. Thus, the iscom presents antigen in multimeric form in a small particle with a built-in adjuvant resulting in a highly immunogenic antigen formulation. We have designed a chloroform-methanol-water extraction procedure to isolate the triterpenoid saponins and lipids incorporated into iscom-matrix and iscoms. The triterpenoids in the triterpenoid phase were quantitated using orcinol sulfuric acid detecting their carbohydrate chains and by HPLC. The cholesterol and phosphatidylcholine in the lipid phase were quantitated by HPLC and a commercial colorimetric method for the cholesterol. The quantitative methods showed an almost total separation and recovery of triterpenoids and lipids in their respective phases, while protein was detected in all phases after extraction. The protein content was determined by the method of Lowry and by amino acid analysis. Amino acid analysis was shown to be the reliable method of the two to quantitate proteins in iscoms. In conclusion, simple, reproducible and efficient procedures have been designed to isolate and quantitate the triterpenoids and lipids added for preparation of iscom-matrix and iscoms. The procedures described should also be useful to adequately define constituents in prospective vaccines.

Bracket formulations and energy- and helicity-preserving numerical methods for incompressible two-phase flows

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Suzuki, Yukihito

2018-03-01

A diffuse interface model for three-dimensional viscous incompressible two-phase flows is formulated within a bracket formalism using a skew-symmetric Poisson bracket together with a symmetric negative semi-definite dissipative bracket. The budgets of kinetic energy, helicity, and enstrophy derived from the bracket formulations are properly inherited by the finite difference equations obtained by invoking the discrete variational derivative method combined with the mimetic finite difference method. The Cahn-Hilliard and Allen-Cahn equations are employed as diffuse interface models, in which the equalities of densities and viscosities of two different phases are assumed. Numerical experiments on the motion of periodic arrays of tubes and those of droplets have been conducted to examine the properties and usefulness of the proposed method.

Comparative bioavailability of rifampicin, isoniazid and pyrazinamide from a four drug fixed dose combination with separate formulations at the same dose levels.

PubMed

Agrawal, Shrutidevi; Singh, Inderjit; Kaur, Kanwal Jit; Bhade, Shantaram R; Kaul, Chaman Lal; Panchagnula, Ramesh

2004-05-19

Fixed dose combination (FDC) formulations became popular in the treatment of tuberculosis (TB) because of the better patient compliance, reduced risk of monotherapy and emergence of drug resistance in contrast to treatment with separate formulations of two to four first-line drugs. However, its successful implementation in national programs is limited by probable bioinequivalency of rifampicin if present in FDC form. In this regard, World Health Organization (WHO) and International Union Against Tuberculosis and Lung Disease (IUATLD) recommend FDCs only of proven bioavailability. Hence, bioequivalence study of four drug FDC tablet was conducted using 22 healthy male volunteers according to WHO recommended protocol to determine bioavailability of rifampicin, isoniazid and pyrazinamide compared to standard separate combination at the same dose level. The study was designed as two period, two treatment crossover experiment with a washout period of 1 week. Bioequivalence of rifampicin was estimated by plasma and urinary method for both rifampicin and its active metabolite, des-acetyl rifampicin whereas isoniazid and pyrazinamide were estimated from plasma. Mean concentration time profiles and all the pharmacokinetic parameters of rifampicin, isoniazid and pyrazinamide from FDC tablet were comparable to individual formulations and passed the bioequivalence test with power of the test above 95%. Further, bioequivalence of both rifampicin and isoniazid shows that in vitro interaction of rifampicin and isoniazid is clinically insignificant. Thus, it was concluded that FDC formulation is bioequivalent for rifampicin, isoniazid and pyrazinamide and ensures the successful treatment of TB without compromising therapeutic efficacy of any of these components of anti-TB therapy.

Bioequivalence assessment of rifampicin, isoniazid and pyrazinamide in a fixed dose combination of rifampicin, isoniazid, pyrazinamide and ethambutol vs. separate formulations.

PubMed

Agrawal, S; Singh, I; Kaur, K J; Bhade, S R; Kaul, C L; Panchagnula, R

2002-10-01

Depending on the patient category, tuberculosis requires treatment with 3 to 5 drugs which means that patient's compliance to therapy may not be optimal. To increase patient's adherence to treatment schedules, these drugs can be given as single drug preparations or fixed dose combinations (FDCs) of 2 or more drugs in a single formulation. However, an important issue associated with a rifampicin-containing FDC is its quality. Hence, to avoid spurious formulations entering the market, the World Health Organization and the International Union Against Tuberculosis and Lung Disease have recommended FDCs only of proven bioavailability. In this study, the relative bioavailability of rifampicin, isoniazid and pyrazinamide was assessed in a group of 14 healthy male subjects using the FDC tablet containing 4 drugs versus separate formulations at the same dose levels. The study was designed as an open, crossover trial. A total of 9 blood samples were collected over a period of 24 h. The concentration of rifampicin, its main metabolite desacetyl rifampicin, isoniazid and pyrazinamide in plasma were assessed using HPLC analysis. The pharmacokinetic parameters AUC(0-24) and Cmax were subjected to parametric and non-parametric statistical tests at 90% confidence interval. In addition, time to reach peak concentration (tmax), elimination rate constant (Kel) and terminal elimination half-life (t1/2) for each drug were also calculated. It was concluded that the FDC tablet containing 4 drugs is bioequivalent to separate rifampicin, isoniazid and pyrazinamide formulations at the same dose levels.

Computational cost of two alternative formulations of Cahn-Hilliard equations

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Paszyński, Maciej; Gurgul, Grzegorz; Łoś, Marcin; Szeliga, Danuta

2018-05-01

In this paper we propose two formulations of Cahn-Hilliard equations, which have several applications in cancer growth modeling and material science phase-field simulations. The first formulation uses one C4 partial differential equations (PDEs) the second one uses two C2 PDEs. Finally, we compare the computational costs of direct solvers for both formulations, using the refined isogeometric analysis (rIGA) approach.

Limitations of high dose carrier based formulations.

PubMed

Yeung, Stewart; Traini, Daniela; Tweedie, Alan; Lewis, David; Church, Tanya; Young, Paul M

2018-06-10

This study was performed to investigate how increasing the active pharmaceutical ingredient (API) content within a formulation affects the dispersion of particles and the aerosol performance efficiency of a carrier based dry powder inhalable (DPI) formulation, using a custom dry powder inhaler (DPI) development rig. Five formulations with varying concentrations of API beclomethasone dipropionate (BDP) between 1% and 30% (w/w) were formulated as a multi-component carrier system containing coarse lactose and fine lactose with magnesium stearate. The morphology of the formulation and each component were investigated using scanning electron micrographs while the particle size was measured by laser diffraction. The aerosol performance, in terms of aerodynamic diameter, was assessed using the British pharmacopeia Apparatus E cascade impactor (Next generation impactor). Chemical analysis of the API was observed by high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC). Increasing the concentration of BDP in the blend resulted in increasing numbers and size of individual agglomerates and densely packed BDP multi-layers on the surface of the lactose carrier. BDP present within the multi-layer did not disperse as individual primary particles but as dense agglomerates, which led to a decrease in aerosol performance and increased percentage of BDP deposition within the Apparatus E induction port and pre-separator. As the BDP concentration in the blends increases, aerosol performance of the formulation decreases, in an inversely proportional manner. Concurrently, the percentage of API deposition in the induction port and pre-separator could also be linked to the amount of micronized particles (BDP and Micronized composite carrier) present in the formulation. The effect of such dose increase on the behaviour of aerosol dispersion was investigated to gain greater insight in the development and optimisation of higher dosed carrier-based formulations. Copyright © 2018 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Restraint of Liquid Jets by Surface Tension in Microgravity Modeled

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Chato, David J.

2001-01-01

Tension in Microgravity Modeled Microgravity poses many challenges to the designer of spacecraft tanks. Chief among these are the lack of phase separation and the need to supply vapor-free liquid or liquidfree vapor to the spacecraft processes that require fluid. One of the principal problems of phase separation is the creation of liquid jets. A jet can be created by liquid filling, settling of the fluid to one end of the tank, or even closing a valve to stop the liquid flow. Anyone who has seen a fountain knows that jets occur in normal gravity also. However, in normal gravity, the gravity controls and restricts the jet flow. In microgravity, with gravity largely absent, jets must be contained by surface tension forces. Recent NASA experiments in microgravity (Tank Pressure Control Experiment, TPCE, and Vented Tank Pressure Experiment, VTRE) resulted in a wealth of data about jet behavior in microgravity. VTRE was surprising in that, although it contained a complex geometry of baffles and vanes, the limit on liquid inflow was the emergence of a liquid jet from the top of the vane structure. Clearly understanding the restraint of liquid jets by surface tension is key to managing fluids in low gravity. To model this phenomenon, we need a numerical method that can track the fluid motion and the surface tension forces. The fluid motion is modeled with the Navier-Stokes equation formulated for low-speed incompressible flows. The quantities of velocity and pressure are placed on a staggered grid, with velocity being tracked at cell faces and pressure at cell centers. The free surface is tracked via the introduction of a color function that tracks liquid as 1/2 and gas as -1/2. A phase model developed by Jacqmin is used. This model converts the discrete surface tension force into a barrier function that peaks at the free surface and decays rapidly. Previous attempts at this formulation have been criticized for smearing the interface. However, by sharpening the phase function, double gridding the fluid function, and using a higher order solution for the fluid function, interface smearing is avoided. These equations can be rewritten as two coupled Poisson equations that also include the velocity. The method of solution is as follows: first, the phase equations are solved from this solution, a velocity field is generated, then a successive overrelaxation scheme is used to solve for a pressure field consistent with the velocity solution. After the code was implemented in axisymmetric form and verified by several test cases, the drop tower runs of Aydelott were modeled. The model handed the free-surface deformation quite nicely, even to the point of modeling geyser growth in the regime where the free surface was no longer restrained. A representative run is shown.

Entanglement renormalization and gauge symmetry

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Tagliacozzo, L.; Vidal, G.

2011-03-01

A lattice gauge theory is described by a redundantly large vector space that is subject to local constraints and can be regarded as the low-energy limit of an extended lattice model with a local symmetry. We propose a numerical coarse-graining scheme to produce low-energy, effective descriptions of lattice models with a local symmetry such that the local symmetry is exactly preserved during coarse-graining. Our approach results in a variational ansatz for the ground state(s) and low-energy excitations of such models and, by extension, of lattice gauge theories. This ansatz incorporates the local symmetry in its structure and exploits it to obtain a significant reduction of computational costs. We test the approach in the context of a Z2 lattice gauge theory formulated as the low-energy theory of a specific regime of the toric code with a magnetic field, for lattices with up to 16×16 sites (162×2=512 spins) on a torus. We reproduce the well-known ground-state phase diagram of the model, consisting of a deconfined and spin-polarized phases separated by a continuous quantum phase transition, and obtain accurate estimates of energy gaps, ground-state fidelities, Wilson loops, and several other quantities.

Synthesis of a mixed-model stationary phase derived from glutamine for HPLC separation of structurally different biologically active compounds: HILIC and reversed-phase applications.

PubMed

Aral, Tarık; Aral, Hayriye; Ziyadanoğulları, Berrin; Ziyadanoğulları, Recep

2015-01-01

A novel mixed-mode stationary phase was synthesised starting from N-Boc-glutamine, aniline and spherical silica gel (4 µm, 60 Å). The prepared stationary phase was characterized by IR and elemental analysis. The new stationary phase bears an embedded amide group into phenyl ring, highly polar a terminal amide group and non-polar groups (phenyl and alkyl groups). At first, this new mixed-mode stationary phase was used for HILIC separation of four nucleotides and five nucleosides. The effects of different separation conditions, such as pH value, mobile phase and temperature, on the separation process were investigated. The optimum separation for nucleotides was achieved using HILIC isocratic elution with aqueous mobile phase and acetonitrile with 20°C column temperature. Under these conditions, the four nucleotides could be separated and detected at 265 nm within 14 min. Five nucleosides were separated under HILIC isocratic elution with aqueous mobile phase containing pH=3.25 phosphate buffer (10mM) and acetonitrile with 20°C column temperature and detected at 265 nm within 14 min. Chromatographic parameters as retention factor, selectivity, theoretical plate number and peak asymmetry factor were calculated for the effect of temperature and water content in mobile phase on the separation process. The new column was also tested for nucleotides and nucleosides mixture and six analytes were separated in 10min. The chromatographic behaviours of these polar analytes on the new mixed-model stationary phase were compared with those of HILIC columns under similar conditions. Further, phytohormones and phenolic compounds were separated in order to see influence of the new stationary phase in reverse phase conditions. Eleven plant phytohormones were separated within 13 min using RP-HPLC gradient elution with aqueous mobile phase containing pH=2.5 phosphate buffer (10mM) and acetonitrile with 20°C column temperature and detected at 230 or 278 nm. The best separation conditions for seven phenolic compounds was also achieved using reversed-phase HPLC gradient elution with aqueous mobile phase containing pH=2.5 phosphate buffer (10mM) and acetonitrile with 20°C column temperature and seven phenolic compounds could be separated and detected at 230 nm within 16 min. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Assessment of bioequivalence of rifampicin, isoniazid and pyrazinamide in a four drug fixed dose combination with separate formulations at the same dose levels.

PubMed

Agrawal, Shrutidevi; Kaur, Kanwal Jit; Singh, Inderjit; Bhade, Shantaram R; Kaul, Chaman Lal; Panchagnula, Ramesh

2002-02-21

Tuberculosis (TB) needs treatment with three to five different drugs simultaneously, depending on the patient category. These drugs can be given as single drug preparations or fixed dose combinations (FDCs) of two more drugs in a single formulation. World Health Organization and International Union against Tuberculosis and Lung Disease (IUATLD) recommend FDCs only of proven bioavailability. The relative bioavailability of rifampicin (RIF), isoniazid (INH) and pyrazinamide (PYZ) was assessed on a group of 13 healthy male subjects from a four drug FDC versus separate formulations at the same dose levels. The study was designed to be an open, crossover experiment. A total of nine blood samples each of 3 ml volume were collected over a period of 24-h. The concentrations of RIF, its main metabolite desacetyl RIF (DRIF), INH and PYZ in plasma were assessed by HPLC analysis. Pharmacokinetic parameters namely AUC(0-24), AUC(0-inf), C(max), T(max), were calculated and subjected to different statistical tests (Hauschke analysis, two way ANOVA, normal and log transformed confidence interval) at 90% confidence interval. In addition, elimination rate constant (K(el)) and absorption efficiencies for each drug were also calculated. It was concluded that four drugs FDC tablet is bioequivalent for RIF, INH and PYZ to separate formulation at the same dose levels.

Phase 0 Clinical Chemoprevention Trial of the AKT Inhibitor SR13668

PubMed Central

Reid, Joel M.; Walden, Chad; Qin, Rui; Allen Ziegler, Katie L.; Haslam, John L.; Rajewski, Roger A.; Warndahl, Roger; Fitting, Cindy L.; Boring, Daniel; Szabo, Eva; Crowell, James; Perloff, Marjorie; Jong, Ling; Mandrekar, Sumithra J.; Ames, Matthew M.; Limburg, Paul J.

2011-01-01

Purpose SR13668, an orally active AKT pathway inhibitor, has demonstrated cancer chemopreventive potential in preclinical studies. To accelerate the clinical development of this promising agent, we designed and conducted the first-ever phase 0 chemoprevention trial to evaluate and compare the effects of food and formulation on SR13668 bioavailability. Patients and Methods Healthy adult volunteers were randomly assigned to receive a single, 38 mg oral dose of SR13668 in one of five different formulations, with or without food. Based on existing animal data, SR13668 in a PEG400/Labrasol® oral solution was defined as the reference formulation. Blood samples were obtained pre- and post-agent administration for pharmacokinetic analyses. Area under the plasma concentration-time curve (AUC0-∞) was defined as the primary endpoint. Data were analyzed and compared using established statistical methods for phase 0 trials with a limited sample size. Results Participants (N=20) were rapidly accrued over a 5-month period. Complete pharmacokinetic data were available for 18 randomized participants. AUC0-∞ values were highest in the fed state (range = 122–439 ng/mL × hours) and were statistically significantly different across formulations (p = 0.007), with Solutol® HS15 providing the highest bioavailability. SR13668 time to peak plasma concentration (3 hours; range, 2 – 6 hours) and half-life were (11.2 ± 3.1 hours) were not formulation dependent. Conclusions Using a novel, highly efficient study design, we rapidly identified a lead formulation of SR13668 for further clinical testing. Our findings support application of the phase 0 trial paradigm to accelerate chemoprevention agent development. PMID:21372034

Simultaneous determination of kolliphor HS15 and miglyol 812 in microemulsion formulation by ultra-high performance liquid chromatography coupled with nano quantity analyte detector.

PubMed

Zhang, Honggen; Wang, Zhenyu; Liu, Oscar

2016-02-01

A novel method for simultaneous determination of kolliphor HS15 and miglyol 812 in microemulsion formulation was developed using ultra-high performance liquid chromatography coupled with a nano quantitation analytical detector (UHPLC-NQAD). All components in kolliphor HS15 and miglyol 812 were well separated on an Acquity BEH C 18 column. Mobile phase A was 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) in water and mobile phase B was acetonitrile. A gradient elution sequence was programed initially with 60% organic solvent, slowly increased to 100% within 8 min. The flow rate was 0.7 mL/min. Good linearity ( r >0.95) was obtained in the range of 27.6-1381.1 μg/mL for polyoxyl 15 hydroxystearate in kolliphor HS15, 0.8-202.0 μg/mL for caprylic acid triglyceride and 2.7-221.9 μg/mL for capric acid triglyceride in miglyol 812. The relative standard deviations (RSD) ranged from 0.6% to 1.7% for intra-day precision and from 0.4% to 2.7% for inter-day precision. The overall recoveries (accuracy) were 99.7%-101.4% for polyoxyl 15 hydroxystearate in kolliphor HS15, 96.7%-99.6% for caprylic acid triglyceride, and 94.1%-103.3% for capric acid triglyceride in miglyol 812. Quantification limits (QL) were determined as 27.6 μg/mL for polyoxyl 15 hydroxystearate in kolliphor HS15, 0.8 μg/mL for caprylic acid triglyceride, and 2.7 μg/mL for capric acid triglyceride in miglyol 812. No interferences were observed in the retention time ranges of kolliphor HS15 and miglyol 812. The method was validated in terms of specificity, linearity, precision, accuracy, QL, and robustness. The proposed method has been applied to microemulsion formulation analyses with good recoveries (82.2%-103.4%).

Development and validation of a stability-indicating HPLC-UV method for the determination of triamcinolone acetonide and its degradation products in an ointment formulation.

PubMed

van Heugten, A J P; de Boer, W; de Vries, W S; Markesteijn, C M A; Vromans, H

2018-02-05

A stability indicating high performance liquid chromatography method has been developed for the determination of triamcinolone acetonide (TCA) and its main degradation products in ointment formulations. The method, based on extensive stress testing using metal salts, azobisisobutyronitrile, acid, base and peroxide, showed that TCA undergoes oxidative degradation. All degradation products were identified using HPLC mass spectrometry. Separation and quantification was achieved using an Altima C18 RP18 HP column (250×4.6mm 2 , with 5μm particles) using a mobile phase consisting of acetonitrile and water buffered at pH 7 using 10mM phosphate buffer. A gradient mode was operated at a flow rate of 1.5ml/min and detection was at 241nm. The method showed linearity for TCA and Impurity C in 0.02-125% of the workload, both square roots of the correlation coefficients were larger than 0.9999. Repeatability and intermediate precision were performed by six consecutive injections of both 1.25% and 125% of the work load for both TCA and Impurity C divided equally over two days. RSD were 0.6% and 0.7% for TCA and 0.5% and 0.1% for Impurity C respectively. Accuracy was determined as well, the average recoveries were 99.5% (±0.1%, n=3) for TCA and 96.9% (±1.3%, n=3) for impurity C respectively from spiked ointment samples. The robustness was also evaluated by variations of column (old vs new), mobile phase pH and filter retention. The applicability of the method was evaluated by analysis of a commercial ointment formulation. Interestingly, the extensive stress tests were able to predict all degradation products of TCA in a long term stability ointment sample. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

High drug loading self-microemulsifying/micelle formulation: design by high-throughput formulation screening system and in vivo evaluation.

PubMed

Sakai, Kenichi; Obata, Kouki; Yoshikawa, Mayumi; Takano, Ryusuke; Shibata, Masaki; Maeda, Hiroyuki; Mizutani, Akihiko; Terada, Katsuhide

2012-10-01

To design a high drug loading formulation of self-microemulsifying/micelle system. A poorly-soluble model drug (CH5137291), 8 hydrophilic surfactants (HS), 10 lipophilic surfactants (LS), 5 oils, and PEG400 were used. A high loading formulation was designed by a following stepwise approach using a high-throughput formulation screening (HTFS) system: (1) an oil/solvent was selected by solubility of the drug; (2) a suitable HS for highly loading was selected by the screenings of emulsion/micelle size and phase stability in binary systems (HS, oil/solvent) with increasing loading levels; (3) a LS that formed a broad SMEDDS/micelle area on a phase diagram containing the HS and oil/solvent was selected by the same screenings; (4) an optimized formulation was selected by evaluating the loading capacity of the crystalline drug. Aqueous solubility behavior and oral absorption (Beagle dog) of the optimized formulation were compared with conventional formulations (jet-milled, PEG400). As an optimized formulation, d-α-tocopheryl polyoxyethylene 1000 succinic ester: PEG400 = 8:2 was selected, and achieved the target loading level (200 mg/mL). The formulation formed fine emulsion/micelle (49.1 nm), and generated and maintained a supersaturated state at a higher level compared with the conventional formulations. In the oral absorption test, the area under the plasma concentration-time curve of the optimized formulation was 16.5-fold higher than that of the jet-milled formulation. The high loading formulation designed by the stepwise approach using the HTFS system improved the oral absorption of the poorly-soluble model drug.

Higher-order compositional modeling of three-phase flow in 3D fractured porous media based on cross-flow equilibrium

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Moortgat, Joachim; Firoozabadi, Abbas

2013-10-01

Numerical simulation of multiphase compositional flow in fractured porous media, when all the species can transfer between the phases, is a real challenge. Despite the broad applications in hydrocarbon reservoir engineering and hydrology, a compositional numerical simulator for three-phase flow in fractured media has not appeared in the literature, to the best of our knowledge. In this work, we present a three-phase fully compositional simulator for fractured media, based on higher-order finite element methods. To achieve computational efficiency, we invoke the cross-flow equilibrium (CFE) concept between discrete fractures and a small neighborhood in the matrix blocks. We adopt the mixed hybrid finite element (MHFE) method to approximate convective Darcy fluxes and the pressure equation. This approach is the most natural choice for flow in fractured media. The mass balance equations are discretized by the discontinuous Galerkin (DG) method, which is perhaps the most efficient approach to capture physical discontinuities in phase properties at the matrix-fracture interfaces and at phase boundaries. In this work, we account for gravity and Fickian diffusion. The modeling of capillary effects is discussed in a separate paper. We present the mathematical framework, using the implicit-pressure-explicit-composition (IMPEC) scheme, which facilitates rigorous thermodynamic stability analyses and the computation of phase behavior effects to account for transfer of species between the phases. A deceptively simple CFL condition is implemented to improve numerical stability and accuracy. We provide six numerical examples at both small and larger scales and in two and three dimensions, to demonstrate powerful features of the formulation.

Generalized Stoner criterion and versatile spin ordering in two-dimensional spin-orbit coupled electron systems

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Liu, Weizhe Edward; Chesi, Stefano; Webb, David; Zülicke, U.; Winkler, R.; Joynt, Robert; Culcer, Dimitrie

2017-12-01

Spin-orbit coupling is a single-particle phenomenon known to generate topological order, and electron-electron interactions cause ordered many-body phases to exist. The rich interplay of these two mechanisms is present in a broad range of materials and has been the subject of considerable ongoing research and controversy. Here we demonstrate that interacting two-dimensional electron systems with strong spin-orbit coupling exhibit a variety of time reversal symmetry breaking phases with unconventional spin alignment. We first prove that a Stoner-type criterion can be formulated for the spin polarization response to an electric field, which predicts that the spin polarization susceptibility diverges at a certain value of the electron-electron interaction strength. The divergence indicates the possibility of unconventional ferromagnetic phases even in the absence of any applied electric or magnetic field. This leads us, in the second part of this work, to study interacting Rashba spin-orbit coupled semiconductors in equilibrium in the Hartree-Fock approximation as a generic minimal model. Using classical Monte Carlo simulations, we construct the complete phase diagram of the system as a function of density and spin-orbit coupling strength. It includes both an out-of-plane spin-polarized phase and in-plane spin-polarized phases with shifted Fermi surfaces and rich spin textures, reminiscent of the Pomeranchuk instability, as well as two different Fermi-liquid phases having one and two Fermi surfaces, respectively, which are separated by a Lifshitz transition. We discuss possibilities for experimental observation and useful application of these novel phases, especially in the context of electric-field-controlled macroscopic spin polarizations.

Evaluation of phase II toxicity identification evaluation methods for freshwater whole sediment and interstitial water.

PubMed

Phillips, Bryn M; Anderson, Brian S; Hunt, John W; Clark, Sara L; Voorhees, Jennifer P; Tjeerdema, Ron S; Casteline, Jane; Stewart, Margaret

2009-02-01

Phase I whole sediment toxicity identification evaluation (TIE) methods have been developed to characterize the cause of toxicity as organic chemicals, metals, or ammonia. In Phase II identification treatments, resins added to whole sediment to reduce toxicity caused by metals and organics can be separated and eluted much like solid-phase extraction (SPE) columns are eluted for interstitial water. In this study, formulated reference sediments spiked with toxic concentrations of copper, fluoranthene, and nonylphenol were subjected to whole sediment and interstitial water TIE treatments to evaluate Phase I and II TIE procedures for identifying the cause of toxicity to Hyalella azteca. Phase I TIE treatments consisted of adding adsorbent resins to whole sediment, and using SPE columns to remove spiked chemicals from interstitial water. Phase II treatments consisted of eluting resins and SPE columns and the preparation and testing of eluates for toxicity and chemistry. Whole sediment resins and SPE columns significantly reduced toxicity, and the eluates from all treatments contained toxic concentrations of the spiked chemical except for interstitial water fluoranthene. Toxic unit analysis based on median lethal concentrations (LC50s) allowed for the comparison of chemical concentrations among treatments, and demonstrated that the bioavailability of some chemicals was reduced in some samples and treatments. The concentration of fluoranthene in the resin eluate closely approximated the original interstitial water concentration, but the resin eluate concentrations of copper and nonylphenol were much higher than the original interstitial water concentrations. Phase II whole sediment TIE treatments provided complementary lines of evidence to the interstitial water TIE results.

Phase separation and large deviations of lattice active matter

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Whitelam, Stephen; Klymko, Katherine; Mandal, Dibyendu

2018-04-01

Off-lattice active Brownian particles form clusters and undergo phase separation even in the absence of attractions or velocity-alignment mechanisms. Arguments that explain this phenomenon appeal only to the ability of particles to move persistently in a direction that fluctuates, but existing lattice models of hard particles that account for this behavior do not exhibit phase separation. Here we present a lattice model of active matter that exhibits motility-induced phase separation in the absence of velocity alignment. Using direct and rare-event sampling of dynamical trajectories, we show that clustering and phase separation are accompanied by pronounced fluctuations of static and dynamic order parameters. This model provides a complement to off-lattice models for the study of motility-induced phase separation.

Acetalated Dextran Microparticulate Vaccine Formulated via Coaxial Electrospray Preserves Toxin Neutralization and Enhances Murine Survival Following Inhalational Bacillus Anthracis Exposure.

PubMed

Gallovic, Matthew D; Schully, Kevin L; Bell, Matthew G; Elberson, Margaret A; Palmer, John R; Darko, Christian A; Bachelder, Eric M; Wyslouzil, Barbara E; Keane-Myers, Andrea M; Ainslie, Kristy M

2016-10-01

Subunit formulations are regarded as the safest type of vaccine, but they often contain a protein-based antigen that can result in significant challenges, such as preserving antigenicity during formulation and administration. Many studies have demonstrated that encapsulation of protein antigens in polymeric microparticles (MPs) via emulsion techniques results in total IgG antibody titers comparable to alum formulations, however, the antibodies themselves are non-neutralizing. To address this issue, a coaxial electrohydrodynamic spraying (electrospray) technique is used to formulate a microparticulate-based subunit anthrax vaccine under conditions that minimize recombinant protective antigen (rPA) exposure to harsh solvents and high shear stress. rPA and the adjuvant resiquimod are encapsulated either in separate or the same acetalated dextran MPs. Using a murine model, the electrospray formulations lead to higher IgG2a subtype titers as well as comparable total IgG antibody titers and toxin neutralization relative to the FDA-approved vaccine (BioThrax). BioThrax provides no protection against a lethal inhalational challenge of the highly virulent Ames Bacillus anthracis anthrax strain, whereas 50% of the mice vaccinated with separately encapsulated electrospray MPs survive. Overall, this study demonstrates the potential use of electrospray for encapsulating protein antigens in polymeric MPs. © 2016 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

Melt extrusion vs. spray drying: The effect of processing methods on crystalline content of naproxen-povidone formulations.

PubMed

Haser, Abbe; Cao, Tu; Lubach, Joe; Listro, Tony; Acquarulo, Larry; Zhang, Feng

2017-05-01

Our hypothesis is that melt extrusion is a more suitable processing method than spray drying to prepare amorphous solid dispersions of drugs with a high crystallization tendency. Naproxen-povidone K25 was used as the model system in this study. Naproxen-povidone K25 solid dispersions at 30% and 60% drug loadings were characterized by modulated DSC, powder X-ray diffraction, FT-IR, and solid-state 13 C NMR to identify phase separation and drug recrystallization during processing and storage. At 30% drug loading, hydrogen bond (H-bond) sites of povidone K25 were not saturated and the glass transition (T g ) temperature of the formulation was higher. As a result, both melt-extruded and spray-dried materials were amorphous initially and remained so after storage at 40°C. At 60% drug loading, H-bond sites were saturated, and T g was low. We were not able to prepare amorphous materials. The initial crystallinity of the formulations was 0.4%±0.2% and 5.6%±0.6%, and increased to 2.7%±0.3% and 21.6%±1.0% for melt-extruded and spray-dried materials, respectively. Spray-dried material was more susceptible to re-crystallization during processing, due to the high diffusivity of naproxen molecules in the formulation matrix and lack of kinetic stabilization from polymer solution. A larger number of crystalline nucleation sites and high surface area made the spray-dried material more susceptible to recrystallization during storage. This study demonstrated the unique advantages of melt extrusion over spray drying for the preparation of amorphous solid dispersions of naproxen at high drug level. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Novel microemulsion-based gel formulation of tazarotene for therapy of acne.

PubMed

Patel, Mrunali Rashmin; Patel, Rashmin Bharatbhai; Parikh, Jolly R; Patel, Bharat G

2016-12-01

The objective of this study was to develop and evaluate a novel microemulsion based gel formulation containing tazarotene for targeted topical therapy of acne. Psudoternary phase diagrams were constructed to obtain the concentration range of oil, surfactant, and co-surfactant for microemulsion formation. The optimized microemulsion formulation containing 0.05% tazarotene was formulated by spontaneous microemulsification method consisting of 10% Labrafac CC, mixed emulsifiers 15% Labrasol-Cremophor-RH 40 (1:1), 15% Capmul MCM, and 60% distilled water (w/w) as an external phase. All plain and tazarotene-loaded microemulsions were clear and showed physicochemical parameters for desired topical delivery and stability. The permeation profiles of tazarotene through rat skin from optimized microemulsion formulation followed the Higuchi model for controlled permeation. Microemulsion-based gel was prepared by incorporating Carbopol®971P NF in optimized microemulsion formulation having suitable skin permeation rate and skin uptake. Microemulsion-based gel showed desired physicochemical parameters and demonstrated advantage over marketed formulation in improving the skin tolerability of tazarotene indicating its potential in improving its topical delivery. The developed microemulsion-based gel may be a potential drug delivery vehicle for targeted topical delivery of tazarotene in the treatment of acne.

Supersonic Pitch Damping Predictions of Blunt Entry Vehicles from Static CFD Solutions

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Schoenenberger, Mark

2013-01-01

A technique for predicting supersonic pitch damping of blunt axisymmetric bodies from static CFD data is presented. The contributions to static pitching moment due to forebody and aftbody pressure distributions are broken out and considered separately. The one-dimension moment equation is cast to model the separate contributions from forebody and aftbody pressures with no traditional damping term included. The aftbody contribution to pitching moment is lagged by a phase angle of the natural oscillation period. This lag represents the time for aftbody wake structures to equilibrate while the body is oscillation. The characteristic equation of this formulation indicates that the lagged backshell moment adds a damping moment equivalent in form to a constant pitch damping term. CFD calculations of the backshell's contribution to the static pitching moment for a range of angles-of-attack is used to predict pitch damping coefficients. These predictions are compared with ballistic range data taken of the Mars Exploration Rover (MER) capsule and forced oscillation data of the Mars Viking capsule. The lag model appears to capture dynamic stability variation due to backshell geometry as well as Mach number.

Mitigation of reversible self-association and viscosity in a human IgG1 monoclonal antibody by rational, structure-guided Fv engineering

PubMed Central

Geoghegan, James C.; Fleming, Ryan; Damschroder, Melissa; Bishop, Steven M.; Sathish, Hasige A.; Esfandiary, Reza

2016-01-01

ABSTRACT Undesired solution behaviors such as reversible self-association (RSA), high viscosity, and liquid-liquid phase separation can introduce substantial challenges during development of monoclonal antibody formulations. Although a global mechanistic understanding of RSA (i.e., native and reversible protein-protein interactions) is sufficient to develop robust formulation controls, its mitigation via protein engineering requires knowledge of the sites of protein-protein interactions. In the study reported here, we coupled our previous hydrogen-deuterium exchange mass spectrometry findings with structural modeling and in vitro screening to identify the residues responsible for RSA of a model IgG1 monoclonal antibody (mAb-C), and rationally engineered variants with improved solution properties (i.e., reduced RSA and viscosity). Our data show that mutation of either solvent-exposed aromatic residues within the heavy and light chain variable regions or buried residues within the heavy chain/light chain interface can significantly mitigate RSA and viscosity by reducing the IgG's surface hydrophobicity. The engineering strategy described here highlights the utility of integrating complementary experimental and in silico methods to identify mutations that can improve developability, in particular, high concentration solution properties, of candidate therapeutic antibodies. PMID:27050875

Comparison of monolithic and microparticulate columns for reversed-phase liquid chromatography of tryptic digests of industrial enzymes in cleaning products.

PubMed

Beneito-Cambra, M; Herrero-Martínez, J M; Ramis-Ramos, G; Lindner, W; Lämmerhofer, M

2011-10-14

Enzymes of several classes used in the formulations of cleaning products were characterized by trypsin digestion followed by HPLC with UV detection. A polymeric monolithic column (ProSwift) was used to optimize the separation of both the intact enzymes and their tryptic digests. This column was adequate for the quality control of raw industrial enzyme concentrates. Then, monolithic and microparticulate columns were compared for peptide analysis. Under optimized conditions, the analysis of tryptic digests of enzymes of different classes commonly used in the formulation of cleaning products was carried out. Number of peaks, peak capacity and global resolution were obtained in order to evaluate the chromatographic performance of each column. Particulate shell-core C18 columns (Kinetex, 2.6 μm) showed the best performance, followed by a silica monolithic column (Chromolith RP-18e) and the conventional C18 packings (Gemini, 5 μm or 3 μm). A polymeric monolithic column (ProSwift) gave the worst performances. The proposed method was satisfactorily applied to the characterization of the enzymes present in spiked detergent bases and commercial cleaners. Copyright © 2011 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Simultaneous Analysis of Losartan Potassium, Amlodipine Besylate, and Hydrochlorothiazide in Bulk and in Tablets by High-Performance Thin Layer Chromatography with UV-Absorption Densitometry

PubMed Central

Santhana Lakshmi, Karunanidhi; Lakshmi, Sivasubramanian

2012-01-01

A Simple high-performance thin layer chromatography (HPTLC) method for separation and quantitative analysis of losartan potassium, amlodipine, and hydrochlorothiazide in bulk and in pharmaceutical formulations has been established and validated. After extraction with methanol, sample and standard solutions were applied to silica gel plates and developed with chloroform : methanol : acetone : formic acid 7.5 : 1.3 : 0.5 : 0.03 (v/v/v/v) as mobile phase. Zones were scanned densitometrically at 254 nm. The R f values of amlodipine besylate, hydrochlorothiazide, and losartan potassium were 0.35, 0.57, and 0.74, respectively. Calibration plots were linear in the ranges 500–3000 ng per spot for losartan potassium, amlodipine and hydrochlorothiazide, the correlation coefficients, r, were 0.998, 0.998, and 0.999, respectively. The suitability of this method for quantitative determination of these compounds was by validation in accordance with the requirements of pharmaceutical regulatory standards. The method can be used for routine analysis of these drugs in bulk and in formulation. PMID:22567550

Applying quality by design (QbD) concept for fabrication of chitosan coated nanoliposomes.

PubMed

Pandey, Abhijeet P; Karande, Kiran P; Sonawane, Raju O; Deshmukh, Prashant K

2014-03-01

In the present investigation, a quality by design (QbD) strategy was successfully applied to the fabrication of chitosan-coated nanoliposomes (CH-NLPs) encapsulating a hydrophilic drug. The effects of the processing variables on the particle size, encapsulation efficiency (%EE) and coating efficiency (%CE) of CH-NLPs (prepared using a modified ethanol injection method) were investigated. The concentrations of lipid, cholesterol, drug and chitosan; stirring speed, sonication time; organic:aqueous phase ratio; and temperature were identified as the key factors after risk analysis for conducting a screening design study. A separate study was designed to investigate the robustness of the predicted design space. The particle size, %EE and %CE of the optimized CH-NLPs were 111.3 nm, 33.4% and 35.2%, respectively. The observed responses were in accordance with the predicted response, which confirms the suitability and robustness of the design space for CH-NLP formulation. In conclusion, optimization of the selected key variables will help minimize the problems related to size, %EE and %CE that are generally encountered when scaling up processes for NLP formulations. The robustness of the design space will help minimize both intra-batch and inter-batch variations, which are quite common in the pharmaceutical industry.

One-dimensional Lagrangian implicit hydrodynamic algorithm for Inertial Confinement Fusion applications

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Ramis, Rafael, E-mail: rafael.ramis@upm.es

A new one-dimensional hydrodynamic algorithm, specifically developed for Inertial Confinement Fusion (ICF) applications, is presented. The scheme uses a fully conservative Lagrangian formulation in planar, cylindrical, and spherically symmetric geometries, and supports arbitrary equations of state with separate ion and electron components. Fluid equations are discretized on a staggered grid and stabilized by means of an artificial viscosity formulation. The space discretized equations are advanced in time using an implicit algorithm. The method includes several numerical parameters that can be adjusted locally. In regions with low Courant–Friedrichs–Lewy (CFL) number, where stability is not an issue, they can be adjusted tomore » optimize the accuracy. In typical problems, the truncation error can be reduced by a factor between 2 to 10 in comparison with conventional explicit algorithms. On the other hand, in regions with high CFL numbers, the parameters can be set to guarantee unconditional stability. The method can be integrated into complex ICF codes. This is demonstrated through several examples covering a wide range of situations: from thermonuclear ignition physics, where alpha particles are managed as an additional species, to low intensity laser–matter interaction, where liquid–vapor phase transitions occur.« less

Effect of applied strain on phase separation of Fe-28 at.% Cr alloy: 3D phase-field simulation

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Zhu, Lihui; Li, Yongsheng; Liu, Chengwei; Chen, Shi; Shi, Shujing; Jin, Shengshun

2018-04-01

A quantitative simulation of the separation of the α‧ phase in Fe-28 at.% Cr alloy under the effects of applied strain is performed by utilizing a three-dimensional phase-field model. The elongation of the Cr-enriched α‧ phase becomes obvious with the influence of applied uniaxial strain for the phase separation transforms from spinodal decomposition of 700 K to nucleation and growth of 773 K. The applied strain shows a significant influence on the early stage phase separation, and the influence is enlarged with the elevated temperature. The steady-state coarsening with the mechanism of spinodal decomposition is substantially affected by the applied strain for low-temperature aging, while the influence is reduced as the temperature increases and as the phase separation mechanism changes to nucleation and growth. The peak value of particle size distribution decreases, and the PSD for 773 K becomes more widely influenced by the applied strain. The simulation results of separation of the Cr-enriched α‧ phase with the applied strain provide a further understanding of the strain effect on the phase separation of Fe-Cr alloys from the metastable region to spinodal regions.

High performance liquid chromatographic determination of ambroxol in the presence of different preservatives in pharmaceutical formulations.

PubMed

Koundourellis, J E; Malliou, E T; Broussali, T A

2000-08-15

A high-performance chromatographic method is described for simultaneous determination of ambroxol in the presence of different preservatives in syrups. The method separates ambroxol from methyl- ethyl-, propyl- and butyl paraben and from other multi-component mixtures. The retention behaviour of ambroxol and parabens as a function of both pH and mobile phase composition was investigated. The eluents were monitored with a UV detector at 247 nm. Linear relationships between the amount of pharmaceutical compounds and peak heights were confirmed at the concentrations of 0.74-14.08 microg ml(-1). The high recovery (no extraction of the samples is required) and the low %RSD confirm the suitability of the proposed method for the determination of ambroxol in different pharmaceutical preparations.

Moses Lake Fishery Restoration Project : FY 1999 Annual Report.

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

None given

2000-12-01

The Moses Lake Project consists of 3 phases. Phase 1 is the assessment of all currently available physical and biological information, the collection of baseline biological data, the formulation of testable hypotheses, and the development of a detailed study plan to test the hypotheses. Phase 2 is dedicated to the implementation of the study plan including data collection, hypotheses testing, and the formulation of a management plan. Phase 3 of the project is the implementation of the management plan, monitoring and evaluation of the implemented recommendations. The project intends to restore the failed recreational fishery for panfish species (black crappie,more » bluegill and yellow perch) in Moses Lake as off site mitigation for lost recreational fishing opportunities for anadromous species in the upper Columbia River. This report summarizes the results of Phase 1 investigations and presents the study plan directed at initiating Phase 2 of the project. Phase 1of the project culminates with the formulation of testable hypotheses directed at investigating possible limiting factors to the production of panfish in Moses Lake. The limiting factors to be investigated will include water quality, habitat quantity and quality, food limitations, competition, recruitment, predation, over harvest, environmental requirements, and the physical and chemical limitations of the system in relation to the fishes.« less

Pharmacokinetic comparison using two tablets of an evogliptin/metformin XR 2.5/500 mg fixed dose combination vs. 1 tablet each of evogliptin 5 mg and metformin XR 1,000 mg
.

PubMed

Yoon, Sumin; Rhee, Su-Jin; Park, Sang-In; Yoon, Seo Hyun; Cho, Joo-Youn; Jang, In-Jin; Lee, SeungHwan; Yu, Kyung-Sang

2017-06-01

The aim of this study was to compare the pharmacokinetic (PK) characteristics of evogliptin and metformin following the administration of 2 evogliptin/metformin extended-release (XR) 2.5/500 mg FDC tablets with the coadministration of separate evogliptin 5-mg and metformin XR 1,000-mg tablets (separate formulations). A randomized, two-period, two-sequence crossover study was conducted. Subjects were randomly assigned to receive 2 FDC tablets or the individual tablets, followed by a 14-day washout period and the administration of the alternate treatment. Blood samples were collected predose and up to 72 hours postdose for each period. PK parameters including C_max and AUC_last were calculated. The geometric mean ratios (GMRs) and the 90% confidence intervals (CIs) between FDC and the separate formulations were calculated for the C_max and AUC_last of evogliptin and metformin. 33 subjects completed the study. The GMR (90% CI) values of C_max and AUC_last for evogliptin were 1.011 (0.959 - 1.066) and 1.010 (0.977 - 1.043), respectively. The GMR (90% CI) values of C_max and AUC_last for metformin were 0.892 (0.827 - 0.963) and 0.893 (0.841 - 0.947), respectively. There was no significant difference between the FDC and separate formulations regarding the occurrence of adverse events. All drug-related adverse events were considered to be mild and resolved without any treatment. Two FDC tablets of evogliptin/metformin XR 2.5/500 mg showed a similar PK profile to the separate formulations of evogliptin 5 mg and metformin XR 1,000 mg. All of the 90% CIs of GMR satisfied the regulatory bioequivalence criteria of 0.800 - 1.250.
.

A seamless phase IIB/III adaptive outcome trial: design rationale and implementation challenges.

PubMed

Chen, Y H Joshua; Gesser, Richard; Luxembourg, Alain

2015-02-01

The licensed four-valent prophylactic human papillomavirus vaccine is highly efficacious in preventing cervical, vulvar, vaginal, and anal cancers and related precancers caused by human papillomavirus types 6, 11, 16, and 18. These four types account for approximately 70% of cervical cancers. A nine-valent human papillomavirus vaccine, including the four original types (6, 11, 16, and 18) plus the next five most prevalent types in cervical cancer (31, 33, 45, 52, and 58) could provide approximately 90% overall cervical cancer coverage. To expedite the nine-valent human papillomavirus vaccine clinical development, an adaptive, seamless Phase IIB/III outcome trial with ∼ 15,000 subjects was conducted to facilitate dose formulation selection and provide pivotal evidence of safety and efficacy for regulatory registrations. We discuss the design rationale and implementation challenges of the outcome trial, focusing on the adaptive feature of the seamless Phase IIB/III design. Subjects were enrolled in two parts (Part A and Part B). Approximately 1240 women, 16-26 years of age, were enrolled in Part A for Phase IIB evaluation and equally randomized to one of three dose formulations of the nine-valent human papillomavirus vaccine or the four-valent human papillomavirus vaccine (active control). Based on an interim analysis of immunogenicity and safety, one dose formulation of the nine-valent human papillomavirus vaccine was selected for evaluation in the Phase III part of the study. Subjects enrolled in Part A who received the selected dose formulation of the nine-valent human papillomavirus vaccine or four-valent human papillomavirus vaccine continued to be followed up and contributed to the final efficacy and safety analyses. In addition, ∼ 13,400 women 16-26 years of age were enrolled in Part B, randomized to nine-valent human papillomavirus vaccine at the selected dose formulation or four-valent human papillomavirus vaccine, and followed for immunogenicity, efficacy, and safety. A seamless Phase IIB/III design was justified by the extensive pre-existing knowledge of the licensed four-valent human papillomavirus vaccine and the development objectives for the nine-valent human papillomavirus vaccine. Subjects enrolled in Part A who received either the selected nine-valent human papillomavirus formulation or four-valent human papillomavirus vaccine contributed ∼ 10% of person-years of follow-up due to its earlier start-thereby maximizing the overall efficiency of the trial. Some of the challenges encountered in the implementation of the adaptive design included practical considerations during Phase IIB formulation selection by internal and external committees, End-of-Phase II discussion with health authorities and managing changes in the assay for immunological endpoints. Application of the experience and lesson learned from this seamless adaptive design to other clinical programs may depend on case-by-case consideration. A seamless Phase IIB/III adaptive design was successfully implemented in this large outcome study. The development time of the second-generation nine-valent human papillomavirus vaccine was shortened due to improved statistical efficiency. © The Author(s) 2014.

Ultrasonication-assisted preparation and characterization of emulsions and emulsion gels for topical drug delivery.

PubMed

Singh, Vinay K; Behera, Baikuntha; Pramanik, Krishna; Pal, Kunal

2015-03-01

The current study describes the use of ultrasonication for the preparation of biphasic emulsions and emulsion gels for topical drug delivery. Sorbitan monostearate (SMS) was used as the surfactant for stabilizing the interface of sesame oil (apolar phase) and water (polar phase). Emulsions were formed at lower concentrations of SMS, whereas emulsion gels were formed at higher concentrations of SMS. The formulations were characterized by fluorescent microscopy, X-ray diffraction, viscosity, stress relaxation, spreadability, and differential scanning calorimetry studies. Fluorescence microscopy suggested formation of oil-in-water type of formulations. There was an increase in the viscosity, bulk resistance, and firmness of the formulations as the proportions of SMS was increased. The emulsion gels were viscoelastic in nature. Thermal studies suggested higher thermodynamic stability at higher proportions of either SMS or water. Metronidazole, a model antimicrobial drug, was incorporated within the formulations. The release of the drug from the formulations was found to be diffusion mediated. The drug-loaded formulations showed sufficient antimicrobial efficiency to be used as carriers for topical antimicrobial drug delivery. © 2014 Wiley Periodicals, Inc. and the American Pharmacists Association.

Solid self-nanoemulsifying drug delivery systems for oral delivery of polypeptide-k: Formulation, optimization, in-vitro and in-vivo antidiabetic evaluation.

PubMed

Garg, Varun; Kaur, Puneet; Singh, Sachin Kumar; Kumar, Bimlesh; Bawa, Palak; Gulati, Monica; Yadav, Ankit Kumar

2017-11-15

Development of self-nanoemulsifying drug delivery systems (SNEDDS) of polypeptide-k (PPK) is reported with the aim to achieve its oral delivery. Box-Behnken design (BBD) was adopted to develop and optimize the composition of SNEDDS. Oleoyl polyoxyl-6 glycerides (A), Tween 80 (B), and diethylene glycol monoethyl ether (C) were used as oil, surfactant and co-surfactant, respectively as independent variables. The effect of variation in their composition was observed on the mean droplet size (y1), polydispersity index (PDI) (y2), % drug loading (y3) and zeta potential (y4). As per the optimal design, seventeen SNEDDS prototypes were prepared. The optimized composition of SNEDDS formulation was 25% v/v Oleoyl polyoxyl-6 glycerides, 37% v/v Tween 80, 38% v/v diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, and 3% w/v PPK. The optimized formulation revealed values of y1, y2, y3, and y4 as 31.89nm, 0.16, 73.15%, and -15.65mV, respectively. Further the optimized liquid SNEDDS were solidified through spray drying using various hydrophilic and hydrophobic carriers. Among the various carriers, Aerosil 200 was found to provide desirable flow, compression, disintegration and dissolution properties. Both, liquid and solid-SNEDDS have shown release of >90% within 10min. The formulation was found stable with change in pH, dilution, temperature variation and freeze thaw cycles in terms of droplet size, zeta potential, drug precipitation and phase separation. Crystalline PPK was observed in amorphous state in solid SNEDDS when characterized through DSC and PXRD studies. The biochemical, hematological and histopathological results of streptozotocin induced diabetic rats shown promising antidiabetic potential of PPK loaded in SNEDDS at its both the doses (i.e. 400mg/kg and 800mg/kg) as compared to its naïve form at both the doses. The study revealed successful formulation of SNEDDS for oral delivery of PPK. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Determination of N-acetylglucosamine in cosmetic formulations and skin test samples by hydrophilic interaction liquid chromatography and UV detection.

PubMed

Pedrali, Alice; Bleve, Mariella; Capra, Priscilla; Jonsson, Tobias; Massolini, Gabriella; Perugini, Paola; Marrubini, Giorgio

2015-03-25

N-Acetylglucosamine is an ingredient in pharmaceuticals, nutritional supplements and in cosmetics. N-Acetylglucosamine in cosmetics is expected to improve skin hydration, reparation, and to contribute as anti-wrinkle agent. This study reports on the validation and application of an HPLC method based on HILIC and UV detection for determining N-acetylglucosamine in cosmetics and in samples obtained after testing the skin exposed to cosmetics formulations. The chromatographic column used is a ZIC(®)-pHILIC (150 mm × 4.6 mm, 5 μm particle size) on which a mobile phase containing acetonitrile-aqueous KH2PO4 (70:30, v/v) 15 mM was applied in isocratic elution mode injecting 20 μl of sample at 0.5 ml/min constant flow-rate and 10±1°C column temperature. Under these conditions the total run time was 10 min and N-acetylglucosamine eluted baseline separated from all other compounds in the samples. Calibration in the range from 40 to 80 μg/ml allowed to assess the method linearity (R(2)>0.999) in a concentration range corresponding to about 50% to 120% of the expected levels of N-acetylglucosamine in the formulations. Precision expressed by RSD% was always better than 2% in intra-day and inter-day assays of authentic samples. Accuracy was in all cases within 95-105% of the expected concentration value in formulations containing N-acetylglucosamine. The sensitivity of the method was at the level of 10 μg/ml as limit of detection, and at 40 μg/ml as limit of quantitation. The application of the method to formulations containing solid lipid nanoparticles documents its usefulness in cosmetic quality control. The results witness that the method is also suitable for the determination of N-acetylglucosamine in samples obtained from skin test strips. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Stability and Oil Migration of Oil-in-Water Emulsions Emulsified by Phase-Separating Biopolymer Mixtures.

PubMed

Yang, Nan; Mao, Peng; Lv, Ruihe; Zhang, Ke; Fang, Yapeng; Nishinari, Katsuyoshi; Phillips, Glyn O

2016-08-01

Oil-in-water (O/W) emulsions with varying concentration of oil phase, medium-chain triglyceride (MCT), were prepared using phase-separating gum arabic (GA)/sugar beet pectin (SBP) mixture as an emulsifier. Stability of the emulsions including emulsion phase separation, droplet size change, and oil migration were investigated by means of visual observation, droplet size analysis, oil partition analysis, backscattering of light, and interfacial tension measurement. It was found that in the emulsions prepared with 4.0% GA/1.0% SBP, when the concentration of MCT was greater than 2.0%, emulsion phase separation was not observed and the emulsions were stable with droplet size unchanged during storage. This result proves the emulsification ability of phase-separating biopolymer mixtures and their potential usage as emulsifiers to prepare O/W emulsion. However, when the concentration of MCT was equal or less than 2.0%, emulsion phase separation occurred after preparation resulting in an upper SBP-rich phase and a lower GA-rich phase. The droplet size increased in the upper phase whereas decreased slightly in the lower phase with time, compared to the freshly prepared emulsions. During storage, the oil droplets exhibited a complex migration process: first moving to the SBP-rich phase, then to the GA-rich phase and finally gathering at the interface between the two phases. The mechanisms of the emulsion stability and oil migration in the phase-separated emulsions were discussed. © 2016 Institute of Food Technologists®

Method of Implementing Digital Phase-Locked Loops

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Stephens, Scott A. (Inventor); Thomas, J. Brooks (Inventor)

1997-01-01

In a new formulation for digital phase-locked loops, loop-filter constants are determined from loop roots that can each be selectively placed in the s-plane on the basis of a new set of parameters, each with simple and direct physical meaning in terms of loop noise bandwidth, root-specific decay rate, and root-specific damping. Loops of first to fourth order are treated in the continuous-update approximation (B(sub L)T approaches 0) and in a discrete-update formulation with arbitrary B(sub L)T. Deficiencies of the continuous-update approximation in large-B(sub L)T applications are avoided in the new discrete-update formulation.

Finite Nilpotent BRST Transformations in Hamiltonian Formulation

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Rai, Sumit Kumar; Mandal, Bhabani Prasad

2013-10-01

We consider the finite field dependent BRST (FFBRST) transformations in the context of Hamiltonian formulation using Batalin-Fradkin-Vilkovisky method. The non-trivial Jacobian of such transformations is calculated in extended phase space. The contribution from Jacobian can be written as exponential of some local functional of fields which can be added to the effective Hamiltonian of the system. Thus, FFBRST in Hamiltonian formulation with extended phase space also connects different effective theories. We establish this result with the help of two explicit examples. We also show that the FFBRST transformations is similar to the canonical transformations in the sector of Lagrange multiplier and its corresponding momenta.

Role of vertex corrections in the matrix formulation of the random phase approximation for the multiorbital Hubbard model

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Altmeyer, Michaela; Guterding, Daniel; Hirschfeld, P. J.

2016-12-21

In the framework of a multiorbital Hubbard model description of superconductivity, a matrix formulation of the superconducting pairing interaction that has been widely used is designed to treat spin, charge, and orbital fluctuations within a random phase approximation (RPA). In terms of Feynman diagrams, this takes into account particle-hole ladder and bubble contributions as expected. It turns out, however, that this matrix formulation also generates additional terms which have the diagrammatic structure of vertex corrections. Furthermore we examine these terms and discuss the relationship between the matrix-RPA superconducting pairing interaction and the Feynman diagrams that it sums.

Simulating squeeze flows in multiaxial laminates using an improved TIF model

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ibañez, R.; Abisset-Chavanne, Emmanuelle; Chinesta, Francisco

2017-10-01

Thermoplastic composites are widely considered in structural parts. In this paper attention is paid to squeeze flow of continuous fiber laminates. In the case of unidirectional prepregs, the ply constitutive equation is modeled as a transversally isotropic fluid, that must satisfy both the fiber inextensibility as well as the fluid incompressibility. When laminate is squeezed the flow kinematics exhibits a complex dependency along the laminate thickness requiring a detailed velocity description through the thickness. In a former work the solution making use of an in-plane-out-of-plane separated representation within the PGD - Poper Generalized Decomposition - framework was successfully accomplished when both kinematic constraints (inextensibility and in-compressibility) were introduced using a penalty formulation for circumventing the LBB constraints. However, such a formulation makes difficult the calculation on fiber tractions and compression forces, the last required in rheological characterizations. In this paper the former penalty formulation is substituted by a mixed formulation that makes use of two Lagrange multipliers, while addressing the LBB stability conditions within the separated representation framework, questions never until now addressed.

Matter coupling in partially constrained vielbein formulation of massive gravity

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Felice, Antonio De; Mukohyama, Shinji; Gümrükçüoğlu, A. Emir

2016-01-01

We consider a linear effective vielbein matter coupling without introducing the Boulware-Deser ghost in ghost-free massive gravity. This is achieved in the partially constrained vielbein formulation. We first introduce the formalism and prove the absence of ghost at all scales. As next we investigate the cosmological application of this coupling in this new formulation. We show that even if the background evolution accords with the metric formulation, the perturbations display important different features in the partially constrained vielbein formulation. We study the cosmological perturbations of the two branches of solutions separately. The tensor perturbations coincide with those in the metricmore » formulation. Concerning the vector and scalar perturbations, the requirement of absence of ghost and gradient instabilities yields slightly different allowed parameter space.« less

Matter coupling in partially constrained vielbein formulation of massive gravity

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Felice, Antonio De; Gümrükçüoğlu, A. Emir; Heisenberg, Lavinia

2016-01-04

We consider a linear effective vielbein matter coupling without introducing the Boulware-Deser ghost in ghost-free massive gravity. This is achieved in the partially constrained vielbein formulation. We first introduce the formalism and prove the absence of ghost at all scales. As next we investigate the cosmological application of this coupling in this new formulation. We show that even if the background evolution accords with the metric formulation, the perturbations display important different features in the partially constrained vielbein formulation. We study the cosmological perturbations of the two branches of solutions separately. The tensor perturbations coincide with those in the metricmore » formulation. Concerning the vector and scalar perturbations, the requirement of absence of ghost and gradient instabilities yields slightly different allowed parameter space.« less

Simultaneous liquid chromatographic determination of metals and organic compounds in pharmaceutical and food-supplement formulations using evaporative light scattering detection.

PubMed

Spacil, Zdenek; Folbrova, Jana; Megoulas, Nikolaos; Solich, Petr; Koupparis, Michael

2007-02-05

A novel method for the non-derivatization liquid chromatographic determination of metals (potassium, aluminium, calcium and magnesium) and organic compounds (ascorbate and aspartate) was developed and validated based on evaporative light scattering detection (ELSD). Separation of calcium, magnesium and aluminium was achieved by the cation exchange column Dionex CS-14 and an aqueous TFA mobile phase according to the following time program: 0-6 min TFA 0.96 mL L(-1), 6-7 min linear gradient from TFA 0.96-6.4 mL L(-1). Separation of potassium, magnesium and aspartate was achieved by the lipophilic C18 Waters Spherisorb column and isocratic aqueous 0.2 mL L(-1) TFA mobile phase. Separation of sodium, magnesium, ascorbate and citrate was also achieved by the C18 analytical column, according to the following elution program: 0-2.5 min aqueous nonafluoropentanoic acid (NFPA) 0.5 mL L(-1); 2.5-3.5 min linear gradient from 0.5 mL L(-1) NFPA to 1.0 mL L(-1) TFA. In all cases, evaporation temperature was 70 degrees C, pressure of the nebulizing gas (nitrogen) 3.5 bar, gain 11 and the flow rate 1.0 mL min(-1). Resolution among calcium and magnesium was 1.8, while for all other separations was > or = 3.2. Double logarithmic calibration curves were obtained within various ranges from 3-24 to 34-132 microg mL(-1), and with good correlation (r>0.996). Asymmetry factor ranged from 0.9 to 1.9 and limit of detection from 1.3 (magnesium) to 17 microg mL(-1) (ascorbate). The developed method was applied for the assay of potassium, magnesium, calcium, aluminium, aspartate and ascorbate in pharmaceuticals and food-supplements. The accuracy of the method was evaluated using spiked samples (%recovery 95-105%, %R.S.D. < 2) and the absence of constant or proportional errors was confirmed by dilution experiments.

Quantitative characterization of gold nanoparticles by size-exclusion and hydrodynamic chromatography, coupled to inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry and quasi-elastic light scattering.

PubMed

Pitkänen, Leena; Montoro Bustos, Antonio R; Murphy, Karen E; Winchester, Michael R; Striegel, André M

2017-08-18

The physicochemical characterization of nanoparticles (NPs) is of paramount importance for tailoring and optimizing the properties of these materials as well as for evaluating the environmental fate and impact of the NPs. Characterizing the size and chemical identity of disperse NP sample populations can be accomplished by coupling size-based separation methods to physical and chemical detection methods. Informed decisions regarding the NPs can only be made, however, if the separations themselves are quantitative, i.e., if all or most of the analyte elutes from the column within the course of the experiment. We undertake here the size-exclusion chromatographic characterization of Au NPs spanning a six-fold range in mean size. The main problem which has plagued the size-exclusion chromatography (SEC) analysis of Au NPs, namely lack of quantitation accountability due to generally poor NP recovery from the columns, is overcome by carefully matching eluent formulation with the appropriate stationary phase chemistry, and by the use of on-line inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS) detection. Here, for the first time, we demonstrate the quantitative analysis of Au NPs by SEC/ICP-MS, including the analysis of a ternary NP blend. The SEC separations are contrasted to HDC/ICP-MS (HDC: hydrodynamic chromatography) separations employing the same stationary phase chemistry. Additionally, analysis of Au NPs by HDC with on-line quasi-elastic light scattering (QELS) allowed for continuous determination of NP size across the chromatographic profiles, circumventing issues related to the shedding of fines from the SEC columns. The use of chemically homogeneous reference materials with well-defined size range allowed for better assessment of the accuracy and precision of the analyses, and for a more direct interpretation of results, than would be possible employing less rigorously characterized analytes. Published by Elsevier B.V.

Fluid Phase Separation (FPS) experiment for flight on a space shuttle Get Away Special (GAS) canister

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Peters, Bruce; Wingo, Dennis; Bower, Mark; Amborski, Robert; Blount, Laura; Daniel, Alan; Hagood, Bob; Handley, James; Hediger, Donald; Jimmerson, Lisa

1990-01-01

The separation of fluid phases in microgravity environments is of importance to environmental control and life support systems (ECLSS) and materials processing in space. A successful fluid phase separation experiment will demonstrate a proof of concept for the separation technique and add to the knowledge base of material behavior. The phase separation experiment will contain a premixed fluid which will be exposed to a microgravity environment. After the phase separation of the compound has occurred, small samples of each of the species will be taken for analysis on the Earth. By correlating the time of separation and the temperature history of the fluid, it will be possible to characterize the process. The experiment has been integrated into space available on a manifested Get Away Special (GAS) experiment, CONCAP 2, part of the Consortium for Materials Complex Autonomous Payload (CAP) Program, scheduled for STS-42. The design and the production of a fluid phase separation experiment for rapid implementation at low cost is presented.

Rapid Separation of Copper Phase and Iron-Rich Phase From Copper Slag at Low Temperature in a Super-Gravity Field

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Lan, Xi; Gao, Jintao; Huang, Zili; Guo, Zhancheng

2018-03-01

A novel approach for quickly separating a metal copper phase and iron-rich phase from copper slag at low temperature is proposed based on a super-gravity method. The morphology and mineral evolution of the copper slag with increasing temperature were studied using in situ high-temperature confocal laser scanning microscopy and ex situ scanning electron microscopy and X-ray diffraction methods. Fe3O4 particles dispersed among the copper slag were transformed into FeO by adding an appropriate amount of carbon as a reducing agent, forming the slag melt with SiO2 at low temperature and assisting separation of the copper phase from the slag. Consequently, in a super-gravity field, the metallic copper and copper matte were concentrated as the copper phase along the super-gravity direction, whereas the iron-rich slag migrated in the opposite direction and was quickly separated from the copper phase. Increasing the gravity coefficient (G) significantly enhanced the separation efficiency. After super-gravity separation at G = 1000 and 1473 K (1200 °C) for 3 minutes, the mass fraction of Cu in the separated copper phase reached 86.11 wt pct, while that in the separated iron-rich phase was reduced to 0.105 wt pct. The recovery ratio of Cu in the copper phase was as high as up to 97.47 pct.

Rapid Separation of Copper Phase and Iron-Rich Phase From Copper Slag at Low Temperature in a Super-Gravity Field

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Lan, Xi; Gao, Jintao; Huang, Zili; Guo, Zhancheng

2018-06-01

A novel approach for quickly separating a metal copper phase and iron-rich phase from copper slag at low temperature is proposed based on a super-gravity method. The morphology and mineral evolution of the copper slag with increasing temperature were studied using in situ high-temperature confocal laser scanning microscopy and ex situ scanning electron microscopy and X-ray diffraction methods. Fe3O4 particles dispersed among the copper slag were transformed into FeO by adding an appropriate amount of carbon as a reducing agent, forming the slag melt with SiO2 at low temperature and assisting separation of the copper phase from the slag. Consequently, in a super-gravity field, the metallic copper and copper matte were concentrated as the copper phase along the super-gravity direction, whereas the iron-rich slag migrated in the opposite direction and was quickly separated from the copper phase. Increasing the gravity coefficient (G) significantly enhanced the separation efficiency. After super-gravity separation at G = 1000 and 1473 K (1200 °C) for 3 minutes, the mass fraction of Cu in the separated copper phase reached 86.11 wt pct, while that in the separated iron-rich phase was reduced to 0.105 wt pct. The recovery ratio of Cu in the copper phase was as high as up to 97.47 pct.

Application of hot-melt extrusion technology in immediate-release abuse-deterrent formulations.

PubMed

Wening, Klaus; Schwier, Sebastian; Stahlberg, Hans-J; Galia, Eric

Hot-melt extrusion (HME) technology has been used for manufacturing extended-release abuse-deterrent formulations (ADFs) of opioid-type analgesics with improved tamper-resistant properties. Our objective was to describe application of this technology to immediate-release (IR) ADFs. For development of a sample IR ADF (hydrocodone 10 mg/acetaminophen 325 mg) based on HME, feasibility studies were performed using different excipients. The formulation selected for further development was evaluated via in vitro test battery. Moreover, in vivo performance of IR ADF technologies was investigated in an open-label, randomized, cross-over, phase 1, relative oral bioavailability study with another opioid (model compound). Single-center bioavailability trial. Twenty-four healthy white male subjects. ADF IR formulation of an opioid and marketed IR formulation. For feasibility and in vitro studies, dissolution profiles, syringeability, particle size distribution after physical manipulation, and extractability were evaluated. For the phase 1 study, pharmacokinetic parameters were evaluated and compared for ADF IR and a marketed IR formulation. After manipulation, the majority of particles from the ADF IR formulation were >500µm and, thus, not considered suitable for intranasal abuse, while the majority of particles for the reference marketed IR formulation were <500µm. The ADF IR formulation was resistant to syringing and preparation for potential intravenous injection. In healthy subjects, pharmacokinetics of an ADF and marketed IR formulation of an opioid were nearly identical. Application of HME to IR formulations led to development of products with improved mechanical resistance to manipulation for intranasal or intravenous preparation, but similar bioavailability.

Electron irradiation induced phase separation in a sodium borosilicate glass

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Sun, K.; Wang, L. M.; Ewing, R. C.; Weber, W. J.

2004-06-01

Electron irradiation induced phase separation in a sodium borosilicate glass was studied in situ by analytical electron microscopy. Distinctly separate phases that are rich in boron and silicon formed at electron doses higher than 4.0 × 10 11 Gy during irradiation. The separated phases are still in amorphous states even at a much high dose (2.1 × 10 12 Gy). It indicates that most silicon atoms remain tetrahedrally coordinated in the glass during the entire irradiation period, except some possible reduction to amorphous silicon. The particulate B-rich phase that formed at high dose was identified as amorphous boron that may contain some oxygen. Both ballistic and ionization processes may contribute to the phase separation.

Spectro-microscopic Characterization of Physical Properties and Phase Separations in Individual Atmospheric Particles

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

OBrien, R. E.; Wang, B.; Neu, A.; Kelly, S. T.; Lundt, N.; Epstein, S. A.; MacMillan, A.; You, Y.; Laskin, A.; Nizkorodov, S.; Bertram, A. K.; Moffet, R.; Gilles, M.

2013-12-01

The phase state and liquid-liquid phase separations of ambient and laboratory generated aerosol particles were investigated using (1) scanning transmission x-ray microscopy/near-edge x-ray absorption fine structure spectroscopy (STXM/NEXAFS) coupled to a relative humidity (RH) controlled in-situ chamber and (2) environmental scanning electron microscopy (ESEM). The phase states of the particles were determined from measurements of their size and optical density. A comparison is made between the observed phase states of ambient samples and of laboratory generated aerosols to determine how well laboratory samples represent the phase of ambient samples. In addition, liquid-liquid phase separations in laboratory generated particles were investigated. Preliminary results showing that liquid-liquid phase separations occur at RH's between the deliquescence and efflorescence points and that the organic phase surrounds the inorganic phase will be presented. The STXM/NEXAFS technique provides insight into the degree of mixing at the deliquescence point and the degree of phase separation for particles of atmospherically relevant sizes.

Multi-phase-field modeling of anisotropic crack propagation for polycrystalline materials

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Nguyen, Thanh-Tung; Réthoré, Julien; Yvonnet, Julien; Baietto, Marie-Christine

2017-08-01

A new multi-phase-field method is developed for modeling the fracture of polycrystals at the microstructural level. Inter and transgranular cracking, as well as anisotropic effects of both elasticity and preferential cleavage directions within each randomly oriented crystal are taken into account. For this purpose, the proposed phase field formulation includes: (a) a smeared description of grain boundaries as cohesive zones avoiding defining an additional phase for grains; (b) an anisotropic phase field model; (c) a multi-phase field formulation where each preferential cleavage direction is associated with a damage (phase field) variable. The obtained framework allows modeling interactions and competition between grains and grain boundary cracks, as well as their effects on the effective response of the material. The proposed model is illustrated through several numerical examples involving a full description of complex crack initiation and propagation within 2D and 3D models of polycrystals.

Microstructure Evolution and Related Magnetic Properties of Cu-Zr-Al-Gd Phase-Separating Metallic Glasses

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kim, Sang Jun; Kim, Jinwoo; Park, Eun Soo

2018-04-01

We carefully investigated the correlation between microstructures and magnetic properties of Cu-Zr-Al-Gd phase-separating metallic glasses (PSMGs). The saturation magnetizations of the PSMGs were determined by total Gd contents of the alloys, while their coercivity exhibits a large deviation by the occurrence of phase separation due to the boundary pinning effect of hierarchically separated amorphous phases. Especially, the PSMGs containing Gd-rich amorphous nanoparticles show the highest coercivity which can be attributed to the size effect of the ferromagnetic amorphous phase. Furthermore, the selective crystallization of ferromagnetic amorphous phases can affect the magnetization behavior of the PSMGs. Our results could provide a novel strategy for tailoring unique soft magnetic properties of metallic glasses by introducing hierarchically separated amorphous phases and controlling their crystallinity.

Microstructure Evolution and Related Magnetic Properties of Cu-Zr-Al-Gd Phase-Separating Metallic Glasses

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kim, Sang Jun; Kim, Jinwoo; Park, Eun Soo

2018-06-01

We carefully investigated the correlation between microstructures and magnetic properties of Cu-Zr-Al-Gd phase-separating metallic glasses (PSMGs). The saturation magnetizations of the PSMGs were determined by total Gd contents of the alloys, while their coercivity exhibits a large deviation by the occurrence of phase separation due to the boundary pinning effect of hierarchically separated amorphous phases. Especially, the PSMGs containing Gd-rich amorphous nanoparticles show the highest coercivity which can be attributed to the size effect of the ferromagnetic amorphous phase. Furthermore, the selective crystallization of ferromagnetic amorphous phases can affect the magnetization behavior of the PSMGs. Our results could provide a novel strategy for tailoring unique soft magnetic properties of metallic glasses by introducing hierarchically separated amorphous phases and controlling their crystallinity.

Pi-Pi contacts are an overlooked protein feature relevant to phase separation

PubMed Central

Vernon, Robert McCoy; Chong, Paul Andrew; Tsang, Brian; Kim, Tae Hun; Bah, Alaji; Farber, Patrick; Lin, Hong

2018-01-01

Protein phase separation is implicated in formation of membraneless organelles, signaling puncta and the nuclear pore. Multivalent interactions of modular binding domains and their target motifs can drive phase separation. However, forces promoting the more common phase separation of intrinsically disordered regions are less understood, with suggested roles for multivalent cation-pi, pi-pi, and charge interactions and the hydrophobic effect. Known phase-separating proteins are enriched in pi-orbital containing residues and thus we analyzed pi-interactions in folded proteins. We found that pi-pi interactions involving non-aromatic groups are widespread, underestimated by force-fields used in structure calculations and correlated with solvation and lack of regular secondary structure, properties associated with disordered regions. We present a phase separation predictive algorithm based on pi interaction frequency, highlighting proteins involved in biomaterials and RNA processing. PMID:29424691

Superfluid helium 2 liquid-vapor phase separation: Technology assessment

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Lee, J. M.

1984-01-01

A literature survey of helium 2 liquid vapor phase separation is presented. Currently, two types of He 2 phase separators are being investigated: porous, sintered metal plugs and the active phase separator. The permeability K(P) shows consistency in porous plug geometric characterization. Both the heat and mass fluxes increase with K(P). Downstream pressure regulation to adjust for varying heat loads and both temperatures is possible. For large dynamic heat loads, the active phase separator shows a maximum heat rejection rate of up to 2 W and bath temperature stability of 0.1 mK. Porous plug phase separation performance should be investigated for application to SIRTF and, in particular, that plugs of from 10 to the minus ninth square centimeters to 10 to the minus eighth square centimeters in conjunction with downstream pressure regulation be studied.

Novel Chromatographic Methods for Simultaneous Quantification of Fish and Wheat Germ Oils Mixture in Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms.

PubMed

El-Yazbi, Amira F; El-Hawiet, Amr

2017-05-01

Two simple, direct and environment-friendly chromatographic methods, high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) and high-performance thin layer chromatographic (HPTLC), were developed for the determination of a binary mixture of fish oil (FO) and wheat germ oil (WGO), for the first time, in their pharmaceutical dosage forms with no need for any sample pretreatment. The HPLC separation was carried out using C-18 stationary phase with mobile phase of 15% formic acid (pH 6), methanol and acetonitrile through gradient-elution, 1.5 mL min-1 flow-rate and detection at 215 nm for FO and 280 nm for WGO. HPTLC separation was carried out on silica-coated plates using diethyl ether-petroleum ether (0.5:9.5, v/v) as mobile phase. Detection was at 215 nm for FO and 240 nm for WGO. Regression analysis showed good linear relationship with r > 0.999 in the concentration-ranges of 0.2-2 mg mL-1 and 2.5-20 μg band-1 for WGO by HPLC and HPTLC methods, respectively, and 0.4-10 mg mL-1 and 25-200 μg band-1 for FO by HPLC and HPTLC methods, respectively. The methods were validated, showed good analytical performance and were successfully applied for the analysis of pharmaceutical formulations and synthetic mixtures of the analytes with good recoveries. Therefore, the two methods could be conveniently adopted for routine analysis of similar products in quality control laboratories of pharmaceutical industries especially that simultaneous determination of FO-WGO mixture has not been reported previously. © The Author 2017. Published by Oxford University Press. All rights reserved. For Permissions, please email: journals.permissions@oup.com.

On the role of self-adjointness in the continuum formulation of topological quantum phases

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Tanhayi Ahari, Mostafa; Ortiz, Gerardo; Seradjeh, Babak

2016-11-01

Topological quantum phases of matter are characterized by an intimate relationship between the Hamiltonian dynamics away from the edges and the appearance of bound states localized at the edges of the system. Elucidating this correspondence in the continuum formulation of topological phases, even in the simplest case of a one-dimensional system, touches upon fundamental concepts and methods in quantum mechanics that are not commonly discussed in textbooks, in particular the self-adjoint extensions of a Hermitian operator. We show how such topological bound states can be derived in a prototypical one-dimensional system. Along the way, we provide a pedagogical exposition of the self-adjoint extension method as well as the role of symmetries in correctly formulating the continuum, field-theory description of topological matter with boundaries. Moreover, we show that self-adjoint extensions can be characterized generally in terms of a conserved local current associated with the self-adjoint operator.

A level set method for multiple sclerosis lesion segmentation.

PubMed

Zhao, Yue; Guo, Shuxu; Luo, Min; Shi, Xue; Bilello, Michel; Zhang, Shaoxiang; Li, Chunming

2018-06-01

In this paper, we present a level set method for multiple sclerosis (MS) lesion segmentation from FLAIR images in the presence of intensity inhomogeneities. We use a three-phase level set formulation of segmentation and bias field estimation to segment MS lesions and normal tissue region (including GM and WM) and CSF and the background from FLAIR images. To save computational load, we derive a two-phase formulation from the original multi-phase level set formulation to segment the MS lesions and normal tissue regions. The derived method inherits the desirable ability to precisely locate object boundaries of the original level set method, which simultaneously performs segmentation and estimation of the bias field to deal with intensity inhomogeneity. Experimental results demonstrate the advantages of our method over other state-of-the-art methods in terms of segmentation accuracy. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Influence of some formulation variables on the optimization of pH-dependent, colon-targeted, sustained-release mesalamine microspheres.

PubMed

El-Bary, Ahmed Abd; Aboelwafa, Ahmed A; Al Sharabi, Ibrahim M

2012-03-01

The aim of this work was to understand the influence of different formulation variables on the optimization of pH-dependent, colon-targeted, sustained-release mesalamine microspheres prepared by O/O emulsion solvent evaporation method, employing pH-dependent Eudragit S and hydrophobic pH-independent ethylcellulose polymers. Formulation variables studied included concentration of Eudragit S in the internal phase and the ratios between; internal to external phase, drug to Eudragit S and Eudragit S to ethylcellulose to mesalamine. Prepared microspheres were evaluated by carrying out in vitro release studies and determination of particle size, production yield, and encapsulation efficiency. In addition, morphology of microspheres was examined using optical and scanning electron microscopy. Emulsion solvent evaporation method was found to be sensitive to the studied formulation variables. Particle size and encapsulation efficiency increased by increasing Eudragit S concentration in the internal phase, ratio of internal to external phase, and ratio of Eudragit S to the drug. Employing Eudragit S alone in preparation of the microspheres is only successful in forming acid-resistant microspheres with pulsatile release pattern at high pH. Eudragit S and ethylcellulose blend microspheres were able to control release under acidic condition and to extend drug release at high pH. The stability studies carried out at 40°C/75% RH for 6 months proved the stability of the optimized formulation. From the results of this investigation, microencapsulation of mesalamine in microspheres using blend of Eudragit S and ethylcellulose could constitute a promising approach for site-specific and controlled delivery of drug in colon.

On the phase form of a deformation quantization with separation of variables

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Karabegov, Alexander

2016-06-01

Given a star product with separation of variables on a pseudo-Kähler manifold, we obtain a new formal (1, 1)-form from its classifying form and call it the phase form of the star product. The cohomology class of a star product with separation of variables equals the class of its phase form. We show that the phase forms can be arbitrary and they bijectively parametrize the star products with separation of variables. We also describe the action of a change of the formal parameter on a star product with separation of variables, its formal Berezin transform, classifying form, phase form, and canonical trace density.

Direct NMR Monitoring of Phase Separation Behavior of Highly Supersaturated Nifedipine Solution Stabilized with Hypromellose Derivatives.

PubMed

Ueda, Keisuke; Higashi, Kenjirou; Moribe, Kunikazu

2017-07-03

We investigated the phase separation behavior and maintenance mechanism of the supersaturated state of poorly water-soluble nifedipine (NIF) in hypromellose (HPMC) derivative solutions. Highly supersaturated NIF formed NIF-rich nanodroplets through phase separation from aqueous solution containing HPMC derivative. Dissolvable NIF concentration in the bulk water phase was limited by the phase separation of NIF from the aqueous solution. HPMC derivatives stabilized the NIF-rich nanodroplets and maintained the NIF supersaturation with phase-separated NIF for several hours. The size of the NIF-rich phase was different depending on the HPMC derivatives dissolved in aqueous solution, although the droplet size had no correlation with the time for which NIF supersaturation was maintained without NIF crystallization. HPMC acetate and HPMC acetate succinate (HPMC-AS) effectively maintained the NIF supersaturation containing phase-separated NIF compared with HPMC. Furthermore, HPMC-AS stabilized NIF supersaturation more effectively in acidic conditions. Solution 1 H NMR measurements of NIF-supersaturated solution revealed that HPMC derivatives distributed into the NIF-rich phase during the phase separation of NIF from the aqueous solution. The hydrophobicity of HPMC derivative strongly affected its distribution into the NIF-rich phase. Moreover, the distribution of HPMC-AS into the NIF-rich phase was promoted at lower pH due to the lower aqueous solubility of HPMC-AS. The distribution of a large amount of HPMC derivatives into NIF-rich phase induced the strong inhibition of NIF crystallization from the NIF-rich phase. Polymer distribution into the drug-rich phase directly monitored by solution NMR technique can be a useful index for the stabilization efficiency of drug-supersaturated solution containing a drug-rich phase.

Strategic Forum Number 208: Turbulent Transition in Iraq: Can It Succeed?

DTIC Science & Technology

2004-06-01

ministers including a prime minister, and a judiciary. There is separation of powers —legislative, executive, and judicial. The assembly will elect the... separation of powers based on geographic and historical realities and not race, ethnicity, nationality, or religious sect (confession). Formulation of

Rationalizing the light-induced phase separation of mixed halide organic-inorganic perovskites.

PubMed

Draguta, Sergiu; Sharia, Onise; Yoon, Seog Joon; Brennan, Michael C; Morozov, Yurii V; Manser, Joseph S; Kamat, Prashant V; Schneider, William F; Kuno, Masaru

2017-08-04

Mixed halide hybrid perovskites, CH 3 NH 3 Pb(I 1-x Br x ) 3 , represent good candidates for low-cost, high efficiency photovoltaic, and light-emitting devices. Their band gaps can be tuned from 1.6 to 2.3 eV, by changing the halide anion identity. Unfortunately, mixed halide perovskites undergo phase separation under illumination. This leads to iodide- and bromide-rich domains along with corresponding changes to the material's optical/electrical response. Here, using combined spectroscopic measurements and theoretical modeling, we quantitatively rationalize all microscopic processes that occur during phase separation. Our model suggests that the driving force behind phase separation is the bandgap reduction of iodide-rich phases. It additionally explains observed non-linear intensity dependencies, as well as self-limited growth of iodide-rich domains. Most importantly, our model reveals that mixed halide perovskites can be stabilized against phase separation by deliberately engineering carrier diffusion lengths and injected carrier densities.Mixed halide hybrid perovskites possess tunable band gaps, however, under illumination they undergo phase separation. Using spectroscopic measurements and theoretical modelling, Draguta and Sharia et al. quantitatively rationalize the microscopic processes that occur during phase separation.

New Stability Indicating RP-HPLC Method for the Estimation of Cefpirome Sulphate in Bulk and Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms.

PubMed

Rao, Kareti Srinivasa; Kumar, Keshar Nargesh; Joydeep, Datta

2011-01-01

A simple stability indicating reversed-phase HPLC method was developed and subsequently validated for estimation of Cefpirome sulphate (CPS) present in pharmaceutical dosage forms. The proposed RP-HPLC method utilizes a LiChroCART-Lichrosphere100, C18 RP column (250 mm × 4mm × 5 μm) in an isocratic separation mode with mobile phase consisting of methanol and water in the proportion of 50:50 % (v/v), at a flow rate 1ml/min, and the effluent was monitored at 270 nm. The retention time of CPS was 2.733 min and its formulation was exposed to acidic, alkaline, photolytic, thermal and oxidative stress conditions, and the stressed samples were analyzed by the proposed method. The described method was linear over a range of 0.5-200μg/ml. The percentage recovery was 99.46. F-test and t-test at 95% confidence level were used to check the intermediate precision data obtained under different experimental setups; the calculated value was found to be less than the critical value.

Enantioresolution of (RS)-baclofen by liquid chromatography: A review.

PubMed

Batra, Sonika; Bhushan, Ravi

2017-01-01

Baclofen is a commonly used racemic drug and has a simple chemical structure in terms of the presence of only one stereogenic center. Since the desirable pharmacological effect is in only one enantiomer, several possibilities exist for the other enantiomer for evaluation of the disposition of the racemic mixture of the drug. This calls for the development of enantioselective analytical methodology. This review summarizes and evaluates different methods of enantioseparation of (RS)-baclofen using both direct and indirect approaches, application of certain chiral reagents and chiral stationary phases (though very expensive). Methods of separation of diastereomers of (RS)-baclofen prepared with different chiral derivatizing reagents (under microwave irradiation at ease and in less time) on reversed-phase achiral columns or via a ligand exchange approach providing high-sensitivity detection by the relatively less expensive methods of TLC and HPLC are discussed. The methods may be helpful for determination of enantiomers in biological samples and in pharmaceutical formulations for control of enantiomeric purity and can be practiced both in analytical laboratories and industry for routine analysis and R&D activities. Copyright © 2016 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

HPLC and chemometrics-assisted UV-spectroscopy methods for the simultaneous determination of ambroxol and doxycycline in capsule

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Hadad, Ghada M.; El-Gindy, Alaa; Mahmoud, Waleed M. M.

2008-08-01

High-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) and multivariate spectrophotometric methods are described for the simultaneous determination of ambroxol hydrochloride (AM) and doxycycline (DX) in combined pharmaceutical capsules. The chromatographic separation was achieved on reversed-phase C 18 analytical column with a mobile phase consisting of a mixture of 20 mM potassium dihydrogen phosphate, pH 6-acetonitrile in ratio of (1:1, v/v) and UV detection at 245 nm. Also, the resolution has been accomplished by using numerical spectrophotometric methods as classical least squares (CLS), principal component regression (PCR) and partial least squares (PLS-1) applied to the UV spectra of the mixture and graphical spectrophotometric method as first derivative of the ratio spectra ( 1DD) method. Analytical figures of merit (FOM), such as sensitivity, selectivity, analytical sensitivity, limit of quantitation and limit of detection were determined for CLS, PLS-1 and PCR methods. The proposed methods were validated and successfully applied for the analysis of pharmaceutical formulation and laboratory-prepared mixtures containing the two component combination.

Equations of state of anhydrous AlF 3 and AlI 3 : Modeling of extreme condition halide chemistry

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Stavrou, Elissaios; Zaug, Joseph M.; Bastea, Sorin

Pressure dependent angle-dispersive x-ray powder diffraction measurements of alpha-phase aluminum trifluoride (α-AlF 3) and separately, aluminum triiodide (AlI 3) were conducted using a diamond-anvil cell. Results at 295 K extend to 50 GPa. The equations of state of AlF 3 and AlI 3 were determined through refinements of collected x-ray diffraction patterns. The respective bulk moduli and corresponding pressure derivatives are reported for multiple orders of the Birch-Murnaghan (B-M), finite-strain (F-f), and higher pressure finite-strain (G-g) EOS analysis models. Aluminum trifluoride exhibits an apparent isostructural phase transition at approximately 12 GPa. Aluminum triiodide also undergoes a second-order atomic rearrangement: appliedmore » stress transformed a monoclinically distorted face centered cubic (fcc) structure into a standard fcc structural arrangement of iodine atoms. In conclusion, results from semi-empirical thermochemical computations of energetic materials formulated with fluorine containing reactants were obtained with the aim of predicting the yield of halogenated products.« less

Equations of state of anhydrous AlF{sub 3} and AlI{sub 3}: Modeling of extreme condition halide chemistry

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Stavrou, Elissaios, E-mail: stavrou1@llnl.gov; Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory, Physical and Life Sciences Directorate, P.O. Box 808 L-350, Livermore, California 94550; Zaug, Joseph M., E-mail: zaug1@llnl.gov

Pressure dependent angle-dispersive x-ray powder diffraction measurements of alpha-phase aluminum trifluoride (α-AlF{sub 3}) and separately, aluminum triiodide (AlI{sub 3}) were conducted using a diamond-anvil cell. Results at 295 K extend to 50 GPa. The equations of state of AlF{sub 3} and AlI{sub 3} were determined through refinements of collected x-ray diffraction patterns. The respective bulk moduli and corresponding pressure derivatives are reported for multiple orders of the Birch-Murnaghan (B-M), finite-strain (F-f), and higher pressure finite-strain (G-g) EOS analysis models. Aluminum trifluoride exhibits an apparent isostructural phase transition at approximately 12 GPa. Aluminum triiodide also undergoes a second-order atomic rearrangement: appliedmore » stress transformed a monoclinically distorted face centered cubic (fcc) structure into a standard fcc structural arrangement of iodine atoms. Results from semi-empirical thermochemical computations of energetic materials formulated with fluorine containing reactants were obtained with the aim of predicting the yield of halogenated products.« less

Liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry for the quantification of flurbiprofen in human plasma and its application in a study of bioequivalence.

PubMed

Mei, Chenghan; Li, Bin; Yin, Qiangfeng; Jin, Jing; Xiong, Ting; He, Wenjuan; Gao, Xiujuan; Xu, Rong; Zhou, Piqi; Zheng, Heng; Chen, Hui

2015-07-01

A simple, quick and accurate LC-MS/MS method for the quantification of flurbiprofen in human plasma with indomethacin as internal standard (IS) was developed and validated. Samples were treated with methanol to precipitate proteins, then separated on a Ultimate C18 column (5μm, 2.1×50mm) with a gradient elusion process. Mobile phase A was comprised of water and formic acid, mobile phase B was comprised of acetonitrile and formic acid. Multi reaction monitoring (MRM) signals were saved on a negative ionization electrospray mass spectrometer. The calibration curve showed good linearity in the range of 40.00-10000.00μg/L (r(2)=0.998). Intra-day RE was 0.2-2.2%. Inter-day RE was 0.5-3.4%. The samples showed good stability under the study conditions. No significant matrix effect was observed. The established method was then applied to a bioequivalence study of a flurbiprofen axetil formulation. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

HPLC and chemometrics-assisted UV-spectroscopy methods for the simultaneous determination of ambroxol and doxycycline in capsule.

PubMed

Hadad, Ghada M; El-Gindy, Alaa; Mahmoud, Waleed M M

2008-08-01

High-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) and multivariate spectrophotometric methods are described for the simultaneous determination of ambroxol hydrochloride (AM) and doxycycline (DX) in combined pharmaceutical capsules. The chromatographic separation was achieved on reversed-phase C(18) analytical column with a mobile phase consisting of a mixture of 20mM potassium dihydrogen phosphate, pH 6-acetonitrile in ratio of (1:1, v/v) and UV detection at 245 nm. Also, the resolution has been accomplished by using numerical spectrophotometric methods as classical least squares (CLS), principal component regression (PCR) and partial least squares (PLS-1) applied to the UV spectra of the mixture and graphical spectrophotometric method as first derivative of the ratio spectra ((1)DD) method. Analytical figures of merit (FOM), such as sensitivity, selectivity, analytical sensitivity, limit of quantitation and limit of detection were determined for CLS, PLS-1 and PCR methods. The proposed methods were validated and successfully applied for the analysis of pharmaceutical formulation and laboratory-prepared mixtures containing the two component combination.

Development of New Method for Simultaneous Analysis of Piracetam and Levetiracetam in Pharmaceuticals and Biological Fluids: Application in Stability Studies

PubMed Central

Siddiqui, Farhan Ahmed; Sher, Nawab; Shafi, Nighat; Wafa Sial, Alisha; Ahmad, Mansoor; Mehjebeen

2014-01-01

RP-HPLC ultraviolet detection simultaneous quantification of piracetam and levetiracetam has been developed and validated. The chromatography was obtained on a Nucleosil C18 column of 25 cm × 0.46 cm, 10 μm, dimension. The mobile phase was a (70 : 30 v/v) mixture of 0.1 g/L of triethylamine and acetonitrile. Smooth flow of mobile phase at 1 mL/min was set and 205 nm wavelength was selected. Results were evaluated through statistical parameters which qualify the method reproducibility and selectivity for the quantification of piracetam, levetiracetam, and their impurities hence proving stability-indicating properties. The proposed method is significantly important, permitting the separation of the main constituent piracetam from levetiracetam. Linear behavior was observed between 20 ng/mL and 10000 ng/mL for both drugs. The proposed method was checked in bulk drugs, dosage formulations, physiological condition, and clinical investigations and excellent outcome was witnessed. PMID:25114921

Cyclic cosmology, conformal symmetry and the metastability of the Higgs

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Bars, Itzhak; Steinhardt, Paul J.; Turok, Neil

2013-10-01

Recent measurements at the LHC suggest that the current Higgs vacuum could be metastable with a modest barrier (height ( GeV)4) separating it from a ground state with negative vacuum density of order the Planck scale. We note that metastability is problematic for standard bang cosmology but is essential for cyclic cosmology in order to end one cycle, bounce, and begin the next. In this Letter, motivated by the approximate scaling symmetry of the standard model of particle physics and the primordial large-scale structure of the universe, we use our recent formulation of the Weyl-invariant version of the standard model coupled to gravity to track the evolution of the Higgs in a regularly bouncing cosmology. We find a band of solutions in which the Higgs field escapes from the metastable phase during each big crunch, passes through the bang into an expanding phase, and returns to the metastable vacuum, cycle after cycle after cycle. We show that, due to the effect of the Higgs, the infinitely cycling universe is geodesically complete, in contrast to inflation.

Final Report - Management of High Sulfur HLW, VSL-13R2920-1, Rev. 0, dated 10/31/2013

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Kruger, Albert A.; Gan, H.; Pegg, I. L.

2013-11-13

The present report describes results from a series of small-scale crucible tests to determine the extent of corrosion associated with sulfur containing HLW glasses and to develop a glass composition for a sulfur-rich HLW waste stream, which was then subjected to small-scale melter testing to determine the maximum acceptable sulfate loadings. In the present work, a new glass formulation was developed and tested for a projected Hanford HLW composition with sulfate concentrations high enough to limit waste loading. Testing was then performed on the DM10 melter system at successively higher waste loadings to determine the maximum waste loading without themore » formation of a separate sulfate salt phase. Small scale corrosion testing was also conducted using the glass developed in the present work, the glass developed in the initial phase of this work [26], and a high iron composition, all at maximum sulfur concentrations determined from melter testing, in order to assess the extent of Inconel 690 and MA758 corrosion at elevated sulfate contents.« less

Equations of state of anhydrous AlF 3 and AlI 3 : Modeling of extreme condition halide chemistry

DOE PAGES

Stavrou, Elissaios; Zaug, Joseph M.; Bastea, Sorin; ...

2015-06-04

Pressure dependent angle-dispersive x-ray powder diffraction measurements of alpha-phase aluminum trifluoride (α-AlF 3) and separately, aluminum triiodide (AlI 3) were conducted using a diamond-anvil cell. Results at 295 K extend to 50 GPa. The equations of state of AlF 3 and AlI 3 were determined through refinements of collected x-ray diffraction patterns. The respective bulk moduli and corresponding pressure derivatives are reported for multiple orders of the Birch-Murnaghan (B-M), finite-strain (F-f), and higher pressure finite-strain (G-g) EOS analysis models. Aluminum trifluoride exhibits an apparent isostructural phase transition at approximately 12 GPa. Aluminum triiodide also undergoes a second-order atomic rearrangement: appliedmore » stress transformed a monoclinically distorted face centered cubic (fcc) structure into a standard fcc structural arrangement of iodine atoms. In conclusion, results from semi-empirical thermochemical computations of energetic materials formulated with fluorine containing reactants were obtained with the aim of predicting the yield of halogenated products.« less

Development and validation of an HPLC method to quantify camptothecin in polymeric nanocapsule suspensions.

PubMed

Granada, Andréa; Murakami, Fabio S; Sartori, Tatiane; Lemos-Senna, Elenara; Silva, Marcos A S

2008-01-01

A simple, rapid, and sensitive reversed-phase column high-performance liquid chromatographic method was developed and validated to quantify camptothecin (CPT) in polymeric nanocapsule suspensions. The chromatographic separation was performed on a Supelcosil LC-18 column (15 cm x 4.6 mm id, 5 microm) using a mobile phase consisting of methanol-10 mM KH2PO4 (60 + 40, v/v; pH 2.8) at a flow rate of 1.0 mL/min and ultraviolet detection at 254 nm. The calibration graph was linear from 0.5 to 3.0 microg/mL with a correlation coefficient of 0.9979, and the limit of quantitation was 0.35 microg/mL. The assay recovery ranged from 97.3 to 105.0%. The intraday and interday relative standard deviation values were < 5.0%. The validation results confirmed that the developed method is specific, linear, accurate, and precise for its intended use. The current method was successfully applied to the evaluation of CPT entrapment efficiency and drug content in polymeric nanocapsule suspensions during the early stage of formulation development.

Microextraction techniques for the determination of volatile and semivolatile organic compounds from plants: a review.

PubMed

Yang, Cui; Wang, Juan; Li, Donghao

2013-10-17

Vegetables and fruits are necessary for human health, and traditional Chinese medicine that uses plant materials can cure diseases. Thus, understanding the composition of plant matrix has gained increased attention in recent years. Since plant matrix is very complex, the extraction, separation and quantitation of these chemicals are challenging. In this review we focus on the microextraction techniques used in the determination of volatile and semivolatile organic compounds (such as esters, alcohols, aldehydes, hydrocarbons, ketones, terpenes, sesquiterpene, phenols, acids, plant secondary metabolites and pesticides) from plants (e.g., fruits, vegetables, medicinal plants, tree leaves, etc.). These microextraction techniques include: solid phase microextraction (SPME), stir-bar sorptive extraction (SBSE), single drop microextraction (SDME), hollow fiber liquid phase microextraction (HF-LPME), dispersive liquid liquid microextraction (DLLME), and gas purge microsyringe extraction (GP-MSE). We have taken into consideration papers published from 2008 to the end of January 2013, and provided critical and interpretative review on these techniques, and formulated future trends in microextraction for the determination of volatile and semivolatile compounds from plants. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

[Strategy and collaboration between medicinal chemists and pharmaceutical scientists for drug delivery systems].

PubMed

Mano, Takashi

2013-01-01

In order to successfully apply drug delivery systems (DDS) to new chemical entities (NCEs), collaboration between medicinal chemists and formulation scientists is critical for efficient drug discovery. Formulation scientists have to use 'language' that medicinal chemists understand to help promote mutual understanding, and medicinal chemists and formulation scientists have to set up strategies to use suitable DDS technologies at the discovery phase of the programmes to ensure successful transfer into the development phase. In this review, strategies of solubilisation formulation for oral delivery, inhalation delivery, nasal delivery and bioconjugation are all discussed. For example, for oral drug delivery, multiple initiatives can be proposed to improve the process to select an optimal delivery option for an NCE. From a technical perspective, formulation scientists have to explain the scope and limitations of formulations as some DDS technologies might be applicable only to limited chemical spaces. Other limitations could be the administered dose and, cost, time and resources for formulation development and manufacturing. Since DDS selection is best placed as part of lead-optimisation, formulation scientists need to be involved in discovery projects at lead selection and optimisation stages. The key to success in their collaboration is to facilitate communication between these two areas of expertise at both a strategic and scientific level. Also, it would be beneficial for medicinal chemists and formulation scientists to set common goals to improve the process of collaboration and build long term partnerships to improve DDS.

Understanding effect of formulation and manufacturing variables on the critical quality attributes of warfarin sodium product.

PubMed

Rahman, Ziyaur; Korang-Yeboah, Maxwell; Siddiqui, Akhtar; Mohammad, Adil; Khan, Mansoor A

2015-11-10

Warfarin sodium (WS) is a narrow therapeutic index drug and its product quality should be thoroughly understood and monitored in order to avoid clinical performance issues. This study was focused on understanding the effect of manufacturing and formulation variables on WS product critical quality attributes (CQAs). Eight formulations were developed with lactose monohydrate (LM) or lactose anhydrous (LA), and were either wet granulated or directly compressed. Formulations were granulated either with ethanol, isopropyl alcohol (IPA) and IPA-water mixture (50:50). Formulations were characterized for IPA, water content, hardness, disintegration time (DT), assay, dissolution and drug physical forms (scanning electron microscopy (SEM), near infrared chemical imaging (NIR-CI), X-ray powder diffraction (XRPD) and solid state nuclear magnetic resonance (ssNMR)), and performed accelerated stability studies at 40°C/75% RH for three days. The DT and dissolution of directly compressed formulations were faster than wet granulated formulations. This was due to phase transformation of crystalline drug into its amorphous form as indicated by SEM, NIR-CI, XRPD and ssNMR data which itself act as a binder. Similarly, LM showed faster disintegration and dissolution than LA containing formulations. Stability results indicated an increase in hardness and DT, and a decrease in dissolution rate and extent. This was due to phase transformation of the drug and consolidation with particles' bonding. In conclusion, the CQAs of WS product were significantly affected by manufacturing and formulation variables. Published by Elsevier B.V.

Determination of tocopheryl acetate and ascorbyl tetraisopalmitate in cosmetic formulations by HPLC.

PubMed

Almeida, M M; Alves, J M P; Patto, D C S; Lima, C R R C; Quenca-Guillen, J S; Santoro, M I R M; Kedor-Hackmann, E R M

2009-12-01

A rapid HPLC method was developed for the assay of tocopheryl acetate and ascorbyl tetraisopalmitate in cosmetic formulations. The validated method was applied for quantitative determination of these vitamins in simulated emulsion formulation. Samples were analysed directly on a RP-18 reverse phase column with UV detection at 222 nm. A mixture of methanol and isopropanol (25 : 75 v/v) was used as mobile phase. The retention time of tocopheryl acetate and ascorbyl tetraisopalmitate were 3.0 min and 5.9 min, respectively. Recovery was between 95% and 104%. In addition, the excipients did not interfere in the analysis. The method is simple, reproducible, selective and is suitable for routine analyses of commercial products.

A Preliminary Assessment of Phase Separator Ground-Based and Reduced-Gravity Testing for ALS Systems

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Hall, Nancy Rabel

2006-01-01

A viewgraph presentation of phase separator ground-based and reduced-gravity testing for Advanced Life Support (ALS) systems is shown. The topics include: 1) Multiphase Flow Technology Program; 2) Types of Separators; 3) MOBI Phase Separators; 4) Experiment set-up; and 5) Preliminary comparison/results.

Acoustic streaming: an arbitrary Lagrangian-Eulerian perspective.

PubMed

Nama, Nitesh; Huang, Tony Jun; Costanzo, Francesco

2017-08-25

We analyse acoustic streaming flows using an arbitrary Lagrangian Eulerian (ALE) perspective. The formulation stems from an explicit separation of time scales resulting in two subproblems: a first-order problem, formulated in terms of the fluid displacement at the fast scale, and a second-order problem, formulated in terms of the Lagrangian flow velocity at the slow time scale. Following a rigorous time-averaging procedure, the second-order problem is shown to be intrinsically steady, and with exact boundary conditions at the oscillating walls. Also, as the second-order problem is solved directly for the Lagrangian velocity, the formulation does not need to employ the notion of Stokes drift, or any associated post-processing, thus facilitating a direct comparison with experiments. Because the first-order problem is formulated in terms of the displacement field, our formulation is directly applicable to more complex fluid-structure interaction problems in microacoustofluidic devices. After the formulation's exposition, we present numerical results that illustrate the advantages of the formulation with respect to current approaches.

A novel multireceiver communications system configuration based on optimal estimation theory

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Kumar, R.

1990-01-01

A multireceiver configuration for the purpose of carrier arraying and/or signal arraying is presented. Such a problem arises for example, in the NASA Deep Space Network where the same data-modulated signal from a spacecraft is received by a number of geographically separated antennas and the data detection must be efficiently performed on the basis of the various received signals. The proposed configuration is arrived at by formulating the carrier and/or signal arraying problem as an optimal estimation problem. Two specific solutions are proposed. The first solution is to simultaneously and optimally estimate the various phase processes received at different receivers with coupled phase locked loops (PLLs) wherein the individual PLLs acquire and track their respective receivers' phase processes, but are aided by each other in an optimal manner. However, when the phase processes are relatively weakly correlated, and for the case of relatively high values of symbol energy-to-noise spectral density ratio, a novel configuration for combining the data modulated, loop-output signals is proposed. The scheme can be extended to the case of low symbol energy-to-noise case by performing the combining/detection process over a multisymbol period. Such a configuration results in the minimization of the effective radio loss at the combiner output, and thus a maximization of energy per bit to noise-power spectral density ration is achieved.

Pi-Pi contacts are an overlooked protein feature relevant to phase separation.

PubMed

Vernon, Robert McCoy; Chong, Paul Andrew; Tsang, Brian; Kim, Tae Hun; Bah, Alaji; Farber, Patrick; Lin, Hong; Forman-Kay, Julie Deborah

2018-02-09

Protein phase separation is implicated in formation of membraneless organelles, signaling puncta and the nuclear pore. Multivalent interactions of modular binding domains and their target motifs can drive phase separation. However, forces promoting the more common phase separation of intrinsically disordered regions are less understood, with suggested roles for multivalent cation-pi, pi-pi, and charge interactions and the hydrophobic effect. Known phase-separating proteins are enriched in pi-orbital containing residues and thus we analyzed pi-interactions in folded proteins. We found that pi-pi interactions involving non-aromatic groups are widespread, underestimated by force-fields used in structure calculations and correlated with solvation and lack of regular secondary structure, properties associated with disordered regions. We present a phase separation predictive algorithm based on pi interaction frequency, highlighting proteins involved in biomaterials and RNA processing. © 2018, Vernon et al.

Vertical phase separation in bulk heterojunction solar cells formed by in situ polymerization of fulleride

PubMed Central

Zhang, Lipei; Xing, Xing; Zheng, Lingling; Chen, Zhijian; Xiao, Lixin; Qu, Bo; Gong, Qihuang

2014-01-01

Vertical phase separation of the donor and the acceptor in organic bulk heterojunction solar cells is crucial to improve the exciton dissociation and charge transport efficiencies. This is because whilst the exciton diffusion length is limited, the organic film must be thick enough to absorb sufficient light. However, it is still a challenge to control the phase separation of a binary blend in a bulk heterojunction device architecture. Here we report the realization of vertical phase separation induced by in situ photo-polymerization of the acrylate-based fulleride. The power conversion efficiency of the devices with vertical phase separation increased by 20%. By optimising the device architecture, the power conversion efficiency of the single junction device reached 8.47%. We believe that in situ photo-polymerization of acrylate-based fulleride is a universal and controllable way to realise vertical phase separation in organic blends. PMID:24861168

The study of membrane formation via phase inversion method by cloud point and light scattering experiment

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Arahman, Nasrul; Maimun, Teuku; Mukramah, Syawaliah

2017-01-01

The composition of polymer solution and the methods of membrane preparation determine the solidification process of membrane. The formation of membrane structure prepared via non-solvent induced phase separation (NIPS) method is mostly determined by phase separation process between polymer, solvent, and non-solvent. This paper discusses the phase separation process of polymer solution containing Polyethersulfone (PES), N-methylpirrolidone (NMP), and surfactant Tetronic 1307 (Tet). Cloud point experiment is conducted to determine the amount of non-solvent needed on induced phase separation. Amount of water required as a non-solvent decreases by the addition of surfactant Tet. Kinetics of phase separation for such system is studied by the light scattering measurement. With the addition of Tet., the delayed phase separation is observed and the structure growth rate decreases. Moreover, the morphology of fabricated membrane from those polymer systems is analyzed by scanning electron microscopy (SEM). The images of both systems show the formation of finger-like macrovoids through the cross-section.

Method and turbine for extracting kinetic energy from a stream of two-phase fluid

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Elliott, D. G. (Inventor)

1979-01-01

An axial flow separator turbine is described which includes a number of nozzles for delivering streams of a two-phase fluid along linear paths. A phase separator which responsively separates the vapor and liquid is characterized by concentrically related annuli supported for rotation within the paths. The separator has endless channels for confining the liquid under the influence of centrifugal forces. A vapor turbine fan extracts kinetic energy from the liquid. Angular momentum of both the liquid phase and the vapor phase of the fluid is converted to torque.

Ionic liquid/water mixtures: from hostility to conciliation.

PubMed

Kohno, Yuki; Ohno, Hiroyuki

2012-07-21

Water was originally inimical to ionic liquids (ILs) especially in the analysis of their detailed properties. Various data on the properties of ILs indicate that there are two ways to design functions of ionic liquids. The first is to change the structure of component ions, to provide "task-specific ILs". The second is to mix ILs with other components, such as other ILs, organic solvents or water. Mixing makes it easy to control the properties of the solution. In this strategy, water is now a very important partner. Below, we summarise our recent results on the properties of IL/water mixtures. Stable phase separation is an effective method in some separation processes. Conversely, a dynamic phase change between a homogeneous mixture and separation of phases is important in many fields. Analysis of the relation between phase behaviour and the hydration state of the component ions indicates that the pattern of phase separation is governed by the hydrophilicity of the ions. Sufficiently hydrophilic ions yielded ILs that are miscible with water, and hydrophobic ions gave stable phase separation with water. ILs composed of hydrophobic but hydrated ions undergo a dynamic phase change between a homogeneous mixture and separate phases according to temperature. ILs having more than seven water molecules per ion pair undergo this phase transition. These dynamic phase changes are considered, with some examples, and application is made to the separation of water-soluble proteins.

A hybrid formulation for the numerical simulation of condensed phase explosives

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Michael, L.; Nikiforakis, N.

2016-07-01

In this article we present a new formulation and an associated numerical algorithm, for the simulation of combustion and transition to detonation of condensed-phase commercial- and military-grade explosives, which are confined by (or in general interacting with one or more) compliant inert materials. Examples include confined rate-stick problems and interaction of shock waves with gas cavities or solid particles in explosives. This formulation is based on an augmented Euler approach to account for the mixture of the explosive and its products, and a multi-phase diffuse interface approach to solve for the immiscible interaction between the mixture and the inert materials, so it is in essence a hybrid (augmented Euler and multi-phase) model. As such, it has many of the desirable features of the two approaches and, critically for our applications of interest, it provides the accurate recovery of temperature fields across all components. Moreover, it conveys a lot more physical information than augmented Euler, without the complexity of full multi-phase Baer-Nunziato-type models or the lack of robustness of augmented Euler models in the presence of more than two components. The model can sustain large density differences across material interfaces without the presence of spurious oscillations in velocity and pressure, and it can accommodate realistic equations of state and arbitrary (pressure- or temperature-based) reaction-rate laws. Under certain conditions, we show that the formulation reduces to well-known augmented Euler or multi-phase models, which have been extensively validated and used in practice. The full hybrid model and its reduced forms are validated against problems with exact (or independently-verified numerical) solutions and evaluated for robustness for rate-stick and shock-induced cavity collapse case-studies.

Enhancement of oral bioavailability of atorvastatin calcium by self-emulsifying drug delivery systems (SEDDS).

PubMed

Kadu, Pawan J; Kushare, Sachin S; Thacker, Dhaval D; Gattani, Surendra G

2011-02-01

The aim of the present study was to formulate a self-emulsifying drug delivery system of atorvastatin calcium and its characterization including in vitro and in vivo potential. The solubility of atorvastatin calcium was determined in various vehicles such as Captex 355, Captex 355 EP/NF, Ethyl oleate, Capmul MCM, Capmul PG-8, Gelucire 44/14, Tween 80, Tween 20, and PEG 400. Pseudoternary phase diagrams were plotted on the basis of solubility data of drug in various components to evaluate the microemulsification region. Formulation development and screening was carried out based on results obtained from phase diagrams and characteristics of resultant microemulsion. Prepared formulations were tested for microemulsifying properties and evaluated for clarity, precipitation, viscosity determination, drug content and in vitro dissolution. The optimized formulation further evaluated for particle size distribution, zeta potential, stability studies and in vivo potential. In vivo performance of the optimized formulation was evaluated using a Triton-induced hypercholesterolemia model in male Albino Wistar rats. The formulation significantly reduced serum lipid levels as compared with atorvastatin calcium. Thus studies illustrated the potential use for the delivery of hydrophobic drug such as atorvastatin calcium by oral route.

Removal of dyes from textile wastewater by using nanofiltration polyetherimide membrane

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Karisma, Doni; Febrianto, Gabriel; Mangindaan, Dave

2017-12-01

Followed by rapid development of the textile industries since 19th century the dyeing technology is thriving ever since. However, its progress is followed by lack of responsibility and knowledge in treating the dye-containing wastewater. There are some emerging technologies in treating such kind of wastewater, where membrane technology is one of those technologies that has uniqueness in the performance of separating dyes from wastewater, accompanied with small amount of energy. The development of membrane technology is one of several eco-engineering developments for sustainability in water resource management. However, there are a lot of rooms for improvement for this membrane technology, especially for the application in treating textile wastewater in Indonesia. Based on the demand in Indonesia for clean water and further treatment of dye-containing wastewater, the purpose of this research is to fabricate nanofiltration (NF) membranes to accommodate those problems. Furthermore, the fabricated NF membrane will be modified by interfacial polymerization to impart a new selective layer on top of NF membrane to improve the performance of the separation of the dyes from dye-containing wastewater. This research was conducted into two phases of experiments. In the first phase the formulation of polymeric dope solution of PEI/Acetone/NMP (N-methyl-pyrollidone), using the variation of 15/65/20, 16/64/20, and 17/63/20. This research show that many areas still can be explored in textile wastewater treatment using membrane in Indonesia.

Separation of multiphosphorylated peptide isomers by hydrophilic interaction chromatography on an aminopropyl phase.

PubMed

Singer, David; Kuhlmann, Julia; Muschket, Matthias; Hoffmann, Ralf

2010-08-01

The separation of isomeric phosphorylated peptides is challenging and often impossible for multiphosphorylated isomers using chromatographic and capillary electrophoretic methods. In this study we investigated the separation of a set of single-, double-, and triple-phosphorylated peptides (corresponding to the human tau protein) by ion-pair reversed-phase chromatography (IP-RPC) and hydrophilic interaction chromatography (HILIC). In HILIC both hydroxyl and aminopropyl stationary phases were tested with aqueous acetonitrile in order to assess their separation efficiency. The hydroxyl phase separated the phosphopeptides very well from the unphosphorylated analogue, while on the aminopropyl phase even isomeric phosphopeptides attained baseline separation. Thus, up to seven phosphorylated versions of a given tau domain were separated. Furthermore, the low concentration of an acidic ammonium formate buffer allowed an online analysis with electrospray ionization tandem mass spectrometry (ESI-MS/MS) to be conducted, enabling peptide sequencing and identification of phosphorylation sites.

Thermodynamically Constrained Averaging Theory (TCAT) Two-Phase Flow Model: Derivation, Closure, and Simulation Results

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Weigand, T. M.; Miller, C. T.; Dye, A. L.; Gray, W. G.; McClure, J. E.; Rybak, I.

2015-12-01

The thermodynamically constrained averaging theory (TCAT) has been usedto formulate general classes of porous medium models, including newmodels for two-fluid-phase flow. The TCAT approach provides advantagesthat include a firm connection between the microscale, or pore scale,and the macroscale; a thermodynamically consistent basis; explicitinclusion of factors such as interfacial areas, contact angles,interfacial tension, and curvatures; and dynamics of interface movementand relaxation to an equilibrium state. In order to render the TCATmodel solvable, certain closure relations are needed to relate fluidpressure, interfacial areas, curvatures, and relaxation rates. In thiswork, we formulate and solve a TCAT-based two-fluid-phase flow model. We detail the formulation of the model, which is a specific instancefrom a hierarchy of two-fluid-phase flow models that emerge from thetheory. We show the closure problem that must be solved. Using recentresults from high-resolution microscale simulations, we advance a set ofclosure relations that produce a closed model. Lastly, we solve the model using a locally conservative numerical scheme and compare the TCAT model to the traditional model.

Clinical evaluation of seven anticalculus dentifrice formulations.

PubMed

Scruggs, R R; Stewart, P W; Samuels, M S; Stamm, J W

1991-01-01

One hundred ninety-two subjects completed a clinical trial to determine the effects of seven dentifrice formulations on calculus inhibition. The double-blind study involved a ten-day control phase and a ten-day experimental phase. For the control phase, subjects were evaluated for calculus present, received a prophylaxis and had pre-weighed mylar strips attached to the lingual surfaces of the mandibular incisors to harvest mineral deposits. Subjects were then assigned the placebo dentifrice for unsupervised twice-daily use and were required to report once a day for a supervised mouthrinse using a 1:3 dilution of the dentrifice. The experimental phase was identical except that subjects were allocated the experimental dentifices using a stratified random assignment based on age, gender and the initial presence of calculus. Simple linear regression analyses of the dry and ash log weights obtained from the strips were performed. The results showed no statistically significant differences among the test products; however, two formulations containing zinc citrate showed some calculus inhibition-potential suggesting that further research and development of such products may be warranted.

Phase-field modeling of fracture in variably saturated porous media

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Cajuhi, T.; Sanavia, L.; De Lorenzis, L.

2018-03-01

We propose a mechanical and computational model to describe the coupled problem of poromechanics and cracking in variably saturated porous media. A classical poromechanical formulation is adopted and coupled with a phase-field formulation for the fracture problem. The latter has the advantage of being able to reproduce arbitrarily complex crack paths without introducing discontinuities on a fixed mesh. The obtained simulation results show good qualitative agreement with desiccation experiments on soils from the literature.

Mathematical modeling of radiative-conductive heat transfer in semitransparent medium with phase change

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Savvinova, Nadezhda A.; Sleptsov, Semen D.; Rubtsov, Nikolai A.

2017-11-01

A mathematical phase change model is a formulation of the Stefan problem. Various formulations of the Stefan problem modeling of radiative-conductive heat transfer during melting or solidification of a semitransparent material are presented. Analysis of numerical results show that the radiative heat transfer has a significant effect on temperature distributions during melting (solidification) of the semitransparent material. In this paper conditions for application of various statements of the Stefan problem are analyzed.

Evaluation of Influence of Various Polymers on Dissolution and Phase Behavior of Carbamazepine-Succinic Acid Cocrystal in Matrix Tablets.

PubMed

Ullah, Majeed; Ullah, Hanif; Murtaza, Ghulam; Mahmood, Qaisar; Hussain, Izhar

2015-01-01

The aim of current study was to explore the influence of three commonly used polymers, that is, cellulosics and noncellulosics, for example, Methocel K4M, Kollidon VA/64, and Soluplus, on the phase disproportionation and drug release profile of carbamazepine-succinic acid (CBZ-SUC) cocrystal at varying drug to polymer ratios (1 : 1 to 1 : 0.25) in matrix tablets. The polymorphic phase disproportionation during in-depth dissolution studies of CBZ-SUC cocrystals and its crystalline properties were scrutinized by X-ray powder diffractrometry and Raman spectroscopy. The percent drug release from HPMC formulations (CSH) showed inverse relation with the concentration of polymer; that is, drug release increased with decrease in polymer concentration. On contrary, direct relation was observed between percent drug release and polymer concentrations of Kollidon VA 64/Soluplus (CSK, CSS). At similar polymer concentration, drug release from pure carbamazepine was slightly lower with HPMC formulations than that of cocrystal; however, opposite trend in release rate was observed with Kollidon VA/64 and Soluplus. The significant increase in dissolution rate of cocrystal occurred with Kollidon VA/64 and Soluplus at higher polymer concentration. Moreover, no phase change took place in Methocel and Kollidon formulations. No tablet residue was left for Soluplus formulation so the impact of polymer on cocrystal integrity cannot be predicted.

Evaluation of Influence of Various Polymers on Dissolution and Phase Behavior of Carbamazepine-Succinic Acid Cocrystal in Matrix Tablets

PubMed Central

Ullah, Majeed; Ullah, Hanif; Mahmood, Qaisar; Hussain, Izhar

2015-01-01

The aim of current study was to explore the influence of three commonly used polymers, that is, cellulosics and noncellulosics, for example, Methocel K4M, Kollidon VA/64, and Soluplus, on the phase disproportionation and drug release profile of carbamazepine-succinic acid (CBZ-SUC) cocrystal at varying drug to polymer ratios (1 : 1 to 1 : 0.25) in matrix tablets. The polymorphic phase disproportionation during in-depth dissolution studies of CBZ-SUC cocrystals and its crystalline properties were scrutinized by X-ray powder diffractrometry and Raman spectroscopy. The percent drug release from HPMC formulations (CSH) showed inverse relation with the concentration of polymer; that is, drug release increased with decrease in polymer concentration. On contrary, direct relation was observed between percent drug release and polymer concentrations of Kollidon VA 64/Soluplus (CSK, CSS). At similar polymer concentration, drug release from pure carbamazepine was slightly lower with HPMC formulations than that of cocrystal; however, opposite trend in release rate was observed with Kollidon VA/64 and Soluplus. The significant increase in dissolution rate of cocrystal occurred with Kollidon VA/64 and Soluplus at higher polymer concentration. Moreover, no phase change took place in Methocel and Kollidon formulations. No tablet residue was left for Soluplus formulation so the impact of polymer on cocrystal integrity cannot be predicted. PMID:26380301

Development of a novel amide-silica stationary phase for the reversed-phase HPLC separation of different classes of phytohormones.

PubMed

Aral, Hayriye; Aral, Tarık; Ziyadanoğulları, Berrin; Ziyadanoğulları, Recep

2013-11-15

A novel amide-bonded silica stationary phase was prepared starting from N-Boc-phenylalanine, cyclohexylamine and spherical silica gel (4 µm, 60 Å). The amide ligand was synthesised with high yield. The resulting amide bonded stationary phase was characterised by SEM, IR and elemental analysis. The resulting selector bearing a polar amide group is used for the reversed-phase chromatography separation of different classes of thirteen phytohormones (plant hormones). The chromatographic behaviours of these analytes on the amide-silica stationary phase were compared with those of RP-C18 column under same conditions. The effects of different separation conditions, such as mobile phase, pH value, flow rate and temperature, on the separation and retention behaviours of the 13 phytohormones in this system were studied. The optimum separation was achieved using reversed-phase HPLC gradient elution with an aqueous mobile phase containing pH=6.85 potassium phosphate buffer (20 mM) and acetonitrile with a 22 °C column temperature. Under these experimental conditions, the 12 phytohormones could be separated and detected at 230 or 270 nm within 26 min. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Phase behaviour of casein micelles and barley beta-glucan polymer molecules in dietary fibre-enriched dairy systems.

PubMed

Repin, Nikolay; Scanlon, Martin G; Fulcher, R Gary

2012-07-01

Enrichment of colloidal dairy systems with dietary fibre frequently causes quality defects because of phase separation. We investigate phase separation in skimmed milk enriched with Glucagel (a commercial product made from barley that is predominantly comprised of the polysaccharide β-glucan). The driving force for phase separation was depletion flocculation of casein micelles in the presence of molecules of the polysaccharide. Depending on the volume fraction of casein micelles and the concentration of Glucagel, the stable system phase separated either as a transient gel or as a sedimented system. The rate at which phase separation progressed also depended on the volume fraction of casein micelles and the concentration of Glucagel. To confirm the role of depletion flocculation in the phase separation process, enzymatic reduction in the molecular weight of β-glucan was shown to limit the range of attraction between micelles and allow the stable phase to exist at a higher β-glucan concentration for any given volume fraction of casein micelles. These phase diagrams will be useful to dairy product manufacturers striving to improve the nutrient profile of their products while avoiding product quality impairment. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Benzyl Benzoate-Loaded Microemulsion for Topical Applications: Enhanced Dermatokinetic Profile and Better Delivery Promises.

PubMed

Sharma, Gajanand; Dhankar, Geeta; Thakur, Kanika; Raza, Kaisar; Katare, O P

2016-10-01

Benzyl benzoate (BB) is one of the oldest drugs used for the treatment of scabies and is recommended as the "first-line intervention" for the cost-effective treatment of the disease. Though a promising candidate, its application is reported to be associated with irritation of the skin and eye, resulting in poor patient compliance. Hence, the present study aims to develop BB-loaded topical microemulsion for the safer and effective delivery of BB. Pseudo-ternary phase diagrams with BB as the oily phase itself, along with Tween 80 as surfactant, and mixture of phospholipid and ethanol as the co-surfactant along with aqueous solution as the external phase were constructed and various compositions were formulated. The optimized formulation was characterized for particle-size, zeta-potential, drug-content, globule-morphology pH, and refractive-index, whereas evaluated for skin permeation, retention, compliance, and dermatokinetics. The nanosized formulation offered threefold higher drug permeation vis-a-vis plain drug solution across LACA mice abdominal skin. The drug retention of the selected formulation was nearly twice of that from the marketed product, assuring depot formulation and sustained release. The skin histopathology revealed the non-irritant nature of the formulation, as no changes in the normal skin histology were observed. The dermatokinetic studies confirmed better permeation and enhanced skin bioavailability of BB to epidermis as well as dermis vis-à-vis the conventional product. The results indicate that the developed lipid-based microemulsion hydrogel can alleviate the concerns associated with BB and can provide a better and safer delivery option in substantial amounts to various skin layers.

Optimal Integration of Departures and Arrivals in Terminal Airspace

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Xue, Min; Zelinski, Shannon Jean

2013-01-01

Coordination of operations with spatially and temporally shared resources, such as route segments, fixes, and runways, improves the efficiency of terminal airspace management. Problems in this category are, in general, computationally difficult compared to conventional scheduling problems. This paper presents a fast time algorithm formulation using a non-dominated sorting genetic algorithm (NSGA). It was first applied to a test problem introduced in existing literature. An experiment with a test problem showed that new methods can solve the 20 aircraft problem in fast time with a 65% or 440 second delay reduction using shared departure fixes. In order to test its application in a more realistic and complicated problem, the NSGA algorithm was applied to a problem in LAX terminal airspace, where interactions between 28% of LAX arrivals and 10% of LAX departures are resolved by spatial separation in current operations, which may introduce unnecessary delays. In this work, three types of separations - spatial, temporal, and hybrid separations - were formulated using the new algorithm. The hybrid separation combines both temporal and spatial separations. Results showed that although temporal separation achieved less delay than spatial separation with a small uncertainty buffer, spatial separation outperformed temporal separation when the uncertainty buffer was increased. Hybrid separation introduced much less delay than both spatial and temporal approaches. For a total of 15 interacting departures and arrivals, when compared to spatial separation, the delay reduction of hybrid separation varied between 11% or 3.1 minutes and 64% or 10.7 minutes corresponding to an uncertainty buffer from 0 to 60 seconds. Furthermore, as a comparison with the NSGA algorithm, a First-Come-First-Serve based heuristic method was implemented for the hybrid separation. Experiments showed that the results from the NSGA algorithm have 9% to 42% less delay than the heuristic method with varied uncertainty buffer sizes.

Conserved interdomain linker promotes phase separation of the multivalent adaptor protein Nck

PubMed Central

Banjade, Sudeep; Wu, Qiong; Mittal, Anuradha; Peeples, William B.; Pappu, Rohit V.; Rosen, Michael K.

2015-01-01

The organization of membranes, the cytosol, and the nucleus of eukaryotic cells can be controlled through phase separation of lipids, proteins, and nucleic acids. Collective interactions of multivalent molecules mediated by modular binding domains can induce gelation and phase separation in several cytosolic and membrane-associated systems. The adaptor protein Nck has three SRC-homology 3 (SH3) domains that bind multiple proline-rich segments in the actin regulatory protein neuronal Wiskott-Aldrich syndrome protein (N-WASP) and an SH2 domain that binds to multiple phosphotyrosine sites in the adhesion protein nephrin, leading to phase separation. Here, we show that the 50-residue linker between the first two SH3 domains of Nck enhances phase separation of Nck/N-WASP/nephrin assemblies. Two linear motifs within this element, as well as its overall positively charged character, are important for this effect. The linker increases the driving force for self-assembly of Nck, likely through weak interactions with the second SH3 domain, and this effect appears to promote phase separation. The linker sequence is highly conserved, suggesting that the sequence determinants of the driving forces for phase separation may be generally important to Nck functions. Our studies demonstrate that linker regions between modular domains can contribute to the driving forces for self-assembly and phase separation of multivalent proteins. PMID:26553976

A New Emulsion Liquid Membrane Based on a Palm Oil for the Extraction of Heavy Metals

PubMed Central

Björkegren, Sanna; Fassihi Karimi, Rose; Martinelli, Anna; Jayakumar, Natesan Subramanian; Hashim, Mohd Ali

2015-01-01

The extraction efficiency of hexavalent chromium, Cr(VI), from water has been investigated using a vegetable oil based emulsion liquid membrane (ELM) technique. The main purpose of this study was to create a novel ELM formulation by choosing a more environmentally friendly and non-toxic diluent such as palm oil. The membrane phase so formulated includes the mobile carrier tri-n-octylmethylammonium chloride (TOMAC), to facilitate the metal transport, and the hydrophilic surfactant Tween 80 to facilitate the dispersion of the ELM phase in the aqueous solution. Span 80 is used as surfactant and butanol as co-surfactant. Our results demonstrate that this novel ELM formulation, using the vegetable palm oil as diluent, is useful for the removal of hexavalent chromium with an efficiency of over 99% and is thus competitive with the already existing, yet less environmentally friendly, ELM formulations. This result was achieved with an optimal concentration of 0.1 M NaOH as stripping agent and an external phase pH of 0.5. Different water qualities have also been investigated showing that the type of water (deionized, distilled, or tap water) does not significantly influence the extraction rate. PMID:25915191

Model-Invariant Hybrid Computations of Separated Flows for RCA Standard Test Cases

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Woodruff, Stephen

2016-01-01

NASA's Revolutionary Computational Aerosciences (RCA) subproject has identified several smooth-body separated flows as standard test cases to emphasize the challenge these flows present for computational methods and their importance to the aerospace community. Results of computations of two of these test cases, the NASA hump and the FAITH experiment, are presented. The computations were performed with the model-invariant hybrid LES-RANS formulation, implemented in the NASA code VULCAN-CFD. The model- invariant formulation employs gradual LES-RANS transitions and compensation for model variation to provide more accurate and efficient hybrid computations. Comparisons revealed that the LES-RANS transitions employed in these computations were sufficiently gradual that the compensating terms were unnecessary. Agreement with experiment was achieved only after reducing the turbulent viscosity to mitigate the effect of numerical dissipation. The stream-wise evolution of peak Reynolds shear stress was employed as a measure of turbulence dynamics in separated flows useful for evaluating computations.

HPTLC Determination of Artemisinin and Its Derivatives in Bulk and Pharmaceutical Dosage

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Agarwal, Suraj P.; Ahuja, Shipra

A simple, selective, accurate, and precise high-performance thin-layer chromatographic (HPTLC) method has been established and validated for the analysis of artemisinin and its derivatives (artesunate, artemether, and arteether) in the bulk drugs and formulations. The artemisinin, artesunate, artemether, and arteether were separated on aluminum-backed silica gel 60 F254 plates with toluene:ethyl acetate (10:1), toluene: ethyl acetate: acetic acid (2:8:0.2), toluene:butanol (10:1), and toluene:dichloro methane (0.5:10) mobile phase, respectively. The linear detector response for concentrations between 100 and 600 ng/spot showed good linear relationship with r value 0.9967, 0.9989, 0.9981 and 0.9989 for artemisinin, artesunate, artemether, and arteether, respectively. Statistical analysis proves that the method is precise, accurate, and reproducible and hence can be employed for the routine analysis.

A Novel High Performance Liquid Chromatographic Method for Simultaneous Determination of Ceftriaxone and Sulbactam in Sulbactomax

PubMed Central

Shrivastava, Sanjay Mohan; Singh, Rajkumar; Tariq, Abu; Siddiqui, Masoom Raza; Yadav, Jitendar; Negi, P. S.; Chaudhary, Manu

2009-01-01

An isocratic liquid chromatographic method with UV detection at 220 nm is described for simultaneous determination of ceftriaxone sodium and sulbactam sodium in Sulbactomax. Chromatographic separation of two drugs was achieved on a Hypersil ODS C-18 column using a mobile phase consisting of a binary mixture of acetonitrile and tetrabutyl ammonium hydroxide adjusted to pH7.0 with orthophosphoric acid in ratio 70:30. The developed Liquid Chromatographic method offers symmetric peak shape, good resolution and reasonable retention time for both drugs. Linearity, accuracy and precision were found to be acceptable over the concentration range of 125-750 ppm for ceftriaxone sodium and 62.5-375 ppm for sulbactam sodium. The LC method can be used for the quality control of formulated products containing ceftriaxone and sulbactam. PMID:23675112

Water vapor diffusion membrane development. [for water recovery purposes onboard manned spacecraft

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Tan, M. K.

1974-01-01

The phase separator component used as a membrane in the vapor diffusion process (VRD) for the recovery of potable water from urine on manned space missions of extended duration was investigated, with particular emphasis on cation-selective membranes because of their noted mechanical strength, superior resistance to acids, oxidants, and germicides, and their potential resistance to organic foulants. Two of the membranes were tested for 700 hours continuously, and were selected on the basis of criteria deemed important to an effective water reclamation system onboard spacecraft. The samples of urine were successfully processed by removing 93 percent of their water content in 70 hours using the selected membranes. Pretreatment with an acid-oxidant formulation improved product quality. Cation exchange membranes were shown to possess superior mechanical strength and chemical resistance, as compared to cellulosic membranes.

Fluid Phase Separation (FPS) experiment for flight on the shuttle in a Get Away Special (GAS) canister: Design and fabrication

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

1990-01-01

The separation of fluid phases in microgravity environments is of importance to environmental control and life support systems (ECLSS) and materials processing in space. A successful fluid phase separation experiment will demonstrate a proof of concept for the separation technique and add to the knowledge base of material behavior. The phase separation experiment will contain a premixed fluid that will be exposed to a microgravity environment. After the phase separation of the compound has occurred, small samples of each of the species will be taken for analysis on Earth. By correlating the time of separation and the temperature history of the fluid, it will be possible to characterize the process. The phase separation experiment is totally self-contained, with three levels of containment on all fluids, and provides all necessary electrical power and control. The controller regulates the temperature of the fluid and controls data logging and sampling. An astronaut-activated switch will initiate the experiment and an unmaskable interrupt is provided for shutdown. The experiment has been integrated into space available on a manifested Get Away Special (GAS) experiment, CONCAP 2, part of the Consortium for Materials Complex Autonomous Payload (CAP) Program, scheduled for STS 42 in April 1991. Presented here are the design and the production of a fluid phase separation experiment for rapid implementation at low cost.

Formulations of the endophytic bacterium Bacillus subtilis Tu-100 suppress Sclerotinia sclerotiorum on oilseed rape and improve plant vigor in field trials conducted at separate locations

USDA-ARS?s Scientific Manuscript database

Sclerotinia sclerotiorum causes serious yield losses in crops in The People’s Republic of China. Two formulations of oilseed rape seed containing the endophytic bacterium Bacillus subtilis Tu-100 were evaluated for suppression of this pathogen in field trials conducted at two independent locations....

Modification of linear prepolymers to tailor heterogeneous network formation through photo-initiated Polymerization-Induced Phase Separation

PubMed Central

Szczepanski, Caroline R.; Stansbury, Jeffrey W.

2015-01-01

Polymerization-induced phase separation (PIPS) was studied in ambient photopolymerizations of triethylene glycol dimethacrylate (TEGDMA) modified by poly(methyl methacrylate) (PMMA). The molecular weight of PMMA and the rate of network formation (through incident UV-irradiation) were varied to influence both the promotion of phase separation through increases in overall free energy, as well as the extent to which phase development occurs during polymerization through diffusion prior to network gelation. The overall free energy of the polymerizing system increases with PMMA molecular weight, such that PIPS is promoted thermodynamically at low loading levels (5 wt%) of a higher molecular weight PMMA (120 kDa), while a higher loading level (20 wt%) is needed to induce PIPS with lower PMMA molecular weight (11 kDa), and phase separation was not promoted at any loading level tested of the lowest molecular weight PMMA (1 kDa). Due to these differences in overall free energy, systems modified by PMMA (11 kDa) underwent phase separation via Nucleation and Growth, and systems modified by PMMA (120 kDa), followed the Spinodal Decomposition mechanism. Despite differences in phase structure, all materials form a continuous phase rich in TEGDMA homopolymer. At high irradiation intensity (Io=20mW/cm2), the rate of network formation prohibited significant phase separation, even when thermodynamically preferred. A staged curing approach, which utilizes low intensity irradiation (Io=300µW/cm2) for the first ~50% of reaction to allow phase separation via diffusion, followed by a high intensity flood-cure to achieve a high degree of conversion, was employed to form phase-separated networks with reduced polymerization stress yet equivalent final conversion and modulus. PMID:26190865

Phase separation and second-order phase transition in the phenomenological model for a Coulomb-frustrated two-dimensional system

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Mamin, R. F.; Shaposhnikova, T. S.; Kabanov, V. V.

2018-03-01

We have considered the model of the phase transition of the second order for the Coulomb frustrated 2D charged system. The coupling of the order parameter with the charge was considered as the local temperature. We have found that in such a system, an appearance of the phase-separated state is possible. By numerical simulation, we have obtained different types ("stripes," "rings," "snakes") of phase-separated states and determined the parameter ranges for these states. Thus the system undergoes a series of phase transitions when the temperature decreases. First, the system moves from the homogeneous state with a zero order parameter to the phase-separated state with two phases in one of which the order parameter is zero and, in the other, it is nonzero (τ >0 ). Then a first-order transition occurs to another phase-separated state, in which both phases have different and nonzero values of the order parameter (for τ <0 ). Only a further decrease of temperature leads to a transition to a homogeneous ordered state.

In situ forming phase-inversion implants for sustained ocular delivery of triamcinolone acetonide.

PubMed

Sheshala, Ravi; Hong, Gan Chew; Yee, Wong Pui; Meka, Venkata Srikanth; Thakur, Raghu Raj Singh

2018-02-26

The objectives of this study were to develop biodegradable poly-lactic-co-glycolic acid (PLGA) based injectable phase inversion in situ forming system for sustained delivery of triamcinolone acetonide (TA) and to conduct physicochemical characterisation including in vitro drug release of the prepared formulations. TA (at 0.5%, 1% and 2.5% w/w loading) was dissolved in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) solvent and then incorporated 30% w/w PLGA (50/50 and 75/25) polymer to prepare homogenous injectable solution. The formulations were evaluated for rheological behaviour using rheometer, syringeability by texture analyser, water uptake and rate of implant formation by optical coherence tomography (OCT) microscope. Phase inversion in situ forming formulations were injected into PBS pH 7.3 to form an implant and release samples were collected and analysed for drug content using a HPLC method. All formulations exhibited good syringeability and rheological properties (viscosity: 0.19-3.06 Pa.s) by showing shear thinning behaviour which enable them to remain as free-flowing solution for ease administration. The results from OCT microscope demonstrated that thickness of the implants were increased with the increase in time and the rate of implant formation indicated the fast phase inversion. The drug release from implants was sustained over a period of 42 days. The research findings demonstrated that PLGA/NMP-based phase inversion in situ forming implants can improve compliance in patient's suffering from ocular diseases by sustaining the drug release for a prolonged period of time and thereby reducing the frequency of ocular injections.

Reversed-phase HPLC analysis of levetiracetam in tablets using monolithic and conventional C18 silica columns.

PubMed

Can, Nafiz O; Arli, Goksel

2010-01-01

Development and validation of an RP-HPLC method for determination of levetiracetam in pharmaceutical tablets is described. The separation and quantification of levetiracetam and caffeine (internal standard) were performed using a single analytical procedure with two different types of stationary phases, conventional Phenomenex Gemini C18 (100 x 4.6 mm, 5 microm) and Merck Chromolith Performance RP18e (100 x 4.6 mm, macropore size 2 mm, micropore size 13 nm) monolithic silica. Five-microliter aliquots of samples were injected into the system and eluted using water-acetonitrile (90 + 10, v/v) mobile phase pumped at the rate of 1 mL/min. The analyte peaks were detected at 200 nm using a diode array detector with adequate resolution. Validation studies were performed using the method recommended by the International Conference on Harmonization, the U.S. Pharmacopeia, and AOAC INTERNATIONAL, which includes accuracy, precision, range, limits, robustness, and system suitability parameters. Levetiracetam and caffeine were detected in about 7 min using the conventional column, whereas less than 5 min was required when the monolithic column was used. Calibration plots had r values close to unity in the range of 0.8-8.0 microg/mL. Assay of levetiracetam in a tablet formulation was demonstrated as an application to real samples.

In vitro release of diclofenac diethylamine from caprylocaproyl macrogolglycerides based microemulsions.

PubMed

Djordjevic, Ljiljana; Primorac, Marija; Stupar, Mirjana

2005-05-30

The purpose of the present study was to determine the influence of both formulation parameters and vehicle structure on in vitro release rate of amphiphilic drug diclofenac diethylamine (DDA) from microemulsion vehicles containing PEG-8 caprylic/capric glycerides (surfactant), polyglyceryl-6 dioleate (cosurfactant), isopropyl myristate and water. From the constructed pseudo-ternary phase diagram at surfactant-cosurfactant mass ratio (K(m) 1:1), the optimum oil-to-surfactant-cosurfactant mass ratio values (O/SC 0.67-1.64) for formulation of microemulsions with similar concentrations of hydrophilic, lipophilic and amphiphilic phases (balanced microemulsions) were found. The results of characterization experiments indicated bicontinuous or nonspherical water-continuous internal structure of the selected microemulsion vehicles. Low water/isopropyl myristate apparent partition coefficient for DDA as well as elevated electrical conductivity and apparent viscosity values for the investigated microemulsion formulations containing 1.16% (w/w) of DDA, suggested that the drug molecules was predominantly partitioned in the water phase and most likely selfaggregate and interact with interfacial film. Release of DDA from the selected water-continuous (W/O), oil-continuous (O/W) and balanced microemulsions was investigated using rotating paddle dissolution apparatus modified by addition of enhancer cell. A linear diffusion of DDA through regenerated cellulose membrane was observed for the W/O and O/W formulations with the low content of dispersed phase. Non-linearity of the drug release profile in the case of bicontinuous formulations was related to the more complex distribution of DDA including interactions between the drug and vehicle. The membrane flux value increases from 25.02 microgcm(-2)h(-1) (W/O microemulsion) to 117.94 microgcm(-2)h(-1) (O/W microemulsion) as the water phase concentration increases. Moreover, the obtained flux values for balanced microemulsions (29.38-63.70 microgcm(-2)h(-1)) suggested that bicontinuous microstructure hampers the release of the amphiphilic drug.

Effect of temperature gradient on liquid-liquid phase separation in a polyolefin blend.

PubMed

Jiang, Hua; Dou, Nannan; Fan, Guoqiang; Yang, Zhaohui; Zhang, Xiaohua

2013-09-28

We have investigated experimentally the structure formation processes during phase separation via spinodal decomposition above and below the spinodal line in a binary polymer blend system exposed to in-plane stationary thermal gradients using phase contrast optical microscopy and temperature gradient hot stage. Below the spinodal line there is a coupling of concentration fluctuations and thermal gradient imposed by the temperature gradient hot stage. Also under the thermal gradient annealing phase-separated domains grow faster compared with the system under homogeneous temperature annealing on a zero-gradient or a conventional hot stage. We suggest that the in-plane thermal gradient accelerates phase separation through the enhancement in concentration fluctuations in the early and intermediate stages of spinodal decomposition. In a thermal gradient field, the strength of concentration fluctuation close to the critical point (above the spinodal line) is strong enough to induce phase separation even in one-phase regime of the phase diagram. In the presence of a temperature gradient the equilibrium phase diagrams are no longer valid, and the systems with an upper critical solution temperature can be quenched into phase separation by applying the stationary temperature gradient. The in-plane temperature gradient drives enhanced concentration fluctuations in a binary polymer blend system above and below the spinodal line.

Amide-induced phase separation of hexafluoroisopropanol-water mixtures depending on the hydrophobicity of amides.

PubMed

Takamuku, Toshiyuki; Wada, Hiroshi; Kawatoko, Chiemi; Shimomura, Takuya; Kanzaki, Ryo; Takeuchi, Munetaka

2012-06-21

Amide-induced phase separation of hexafluoro-2-propanol (HFIP)-water mixtures has been investigated to elucidate solvation properties of the mixtures by means of small-angle neutron scattering (SANS), (1)H and (13)C NMR, and molecular dynamics (MD) simulation. The amides included N-methylformamide (NMF), N-methylacetamide (NMA), and N-methylpropionamide (NMP). The phase diagrams of amide-HFIP-water ternary systems at 298 K showed that phase separation occurs in a closed-loop area of compositions as well as an N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) system previously reported. The phase separation area becomes wider as the hydrophobicity of amides increases in the order of NMF < NMA < DMF < NMP. Thus, the evolution of HFIP clusters around amides due to the hydrophobic interaction gives rise to phase separation of the mixtures. In contrast, the disruption of HFIP clusters causes the recovery of the homogeneity of the ternary systems. The present results showed that HFIP clusters are evolved with increasing amide content to the lower phase separation concentration in the same mechanism among the four amide systems. However, the disruption of HFIP clusters in the NMP and DMF systems with further increasing amide content to the upper phase separation concentration occurs in a different way from those in the NMF and NMA systems.

Phase Separation and Crystallization of Hemoglobin C in Transgenic Mouse and Human Erythrocytes

PubMed Central

Canterino, Joseph E.; Galkin, Oleg; Vekilov, Peter G.; Hirsch, Rhoda Elison

2008-01-01

Individuals expressing hemoglobin C (β6 Glu→Lys) present red blood cells (RBC) with intraerythrocytic crystals that form when hemoglobin (Hb) is oxygenated. Our earlier in vitro liquid-liquid (L-L) phase separation studies demonstrated that liganded HbC exhibits a stronger net intermolecular attraction with a longer range than liganded HbS or HbA, and that L-L phase separation preceded and enhanced crystallization. We now present evidence for the role of phase separation in HbC crystallization in the RBC, and the role of the RBC membrane as a nucleation center. RBC obtained from both human homozygous HbC patients and transgenic mice expressing only human HbC were studied by bright-field and differential interference contrast video-enhanced microscopy. RBC were exposed to hypertonic NaCl solution (1.5–3%) to induce crystallization within an appropriate experimental time frame. L-L phase separation occurred inside the RBC, which in turn enhanced the formation of intraerythrocytic crystals. RBC L-L phase separation and crystallization comply with the thermodynamic and kinetics laws established through in vitro studies of phase transformations. This is the first report, to the best of our knowledge, to capture a temporal view of intraerythrocytic HbC phase separation, crystal formation, and dissolution. PMID:18621841

Phase separations in mixtures of a liquid crystal and a nanocolloidal particle.

PubMed

Matsuyama, Akihiko

2009-11-28

We present a mean field theory to describe phase separations in mixtures of a liquid crystal and a nanocolloidal particle. By taking into account a nematic, a smectic A ordering of the liquid crystal, and a crystalline ordering of the nanoparticle, we calculate the phase diagrams on the temperature-concentration plane. We predict various phase separations, such as a smectic A-crystal phase separation and a smectic A-isotropic-crystal triple point, etc., depending on the interactions between the liquid crystal and the colloidal surface. Inside binodal curves, we find new unstable and metastable regions, which are important in the phase ordering dynamics. We also find a crystalline ordering of the nanoparticles dispersed in a smectic A phase and a nematic phase. The cooperative phenomena between liquid-crystalline ordering and crystalline ordering induce a variety of phase diagrams.

Kinetics of phase separation and coarsening in dilute surfactant pentaethylene glycol monododecyl ether solutions

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Tanaka, S.; Kubo, Y.; Yokoyama, Y.; Toda, A.; Taguchi, K.; Kajioka, H.

2011-12-01

We investigated the phase separation phenomena in dilute surfactant pentaethylene glycol monodedecyl ether (C12E5) solutions focusing on the growth law of separated domains. The solutions confined between two glass plates were found to exhibit the phase inversion, characteristic of the viscoelastic phase separation; the majority phase (water-rich phase) nucleated as droplets and the minority phase (micelle-rich phase) formed a network temporarily, then they collapsed into an usual sea-island pattern where minority phase formed islands. We found from the real-space microscopic imaging that the dynamic scaling hypothesis did not hold throughout the coarsening process. The power law growth of the domains with the exponent close to 1/3 was observed even though the coarsening was induced mainly by hydrodynamic flow, which was explained by Darcy's law of laminar flow.

Analysis of Flame Deflector Spray Nozzles in Rocket Engine Test Stands

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Sachdev, Jai S.; Ahuja, Vineet; Hosangadi, Ashvin; Allgood, Daniel C.

2010-01-01

The development of a unified tightly coupled multi-phase computational framework is described for the analysis and design of cooling spray nozzle configurations on the flame deflector in rocket engine test stands. An Eulerian formulation is used to model the disperse phase and is coupled to the gas-phase equations through momentum and heat transfer as well as phase change. The phase change formulation is modeled according to a modified form of the Hertz-Knudsen equation. Various simple test cases are presented to verify the validity of the numerical framework. The ability of the methodology to accurately predict the temperature load on the flame deflector is demonstrated though application to an actual sub-scale test facility. The CFD simulation was able to reproduce the result of the test-firing, showing that the spray nozzle configuration provided insufficient amount of cooling.

Studies of Two-Phase Flow Dynamics and Heat Transfer at Reduced Gravity Conditions

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Witte, Larry C.; Bousman, W. Scott; Fore, Larry B.

1996-01-01

The ability to predict gas-liquid flow patterns is crucial to the design and operation of two-phase flow systems in the microgravity environment. Flow pattern maps have been developed in this study which show the occurrence of flow patterns as a function of gas and liquid superficial velocities as well as tube diameter, liquid viscosity and surface tension. The results have demonstrated that the location of the bubble-slug transition is affected by the tube diameter for air-water systems and by surface tension, suggesting that turbulence-induced bubble fluctuations and coalescence mechanisms play a role in this transition. The location of the slug-annular transition on the flow pattern maps is largely unaffected by tube diameter, liquid viscosity or surface tension in the ranges tested. Void fraction-based transition criteria were developed which separate the flow patterns on the flow pattern maps with reasonable accuracy. Weber number transition criteria also show promise but further work is needed to improve these models. For annular gas-liquid flows of air-water and air- 50 percent glycerine under reduced gravity conditions, the pressure gradient agrees fairly well with a version of the Lockhart-Martinelli correlation but the measured film thickness deviates from published correlations at lower Reynolds numbers. Nusselt numbers, based on a film thickness obtained from standard normal-gravity correlations, follow the relation, Nu = A Re(sup n) Pr(exp l/3), but more experimental data in a reduced gravity environment are needed to increase the confidence in the estimated constants, A and n. In the slug flow regime, experimental pressure gradient does not correlate well with either the Lockhart-Martinelli or a homogeneous formulation, but does correlate nicely with a formulation based on a two-phase Reynolds number. Comparison with ground-based correlations implies that the heat transfer coefficients are lower at reduced gravity than at normal gravity under the same flow conditions. Nusselt numbers can be correlated in a fashion similar to Chu and Jones.

Optimization and characterization of liposome formulation by mixture design.

PubMed

Maherani, Behnoush; Arab-tehrany, Elmira; Kheirolomoom, Azadeh; Reshetov, Vadzim; Stebe, Marie José; Linder, Michel

2012-02-07

This study presents the application of the mixture design technique to develop an optimal liposome formulation by using the different lipids in type and percentage (DOPC, POPC and DPPC) in liposome composition. Ten lipid mixtures were generated by the simplex-centroid design technique and liposomes were prepared by the extrusion method. Liposomes were characterized with respect to size, phase transition temperature, ζ-potential, lamellarity, fluidity and efficiency in loading calcein. The results were then applied to estimate the coefficients of mixture design model and to find the optimal lipid composition with improved entrapment efficiency, size, transition temperature, fluidity and ζ-potential of liposomes. The response optimization of experiments was the liposome formulation with DOPC: 46%, POPC: 12% and DPPC: 42%. The optimal liposome formulation had an average diameter of 127.5 nm, a phase-transition temperature of 11.43 °C, a ζ-potential of -7.24 mV, fluidity (1/P)(TMA-DPH)((¬)) value of 2.87 and an encapsulation efficiency of 20.24%. The experimental results of characterization of optimal liposome formulation were in good agreement with those predicted by the mixture design technique.

Cell partition in two phase polymer systems

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Brooks, D. E.

1979-01-01

Aqueous phase-separated polymer solutions can be used as support media for the partition of biological macromolecules, organelles and cells. Cell separations using the technique have proven to be extremely sensitive to cell surface properties but application of the systems are limited to cells or aggregates which do not significantly while the phases are settling. Partition in zero g in principle removes this limitation but an external driving force must be applied to induce the phases to separate since their density difference disappears. We have recently shown that an applied electric field can supply the necessary driving force. We are proposing to utilize the NASA FES to study field-driven phase separation and cell partition on the ground and in zero g to help define the separation/partition process, with the ultimate goal being to develop partition as a zero g cell separation technique.

Safety, reactogenicity and immunogenicity of a novel pneumococcal protein-based vaccine in adults: a phase I/II randomized clinical study.

PubMed

Leroux-Roels, Geert; Maes, Cathy; De Boever, Fien; Traskine, Magali; Rüggeberg, Jens U; Borys, Dorota

2014-11-28

New vaccines containing highly conserved Streptococcus pneumoniae proteins such as pneumolysin toxoid (dPly) and histidine-triad protein D (PhtD) are being developed to provide broader protection against pneumococcal disease. This study evaluated the safety, reactogenicity and immunogenicity of different pneumococcal protein-containing formulations in adults. In a phase I double-blind study (www.clinicaltrials.gov: NCT00707798), healthy adults (18-40 years) were randomized (1:2:2:2:2:2:2) to receive two doses of one of six investigational vaccine formulations 2 months apart, or a single dose of the control 23-valent pneumococcal polysaccharide vaccine (23PPV; Pneumovax23™, Sanofi Pasteur MSD) followed by placebo. The investigational formulations contained dPly alone (10 or 30 μg), or both dPly and PhtD (10 or 30 μg each) alone or combined with the polysaccharide conjugates of the 10-valent pneumococcal non-typeable Haemophilus influenzae protein D conjugate vaccine (PHiD-CV; Synflorix™, GlaxoSmithKline Vaccines). Two groups primed with a formulation containing dPly and PhtD (10 or 30 μg each) continued to the follow-up phase II study (NCT00896064), in which they received a booster dose at 5-9 months after primary vaccination. Of 156 enrolled and vaccinated adults, 146 completed the primary immunization and 43 adults received a booster dose. During primary and booster vaccination, for any formulation, ≤ 8.9% of doses were followed by grade 3 solicited local or general adverse events. No fever >39.5°C (oral temperature) was reported. Unsolicited adverse events considered causally related to vaccination were reported following ≤ 33.3% of investigational vaccine doses. No serious adverse events were reported for adults receiving investigational vaccine formulations. Formulations containing dPly with or without PhtD were immunogenic for these antigens; polysaccharide conjugate-containing formulations were also immunogenic for those 10 polysaccharides. Investigational vaccine formulations containing dPly and PhtD were well tolerated and immunogenic when administered to healthy adults as standalone protein vaccine or combined with PHiD-CV conjugates. Copyright © 2014 The Authors. Published by Elsevier Ltd.. All rights reserved.

Superfield quantization

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Batalin, I. A.; Bering, K.; Damgaard, P. H.

1998-03-01

We present a superfield formulation of the quantization program for theories with first-class constraints. An exact operator formulation is given, and we show how to set up a phase-space path integral entirely in terms of superfields. BRST transformations and canonical transformations enter on equal footing, and they allow us to establish a superspace analog of the BFV theorem. We also present a formal derivation of the Lagrangian superfield analogue of the field-antifield formalism by an integration over half of the phase-space variables.

Liquid Crystals in Chromatography

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Witkiewicz, Zygfryd

The following sections are included: * INTRODUCTION * LIQUID CRYSTALS SUITABLE FOR GAS CHROMATOGRAPHY * Monomeric Liquid Crystal Stationary Phases * Polymeric Liquid Crystal Stationary Phases * Polymeric Liquid Crystal Stationary Phases * Conventional Analytical Columns * Capillary Columns * FACTORS AFFECTING THE CHROMATOGRAPHIC SEPARATIONS ON LIQUID CRYSTAL STATIONARY PHASES * Kind of Mesophase of the Liquid Crystal * Molecular Structure of the Liquid Crystals and of the Chromatographed Substances * Substrate on which the Liquid Crystal is Deposited * ANALYTICAL APPLICATIONS OF LIQUID CRYSTAL STATIONARY PHASES IN GAS CHROMATOGRAPHY * Separation of Isomers of Benzene and Naphthalene Derivatives * Separation of Alkane and Alkene Isomers * Separation of Mixtures of Benzene and Aliphatic Hydrocarbon Derivatives Containing Heteroatoms * Separation of Polynuclear Hydrocarbons * INVESTIGATION OF THE PROPERTIES OF LIQUID CRYSTALS BY GAS CHROMATOGRAPHY * APPLICATION OF LIQUID CRYSTALS IN LIQUID CHROMATOGRAPHY * Column Chromatography * Thin-Layer Chromatography * APPLICATION OF LIQUID CRYSTAL STATIONARY PHASES IN SUPERCRITICAL FLUID CHROMATOGRAPHY * FINAL REMARKS * References

Thermal cycling effects on static and dynamic properties of a phase separated manganite

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Sacanell, J.; Sievers, B.; Quintero, M.; Granja, L.; Ghivelder, L.; Parisi, F.

2018-06-01

In this work we address the interplay between two phenomena which are signatures of the out-of-equilibrium state in phase separated manganites: irreversibility against thermal cycling and aging/rejuvenation process. The sample investigated is La0.5Ca0.5MnO3, a prototypical manganite exhibiting phase separation. Two regimes for isothermal relaxation were observed according to the temperature range: for T > 100 K, aging/rejuvenation effects are observed, while for T < 100 K an irreversible aging was found. Our results show that thermal cycles act as a tool to unveil the dynamical behavior of the phase separated state in manganites, revealing the close interplay between static and dynamic properties of phase separated manganites.

Method of implementing digital phase-locked loops

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Stephens, Scott A. (Inventor); Thomas, Jess Brooks, Jr. (Inventor)

1993-01-01

In a new formulation for digital phase-locked loops, loop-filter constants are determined from loop roots that can each be selectively placed in the s-plane on the basis of a new set of parameters, each with simple and direct physical meaning in terms of loop noise bandwidth, root-specific decay rate, or root-specific damping. Loops of first to fourth order are treated in the continuous-update approximation (BLT yields 0) and in a discrete-update formulation with arbitrary BLT. Deficiencies of the continuous-update approximation in large-BLT applications are avoided in the new discrete-update formulation. A new method for direct, transient-free acquisition with third- and fourth-order loops can improve the versatility and reliability of acquisition with such loops.

Group theoretical formulation of free fall and projectile motion

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Düztaş, Koray

2018-07-01

In this work we formulate the group theoretical description of free fall and projectile motion. We show that the kinematic equations for constant acceleration form a one parameter group acting on a phase space. We define the group elements ϕ t by their action on the points in the phase space. We also generalize this approach to projectile motion. We evaluate the group orbits regarding their relations to the physical orbits of particles and unphysical solutions. We note that the group theoretical formulation does not apply to more general cases involving a time-dependent acceleration. This method improves our understanding of the constant acceleration problem with its global approach. It is especially beneficial for students who want to pursue a career in theoretical physics.

Formulation and optimization by experimental design of eco-friendly emulsions based on d-limonene.

PubMed

Pérez-Mosqueda, Luis M; Trujillo-Cayado, Luis A; Carrillo, Francisco; Ramírez, Pablo; Muñoz, José

2015-04-01

d-Limonene is a natural occurring solvent that can replace more pollutant chemicals in agrochemical formulations. In the present work, a comprehensive study of the influence of dispersed phase mass fraction, ϕ, and of the surfactant/oil ratio, R, on the emulsion stability and droplet size distribution of d-limonene-in-water emulsions stabilized by a non-ionic triblock copolymer surfactant has been carried out. An experimental full factorial design 3(2) was conducted in order to optimize the emulsion formulation. The independent variables, ϕ and R were studied in the range 10-50 wt% and 0.02-0.1, respectively. The emulsions studied were mainly destabilized by both creaming and Ostwald ripening. Therefore, initial droplet size and an overall destabilization parameter, the so-called turbiscan stability index, were used as dependent variables. The optimal formulation, comprising minimum droplet size and maximum stability was achieved at ϕ=50 wt%; R=0.062. Furthermore, the surface response methodology allowed us to obtain the formulation yielding sub-micron emulsions by using a single step rotor/stator homogenizer process instead of most commonly used two-step emulsification methods. In addition, the optimal formulation was further improved against Ostwald ripening by adding silicone oil to the dispersed phase. The combination of these experimental findings allowed us to gain a deeper insight into the stability of these emulsions, which can be applied to the rational development of new formulations with potential application in agrochemical formulations. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Cure kinetics, morphologies, and mechanical properties of thermoplastic/MWCNT modified multifunctional glassy epoxies prepared via continuous reaction methods

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Cheng, Xiaole

The primary goal of this dissertation is to develop a novel continuous reactor method to prepare partially cured epoxy prepolymers for aerospace prepreg applications with the aim of replacing traditional batch reactors. Compared to batch reactors, the continuous reactor is capable of solubilizing and dispersing a broad range of additives including thermoplastic tougheners, stabilizers, nanoparticles and curatives and advancing epoxy molecular weights and viscosities while reducing energy consumption. In order to prove this concept, polyethersulfone (PES) modified 4, 4'-diaminodiphenylsulfone (44DDS)/tetraglycidyl-4, 4'-diaminodiphenylmethane (TGDDM) epoxy prepolymers were firstly prepared using both continuous reactor and batch reactor methods. Kinetic studies confirmed the chain extension reaction in the continuous reactor is similar to the batch reactor, and the molecular weights and viscosities of prepolymers were readily controlled through reaction kinetics. Atomic force microscopy (AFM) confirmed similar cured network morphologies for formulations prepared from batch and continuous reactors. Additionally tensile strength, tensile modulus and fracture toughness analyses concluded mechanical properties of cured epoxy matrices produced from both reactors were equivalent. Effects of multifunctional epoxy compositions on thermoplastics phase-separated morphologies were systematically studied using a combination of AFM with nanomechanical mapping, spectroscopic and calorimetric techniques to provide new insights to tailor cured reaction induced phase separation (CRIPS) in multifunctional epoxy blend networks. Furthermore, how resultant crosslinked glassy polymer network and phase-separated morphologies correlated with mechanical properties are discussed in detail. Multiwall carbon nanotube (MWCNT)/TGDDM epoxy prepolymers were further prepared by combining the successful strategies for advancing epoxy chemistries and dispersing nanotubes using the continuous reactor. Optical microscopy (OM) and scanning electron microscopy (SEM) were used to characterize the MWCNT dispersion states and stabilization in epoxy prepolymer matrix after continuous process and during curing cycles. Additionally, electrical conductivities and mechanical properties of final cured MWCNT/TGDDM composites were measured and discussed in view of their corresponding MWCNT dispersion states. Ternary blends of MWCNT reinforced thermoplastic/epoxy prepolymers were prepared by the continuous reactor. Influence of MWCNT on the CRIPS mechanism and the cured morphologies were systematically investigated using SEM and rheological analysis. Incorporation of MWCNT in thermoplastic/epoxy matrices can lead to a morphological transformation from phase inverted, to co-continuous, and to droplet dispersed morphology. In additional, dynamic mechanical analysis revealed the heterogeneity of MWCNT dispersion in thermoplastic/thermosets systems.

Stress-Triggered Phase Separation Is an Adaptive, Evolutionarily Tuned Response

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Riback, Joshua A.; Katanski, Christopher D.; Kear-Scott, Jamie L.

In eukaryotic cells, diverse stresses trigger coalescence of RNA-binding proteins into stress granules. In vitro, stress-granule-associated proteins can demix to form liquids, hydrogels, and other assemblies lacking fixed stoichiometry. Observing these phenomena has generally required conditions far removed from physiological stresses. We show that poly(A)-binding protein (Pab1 in yeast), a defining marker of stress granules, phase separates and forms hydrogels in vitro upon exposure to physiological stress conditions. Other RNA-binding proteins depend upon low-complexity regions (LCRs) or RNA for phase separation, whereas Pab1’s LCR is not required for demixing, and RNA inhibits it. Based on unique evolutionary patterns, we createmore » LCR mutations, which systematically tune its biophysical properties and Pab1 phase separation in vitro and in vivo. Mutations that impede phase separation reduce organism fitness during prolonged stress. Poly(A)-binding protein thus acts as a physiological stress sensor, exploiting phase separation to precisely mark stress onset, a broadly generalizable mechanism.« less

Method for separating water soluble organics from a process stream by aqueous biphasic extraction

DOEpatents

Chaiko, David J.; Mego, William A.

1999-01-01

A method for separating water-miscible organic species from a process stream by aqueous biphasic extraction is provided. An aqueous biphase system is generated by contacting a process stream comprised of water, salt, and organic species with an aqueous polymer solution. The organic species transfer from the salt-rich phase to the polymer-rich phase, and the phases are separated. Next, the polymer is recovered from the loaded polymer phase by selectively extracting the polymer into an organic phase at an elevated temperature, while the organic species remain in a substantially salt-free aqueous solution. Alternatively, the polymer is recovered from the loaded polymer by a temperature induced phase separation (cloud point extraction), whereby the polymer and the organic species separate into two distinct solutions. The method for separating water-miscible organic species is applicable to the treatment of industrial wastewater streams, including the extraction and recovery of complexed metal ions from salt solutions, organic contaminants from mineral processing streams, and colorants from spent dye baths.

Influence of the choice of gas-phase mechanism on predictions of key gaseous pollutants during the AQMEII phase-2 intercomparison

EPA Science Inventory

The formulations of tropospheric gas-phase chemistry (“mechanisms”)used in the regional-scale chemistry-transport models participating in theAir Quality Modelling Evaluation International Initiative (AQMEII) Phase2 are intercompared by the means of box model studies. Simulations ...

Acoustic streaming: an arbitrary Lagrangian–Eulerian perspective

PubMed Central

Nama, Nitesh; Huang, Tony Jun; Costanzo, Francesco

2017-01-01

We analyse acoustic streaming flows using an arbitrary Lagrangian Eulerian (ALE) perspective. The formulation stems from an explicit separation of time scales resulting in two subproblems: a first-order problem, formulated in terms of the fluid displacement at the fast scale, and a second-order problem, formulated in terms of the Lagrangian flow velocity at the slow time scale. Following a rigorous time-averaging procedure, the second-order problem is shown to be intrinsically steady, and with exact boundary conditions at the oscillating walls. Also, as the second-order problem is solved directly for the Lagrangian velocity, the formulation does not need to employ the notion of Stokes drift, or any associated post-processing, thus facilitating a direct comparison with experiments. Because the first-order problem is formulated in terms of the displacement field, our formulation is directly applicable to more complex fluid–structure interaction problems in microacoustofluidic devices. After the formulation’s exposition, we present numerical results that illustrate the advantages of the formulation with respect to current approaches. PMID:29051631

Process for improving soluble coal yield in a coal deashing process

DOEpatents

Rhodes, Donald E.

1980-01-01

Coal liquefaction products are contacted with a deashing solvent and introduced into a first separation zone. The first separation zone is maintained at an elevated temperature and pressure, determined to maximize the recovery of soluble coal products, to cause said coal liquefaction products to separate into a first light phase and a first heavy phase. Under these conditions the heavy phase while still fluid-like in character is substantially non-flowable. Flowability is returned to the fluid-like heavy phase by the introduction of an additional quantity of deashing solvent into the first separation zone at a location below the interface between the first light and heavy phases or into the heavy phase withdrawal conduit during withdrawal of the first heavy phase and prior to any substantial pressure reduction. The first heavy phase then is withdrawn from the first separation zone for additional downstream processing without plugging either the withdrawal conduit or the downstream apparatus. The first light phase comprising the soluble coal products is withdrawn and recovered in an increased yield to provide a more economical coal deashing process.

Understanding the Impact of Water on the Miscibility and Microstructure of Amorphous Solid Dispersions: An AFM-LCR and TEM-EDX Study.

PubMed

Li, Na; Gilpin, Christopher J; Taylor, Lynne S

2017-05-01

Miscibility is critical for amorphous solid dispersions (ASDs). Phase-separated ASDs are more prone to crystallization, and thus can lose their solubility advantage leading to product failure. Additionally, dissolution performance can be diminished as a result of phase separation in the ASD matrix. Water is known to induce phase separation during storage for some ASDs. However, the impact of water introduced during preparation has not been as thoroughly investigated to date. The purpose of this study was to develop a mechanistic understanding of the effect of water on the phase behavior and microstructure of ASDs. Evacetrapib and two polymers were selected as the model system. Atomic force microscopy coupled with Lorentz contact resonance, and transmission electron microscopy with energy dispersive X-ray spectroscopy were employed to evaluate the microstructure and composition of phase-separated ASDs. It was found that phase separation could be induced via two routes: solution-state phase separation during ASD formation caused by water absorption during film formation by a hydrophilic solvent, or solid-phase separation following exposure to high RH during storage. Water contents of as low as 2% in the organic solvent system used to dissolve the drug and polymer were found to result in phase separation in the resultant ASD film. These findings have profound implications on lab-scale ASD preparation and potentially also for industrial production. Additionally, these high-resolution imaging techniques combined with orthogonal analyses are powerful tools to visualize structural changes in ASDs, which in turn will enable better links to be made between ASD structure and performance.

Initial-value semiclassical propagators for the Wigner phase space representation: Formulation based on the interpretation of the Moyal equation as a Schrödinger equation.

PubMed

Koda, Shin-ichi

2015-12-28

We formulate various semiclassical propagators for the Wigner phase space representation from a unified point of view. As is shown in several studies, the Moyal equation, which is an equation of motion for the Wigner distribution function, can be regarded as the Schrödinger equation of an extended Hamiltonian system where its "position" and "momentum" correspond to the middle point of two points of the original phase space and the difference between them, respectively. Then we show that various phase-space semiclassical propagators can be formulated just by applying existing semiclassical propagators to the extended system. As a result, a phase space version of the Van Vleck propagator, the initial-value Van Vleck propagator, the Herman-Kluk propagator, and the thawed Gaussian approximation are obtained. In addition, we numerically compare the initial-value phase-space Van Vleck propagator, the phase-space Herman-Kluk propagator, and the classical mechanical propagation as approximation methods for the time propagation of the Wigner distribution function in terms of both accuracy and convergence speed. As a result, we find that the convergence speed of the Van Vleck propagator is far slower than others as is the case of the Hilbert space, and the Herman-Kluk propagator keeps its accuracy for a long period compared with the classical mechanical propagation while the convergence speed of the latter is faster than the former.

Ion-pairing HPLC methods to determine EDTA and DTPA in small molecule and biological pharmaceutical formulations.

PubMed

Wang, George; Tomasella, Frank P

2016-06-01

Ion-pairing high-performance liquid chromatography-ultraviolet (HPLC-UV) methods were developed to determine two commonly used chelating agents, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA) in Abilify® (a small molecule drug with aripiprazole as the active pharmaceutical ingredient) oral solution and diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid (DTPA) in Yervoy® (a monoclonal antibody drug with ipilimumab as the active pharmaceutical ingredient) intravenous formulation. Since the analytes, EDTA and DTPA, do not contain chromophores, transition metal ions (Cu 2+ , Fe 3+ ) which generate highly stable metallocomplexes with the chelating agents were added into the sample preparation to enhance UV detection. The use of metallocomplexes with ion-pairing chromatography provides the ability to achieve the desired sensitivity and selectivity in the development of the method. Specifically, the sample preparation involving metallocomplex formation allowed sensitive UV detection. Copper was utilized for the determination of EDTA and iron was utilized for the determination of DTPA. In the case of EDTA, a gradient mobile phase separated the components of the formulation from the analyte. In the method for DTPA, the active drug substance, ipilimumab, was eluted in the void. In addition, the optimization of the concentration of the ion-pairing reagent was discussed as a means of enhancing the retention of the aminopolycarboxylic acids (APCAs) including EDTA and DTPA and the specificity of the method. The analytical method development was designed based on the chromatographic properties of the analytes, the nature of the sample matrix and the intended purpose of the method. Validation data were presented for the two methods. Finally, both methods were successfully utilized in determining the fate of the chelates.

Impact of various solid carriers and spray drying on pre/post compression properties of solid SNEDDS loaded with glimepiride: in vitro-ex vivo evaluation and cytotoxicity assessment.

PubMed

Rajesh, Sarvi Yadav; Singh, Sachin Kumar; Pandey, Narendra Kumar; Sharma, Parth; Bawa, Palak; Kumar, Bimlesh; Gulati, Monica; Jain, Subheet Kumar; Gowthamarajan, Kuppusamy; Singh, Saurabh

2018-07-01

Development of self-nanoemulsifying drug delivery systems (SNEDDS) of glimepiride is reported with the aim to achieve its oral delivery. Lauroglycol FCC, Tween-80, and ethanol were used as oil, surfactant, and co-surfactant, respectively as independent variables. The optimized composition of SNEDDS formulation (F1) was 10% v/v Lauroglycol FCC, 45% v/v Tween 80, 45% v/v ethanol, and 0.005% w/v glimepiride. Further, the optimized liquid SNEDDS were solidified through spray drying using various hydrophilic and hydrophobic carriers. Among the various carriers, Aerosil 200 was found to provide desirable flow, compression, dissolution, and diffusion. Both, liquid and solid-SNEDDS have shown release of more than 90% within 10 min. Results of permeation studies performed on Caco-2 cell showed that optimized SNEDDS exhibited 1.54 times higher drug permeation amount and 0.57 times lower drug excretion amount than that of market tablets at 4 hours (p < .01). Further, the cytotoxicity study performed on Caco-2 cell revealed that the cell viability was lower in SNEDDS (92.22% ± 4.18%) compared with the market tablets (95.54% ± 3.22%; p > .05, i.e. 0.74). The formulation was found stable with temperature variation and freeze thaw cycles in terms of droplet size, zeta potential, drug precipitation and phase separation. Crystalline glimepiride was observed in amorphous state in solid SNEDDS when characterized through DSC, PXRD, and FT-IR studies. The study revealed successful formulation of SNEDDS for glimepiride.

Equivalent formulations of the Riemann hypothesis based on lines of constant phase

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Schleich, W. P.; Bezděková, I.; Kim, M. B.; Abbott, P. C.; Maier, H.; Montgomery, H. L.; Neuberger, J. W.

2018-06-01

We prove the equivalence of three formulations of the Riemann hypothesis for functions f defined by the four assumptions: (a 1) f satisfies the functional equation f(1 ‑ s) = f(s) for the complex argument s ≡ σ + iτ, (a2) f is free of any pole, (a3) for large positive values of σ the phase θ of f increases in a monotonic way without a bound as τ increases, and (a4) the zeros of f as well as of the first derivative f ‧ of f are simple zeros. The three equivalent formulations are: (R1) All zeros of f are located on the critical line σ = 1/2, (R2) All lines of constant phase of f corresponding to +/- π ,+/- 2π ,+/- 3π , ... merge with the critical line, and (R3) All points where f ‧ vanishes are located on the critical line, and the phases of f at two consecutive zeros of f ‧ differ by π. Our proof relies on the topology of the lines of constant phase of f dictated by complex analysis and the assumptions (a1)–(a4). Moreover, we show that (R2) implies (R1) even in the absence of (a4). In this case (a4) is a consequence of (R2).

Continuously phase-modulated standing surface acoustic waves for separation of particles and cells in microfluidic channels containing multiple pressure nodes

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Lee, Junseok; Rhyou, Chanryeol; Kang, Byungjun; Lee, Hyungsuk

2017-04-01

This paper describes continuously phase-modulated standing surface acoustic waves (CPM-SSAW) and its application for particle separation in multiple pressure nodes. A linear change of phase in CPM-SSAW applies a force to particles whose magnitude depends on their size and contrast factors. During continuous phase modulation, we demonstrate that particles with a target dimension are translated in the direction of moving pressure nodes, whereas smaller particles show oscillatory movements. The rate of phase modulation is optimized for separation of target particles from the relationship between mean particle velocity and period of oscillation. The developed technique is applied to separate particles of a target dimension from the particle mixture. Furthermore, we also demonstrate human keratinocyte cells can be separated in the cell and bead mixture. The separation technique is incorporated with a microfluidic channel spanning multiple pressure nodes, which is advantageous over separation in a single pressure node in terms of throughput.

Selective Detection of Peptide-Oligonucleotide Heteroconjugates Utilizing Capillary HPLC-ICPMS

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Catron, Brittany; Caruso, Joseph A.; Limbach, Patrick A.

2012-06-01

A method for the selective detection and quantification of peptide:oligonucleotide heteroconjugates, such as those generated by protein:nucleic acid cross-links, using capillary reversed-phase high performance liquid chromatography (cap-RPHPLC) coupled with inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry detection (ICPMS) is described. The selective detection of phosphorus as 31P+, the only natural isotope, in peptide-oligonucleotide heteroconjugates is enabled by the elemental detection capabilities of the ICPMS. Mobile phase conditions that allow separation of heteroconjugates while maintaining ICPMS compatibility were investigated. We found that trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) mobile phases, used in conventional peptide separations, and hexafluoroisopropanol/triethylamine (HFIP/TEA) mobile phases, used in conventional oligonucleotide separations, both are compatible with ICPMS and enable heteroconjugate separation. The TFA-based separations yielded limits of detection (LOD) of ~40 ppb phosphorus, which is nearly seven times lower than the LOD for HFIP/TEA-based separations. Using the TFA mobile phase, 1-2 pmol of a model heteroconjugate were routinely separated and detected by this optimized capLC-ICPMS method.

Images reveal that atmospheric particles can undergo liquid–liquid phase separations

PubMed Central

You, Yuan; Renbaum-Wolff, Lindsay; Carreras-Sospedra, Marc; Hanna, Sarah J.; Hiranuma, Naruki; Kamal, Saeid; Smith, Mackenzie L.; Zhang, Xiaolu; Weber, Rodney J.; Shilling, John E.; Dabdub, Donald; Martin, Scot T.; Bertram, Allan K.

2012-01-01

A large fraction of submicron atmospheric aerosol particles contains both organic material and inorganic salts. As the relative humidity cycles in the atmosphere and the water content of the particles correspondingly changes, these mixed particles can undergo a range of phase transitions, possibly including liquid–liquid phase separation. If liquid–liquid phase separation occurs, the gas-particle partitioning of atmospheric semivolatile organic compounds, the scattering and absorption of solar radiation, and the reactive uptake of gas species on atmospheric particles may be affected, with important implications for climate predictions. The actual occurrence of liquid–liquid phase separation within individual atmospheric particles has been considered uncertain, in large part because of the absence of observations for real-world samples. Here, using optical and fluorescence microscopy, we present images that show the coexistence of two noncrystalline phases for real-world samples collected on multiple days in Atlanta, GA as well as for laboratory-generated samples under simulated atmospheric conditions. These results reveal that atmospheric particles can undergo liquid–liquid phase separations. To explore the implications of these findings, we carried out simulations of the Atlanta urban environment and found that liquid–liquid phase separation can result in increased concentrations of gas-phase NO3 and N2O5 due to decreased particle uptake of N2O5. PMID:22847443

Images reveal that atmospheric particles can undergo liquid-liquid phase separations.

PubMed

You, Yuan; Renbaum-Wolff, Lindsay; Carreras-Sospedra, Marc; Hanna, Sarah J; Hiranuma, Naruki; Kamal, Saeid; Smith, Mackenzie L; Zhang, Xiaolu; Weber, Rodney J; Shilling, John E; Dabdub, Donald; Martin, Scot T; Bertram, Allan K

2012-08-14

A large fraction of submicron atmospheric aerosol particles contains both organic material and inorganic salts. As the relative humidity cycles in the atmosphere and the water content of the particles correspondingly changes, these mixed particles can undergo a range of phase transitions, possibly including liquid-liquid phase separation. If liquid-liquid phase separation occurs, the gas-particle partitioning of atmospheric semivolatile organic compounds, the scattering and absorption of solar radiation, and the reactive uptake of gas species on atmospheric particles may be affected, with important implications for climate predictions. The actual occurrence of liquid-liquid phase separation within individual atmospheric particles has been considered uncertain, in large part because of the absence of observations for real-world samples. Here, using optical and fluorescence microscopy, we present images that show the coexistence of two noncrystalline phases for real-world samples collected on multiple days in Atlanta, GA as well as for laboratory-generated samples under simulated atmospheric conditions. These results reveal that atmospheric particles can undergo liquid-liquid phase separations. To explore the implications of these findings, we carried out simulations of the Atlanta urban environment and found that liquid-liquid phase separation can result in increased concentrations of gas-phase NO(3) and N(2)O(5) due to decreased particle uptake of N(2)O(5).

Development and validation of a capillary electrophoresis method for the determination of codeine, diphenhydramine, ephedrine and noscapine in pharmaceuticals.

PubMed

Gomez, María R; Sombra, Lorena; Olsina, Roberto A; Martínez, Luis D; Silva, María F

2005-01-01

The present work describes a simple, accurate and rapid method for the separation and simultaneous determination of codeine, diphenhydramine, ephedrine and noscapine present in cough-cold syrup formulations by capillary zone electrophoresis. Factors affecting the separation were the buffer pH and concentration, applied voltage, and presence of additives. Separations were carried out in less than 10 min with a 20 mM sodium tetraborate buffer, pH 8.50. The carrier electrolyte gave baseline separation with good resolution, great reproducibility and accuracy. Calibration plots were linear over at least three orders of magnitude of analyte concentrations, the lower limits of detection being within the range 0.42-1.33 microg ml(-1). Detection was performed by UV absorbance at wavelengths of 205 and 250 nm. Quantification of the components in actual syrup formulations was calculated against the responses of freshly prepared external standard solutions. The method was validated and met all analysis requirements of quality assurance and quality control. The procedure was fast and reliable and commercial pharmaceuticals could be analyzed without prior sample clean-up procedure.

Self-referenced locking of optical coherence by single-detector electronic-frequency tagging

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Shay, T. M.; Benham, Vincent; Spring, Justin; Ward, Benjamin; Ghebremichael, F.; Culpepper, Mark A.; Sanchez, Anthony D.; Baker, J. T.; Pilkington, D.; Berdine, Richard

2006-02-01

We report a novel coherent beam combining technique. This is the first actively phase locked optical fiber array that eliminates the need for a separate reference beam. In addition, only a single photodetector is required. The far-field central spot of the array is imaged onto the photodetector to produce the phase control loop signals. Each leg of the fiber array is phase modulated with a separate RF frequency, thus tagging the optical phase shift for each leg by a separate RF frequency. The optical phase errors for the individual array legs are separated in the electronic domain. In contrast with the previous active phase locking techniques, in our system the reference beam is spatially overlapped with all the RF modulated fiber leg beams onto a single detector. The phase shift between the optical wave in the reference leg and in the RF modulated legs is measured separately in the electronic domain and the phase error signal is feedback to the LiNbO 3 phase modulator for that leg to minimize the phase error for that leg relative to the reference leg. The advantages of this technique are 1) the elimination of the reference beam and beam combination optics and 2) the electronic separation of the phase error signals without any degradation of the phase locking accuracy. We will present the first theoretical model for self-referenced LOCSET and describe experimental results for a 3 x 3 array.

Development of a novel mixed hemimicelles dispersive micro solid phase extraction using 1-hexadecyl-3-methylimidazolium bromide coated magnetic graphene for the separation and preconcentration of fluoxetine in different matrices before its determination by fiber optic linear array spectrophotometry and mode-mismatched thermal lens spectroscopy.

PubMed

Kazemi, Elahe; Haji Shabani, Ali Mohammad; Dadfarnia, Shayessteh; Abbasi, Amir; Rashidian Vaziri, Mohammad Reza; Behjat, Abbas

2016-01-28

This study aims at developing a novel, sensitive, fast, simple and convenient method for separation and preconcentration of trace amounts of fluoxetine before its spectrophotometric determination. The method is based on combination of magnetic mixed hemimicelles solid phase extraction and dispersive micro solid phase extraction using 1-hexadecyl-3-methylimidazolium bromide coated magnetic graphene as a sorbent. The magnetic graphene was synthesized by a simple coprecipitation method and characterized by X-ray diffraction (XRD), Fourier transform infrared (FT-IR) spectroscopy and scanning electron microscopy (SEM). The retained analyte was eluted using a 100 μL mixture of methanol/acetic acid (9:1) and converted into fluoxetine-β-cyclodextrin inclusion complex. The analyte was then quantified by fiber optic linear array spectrophotometry as well as mode-mismatched thermal lens spectroscopy (TLS). The factors affecting the separation, preconcentration and determination of fluoxetine were investigated and optimized. With a 50 mL sample and under optimized conditions using the spectrophotometry technique, the method exhibited a linear dynamic range of 0.4-60.0 μg L(-1), a detection limit of 0.21 μg L(-1), an enrichment factor of 167, and a relative standard deviation of 2.1% and 3.8% (n = 6) at 60 μg L(-1) level of fluoxetine for intra- and inter-day analyses, respectively. However, with thermal lens spectrometry and a sample volume of 10 mL, the method exhibited a linear dynamic range of 0.05-300 μg L(-1), a detection limit of 0.016 μg L(-1) and a relative standard deviation of 3.8% and 5.6% (n = 6) at 60 μg L(-1) level of fluoxetine for intra- and inter-day analyses, respectively. The method was successfully applied to determine fluoxetine in pharmaceutical formulation, human urine and environmental water samples. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Development of antimicrobial nanoemulsion-based delivery systems against selected pathogenic bacteria using a thymol-rich Thymus daenensis essential oil.

PubMed

Ghaderi, L; Moghimi, R; Aliahmadi, A; McClements, D J; Rafati, H

2017-10-01

Thymol-rich medicinal plants have been used in traditional medicine to relieve infectious diseases. However, the application of essential oils as medicine is limited by its low water solubility and high vapour pressure. The objective of this study was to produce stable nanoemulsions of Thymus daenensis oil in water by preventing Ostwald ripening and phase separation. The antibacterial activity of bulk and emulsified essential oil against selected pathogenic bacteria including Gram-negative (Haemophilus influenzae, Pseudomonas aeruginosa) and Gram-positive (Streptococcus pneumoniae) were investigated in the liquid and vapour phase. The optimum formulation (L2) contained 2% Tween 80 (surfactant) and 0·1% lecithin (cosurfactant) had a mean droplet diameter of 131 nm. In the liquid phase, the optimized nanoemulsion exhibited good antibacterial activity against S. pneumonia with MIC value of 0·0039 mg mL -1 . In the vapour phase, the MIC values against S. pneumonia were similar (<7·35 μL L -1 ) for both bulk and emulsified essential oil. However, there was no antibacterial activity in the vapour phase against H. influenzae and P. aeruginosa. Analysis of thymol concentration in the head space indicated that the nanoemulsion retarded the release of thymol into the vapour phase. These findings highlight the potential applications of nanoemulsions containing essential oils as antibacterial products. The results of the current study highlight the advantages of nanoemulsification for improvement of the physicochemical properties and the antibacterial activity of T. daenensis EOs in the liquid and vapour phase for therapeutic purposes. © 2017 The Society for Applied Microbiology.

Evaluation of physicochemical properties as supporting information on quality control of raw materials and veterinary pharmaceutical formulations.

PubMed

Anacleto, Sara da Silva; Borges, Marcella Matos Cordeiro; de Oliveira, Hanna Leijoto; Vicente, Andressa Reis; de Figueiredo, Eduardo Costa; de Oliveira, Marcone Augusto Leal; Borges, Bárbara Juliana Pinheiro; de Oliveira, Marcelo Antonio; Borges, Warley de Souza; Borges, Keyller Bastos

2018-06-01

This study aimed to show that the physicochemical proprieties obtained by Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (FTIR), thermogravimetry (TG), and scanning electronic microscopy (SEM) can be useful tools for evaluating the quality of active pharmaceutical ingredients (APIs) and pharmaceutical products. In addition, a simple, sensitive, and efficient method employing HPLC-DAD was developed for simultaneous determination of lidocaine (LID), ciprofloxacin (CFX) and enrofloxacin (EFX) in raw materials and in veterinary pharmaceutical formulations. Compounds were separated using a Gemini C 18 (250 mm × 4.6 mm, 5 µm) Phenomenex ® column, at a temperature of 25 °C, with a mobile phase containing 10 mM of phosphoric acid (pH 3.29): acetonitrile (85.7:14.3, v/v) and a flow rate of 1.5 mL/min. Physicochemical characterization by TG, FTIR, and SEM of raw materials of LID, CFX, and EFX provided information useful for the evaluation, differentiation, and qualification of raw materials. Finally, the HPLC method was proved to be useful for evaluation of raw material and finished products, besides satisfying the need for an analytical method that allows simultaneous determination of EFX, CFX, and LID, which can also be extended to other matrices and applications.

Development and validation of a stability-indicating high performance liquid chromatographic assay for benoxinate.

PubMed

Chorny, Michael; Levy, Daniel; Schumacher, Ilana; Lichaa, Chaim; Gruzman, Boris; Livshits, Oleg; Lomnicky, Yossi

2003-04-24

Benoxinate is a local anaesthetic used for ophthalmic applications. The aim of this study was to develop a rapid and simple stability-indicating method for the determination of benoxinate formulated for ophthalmic use, evaluate its long-term stability and identify its major degradation product. Benoxinate was eluted on a 10 microm Spherisorb phenyl column, 250 x 3.2 mm, with a mobile phase consisting of acetonitrile-buffer (pH 3.5) (35:65, v/v), pumped at 0.8 ml min(-1) flow rate. The buffer was composed of sodium dihydrogen phosphate (50 mM), sodium hydrogen sulfate (2.5 mM) and 1-heptanesulfonic acid sodium salt (5 mM). The analyte was quantified spectrophotometrically at 308 nm. The chromatograms of benoxinate formulations obtained by this method showed benoxinate (t = 4.5 min) well resolved from its degradation product (t = 2.3 min), which was separately identified by means of HPLC-MS as 4-amino-3-butoxybenzoic acid. The assay was demonstrated to have high accuracy, precision and linearity. The method was implemented in investigating the long-term stability of benoxinate 0.4% ophthalmic solutions. The method was found to be simple, quick and selective in determining benoxinate concentrations in fresh and aged preparations.

Development and Validation of an HPLC Method for Simultaneous Determination of Rifampicin, Isoniazid, Pyrazinamide, and Ethambutol Hydrochloride in Pharmaceutical Formulations.

PubMed

Chellini, Paula R; Lages, Eduardo B; Franco, Pedro H C; Nogueira, Fernando H A; César, Isabela C; Pianetti, Gerson A

2015-01-01

Tuberculosis treatment consists of a fixed dose combination of rifampicin (RIF), isoniazid (INH), pyrazinamide (PYZ), and ethambutol hydrochloride (EMB). The combined treatment using various drugs is necessary for patient curing, without recrudescence, and for prevention of drug-resistant mutants, which may occur during treatment. An HPLC-diode array detector (DAD) method for the simultaneous determination of RIF, INH, PYZ, and EMB in fixed dose combination tablets was developed and validated. Chromatographic experiments were performed on an Agilent 1200 HPLC system, and the separation was carried out on a Purospher STAR RP18e (250×4.6 mm id, 5 μm, Merck) analytical column. Gradient elution was carried out with a mobile phase of 20 mM monobasic sodium phosphate buffer with 0.2% triethylamine (pH 7.0) and acetonitrile at a flow rate of 1.5 mL/min. The total run time was 12 min, and the re-equilibration time was 5 min. EMB detection was performed at 210 nm, and RIF, INH, and PYZ were detected at 238 nm, using a DAD. The method proved to be specific, linear (r2>0.99), precise (RSD<2%), accurate, and robust and may be applied to the QC analysis of pharmaceutical formulations.

Development and validation of a liquid chromatography method for the simultaneous determination of eight water-soluble vitamins in multivitamin formulations and human urine.

PubMed

Patil, Suyog S; Srivastava, Ashwini K

2013-01-01

A simple, precise, and rapid RPLC method has been developed without incorporation of any ion-pair reagent for the simultaneous determination of vitamin C (C) and seven B-complex vitamins, viz, thiamine hydrochloride (B1), pyridoxine hydrochloride (B6), nicotinamide (B3), cyanocobalamine (B12), folic acid, riboflavin (B2), and 4-aminobenzoic acid (Bx). Separations were achieved within 12.0 min at 30 degrees C by gradient elution on an RP C18 column using a mobile phase consisting of a mixture of 15 mM ammonium formate buffer and 0.1% triethylamine adjusted to pH 4.0 with formic acid and acetonitrile. Simultaneous UV detection was performed at 275 and 360 nm. The method was validated for system suitability, LOD, LOQ, linearity, precision, accuracy, specificity, and robustness in accordance with International Conference on Harmonization guidelines. The developed method was implemented successfully for determination of the aforementioned vitamins in pharmaceutical formulations containing an individual vitamin, in their multivitamin combinations, and in human urine samples. The calibration curves for all analytes showed good linearity, with coefficients of correlation higher than 0.9998. Accuracy, intraday repeatability (n = 6), and interday repeatability (n = 7) were found to be satisfactory.

Improved Separations of Proteins and Sugar Derivatives Using the Small-Scale Cross-Axis Coil Planet Centrifuge with Locular Multilayer Coiled Columns.

PubMed

Shinomiya, Kazufusa; Umezawa, Motoki; Seki, Manami; Nitta, Jun; Zaima, Kazumasa; Harikai, Naoki; Ito, Yoichiro

2016-12-01

Countercurrent chromatography (CCC) is liquid-liquid partition chromatography without using a solid support matrix. This technique requires further improvement of partition efficiency and shortening theseparation time. The locular multilayer coils modified with and without mixer glass beads were developed for the separation of proteins and 4-methylumbelliferyl (MU) sugar derivatives using the small-scale cross-axis coil planet centrifuge. Proteins were well separated from each other and the separation was improved at a low flow rate of the mobile phase. On the other hand, 4-MU sugar derivatives were sufficiently resolved with short separation time at a highflow rate of the mobile phase under satisfactory stationary phase retention. Effective separations were achieved using the locular multilayer coil for proteins with aqueous-aqueous polymer phase systems and for 4-MU sugar derivatives with organic-aqueous two-phase solvent systems by inserting a glass bead into each locule.

Numerical Modeling of Multiphase Fluid Flow in Ore-Forming Hydrothermal Systems

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Weis, P.; Driesner, T.; Coumou, D.; Heinrich, C. A.

2007-12-01

Two coexisting fluid phases - a variably saline liquid and a vapor phase - are ubiquitous in ore-forming and other hydrothermal systems. Understanding the dynamics of phase separation and the distinct physical and chemical evolution of the two fluids probably plays a key role in generating different ore deposit types, e.g. porphyry type, high and low sulfidation Cu-Mo-Au deposits. To this end, processes within hydrothermal systems have been studied with a refined numerical model describing fluid flow in transient porous media (CSP~5.0). The model is formulated on a mass, energy and momentum conserving finite-element-finite-volume (FEFV) scheme and is capable of simulating multiphase flow of NaCl-H20 fluids. Fluid properties are computed from an improved equation of state (SOWAT~2.0). It covers conditions with temperatures of up to 1000 degrees~C, pressures of up to 500 MPa, and fluid salinities of 0~to 100%~NaCl. In particular, the new set-up allows for a more accurate description of fluid phase separation during boiling of hydrothermal fluids into a vapor and a brine phase. The geometric flexibility of the FEFV-meshes allows for investigations of a large variety of geological settings, ranging from ore-forming processes in magmatic hydrothermal system to the dynamics of black smokers at mid-ocean ridges. Simulations demonstrated that hydrothermal convection patterns above cooling plutons are primarily controlled by the system-scale permeability structure. In porphyry systems, high fluid pressures develop in a stock rising from the magma chamber which can lead to rock failure and, eventually, an increase in permeability due to hydrofracturing. Comparisons of the thermal evolution as inferred from modeling studies with data from fluid inclusion studies of the Pb-Zn deposits of Madan, Bulgaria are in a strikingly good agreement. This indicates that cross-comparisons of field observations, analytical data and numerical simulations will become a powerful tool towards a more thorough understanding of hydrothermal fluid processes. One such attempt will incorporate geometric data of veins in the Bingham porphyry Cu-Mo-Au deposit into our numerical model. The presentation will introduce the numerical model and show examples and first results of the aforementioned applications.

Enantiomeric separation of type I and type II pyrethroid insecticides with different chiral stationary phases by reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography.

PubMed

Zhang, Ping; Yu, Qian; He, Xiulong; Qian, Kun; Xiao, Wei; Xu, Zhifeng; Li, Tian; He, Lin

2018-04-01

The enantiomeric separation of type I (bifenthrin, BF) and type II (lambda-cyhalothrin, LCT) pyrethroid insecticides on Lux Cellulose-1, Lux Cellulose-3, and Chiralpak IC chiral columns was investigated by reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography. Methanol/water or acetonitrile/water was used as mobile phase at a flow rate of 0.8 mL/min. The effects of chiral stationary phase, mobile phase composition, column temperature, and thermodynamic parameters on enantiomer separation were carefully studied. Bifenthrin got a partial separation on Lux Cellulose-1 column and baseline separation on Lux Cellulose-3 column, while LCT enantiomers could be completely separated on both Lux Cellulose-1 and Lux Cellulose-3 columns. Chiralpak IC provided no separation ability for both BF and LCT. Retention factor (k) and selectivity factor (α) decreased with the column temperature increasing from 10°C to 40°C for both BF and LCT enantiomers. Thermodynamic parameters including ∆H and ∆S were also calculated, and the maximum R s were not always obtained at lowest temperature. Furthermore, the quantitative analysis methods for BF and LCT enantiomers in soil and water were also established. Such results provide a new approach for pyrethroid separation under reversed-phase condition and contribute to environmental risk assessment of pyrethroids at enantiomer level. © 2017 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

Separation of Iron Phase and P-Bearing Slag Phase from Gaseous-Reduced, High-Phosphorous Oolitic Iron Ore at 1473 K (1200 °C) by Super Gravity

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Gao, Jintao; Zhong, Yiwei; Guo, Lei; Guo, Zhancheng

2016-04-01

In situ observation on the morphology evolution and phosphorous migration of gaseous-reduced, high-phosphorous oolitic iron ore during the melting process was carried out with a high-temperature confocal scanning laser microscope. The results showed that 1473 K (1200 °C) was a critical temperature at which the gangue minerals started to form into the slag phase while the iron grains remained in a solid state; in addition, the phosphorus remained in the slag phase. Since the separation of iron grains and P-bearing slag was not achieved at the low temperature under the conventional conditions, separate experiments of the iron phase and the P-bearing slag phase from gaseous-reduced, high-phosphorous oolitic iron ore at 1473 K (1200 °C) by super gravity were carried out in this study. Based on the iron-slag separation by super gravity, phosphorus was removed effectively from the iron phase at the temperature below the melting point of iron. Iron grains moved along the super-gravity direction, joined, and concentrated as the iron phase on the filter, whereas the slag phase containing apatite crystals broke through the barriers of the iron grains and went through the filter. Consequently, increasing the gravity coefficient was definitely beneficial for the separation of the P-bearing slag phase from the iron phase. With the gravity coefficient of G = 1200, the mass fractions of separated slag and iron phases were close to their respective theoretical values, and the mass fraction of MFe in the separated iron phase was up to 98.09 wt pct and that of P was decreased to 0.083 wt pct. The recovery of MFe in the iron phase and that of P in the slag phase were up to 99.19 and 95.83 pct, respectively.

Thermal behavior of glassy phase stabilized ammonium nitrate (PSAN) thin films

DOE PAGES

Yeager, J. D.; Chellappa, R.; Singh, S.; ...

2015-06-01

Ammonium nitrate (AN) is a high interest material because of its wide usage in propellants and explosives but can be difficult to handle from a formulation standpoint. It is soluble in many common solvents and has complex phase behavior. Here, we formulate phase stabilized AN (PSAN) films in a polymer matrix and characterize thermal and phase behavior using neutron reflectometry and ellipsometry. Our PSAN films are generally stable up to 160 °C, though we observe small material loss between 60 and 100 °C, which we attribute to solvent interactions with the PSAN. Crystallization of AN from supersaturated polymer is mostmore » common at thicker regions of the film, suggesting a critical nucleation thickness for the AN which can be avoided by making very thin films.« less

Quantification of steviol glycosides in food products, Stevia leaves and formulations by planar chromatography, including proof of absence for steviol and isosteviol.

PubMed

Wald, Julian P; Morlock, Gertrud E

2017-07-14

Steviol glycosides may degrade in food products under certain processing and storage conditions. Hence, a method was developed that separated in the same chromatographic run seven important steviol glycosides, and additionally as a sum parameter, their reported breakdown products steviol and isosteviol. Through derivatizations with the 2-naphthol and the primuline reagent, the detection was selective and inexpensive. In case needed, the baseline separation of steviol and isosteviol was also demonstrated after a plate cut and subsequent short development (two-step method). The HPTLC method was robust with regard to varying sample matrix loads, as the stationary phase was used only once. A high sample throughput was achieved, i.e. 23 separations were performed in parallel on one plate. The total analysis time took 1h (30min application, 15min separation and 15min derivatization/densitometry) leading to a calculated analysis time of 2.6min per sample. The solvent consumption was 8mL in total (0.4mL per analysis). HPTLC-ESI-MS was employed for confirmation of the results obtained. Mass spectra were recorded only from the zones of interest, and not from matrix or background, leading to decisive advantages, such as less need for MS cleaning. The optimized HPTLC method was shown to effectively support quality control, as marketed samples may be falsified with cheaper synthetic sweeteners, which was also demonstrated in this study. The accuracy of the densitometric quantification in HPTLC was considered as high, as standards and samples were separated on fresh adsorbent and detected simultaneously under identical conditions, which minimized the influence of errors. Finally, the Aliivibrio fischeri bioassay was employed to obtain information on bioactive compounds in Stevia leaf extracts. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Formation of porous crystals via viscoelastic phase separation

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Tsurusawa, Hideyo; Russo, John; Leocmach, Mathieu; Tanaka, Hajime

2017-10-01

Viscoelastic phase separation of colloidal suspensions can be interrupted to form gels either by glass transition or by crystallization. With a new confocal microscopy protocol, we follow the entire kinetics of phase separation, from homogeneous phase to different arrested states. For the first time in experiments, our results unveil a novel crystallization pathway to sponge-like porous crystal structures. In the early stages, we show that nucleation requires a structural reorganization of the liquid phase, called stress-driven ageing. Once nucleation starts, we observe that crystallization follows three different routes: direct crystallization of the liquid phase, the Bergeron process, and Ostwald ripening. Nucleation starts inside the reorganized network, but crystals grow past it by direct condensation of the gas phase on their surface, driving liquid evaporation, and producing a network structure different from the original phase separation pattern. We argue that similar crystal-gel states can be formed in monatomic and molecular systems if the liquid phase is slow enough to induce viscoelastic phase separation, but fast enough to prevent immediate vitrification. This provides a novel pathway to form nanoporous crystals of metals and semiconductors without dealloying, which may be important for catalytic, optical, sensing, and filtration applications.

Characterization and evaluation of self-nanoemulsifying sustained-release pellet formulation of ziprasidone with enhanced bioavailability and no food effect.

PubMed

Miao, Yanfei; Chen, Guoguang; Ren, Lili; Pingkai, Ouyang

2016-09-01

The purpose of this work was to develop self-nanomulsifying drug delivery systems (SNEDDS) in sustained-release pellets of ziprasidone to enhance the oral bioavailability and overcome the food effect of ziprasidone. Preformulation studies including screening of excipients for solubility and pseudo-ternary phase diagrams suggested the suitability of Capmul MCM as oil phase, Labrasol as surfactant, and PEG 400 as co-surfactant for preparation of self-nanoemulsifying formulations. Preliminary composition of the SNEDDS formulations were selected from the pseudo-ternary phase diagrams. The prepared ziprasidone-SNEDDS formulations were characterized for self-emulsification time, effect of pH and robustness to dilution, droplet size analysis and zeta potential. The optimized ziprasidone-SNEDDS were used to prepare ziprasidone-SNEDDS sustained-release pellets via extrusion-spheronization method. The pellets were characterized for SEM, particle size, droplet size distribution and zeta potential. In vitro drug release studies indicated the ziprsidone-SNEDDS sustained-release pellets showed sustained release profiles with 90% released within 10 h. The ziprsidone-SNEDDS sustained-release pellets were administered to fasted and fed beagle dogs and their pharmacokinetics were compared to commercial formulation of Zeldox as a control. Pharmacokinetic studies in beagle dogs showed ziprasidone with prolonged actions and enhanced bioavailability with no food effect was achieved simultaneously in ziprsidone-SNEDDS sustained-release pellets compared with Zeldox in fed state. The results indicated a sustained release with prolonged actions of schizophrenia and bipolar disorder treatment.

Phase separation of self-propelled ballistic particles

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Bruss, Isaac R.; Glotzer, Sharon C.

2018-04-01

Self-propelled particles phase-separate into coexisting dense and dilute regions above a critical density. The statistical nature of their stochastic motion lends itself to various theories that predict the onset of phase separation. However, these theories are ill-equipped to describe such behavior when noise becomes negligible. To overcome this limitation, we present a predictive model that relies on two density-dependent timescales: τF, the mean time particles spend between collisions; and τC, the mean lifetime of a collision. We show that only when τF<τC do collisions last long enough to develop a growing cluster and initiate phase separation. Using both analytical calculations and active particle simulations, we measure these timescales and determine the critical density for phase separation in both two and three dimensions.

Suppression of turbulent energy cascade due to phase separation in homogenous binary mixture fluid

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Takagi, Youhei; Okamoto, Sachiya

2015-11-01

When a multi-component fluid mixture becomes themophysically unstable state by quenching from well-melting condition, phase separation due to spinodal decomposition occurs, and a self-organized structure is formed. During phase separation, free energy is consumed for the structure formation. In our previous report, the phase separation in homogenous turbulence was numerically simulated and the coarsening process of phase separation was discussed. In this study, we extended our numerical model to a high Schmidt number fluid corresponding to actual polymer solution. The governing equations were continuity, Navier-Stokes, and Chan-Hiliard equations as same as our previous report. The flow filed was an isotropic homogenous turbulence, and the dimensionless parameters in the Chan-Hilliard equation were estimated based on the thermophysical condition of binary mixture. From the numerical results, it was found that turbulent energy cascade was drastically suppressed in the inertial subrange by phase separation for the high Schmidt number flow. By using the identification of turbulent and phase separation structure, we discussed the relation between total energy balance and the structures formation processes. This study is financially supported by the Grand-in-Aid for Young Scientists (B) (No. T26820045) from the Ministry of Education, Cul-ture, Sports, Science and Technology of Japan.

Temperature-Induced Phase Separation in Molecular Assembly of Nanotubes Comprising Amphiphilic Polypeptide with Poly( N-Ethyl Glycine) in Water by a Hydrophilic-Region Driven Type Mechanism.

PubMed

Hattori, Tetsuya; Itagaki, Toru; Uji, Hirotaka; Kimura, Shunsaku

2018-06-20

Two kinds of amphiphilic polypeptides having different types of hydrophilic polypeptoids, poly(sarcosine)-b-(L-Leu-Aib)6 (ML12) and poly(N-ethyl glycine)-b-(L-Leu-Aib)6 (EL12), were self-assembled via two paths to phase-separated nanotubes. One path was via sticking ML12 nanotubes with EL12 nanotubes, and the other was a preparation from a mixture of ML12 and EL12 in solution. In either case, nanotubes showed temperature-induced phase separation along the long axis, which was observed by two methods of labeling one phase with gold nanoparticles and fluorescence resonance energy transfer between the components. The phase-separation was ascribed to aggregation of poly(N-ethyl glycine) blocks over the cloud point temperature. The addition of 5% trifluoroethanol was needed for the phase separation, because the tight association of the helices in the hydrophobic region should be loosened to allow lateral diffusion of the components to be separated. The phase-separation in molecular assemblies in water based on the hydrophilic-region driven type mechanism therefore requires sophisticated balances of association forces exerting among the hydrophilic and hydrophobic regions of the amphiphilic polypeptoids.

Impinging jet separators for liquid metal magnetohydrodynamic power cycles

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Bogdanoff, D. W.

1973-01-01

In many liquid metal MHD power, cycles, it is necessary to separate the phases of a high-speed liquid-gas flow. The usual method is to impinge the jet at a glancing angle against a solid surface. These surface separators achieve good separation of the two phases at a cost of a large velocity loss due to friction at the separator surface. This report deals with attempts to greatly reduce the friction loss by impinging two jets against each other. In the crude impinging jet separators tested to date, friction losses were greatly reduced, but the separation of the two phases was found to be much poorer than that achievable with surface separators. Analyses are presented which show many lines of attack (mainly changes in separator geometry) which should yield much better separation for impinging jet separators).

Formulation of strongly non-local, non-isothermal dynamics for heterogeneous solids based on the GENERIC with application to phase-field modeling

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Hütter, Markus; Svendsen, Bob

2017-12-01

The purpose of the current work is the formulation of models for conservative and non-conservative dynamics in solid systems with the help of the General Equation for the Non-Equilibrium Reversible-Irreversible Coupling (GENERIC: e.g., Grmela and Öttinger, Phys. Rev. E 56(6), 6620 (1997); Öttinger and Grmela, Phys. Rev. E 56(6), 6633 (1997)). In this context, the resulting models are inherently spatially strongly non-local (i.e., functional) and non-isothermal in character. They are applicable in particular to the modeling of phase transitions as well as mass and heat transport in multiphase, multicomponent solids. In the last part of the work, the strongly non-local model formulation is reduced to weakly non-local form with the help of generalized gradient approximation of the energy and entropy functionals. On this basis, the current model formulation is shown to be consistent with and reduce to a recent non-isothermal generalization (Gladkov et al., J. Non-Equilib. Thermodyn. 41(2), 131 (2016)) of the well-known phase-field models of Cahn and Hilliard (J. Chem. Phys. 28(2), 258 (1958)) for conservative dynamics and of Allen and Cahn (Acta Metall. 27(6), 1085 (1979)) for non-conservative dynamics. Finally, the current approach is applied to derive a non-isothermal generalization of a phase-field crystal model for binary alloys (see, e.g., Elder et al., Phys. Rev. B 75(6), 064107 (2007)).

Observations of liquid-liquid phase separation in several types of secondary organic materials free of inorganic salts

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Song, M.; Liu, P.; Martin, S. T.; Bertram, A. K.; Ham, S.

2016-12-01

Particles consisting of secondary organic materials (SOMs) are ubiquitous in the atmosphere. In order to predict the role of these particles in climate, visibility, and atmospheric chemistry, knowledge of the phase states of the particles is required. However, the phase states of the SOMs are still poorly understood. Herein we focused on liquid-liquid phase separation in different types of SOM particles free of inorganic salts produced by the ozonolysis of β-caryophyllene, ozonolysis of limonene, photo-oxidation of isoprene, and photo-oxidation of toluene. Liquid-liquid phase separation was investigated using optical microscopy and SOM particle mass concentrations ranging from 15 µg·m-3 to 7000 µg·m-3. During humidity cycles, liquid-liquid phase separation was observed in β-caryophyllene-derived SOM and limonene-derived SOM particles while no liquid-liquid phase separation was observed in isoprene-derived SOM and toluene-derived SOM particles. Results from the studies will be presented.

Cell Partition in Two Polymer Aqueous Phases

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Brooks, D. E.

1985-01-01

In a reduced gravity environment the two polymer phases will not separate via density driven settling in an acceptably short length of time. It is to be expected that a certain amount of phase separation will take place, however, driven by the reduction in free energy gained when the interfacial area is reduced. This stage of separation process will therefore depend directly on the magnitude of the interfacial tension between the phases. In order to induce complete phase separation in a short time, electric field-induced separation which occurs because the droplets of one phase in the other have high electrophoretic mobilities which increase with droplet size was investigated. These mobilities are significant only in the presence of certain salts, particularly phosphates. The presence of such salts, in turn has a strong effect on the cell partition behavior in dextran-poly (ethylene glycol) (PEG) systems. The addition of the salts necessary to produce phase drop mobilities has a large effect on the interfacial tensions in the systems.

Formulation Development and Toxicity Assessment of Triacetin Mediated Nanoemulsions as Novel Delivery Systems for Rapamycin

PubMed Central

Sobhani, Hamideh; Tarighi, Parastoo; Ostad, Seyed Nasser; Shafaati, Alireza; Nafissi-Varcheh, Nastaran; Aboofazeli, Reza

2015-01-01

The aim of this investigation was to design and develop nanoemulsions (NEs) as novel delivery systems for rapamycin. Phase behavior of quaternary systems composed of Traicetin (as oil), various surfactants and co-surfactants and water at different surfactant/co-surfactant weight ratios was investigated by the construction of phase diagrams. Formulations were taken from the o/w NE region of the phase diagrams, depending upon the extent of NE domain. The spontaneous emulsification method was used to prepare various formulations containing 1 mg/mL of the drug. The NEs were characterized and subjected to stability tests at various temperatures over 9-12 months. Cumulative drug release from the selected formulations was determined for a period of 48 h using a dialysis sac. The assay of rapamycin was carried out using an HPLC technique. The effect of NEs on the viability of SKBR-3 cells was evaluated by MTT assay. The integrity of Caco-2 cell monolayers was measured by Transepithelial Electrical Resistance (TEER) and the transport of rapamycin-loaded NEs across Caco-2 cell monolayers was then assessed. The uptake of NEs by SKBR-3 cells was also investigated using florescence microscopy. Maximum drug release was observed in case of 4 formulations prepared with Tween 80 and Tween 20. MTT test results revealed different toxicity of NEs for SKBR-3 cell line and TEER demonstrated that formulations containing Tween 20 caused a more considerable decrease in cell integrity in comparison with those prepared with Tween 80. The results obtained from cellular uptake experiments were in consistent with those obtained from TEER and cytotoxicity experiments. PMID:26185501

Formulation Development and Toxicity Assessment of Triacetin Mediated Nanoemulsions as Novel Delivery Systems for Rapamycin.

PubMed

Sobhani, Hamideh; Tarighi, Parastoo; Ostad, Seyed Nasser; Shafaati, Alireza; Nafissi-Varcheh, Nastaran; Aboofazeli, Reza

2015-01-01

The aim of this investigation was to design and develop nanoemulsions (NEs) as novel delivery systems for rapamycin. Phase behavior of quaternary systems composed of Traicetin (as oil), various surfactants and co-surfactants and water at different surfactant/co-surfactant weight ratios was investigated by the construction of phase diagrams. Formulations were taken from the o/w NE region of the phase diagrams, depending upon the extent of NE domain. The spontaneous emulsification method was used to prepare various formulations containing 1 mg/mL of the drug. The NEs were characterized and subjected to stability tests at various temperatures over 9-12 months. Cumulative drug release from the selected formulations was determined for a period of 48 h using a dialysis sac. The assay of rapamycin was carried out using an HPLC technique. The effect of NEs on the viability of SKBR-3 cells was evaluated by MTT assay. The integrity of Caco-2 cell monolayers was measured by Transepithelial Electrical Resistance (TEER) and the transport of rapamycin-loaded NEs across Caco-2 cell monolayers was then assessed. The uptake of NEs by SKBR-3 cells was also investigated using florescence microscopy. Maximum drug release was observed in case of 4 formulations prepared with Tween 80 and Tween 20. MTT test results revealed different toxicity of NEs for SKBR-3 cell line and TEER demonstrated that formulations containing Tween 20 caused a more considerable decrease in cell integrity in comparison with those prepared with Tween 80. The results obtained from cellular uptake experiments were in consistent with those obtained from TEER and cytotoxicity experiments.

Searching for Supersolidity in Ultracold Atomic Bose Condensates with Rashba Spin-Orbit Coupling

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Liao, Renyuan

2018-04-01

We developed a functional integral formulation for the stripe phase of spinor Bose-Einstein condensates with Rashba spin-orbit coupling. The excitation spectrum is found to exhibit double gapless band structures, identified to be two Goldstone modes resulting from spontaneously broken internal gauge symmetry and translational invariance symmetry. The sound velocities display anisotropic behavior with the lower branch vanishing in the direction perpendicular to the stripe in the x -y plane. At the transition point between the plane-wave phase and the stripe phase, physical quantities such as fluctuation correction to the ground-state energy and quantum depletion of the condensates exhibit discontinuity, characteristic of the first-order phase transition. Despite strong quantum fluctuations induced by Rashba spin-orbit coupling, we show that the supersolid phase is stable against quantum depletion. Finally, we extend our formulation to finite temperatures to account for interactions between excitations.

Binary Colloidal Alloy Test-5: Phase Separation

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Lynch, Matthew; Weitz, David A.; Lu, Peter J.

2008-01-01

The Binary Colloidal Alloy Test - 5: Phase Separation (BCAT-5-PhaseSep) experiment will photograph initially randomized colloidal samples onboard the ISS to determine their resulting structure over time. This allows the scientists to capture the kinetics (evolution) of their samples, as well as the final equilibrium state of each sample. BCAT-5-PhaseSep studies collapse (phase separation rates that impact product shelf-life); in microgravity the physics of collapse is not masked by being reduced to a simple top and bottom phase as it is on Earth.

Gas-Liquid Flows and Phase Separation

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

McQuillen, John

2004-01-01

Common issues for space system designers include:Ability to Verify Performance in Normal Gravity prior to Deployment; System Stability; Phase Accumulation & Shedding; Phase Separation; Flow Distribution through Tees & Manifolds Boiling Crisis; Heat Transfer Coefficient; and Pressure Drop.The report concludes:Guidance similar to "A design that operates in a single phase is less complex than a design that has two-phase flow" is not always true considering the amount of effort spent on pressurizing, subcooling and phase separators to ensure single phase operation. While there is still much to learn about two-phase flow in reduced gravity, we have a good start. Focus now needs to be directed more towards system level problems .

Distinction of synthetic dl-α-tocopherol from natural vitamin E (d-α-tocopherol) by reversed-phase liquid chromatography. Enhanced selectivity of a polymeric C18 stationary phase at low temperature and/or at high pressure.

PubMed

Yui, Yuko; Miyazaki, Shota; Ma, Yan; Ohira, Masayoshi; Fiehn, Oliver; Ikegami, Tohru; McCalley, David V; Tanaka, Nobuo

2016-06-10

Separation of diastereomers of dl-α-tocopherol was studied by reversed-phase liquid chromatography using three types of stationary phases, polymeric ODS, polymeric C30, and monomeric ODS. Polymeric ODS stationary phase (Inertsil ODS-P, 3mmID, 20cm) was effective for the separation of the isomers created by the presence of three chiral centers on the alkyl chain of synthetic dl-α-tocopherol. Considerable improvement of the separation of isomers was observed on ODS-P phase at high pressure and at low temperature. Complete separation of four pairs of diastereomers was achieved at 12.0°C, 536bar, while three peaks were observed when the separation was carried out either at 12.0°C at low pressure or at 20°C at 488bar. Higher temperature (30.0°C) with the ODS-P phase resulted in only partial separation of the diastereomers even at high pressure. Only slight resolution was observed for the mixture of diastereomers with the C30 stationary phase (Inertsil C30) at 12.0°C and 441bar, although the stationary phase afforded greater resolution for β- and γ-tocopherol than ODS-P. A monomeric C18 stationary phase did not show any separation at 12.0°C and 463bar. The results suggest that the binding site of the polymeric ODS-P phase is selective for flexible alkyl chains that provided the longest retention for the natural form, (R,R,R) form, and the enantiomer, (S,S,S) form, of dl-α-tocopherol. Copyright © 2016. Published by Elsevier B.V.

Field testing model predictions of foam coverage and bubble content in the surf zone

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Shi, F.; Kirby, J. T.; Ma, G.; Holman, R. A.; Chickadel, C. C.

2012-12-01

Field-scale modeling of surfzone bubbles and foam coverage is challenging in terms of the computational intensity of multi-phase bubble models based on Navier-Stokes/VOF formulation. In this study, we developed the NHWAVE-bubble package, which includes a 3D non-hydrostatic wave model NHWAVE (Ma et al., 2012), a multi-phase bubble model and a foam model. NHWAVE uses a surface and bottom following sigma coordinate system, making it more applicable to 3D modeling of nearshore waves and circulation in a large-scale field domain. It has been extended to include a multiphase description of polydisperse bubble populations following the approach applied in a 3D VOF model by Ma et al. (2012). A model of a foam layer on the water surface is specified in the model package using a shallow water formulation based on a balance of drag forces due to wind and water column motion. Foam mass conservation includes source and sink terms representing outgassing of the water column, direct foam generation due to surface agitation, and erosion due to bubble bursting. The model is applied in a field scale domain at FRF, Duck, NC where optical data in either visible band (ARGUS) or infrared band were collected during 2010 Surf Zone Optics experiments. The decay of image brightness or intensity following the passage of wave crests is presumably tied to both decay of bubble populations and foam coverage after passage of a broken wave crest. Infrared imagery is likely to provide more detailed information which could separate active breaking from passive foam decay on the surface. Model results will be compared with the measurements with an attention to distinguishing between active generation and passive decay of the foam signature on the water surface.

Enhanced LAW Glass Correlation - Phase 1

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Muller, Isabelle S.; Matlack, Keith S.; Pegg, Ian L.

About 50 million gallons of high-level mixed waste is currently stored in underground tanks at the United States Department of Energy’s (DOE’s) Hanford site in the State of Washington. The Hanford Tank Waste Treatment and Immobilization Plant (WTP) will provide DOE’s Office of River Protection (ORP) with a means of treating this waste by vitrification for subsequent disposal. The tank waste will be separated into low- and high-activity waste fractions, which will then be vitrified respectively into Immobilized Low Activity Waste (ILAW) and Immobilized High Level Waste (IHLW) products. The ILAW product will be disposed in an engineered facility onmore » the Hanford site while the IHLW product is designed for acceptance into a national deep geological disposal facility for high-level nuclear waste. The ILAW and IHLW products must meet a variety of requirements with respect to protection of the environment before they can be accepted for disposal. Acceptable glass formulations for vitrification of Hanford low activity waste (LAW) must meet a variety of product quality, processability, and waste loading requirements. To this end, The Vitreous State Laboratory (VSL) at The Catholic University of America (CUA) developed and tested a number of glass formulations during Part A, Part B1 and Part B2 of the WTP development program. The testing resulted in the selection of target glass compositions for the processing of eight of the Phase I LAW tanks. The selected glass compositions were tested at the crucible scale to confirm their compliance with ILAW performance requirements. Duramelter 100 (DM100) and LAW Pilot Melter tests were then conducted to demonstrate the viability of these glass compositions for LAW vitrification at high processing rates.« less

Advances in Quantum Trajectory Approaches to Dynamics

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Askar, Attila

2001-03-01

The quantum fluid dynamics (QFD) formulation is based on the separation of the amplitude and phase of the complex wave function in Schrodinger's equation. The approach leads to conservation laws for an equivalent "gas continuum". The Lagrangian [1] representation corresponds to following the particles of the fluid continuum, i. e. calculating "quantum trajectories". The Eulerian [2] representation on the other hand, amounts to observing the dynamics of the gas continuum at the points of a fixed coordinate frame. The combination of several factors leads to a most encouraging computational efficiency. QFD enables the numerical analysis to deal with near monotonic amplitude and phase functions. The Lagrangian description concentrates the computation effort to regions of highest probability as an optimal adaptive grid. The Eulerian representation allows the study of multi-coordinate problems as a set of one-dimensional problems within an alternating direction methodology. An explicit time integrator limits the increase in computational effort with the number of discrete points to linear. Discretization of the space via local finite elements [1,2] and global radial functions [3] will be discussed. Applications include wave packets in four-dimensional quadratic potentials and two coordinate photo-dissociation problems for NOCl and NO2. [1] "Quantum fluid dynamics (QFD) in the Lagrangian representation with applications to photo-dissociation problems", F. Sales, A. Askar and H. A. Rabitz, J. Chem. Phys. 11, 2423 (1999) [2] "Multidimensional wave-packet dynamics within the fluid dynamical formulation of the Schrodinger equation", B. Dey, A. Askar and H. A. Rabitz, J. Chem. Phys. 109, 8770 (1998) [3] "Solution of the quantum fluid dynamics equations with radial basis function interpolation", Xu-Guang Hu, Tak-San Ho, H. A. Rabitz and A. Askar, Phys. Rev. E. 61, 5967 (2000)

Simultaneous extraction of acetylsalicylic acid and salicylic acid from human plasma and simultaneous estimation by liquid chromatography and atmospheric pressure chemical ionization/tandem mass spectrometry detection. Application to a pharmacokinetic study.

PubMed

Nirogi, Ramakrishna; Kandikere, Vishwottam; Mudigonda, Koteshwara; Ajjala, Devender; Suraneni, Ramakrishna; Thoddi, Parthasarathi

2011-01-01

A simple analytical method using liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry (LC-MS/MS) in atmospheric chemical ionization mode (APCI) for the simultaneous estimation of acetylsalicylic acid (ASA, CAS 50-78-2) and its active metabolite salicylic acid (SA, CAS 69-72-7) in human plasma has been developed and validated. ASA and SA were analyzed simultaneously despite differences in plasma concentration ranges of ASA and SA after oral administration of ASA. In spite of having different chemical, ionization and chromatographic properties, ASA and SA were extracted simultaneously from the plasma sample using acetonitrile protein precipitation followed by liquid-liquid extraction. The analytes were separated on a reversed phase column with rapid gradient program using mobile phase consisting of ammonium acetate buffer and methanol. The structural analogue diclofenac was used as an internal standard. The multiple reaction monitoring (MRM) transitions m/z 179 --> 137 for ASA, m/z 137 --> 65 for SA and m/z 294 --> 250 for IS were used. The assay exhibited a linear dynamic range of 0.02-10 microg/mL for ASA and 0.1-50 microg/mL for SA. The between-batch precision (%CV) ranged from 2.1 to 7.9% for ASA and from 0.2 to 5.2% for SA. The between-batch accuracy ranged from 95.4 to 96.7% for ASA and from 94.6 to 111.3% for SA. The validated method was successfully applied for the evaluation of pharmacokinetics of ASA after single oral administration of 650 mg test formulation versus two 325 mg reference formulations of ASA in human subjects.

Mechanistic analysis of Zein nanoparticles/PLGA triblock in situ forming implants for glimepiride.

PubMed

Ahmed, Osama Abdelhakim Aly; Zidan, Ahmed Samir; Khayat, Maan

2016-01-01

The study aims at applying pharmaceutical nanotechnology and D-optimal fractional factorial design to screen and optimize the high-risk variables affecting the performance of a complex drug delivery system consisting of glimepiride-Zein nanoparticles and inclusion of the optimized formula with thermoresponsive triblock copolymers in in situ gel. Sixteen nanoparticle formulations were prepared by liquid-liquid phase separation method according to the D-optimal fractional factorial design encompassing five variables at two levels. The responses investigated were glimepiride entrapment capacity (EC), particle size and size distribution, zeta potential, and in vitro drug release from the prepared nanoparticles. Furthermore, the feasibility of embedding the optimized Zein-based glimepiride nanoparticles within thermoresponsive triblock copolymers poly(lactide-co-glycolide)-block-poly(ethylene glycol)-block-poly(lactide-co-glycolide) in in situ gel was evaluated for controlling glimepiride release rate. Through the systematic optimization phase, improvement of glimepiride EC of 33.6%, nanoparticle size of 120.9 nm with a skewness value of 0.2, zeta potential of 11.1 mV, and sustained release features of 3.3% and 17.3% drug released after 2 and 24 hours, respectively, were obtained. These desirability functions were obtained at Zein and glimepiride loadings of 50 and 75 mg, respectively, utilizing didodecyldimethylammonium bromide as a stabilizer at 0.1% and 90% ethanol as a common solvent. Moreover, incorporating this optimized formulation in triblock copolymers-based in situ gel demonstrated pseudoplastic behavior with reduction of drug release rate as the concentration of polymer increased. This approach to control the release of glimepiride using Zein nanoparticles/triblock copolymers-based in situ gel forming intramuscular implants could be useful for improving diabetes treatment effectiveness.

Students' construction of a simple steam distillation apparatus and development of creative thinking skills: A project-based learning

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Diawati, Chansyanah; Liliasari, Setiabudi, Agus; Buchari

2017-05-01

This project-based learning combined the chemistry of separation process using steam distillation with engineering design process in an undergraduate chemistry course. Students built upon their knowledge of phase changes, immiscible mixture, and the relationship between vapor pressure and boiling point to complete a project of modifications steam distillation apparatus. The research method is a qualitative case study, which aims to describe how (1) the creative thinking skills of students emerged during six weeks of theproject, (2) students built steam distillation apparatus characteristics as the project product and (3) students response to the project-based learning model. The results showed that the students had successfully constructed a steam distillation apparatus using plastic kettle as steam generator and distillation flask. A Plastic tubewas used to drain water vapor from steam generator to distillation flask and to drain steam containing essential oil to the condenser. A biscuit tin filled with ice was used as a condenser. The time required until resulting distillate was fifteen minutes. The production of essential was conductive qualitatively by a very strong smell typical of essential oil and two phases of distillate. Throughout the project, students formulated the relevant and varied problem, formulated the goals, proposed the ideas of the apparatus and materials, draw apparatus design, constructed apparatus, tested apparatus, evaluated, and reported the project. Student response was generally positive. They were pleased, interested, more understanding the concepts and work apparatus principles, also implemented new ideas. These results indicate that project-based learning can develop students' creative thinking skills. Based on these results, it is necessary to conduct research and implemented project-based learning to other concepts.

Integral equation theory study on the phase separation in star polymer nanocomposite melts.

PubMed

Zhao, Lei; Li, Yi-Gui; Zhong, Chongli

2007-10-21

The polymer reference interaction site model theory is used to investigate phase separation in star polymer nanocomposite melts. Two kinds of spinodal curves were obtained: classic fluid phase boundary for relatively low nanoparticle-monomer attraction strength and network phase boundary for relatively high nanoparticle-monomer attraction strength. The network phase boundaries are much more sensitive with nanoparticle-monomer attraction strength than the fluid phase boundaries. The interference among the arm number, arm length, and nanoparticle-monomer attraction strength was systematically investigated. When the arm lengths are short, the network phase boundary shows a marked shift toward less miscibility with increasing arm number. When the arm lengths are long enough, the network phase boundaries show opposite trends. There exists a crossover arm number value for star polymer nanocomposite melts, below which the network phase separation is consistent with that of chain polymer nanocomposite melts. However, the network phase separation shows qualitatively different behaviors when the arm number is larger than this value.

Simulation of Two-Phase Flow Based on a Thermodynamically Constrained Averaging Theory Flow Model

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Weigand, T. M.; Dye, A. L.; McClure, J. E.; Farthing, M. W.; Gray, W. G.; Miller, C. T.

2014-12-01

The thermodynamically constrained averaging theory (TCAT) has been used to formulate general classes of porous medium models, including new models for two-fluid-phase flow. The TCAT approach provides advantages that include a firm connection between the microscale, or pore scale, and the macroscale; a thermodynamically consistent basis; explicit inclusion of factors such as interfacial areas, contact angles, interfacial tension, and curvatures; and dynamics of interface movement and relaxation to an equilibrium state. In order to render the TCAT model solvable, certain closure relations are needed to relate fluid pressure, interfacial areas, curvatures, and relaxation rates. In this work, we formulate and solve a TCAT-based two-fluid-phase flow model. We detail the formulation of the model, which is a specific instance from a hierarchy of two-fluid-phase flow models that emerge from the theory. We show the closure problem that must be solved. Using recent results from high-resolution microscale simulations, we advance a set of closure relations that produce a closed model. Lastly, we use locally conservative spatial discretization and higher order temporal discretization methods to approximate the solution to this new model and compare the solution to the traditional model.

Liquid-liquid phase separation of freely falling undercooled ternary Fe-Cu-Sn alloy

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Wang, W. L.; Wu, Y. H.; Li, L. H.; Zhai, W.; Zhang, X. M.; Wei, B.

2015-11-01

The active modulation and control of the liquid phase separation for high-temperature metallic systems are still challenging the development of advanced immiscible alloys. Here we present an attempt to manipulate the dynamic process of liquid-liquid phase separation for ternary Fe47.5Cu47.5Sn5 alloy. It was firstly dispersed into numerous droplets with 66 ~ 810 μm diameters and then highly undercooled and rapidly solidified under the containerless microgravity condition inside drop tube. 3-D phase field simulation was performed to explore the kinetic evolution of liquid phase separation. Through regulating the combined effects of undercooling level, phase separation time and Marangoni migration, three types of separation patterns were yielded: monotectic cell, core shell and dispersive structures. The two-layer core-shell morphology proved to be the most stable separation configuration owing to its lowest chemical potential. Whereas the monotectic cell and dispersive microstructures were both thermodynamically metastable transition states because of their highly active energy. The Sn solute partition profiles of Fe-rich core and Cu-rich shell in core-shell structures varied only slightly with cooling rate.

Formulation of multiple choice questions as a revision exercise at the end of a teaching module in biochemistry.

PubMed

Bobby, Zachariah; Radhika, M R; Nandeesha, H; Balasubramanian, A; Prerna, Singh; Archana, Nimesh; Thippeswamy, D N

2012-01-01

The graduate medical students often get less opportunity for clarifying their doubts and to reinforce their concepts after lecture classes. Assessment of the effect of MCQ preparation by graduate medical students as a revision exercise on the topic "Mineral metabolism." At the end of regular teaching module on the topic "Mineral metabolism," graduate medical students were asked to prepare the stems of 15 MCQs based on the four discriminators given for each. They were told that one of the discriminators could be the answer for the MCQ and the remaining three could be the distracters. They were further guided in their task by providing few key word(s) in the stem of the expected MCQ. In the first phase of the exercise, the students attempted the MCQ preparation individually without peer consultation. In the second phase, the students participated in small group discussion to formulate the best MCQs of the group. The effects on low, medium, and high achievers were evaluated by pre and post-tests with the same set of MCQs. Both the individual endeavor in Phase 1 and small group discussion in Phase 2 for the formulation of MCQs significantly contributed to the gain from the exercise. The gains from the individual task and from small group discussion were equal among the different categories of students. Both phases of the exercise were equally beneficial for the low, medium, and high achievers. The high and medium achievers retained the gain from the exercise even after 1 week of the exercise whereas the low achievers could not retain the gain completely. Formulation of MCQs is an effective and useful unconventional revision exercise in Biochemistry for graduate medical students. Copyright © 2012 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

Extent and mechanism of phase separation during the extrusion of calcium phosphate pastes.

PubMed

O'Neill, Rory; McCarthy, Helen O; Cunningham, Eoin; Montufar, Edgar; Ginebra, Maria-Pau; Wilson, D Ian; Lennon, Alex; Dunne, Nicholas

2016-02-01

The aim of this study was to increase understanding of the mechanism and dominant drivers influencing phase separation during ram extrusion of calcium phosphate (CaP) paste for orthopaedic applications. The liquid content of extrudate was determined, and the flow of liquid and powder phases within the syringe barrel during extrusion were observed, subject to various extrusion parameters. Increasing the initial liquid-to-powder mass ratio, LPR, (0.4-0.45), plunger rate (5-20 mm/min), and tapering the barrel exit (45°-90°) significantly reduced the extent of phase separation. Phase separation values ranged from (6.22 ± 0.69 to 18.94 ± 0.69 %). However altering needle geometry had no significant effect on phase separation. From powder tracing and liquid content determination, static zones of powder and a non-uniform liquid distribution was observed within the barrel. Measurements of extrudate and paste LPR within the barrel indicated that extrudate LPR remained constant during extrusion, while LPR of paste within the barrel decreased steadily. These observations indicate the mechanism of phase separation was located within the syringe barrel. Therefore phase separation can be attributed to either; (1) the liquid being forced downstream by an increase in pore pressure as a result of powder consolidation due to the pressure exerted by the plunger or (2) the liquid being drawn from paste within the barrel, due to suction, driven by dilation of the solids matrix at the barrel exit. Differentiating between these two mechanisms is difficult; however results obtained suggest that suction is the dominant phase separation mechanism occurring during extrusion of CaP paste.

Development of a special purpose spacecraft coating, phase 4

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Gillman, H. D.

1980-01-01

Coating formulations based on a fluorocarbon resin were evaluated for use on spacecraft exteriors. Formulations modified with an acrylic resin were found to have excellent offgassing properties. A much less expensive process for increasing to solid content of the fluorocarbon latex was developed.

QUANTIFICATION OF GLYCYRRHIZIN BIOMARKER IN GLYCYRRHIZA GLABRA RHIZOME AND BABY HERBAL FORMULATIONS BY VALIDATED RP-HPTLC METHODS

PubMed Central

Alam, Prawez; Foudah, Ahmed I.; Zaatout, Hala H.; T, Kamal Y; Abdel-Kader, Maged S.

2017-01-01

Background: A simple and sensitive thin-layer chromatographic method has been established for quantification of glycyrrhizin in Glycyrrhiza glabra rhizome and baby herbal formulations by validated Reverse Phase HPTLC method. Materials and Methods: RP-HPTLC Method was carried out using glass coated with RP-18 silica gel 60 F254S HPTLC plates using methanol-water (7: 3 v/v) as mobile phase. Results: The developed plate was scanned and quantified densitometrically at 256 nm. Glycyrrhizin peaks from Glycyrrhiza glabra rhizome and baby herbal formulations were identified by comparing their single spot at Rf = 0.63 ± 0.01. Linear regression analysis revealed a good linear relationship between peak area and amount of glycyrrhizin in the range of 2000-7000 ng/band. Conclusion: The method was validated, in accordance with ICH guidelines for precision, accuracy, and robustness. The proposed method will be useful to enumerate the therapeutic dose of glycyrrhizin in herbal formulations as well as in bulk drug. PMID:28573236

Preparation and evaluation of novel microemulsion-based hydrogels for dermal delivery of benzocaine.

PubMed

Üstündağ Okur, Neslihan; Çağlar, Emre Şefik; Arpa, Muhammet Davut; Karasulu, H Yeşim

2017-06-01

The purpose of the current research was to prepare and evaluate the potential use of microemulsion-based hydrogel (MBH) formulations for dermal delivery of benzocaine (BZN). The pseudoternary-phase diagrams were constructed for various microemulsions composed of isopropyl myristate (IPM) as oil phase, Span 20, Tween 20, Tween 80, cremophor EL and cremophor RH40 as surfactants, ethanol as cosurfactant and distilled water as aqueous phase. Finally, concentration of BZN in microemulsions was 2% (w/w). The physicochemical properties, such as conductivity, viscosity, pH, droplet size, polydispersity index and zeta potential of microemulsions, were measured. Carbopol 940 was used to convert BZN-loaded microemulsions into gel form without affecting their structure. Furthermore, excised rat abdominal skin was used to compare permeation and penetration properties of BZN loaded M3 and M3BHs with BZN solution. According to ex vivo study results, BZN-loaded M3BH1 showed highest flux values and high release rate values, and furthermore, this gel formulation had low surfactant content. Finally, in order to learn the localization of formulations within the dermal penetration, formulations and BZN solution were labeled with red oil O and subjected to fluorescence observation. In conclusion, BZN-loaded MBHs could be offered as a promising strategy for dermal drug delivery.

Design and evaluation of self-nanoemulsifying pellets of repaglinide.

PubMed

Desai, N S; Nagarsenker, M S

2013-09-01

The aim of study was to develop self-nanoemulsifying pellets (SNEP) for oral delivery of poorly water soluble drug, repaglinide (RPG). Solubility of RPG in oily phases and surfactants was determined to identify components of self-nanoemulsifying drug delivery system (SNEDDS). The surfactants and cosurfactants were screened for their ability to emulsify oily phase. Ternary phase diagrams were constructed to identify nanoemulsification area for the selected systems. SNEDDS formulations with globule size less than 100 nm were evaluated for in vivo anti-hyperglycemic activity in neonatal streptozotocin rat model. A significant reduction in glucose levels was produced by optimized SNEDDS formulation in comparison to the control group. The optimized SNEDDS formulations were pelletized via extrusion/spheronization technique using microcrystalline cellulose and lactose. SNEP were characterized by X-ray powder diffraction and scanning electron microscopy. X-ray diffraction study indicated loss of crystallinity of RPG in SNEP. The SNEP exhibited good flow properties, mechanical strength and formed nanoemulsion with globule size less than 200 nm. SNEP showed in vitro release of more than 80% RPG in 10 min which was significantly higher than RPG containing reference pellets. In conclusion, our studies illustrated that RPG, a poorly water soluble drug can be successfully formulated into SNEP which can serve as a promising system for the delivery of poorly water soluble drugs.

Aspects of nonviral gene therapy: correlation of molecular parameters with lipoplex structure and transfection efficacy in pyridinium-based cationic lipids.

PubMed

Parvizi, Paria; Jubeli, Emile; Raju, Liji; Khalique, Nada Abdul; Almeer, Ahmed; Allam, Hebatalla; Manaa, Maryem Al; Larsen, Helge; Nicholson, David; Pungente, Michael D; Fyles, Thomas M

2014-01-30

This study seeks correlations between the molecular structures of cationic and neutral lipids, the lipid phase behavior of the mixed-lipid lipoplexes they form with plasmid DNA, and the transfection efficacy of the lipoplexes. Synthetic cationic pyridinium lipids were co-formulated (1:1) with the cationic lipid 1,2-dimyristoyl-sn-glycero-3-ethylphosphocholine (EPC), and these lipids were co-formulated (3:2) with the neutral lipids 1,2-dioleoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphatidylethanolamine (DOPE) or cholesterol. All lipoplex formulations exhibited plasmid DNA binding and a level of protection from DNase I degradation. Composition-dependent transfection (beta-galactosidase and GFP) and cytotoxicity was observed in Chinese hamster ovarian-K1 cells. The most active formulations containing the pyridinium lipids were less cytotoxic but of comparable activity to a Lipofectamine 2000™ control. Molecular structure parameters and partition coefficients were calculated for all lipids using fragment additive methods. The derived shape parameter values correctly correlated with observed hexagonal lipid phase behavior of lipoplexes as derived from small-angle X-ray scattering experiments. A transfection index applicable to hexagonal phase lipoplexes derived from calculated parameters of the lipid mixture (partition coefficient, shape parameter, lipoplex packing) produced a direct correlation with transfection efficiency. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Development and application of a biorelevant dissolution method using USP apparatus 4 in early phase formulation development.

PubMed

Fang, Jiang B; Robertson, Vivian K; Rawat, Archana; Flick, Tawnya; Tang, Zhe J; Cauchon, Nina S; McElvain, James S

2010-10-04

Dissolution testing is frequently used to determine the rate and extent at which a drug is released from a dosage form, and it plays many important roles throughout drug product development. However, the traditional dissolution approach often emphasizes its application in quality control testing and usually strives to obtain 100% drug release. As a result, dissolution methods are not necessarily biorelevant and meaningful application of traditional dissolution methods in the early phases of drug product development can be very limited. This article will describe the development of a biorelevant in vitro dissolution method using USP apparatus 4, biorelevant media, and real-time online UV analysis. Several case studies in the areas of formulation selection, lot-to-lot variability, and food effect will be presented to demonstrate the application of this method in early phase formulation development. This biorelevant dissolution method using USP apparatus 4 provides a valuable tool to predict certain aspects of the in vivo drug release. It can be used to facilitate the formulation development/selection for pharmacokinetic (PK) and clinical studies. It may also potentially be used to minimize the number of PK studies, and to aid in the design of more efficient PK and clinical studies.

Guidelines for the formulation of Lagrangian stochastic models for particle simulations of single-phase and dispersed two-phase turbulent flows

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Minier, Jean-Pierre; Chibbaro, Sergio; Pope, Stephen B.

2014-11-01

In this paper, we establish a set of criteria which are applied to discuss various formulations under which Lagrangian stochastic models can be found. These models are used for the simulation of fluid particles in single-phase turbulence as well as for the fluid seen by discrete particles in dispersed turbulent two-phase flows. The purpose of the present work is to provide guidelines, useful for experts and non-experts alike, which are shown to be helpful to clarify issues related to the form of Lagrangian stochastic models. A central issue is to put forward reliable requirements which must be met by Lagrangian stochastic models and a new element brought by the present analysis is to address the single- and two-phase flow situations from a unified point of view. For that purpose, we consider first the single-phase flow case and check whether models are fully consistent with the structure of the Reynolds-stress models. In the two-phase flow situation, coming up with clear-cut criteria is more difficult and the present choice is to require that the single-phase situation be well-retrieved in the fluid-limit case, elementary predictive abilities be respected and that some simple statistical features of homogeneous fluid turbulence be correctly reproduced. This analysis does not address the question of the relative predictive capacities of different models but concentrates on their formulation since advantages and disadvantages of different formulations are not always clear. Indeed, hidden in the changes from one structure to another are some possible pitfalls which can lead to flaws in the construction of practical models and to physically unsound numerical calculations. A first interest of the present approach is illustrated by considering some models proposed in the literature and by showing that these criteria help to assess whether these Lagrangian stochastic models can be regarded as acceptable descriptions. A second interest is to indicate how future developments can be safely built, which is also relevant for stochastic subgrid models for particle-laden flows in the context of Large Eddy Simulations.

Guidelines for the formulation of Lagrangian stochastic models for particle simulations of single-phase and dispersed two-phase turbulent flows

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Minier, Jean-Pierre, E-mail: Jean-Pierre.Minier@edf.fr; Chibbaro, Sergio; Pope, Stephen B.

In this paper, we establish a set of criteria which are applied to discuss various formulations under which Lagrangian stochastic models can be found. These models are used for the simulation of fluid particles in single-phase turbulence as well as for the fluid seen by discrete particles in dispersed turbulent two-phase flows. The purpose of the present work is to provide guidelines, useful for experts and non-experts alike, which are shown to be helpful to clarify issues related to the form of Lagrangian stochastic models. A central issue is to put forward reliable requirements which must be met by Lagrangianmore » stochastic models and a new element brought by the present analysis is to address the single- and two-phase flow situations from a unified point of view. For that purpose, we consider first the single-phase flow case and check whether models are fully consistent with the structure of the Reynolds-stress models. In the two-phase flow situation, coming up with clear-cut criteria is more difficult and the present choice is to require that the single-phase situation be well-retrieved in the fluid-limit case, elementary predictive abilities be respected and that some simple statistical features of homogeneous fluid turbulence be correctly reproduced. This analysis does not address the question of the relative predictive capacities of different models but concentrates on their formulation since advantages and disadvantages of different formulations are not always clear. Indeed, hidden in the changes from one structure to another are some possible pitfalls which can lead to flaws in the construction of practical models and to physically unsound numerical calculations. A first interest of the present approach is illustrated by considering some models proposed in the literature and by showing that these criteria help to assess whether these Lagrangian stochastic models can be regarded as acceptable descriptions. A second interest is to indicate how future developments can be safely built, which is also relevant for stochastic subgrid models for particle-laden flows in the context of Large Eddy Simulations.« less

Comparing the selectivity and chiral separation of d- and l- fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl chloride protected amino acids in analytical high performance liquid chromatography and supercritical fluid chromatography; evaluating throughput, economic and environmental impact.

PubMed

Vera, C M; Shock, D; Dennis, G R; Farrell, W; Shalliker, R A

2017-04-14

The chiral separation of d- and l- FMOC amino acids was undertaken using the Lux Cellulose-1 polysaccharide based chiral column in HPLC (normal phase and reverse phase) and SFC conditions. This was done to compare the relative selectivity and separation between the three separation modes and to evaluate the potential benefits of SFC separations with regards to resolution, throughput, economic and environmental impact. It was established that the separation of d- and l- FMOC amino acids in SFC displayed behaviours that were similar to both normal phase and reversed phase, rather than distinctly one or the other. Additionally, although reversed phase conditions yielded significantly higher resolution values between enantiomers across the range of amino acids studied, improvements in selectivity in SFC via the introduction of higher concentrations of formic acid in the mobile phase allowed for better resolution per unit of time. Moreover since the SFC mobile phase is composed mostly of recyclable CO 2 , there is a reduction in organic solvent consumption, which minimises the economic and environmental costs. Copyright © 2017. Published by Elsevier B.V.

Nanoscopy of Phase Separation in InxGa1-xN Alloys.

PubMed

Abate, Yohannes; Seidlitz, Daniel; Fali, Alireza; Gamage, Sampath; Babicheva, Viktoriia; Yakovlev, Vladislav S; Stockman, Mark I; Collazo, Ramon; Alden, Dorian; Dietz, Nikolaus

2016-09-07

Phase separations in ternary/multinary semiconductor alloys is a major challenge that limits optical and electronic internal device efficiency. We have found ubiquitous local phase separation in In1-xGaxN alloys that persists to nanoscale spatial extent by employing high-resolution nanoimaging technique. We lithographically patterned InN/sapphire substrates with nanolayers of In1-xGaxN down to few atomic layers thick that enabled us to calibrate the near-field infrared response of the semiconductor nanolayers as a function of composition and thickness. We also developed an advanced theoretical approach that considers the full geometry of the probe tip and all the sample and substrate layers. Combining experiment and theory, we identified and quantified phase separation in epitaxially grown individual nanoalloys. We found that the scale of the phase separation varies widely from particle to particle ranging from all Ga- to all In-rich regions and covering everything in between. We have found that between 20 and 25% of particles show some level of Ga-rich phase separation over the entire sample region, which is in qualitative agreement with the known phase diagram of In1-xGaxN system.

Low density microcellular foams

DOEpatents

Aubert, J.H.; Clough, R.L.; Curro, J.G.; Quintana, C.A.; Russick, E.M.; Shaw, M.T.

1985-10-02

Low density, microporous polymer foams are provided by a process which comprises forming a solution of polymer and a suitable solvent followed by rapid cooling of the solution to form a phase-separated system and freeze the phase-separated system. The phase-separated system comprises a polymer phase and a solvent phase, each of which is substantially continuous within the other. The morphology of the polymer phase prior to and subsequent to freezing determine the morphology of the resultant foam. Both isotropic and anisotropic foams can be produced. If isotropic foams are produced, the polymer and solvent are tailored such that the solution spontaneously phase-separates prior to the point at which any component freezes. The morphology of the resultant polymer phase determines the morphology of the reusltant foam and the morphology of the polymer phase is retained by cooling the system at a rate sufficient to freeze one or both components of the system before a change in morphology can occur. Anisotropic foams are produced by forming a solution of polymer and solvent that will not phase separate prior to freezing of one or both components of the solution. In such a process, the solvent typically freezes before phase separation occurs. The morphology of the resultant frozen two-phase system determines the morphology of the resultant foam. The process involves subjecting the solution to essentially one-dimensional cooling. Foams having a density of less than 0.1 g/cc and a uniform cell size of less than 10 ..mu..m and a volume such that the foams have a length greater than 1 cm are provided.

Quantitative determination of alginic acid in pharmaceutical formulations using capillary electrophoresis.

PubMed

Moore, Douglas E; Miao, William G; Benikos, Con

2004-01-27

A capillary electrophoresis (CE) method has been developed and validated for the quantitative determination of alginic acid, which is used as a rafting agent in complex antacid formulations. The method involves a preliminary separation of the alginic acid from the formulation by washing the sample matrix with methanol, diluted HCl and water. This is followed by electrophoresis within a fused silica capillary using borate/boric acid buffer as the electrolyte, and the quantification is performed by a UV detector monitoring at 200 nm, where the intrinsic absorption of alginic acid is measured. An assay precision of better than 3% was achieved in intra- and interday determinations. No interference was found from the matrix of the antacid formulations.

Formulation and evaluation of novel controlled release of topical pluronic lecithin organogel of mefenamic acid.

PubMed

Jhawat, Vikas; Gupta, Sumeet; Saini, Vipin

2016-11-01

In the present study, pluronic lecithin based organogels (PLO gels) were formulated as topical carrier for controlled delivery of mefenamic acid. Ten organogel formulations were prepared by a method employing lecithin as lipophilic phase and pluronic F-127 as hydrophilic phase in varying concentrations to study various parameters using in vitro diffusion study and in vivo studies. All formulations were found to be off-white, homogenous, and reluctant to be washed easily and have pH value within the range of 5.56-5.80 which is nonirritant. Polymer concentration increased in formulations of F1 to F5 (lecithin) and F6 to F10 (pluronic) resulted in decrease of the gelation temperature, increase of viscosity and reduction of spreadability of gels having polymer tendency to form rigid 3D network. Organogels with higher viscosity were found to be more stable and retard the drug release from the gel. The formulations of F2 and F3 were selected for kinetic studies and stability studies, as they found to have all physical parameters within acceptable limits, highest percent drug content and exhibited highest drug release in eight hours. The order of drug release from various formulations was found to be F2 > F3 > F10 > F4 > F1 > F9 > F8 > F5 > F7 > F6. The optimized formulation F2 was found to follow zero order rate kinetics showing controlled release of the drug from the formulations. In vivo anti-inflammatory activity of optimized mefenamic acid organogel (F2) against a standard marketed preparation (Volini gel) was found satisfactory and significant.

Tretinoin Nanogel 0.025% Versus Conventional Gel 0.025% in Patients with Acne Vulgaris: A Randomized, Active Controlled, Multicentre, Parallel Group, Phase IV Clinical Trial

PubMed Central

Chandrashekhar, B S; Anitha, M.; Ruparelia, Mukesh; Vaidya, Pradyumna; Aamir, Riyaz; Shah, Sunil; Thilak, S; Aurangabadkar, Sanjeev; Pal, Sandeep; Saraswat, Abir

2015-01-01

Background: Conventional topical tretinoin formulation is often associated with local adverse events. Nanogel formulation of tretinoin has good physical stability and enables good penetration of tretinoin into the pilo-sebaceous glands. Aim: The present study was conducted to assess the efficacy and safety of a nanogel formulation of tretinoin as compared to its conventional gel formulation in the treatment of acne vulgaris of the face. Materials and Methods: This randomized, active controlled, multicentric, phase IV clinical trial evaluated the treatment of patients with acne vulgaris of the face by the two gel formulations locally applied once daily at night for 12 wk. Acne lesion counts (inflammatory, non-inflammatory & total) and severity grading were carried out on the monthly scheduled visits along with the tolerability assessments. Results: A total of 207 patients were randomized in the study. Reductions in the total (72.9% vs. 65.0%; p = 0.03) and inflammatory (78.1% vs. 66.9%; p = 0.02) acne lesions were reported to be significantly greater with the nanogel formulation as compared to the conventional gel formulation. Local adverse events were significantly less (p = 0.04) in the nanogel group (13.3%) as compared to the conventional gel group (24.7%). Dryness was the most common adverse event reported in both the treatment groups while peeling of skin, burning sensation and photosensitivity were reported in patients using the conventional gel only. Conclusion: In the treatment of acne vulgaris of the face, tretinoin nanogel formulation appears to be more effective and better tolerated than the conventional gel formulation. PMID:25738069

Origin of Reversible Photoinduced Phase Separation in Hybrid Perovskites.

PubMed

Bischak, Connor G; Hetherington, Craig L; Wu, Hao; Aloni, Shaul; Ogletree, D Frank; Limmer, David T; Ginsberg, Naomi S

2017-02-08

The distinct physical properties of hybrid organic-inorganic materials can lead to unexpected nonequilibrium phenomena that are difficult to characterize due to the broad range of length and time scales involved. For instance, mixed halide hybrid perovskites are promising materials for optoelectronics, yet bulk measurements suggest the halides reversibly phase separate upon photoexcitation. By combining nanoscale imaging and multiscale modeling, we find that the nature of halide demixing in these materials is distinct from macroscopic phase separation. We propose that the localized strain induced by a single photoexcited charge interacting with the soft, ionic lattice is sufficient to promote halide phase separation and nucleate a light-stabilized, low-bandgap, ∼8 nm iodide-rich cluster. The limited extent of this polaron is essential to promote demixing because by contrast bulk strain would simply be relaxed. Photoinduced phase separation is therefore a consequence of the unique electromechanical properties of this hybrid class of materials. Exploiting photoinduced phase separation and other nonequilibrium phenomena in hybrid materials more generally could expand applications in sensing, switching, memory, and energy storage.

Alternative Solvents/Technologies for Paint Stripping: Phase 1.

DTIC Science & Technology

1994-03-01

processes . Three phases of study are defined: Phase I, identify alternate solvents/strippers and screen them; Phase II, field test solvent/ strippers...Section Title Page 1 Metal Refinishing Process - Immersion Method ............... 8 2 Phase Summary Chart ........................ 12 3 The...of the following: (a) nontoxic chemical formulations, (b) new process development, and (c) new coating reformulations. This program consists of three

Solar fuels generator

DOEpatents

Lewis, Nathan S.; Spurgeon, Joshua M.

2016-10-25

The solar fuels generator includes an ionically conductive separator between a gaseous first phase and a second phase. A photoanode uses one or more components of the first phase to generate cations during operation of the solar fuels generator. A cation conduit is positioned provides a pathway along which the cations travel from the photoanode to the separator. The separator conducts the cations. A second solid cation conduit conducts the cations from the separator to a photocathode.

Pharmaceutical characterization of novel tenofovir liposomal formulations for enhanced oral drug delivery: in vitro pharmaceutics and Caco-2 permeability investigations

PubMed Central

Spinks, Crystal B; Zidan, Ahmed S; Khan, Mansoor A; Habib, Muhammad J; Faustino, Patrick J

2017-01-01

Tenofovir, currently marketed as the prodrug tenofovir disoproxil fumarate, is used clinically to treat patients with HIV/AIDS. The oral bioavailability of tenofovir is relatively low, limiting its clinical effectiveness. Encapsulation of tenofovir within modified long-circulating liposomes would deliver this hydrophilic anti-HIV drug to the reticuloendothelial system for better therapeutic efficacy. The objectives of the current study were to prepare and pharmaceutically characterize model liposomal tenofovir formulations in an attempt to improve their bioavailability. The entrapment process was performed using film hydration method, and the formulations were characterized in terms of encapsulation efficiency and Caco-2 permeability. An efficient reverse-phase high-performance liquid chromatography method was developed and validated for tenofovir quantitation in both in vitro liposomal formulations and Caco-2 permeability samples. Separation was achieved isocratically on a Waters Symmetry C8 column using 10 mM Na2PO4/acetonitrile pH 7.4 (95:5 v/v). The flow rate was 1 mL/min with a 12 min elution time. Injection volume was 10 µL with ultraviolet detection at 270 nm. The method was validated according to United States Pharmacopeial Convention category I requirements. The obtained result showed that tenofovir encapsulation within the prepared liposomes was dependent on the employed amount of the positive charge-imparting agent. The obtained results indicated that calibration curves were linear with r2 > 0.9995 over the analytical range of 1–10 µg/mL. Inter- and intraday accuracy and precision values ranged from 95% to 101% and 0.3% to 2.6%, respectively. The method was determined to be specific and robust. Regarding the potential of the prepared vectors to potentiate tenofovir permeability through the Caco-2 model, a 10-fold increase in tenofovir apparent permeability was observed compared to its oral solution. In conclusion, this novel and validated method was successfully applied to characterize both in vitro encapsulation efficiency and Caco-2 permeability transport for the pharmaceutical assessment of novel tenofovir formulations. PMID:28260952

A phase 1 study to evaluate effect of food on veliparib pharmacokinetics and relative bioavailability in subjects with solid tumors.

PubMed

Mostafa, Nael M; Chiu, Yi-Lin; Rosen, Lee S; Bessudo, Alberto; Kovacs, Xenia; Giranda, Vincent L

2014-09-01

A phase 1 study was conducted to evaluate the bioavailability and food effect of a new veliparib formulation in subjects with solid tumors. Subjects (planned: Stage I, N = 20; Stage II, N = 16) received four regimens of a single oral dose of veliparib utilizing a group-sequential design. Subjects were administered single doses of 40 mg veliparib supplied as four 10 mg current formulation, four 10 mg new formulation and one 40 mg new formulation under fasting conditions and under non-fasting conditions. Serial blood samples were collected for the determination of veliparib pharmacokinetics. At the end of Stage I, the relative bioavailability between each pair of regimens was assessed by a two one-sided tests procedure from the analyses of the natural logarithms of C(max) and AUC. A 92.7 % confidence interval within the 0.80-1.25 range between each regimen pair determined bioequivalence. Four 10 mg current formulation capsules, four 10 mg new formulation and one 40 mg new formulation were bioequivalent with respect to C(max) and AUC under fasting conditions. The administration of a high-fat meal did not have a significant effect on AUC and only caused a slight decrease in veliparib C(max) (17 %) and a delay of approximately 1 h in T(max). The 40 mg new capsule was bioequivalent to currently used formulation. Food had no effect on the extent of veliparib absorption and only a small (17 %) decrease in peak exposure of veliparib.

Separation by solvent extraction

DOEpatents

Holt, Jr., Charles H.

1976-04-06

17. A process for separating fission product values from uranium and plutonium values contained in an aqueous solution, comprising adding an oxidizing agent to said solution to secure uranium and plutonium in their hexavalent state; contacting said aqueous solution with a substantially water-immiscible organic solvent while agitating and maintaining the temperature at from -1.degree. to -2.degree. C. until the major part of the water present is frozen; continuously separating a solid ice phase as it is formed; separating a remaining aqueous liquid phase containing fission product values and a solvent phase containing plutonium and uranium values from each other; melting at least the last obtained part of said ice phase and adding it to said separated liquid phase; and treating the resulting liquid with a new supply of solvent whereby it is practically depleted of uranium and plutonium.

Ordering-separation phase transitions in a Co3V alloy

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ustinovshchikov, Yu. I.

2017-01-01

The microstructure of the Co3V alloy formed by heat treatment at various temperatures is studied by transmission electron microscopy. Two ordering-separation phase transitions are revealed at temperatures of 400-450 and 800°C. At the high-temperature phase separation, the microstructure consists of bcc vanadium particles and an fcc solid solution; at the low-temperature phase separation, the microstructure is cellular. In the ordering range, the microstructure consists of chemical compound Co3V particles chaotically arranged in the solid solution. The structure of the Co3V alloy is shown not to correspond to the structures indicated in the Co-V phase diagram at any temperatures.

Enteric protection of naproxen in a fixed-dose combination product produced by hot-melt co-extrusion.

PubMed

Vynckier, A-K; De Beer, M; Monteyne, T; Voorspoels, J; De Beer, T; Remon, J P; Vervaet, C

2015-08-01

In this study hot-melt co-extrusion is used as processing technique to manufacture a fixed-dose combination product providing enteric protection to naproxen incorporated in the core and immediate release to esomeprazole magnesium embedded in the coat. The plasticizing effect of naproxen and triethyl citrate (TEC) was tested on the enteric polymers investigated (Eudragit(®) L100-55, HPMC-AS-LF and HPMCP-HP-50). Core matrix formulations containing HPMC-AS-LF, TEC and a naproxen load of 15, 30 and 50% were processed and characterized. The in vitro naproxen release in 0.1N HCl was prevented for 2h for all formulations. The physicochemical state of the drug in the extrudates was determined and a stability study was performed. Intermolecular interactions between naproxen and polymer were identified using attenuated total reflection Fourier-transform infrared (ATR FT-IR) spectroscopy. When esomeprazole magnesium was formulated in a polyethylene oxide 100K:polyethylene glycol 4K (1:1) matrix, separated from the naproxen-containing layer, the formulation could be easily processed and complete in vitro drug release was observed after 45 min. When co-extruding the core/coat dosage form it was observed that a third layer of polymer, separating the naproxen loaded enteric formulation in the core from the coat, is required to prevent degradation of the acid-labile esomeprazole magnesium at the core/coat interface. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Tentative civil airworthiness flight criteria for powered-lift transports

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Hynes, C. S.; Scott, B. C.

1976-01-01

Representatives of the U.S., British, French, and Canadian airworthiness authorities participated in a NASA/FAA program to formulate tentative civil airworthiness flight criteria for powered-lift transports. The ultimate limits of the flight envelope are defined by boundaries in the airspeed/path-angle plane. Angle of attack and airspeed margins applied to these ultimate limits provide protection against both atmospheric disturbances and disturbances resulting from pilot actions or system variability, but do not ensure maneuvering capability directly, as the 30% speed margin does for conventional transports. Separate criteria provide for direct demonstration of adequate capability for approach path control, flare and landing, and for go-around. Demonstration maneuvers are proposed, and appropriate abuses and failures are suggested. Taken together, these criteria should permit selection of appropriate operating points within the flight envelopes for the approach, landing, and go-around flight phases which are likely to be most critical for powered-lift aircraft.

Liquid chromatographic analysis of a formulated ester from a gas-turbine engine test

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Jones, W. R., Jr.; Morales, W.

1983-01-01

Size exclusion chromatography (SEC) utilizing mu-Bondagel and mu-Styragel columns with a tetrahydrofuran mobile phase was used to determine the chemical degradation of lubricant samples from a gas-turbine engine test. A MIL-L-27502 candidate, ester-based lubricant was run in a J57-29 engine at a bulk oil temperature of 216 C. In general, the analyses indicated a progressive loss of primary ester, additive depletion, and formation of higher molecular weight material. An oil sample taken at the conclusion of the test showed a reversal of this trend because of large additions of new oil. The high-molecular-weight product from the degraded ester absorbed strongly in the ultraviolet region at 254 nanometers. This would indicate the presence of chromophoric groups. An analysis of a similar ester lubricant from a separate high-temperature bearing test yielded qualitatively similar results.

Exciplex Fluorescence Systems for Two-Phase Visualization.

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kim, J.-U.; Golding, B.; Schock, H. J.; Nocera, D. G.; Keller, P.

1996-03-01

We report the development of diagnostic chemical systems for vapor-liquid visualization based on an exciplex (excited state complex) formed between dimethyl- or diethyl-substituted aniline and trimethyl-substituted naphthalenes. Quantum yields of individual monomers were measured and the exciplex emission spectra as well as fluorescence quenching mechanisms were analyzed. Quenching occurs by both static and dynamic mechanisms. Among the many formulations investigated in this study, a system consisting of 7% 1,4,6-trimethylnaphthalene (1,4,6-TMN) and 5% N,N-dimethylaniline (DMA) in 88% isooctane exciplex was found to be useful for the laser- induced fluorescence technique. The technique is expected to find application in observing mixture formation in diesel or spark ignition engines with spectrally well-separated fluorescence images obtained from the monomer and exciplex constituents dissolved in the gasoline fuel. *Supported by NSF MRSEC DMR-9400417 and the Center for Fundamental Materials Research.

HPOTP low-speed flexible rotor balancing, phase 1

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Giordano, J.; Zorzi, E.

1985-01-01

A method was developed that shows promise in overcoming many balancing limitations. This method establishes one or more windows for low speed, out-of-housing balancing of flexible rotors. These windows are regions of speed and support flexibility where two conditions are simultaneously fulfilled. First, the rotor system behaves flexibly; therefore, there is separation among balance planes. Second, the response due to balance weights is large enough to reliably measure. The analytic formulation of the low-speed flexible rotor balancing method is described. The results of proof-of-principle tests conducted under the program are presented. Based on this effort, it is concluded that low speed flexible rotor balancing is a viable technology. In particular, the method can be used to balance a rotor bearing system at low speed which results in smooth operation above more than one bending critical speed. Furthermore, this balancing methodology is applicable to SSME turbopump rotors.

Classifying Degraded Modern Polymeric Museum Artefacts by Their Smell.

PubMed

Curran, Katherine; Underhill, Mark; Grau-Bové, Josep; Fearn, Tom; Gibson, Lorraine T; Strlič, Matija

2018-02-05

The use of VOC analysis to diagnose degradation in modern polymeric museum artefacts is reported. Volatile organic compound (VOC) analysis is a successful method for diagnosing medical conditions but to date has found little application in museums. Modern polymers are increasingly found in museum collections but pose serious conservation difficulties owing to unstable and widely varying formulations. Solid-phase microextraction gas chromatography/mass spectrometry and linear discriminant analysis were used to classify samples according to the length of time they had been artificially degraded. Accuracies in classification of 50-83 % were obtained after validation with separate test sets. The method was applied to three artefacts from collections at Tate to detect evidence of degradation. This approach could be used for any material in heritage collections and more widely in the field of polymer degradation. © 2018 The Authors. Published by Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA.

Development of a Model and Computer Code to Describe Solar Grade Silicon Production Processes

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Srivastava, R.; Gould, R. K.

1979-01-01

Mathematical models and computer codes based on these models, which allow prediction of the product distribution in chemical reactors for converting gaseous silicon compounds to condensed-phase silicon were developed. The following tasks were accomplished: (1) formulation of a model for silicon vapor separation/collection from the developing turbulent flow stream within reactors of the Westinghouse (2) modification of an available general parabolic code to achieve solutions to the governing partial differential equations (boundary layer type) which describe migration of the vapor to the reactor walls, (3) a parametric study using the boundary layer code to optimize the performance characteristics of the Westinghouse reactor, (4) calculations relating to the collection efficiency of the new AeroChem reactor, and (5) final testing of the modified LAPP code for use as a method of predicting Si(1) droplet sizes in these reactors.

Formation of ion clusters in the phase separated structures of neutral-charged polymer blends

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kwon, Ha-Kyung; Olvera de La Cruz, Monica

2015-03-01

Polyelectrolyte blends, consisting of at least one charged species, are promising candidate materials for fuel cell membranes, for their mechanical stability and high selectivity for proton conduction. The phase behavior of the blends is important to understand, as this can significantly affect the performance of the device. The phase behavior is controlled by χN, the Flory-Huggins parameter multiplied by the number of mers, as well as the electrostatic interactions between the charged backbone and the counterions. It has recently been shown that local ionic correlations, incorporated via liquid state (LS) theory, enhance phase separation of the blend, even in the absence of polymer interactions. In this study, we show phase diagrams of neutral-charged polymer blends including ionic correlations via LS theory. In addition to enhanced phase separation at low χN, the blends show liquid-liquid phase separation at high electrostatic interaction strengths. Above the critical strength, the charged polymer phase separates into ion-rich and ion-poor regions, resulting in the formation of ion clusters within the charged polymer phase. This can be shown by the appearance of multiple spinodal and critical points, indicating the coexistence of several charge separated phases. This work was performed under the following financial assistance award 70NANB14H012 from U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology as part of the Center for Hierarchical Materials Design (CHiMaD).

Topological crystalline materials: General formulation, module structure, and wallpaper groups

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Shiozaki, Ken; Sato, Masatoshi; Gomi, Kiyonori

2017-06-01

We formulate topological crystalline materials on the basis of the twisted equivariant K theory. Basic ideas of the twisted equivariant K theory are explained with application to topological phases protected by crystalline symmetries in mind, and systematic methods of topological classification for crystalline materials are presented. Our formulation is applicable to bulk gapful topological crystalline insulators/superconductors and their gapless boundary and defect states, as well as bulk gapless topological materials such as Weyl and Dirac semimetals, and nodal superconductors. As an application of our formulation, we present a complete classification of topological crystalline surface states, in the absence of time-reversal invariance. The classification works for gapless surface states of three-dimensional insulators, as well as full gapped two-dimensional insulators. Such surface states and two-dimensional insulators are classified in a unified way by 17 wallpaper groups, together with the presence or the absence of (sublattice) chiral symmetry. We identify the topological numbers and their representations under the wallpaper group operation. We also exemplify the usefulness of our formulation in the classification of bulk gapless phases. We present a class of Weyl semimetals and Weyl superconductors that are topologically protected by inversion symmetry.

Phase Separation in Solutions of Monoclonal Antibodies

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Benedek, George; Wang, Ying; Lomakin, Aleksey; Latypov, Ramil

2012-02-01

We report the observation of liquid-liquid phase separation (LLPS) in a solution of humanized monoclonal antibodies, IgG2, and the effects of human serum albumin, a major blood protein, on this phase separation. We find a significant reduction of phase separation temperature in the presence of albumin, and a preferential partitioning of the albumin into the antibody-rich phase. We provide a general thermodynamic analysis of the antibody-albumin mixture phase diagram and relate its features to the magnitude of the effective inter-protein interactions. Our analysis suggests that additives (HSA in this report), which have moderate attraction with antibody molecules, may be used to forestall undesirable protein condensation in antibody solutions. Our findings are relevant to understanding the stability of pharmaceutical solutions of antibodies and the mechanisms of cryoglobulinemia.

Lo/Ld phase coexistence modulation induced by GM1.

PubMed

Puff, Nicolas; Watanabe, Chiho; Seigneuret, Michel; Angelova, Miglena I; Staneva, Galya

2014-08-01

Lipid rafts are assumed to undergo biologically important size-modulations from nanorafts to microrafts. Due to the complexity of cellular membranes, model systems become important tools, especially for the investigation of the factors affecting "raft-like" Lo domain size and the search for Lo nanodomains as precursors in Lo microdomain formation. Because lipid compositional change is the primary mechanism by which a cell can alter membrane phase behavior, we studied the effect of the ganglioside GM1 concentration on the Lo/Ld lateral phase separation in PC/SM/Chol/GM1 bilayers. GM1 above 1mol % abolishes the formation of the micrometer-scale Lo domains observed in GUVs. However, the apparently homogeneous phase observed in optical microscopy corresponds in fact, within a certain temperature range, to a Lo/Ld lateral phase separation taking place below the optical resolution. This nanoscale phase separation is revealed by fluorescence spectroscopy, including C12NBD-PC self-quenching and Laurdan GP measurements, and is supported by Gaussian spectral decomposition analysis. The temperature of formation of nanoscale Lo phase domains over an Ld phase is determined, and is shifted to higher values when the GM1 content increases. A "morphological" phase diagram could be made, and it displays three regions corresponding respectively to Lo/Ld micrometric phase separation, Lo/Ld nanometric phase separation, and a homogeneous Ld phase. We therefore show that a lipid only-based mechanism is able to control the existence and the sizes of phase-separated membrane domains. GM1 could act on the line tension, "arresting" domain growth and thereby stabilizing Lo nanodomains. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Study Of Phase Separation In Glass

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Neilson, George F.; Weinberg, Michael C.; Smith, Gary L.

1989-01-01

Report describes an experimental study of effect of hydroxide content on phase separation in soda/silica glasses. Ordinary and gel glasses melted at 1,565 degree C, and melts stirred periodically. "Wet" glasses produced by passing bubbles of N2 saturated with water through melts; "dry" glasses prepared in similar manner, except N2 dried before passage through melts. Analyses of compositions of glasses performed by atomic-absorption and index-of-refraction measurements. Authors conclude hydroxide speeds up phase separation, regardless of method (gel or ordinary) by which glass prepared. Eventually helps material scientists to find ways to control morphology of phase separation.

Broiler responsiveness (Ross x 708) to diets varying in amino acid density.

PubMed

Kidd, M T; Corzo, A; Hoehler, D; Miller, E R; Dozier, W A

2005-09-01

Sex-separate male and female broilers (2,592 broilers; Ross x 708) were placed in 144 floor pens (12 replications per treatment) and fed diets containing high (H) and moderate (M) amino acid density from 1 to 55 d of age. Diets were formulated using ileal digestible amino acid ratios to Lys. Six dietary treatment combinations (MMMMM, HMMMM, HHMMM, HHHMM, HHHHM, and HHHHH) were implemented in 5 diet phases (1 to 5, 6 to 14, 15 to 35, 36 to 45, and 46 to 55 d of age). Male birds were heavier (P < or = 0.05) and had lower (P < or = 0.05) feed conversion, abdominal fat, and breast yield than female birds. Birds fed H diets in the first 3 phases had optimal (P < or = 0.05) BW and feed conversion (d 35, and 45), but optimal (P < or = 0.05) feed conversion at d 55 warranted H diets in all phases. Breast meat (d 35) and carcass (d 55) relative to BW were highest (P < or = 0.05) in birds fed H diets in the first 3 phases; however, differences in 55 d breast meat yield did not occur. Results indicate that amino acid needs of Ross x 708 broilers are most critical from 1 to 35 d of age. Predicted economic margins were advantageous in birds fed H diets resulting in dollar 0.12 and dollar 0.05/bird more income over feed costs at 35 and 55 d, respectively, in comparison with birds fed M diets.

Development and validation of a rapid ultra-high performance liquid chromatography method for the assay of benzalkonium chloride using a quality-by-design approach.

PubMed

Mallik, Rangan; Raman, Srividya; Liang, Xiaoli; Grobin, Adam W; Choudhury, Dilip

2015-09-25

A rapid robust reversed-phase UHPLC method has been developed for the analysis of total benzalkonium chloride in preserved drug formulation. A systematic Quality-by-Design (QbD) method development approach using commercial, off the shelf software (Fusion AE(®)) has been used to optimize the column, mobile phases, gradient time, and other HPLC conditions. Total benzalkonium chloride analysis involves simple sample preparation. The method uses gradient elution from an ACE Excel 2 C18-AR column (50mm×2.1mm, 2.0μm particle size), ammonium phosphate buffer (pH 3.3; 10mM) as aqueous mobile phase and methanol/acetonitrile (85/15, v/v) as the organic mobile phase with UV detection at 214nm. Using these conditions, major homologs of the benzalkonium chloride (C12 and C14) have been separated in less than 2.0min. The validation results confirmed that the method is precise, accurate and linear at concentrations ranging from 0.025mg/mL to 0.075mg/mL for total benzalkonium chloride. The recoveries ranged from 99% to 103% at concentrations from 0.025mg/mL to 0.075mg/mL for total benzalkonium chloride. The validation results also confirmed the robustness of the method as predicted by Fusion AE(®). Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Improved Separations of Proteins and Sugar Derivatives Using the Small-Scale Cross-Axis Coil Planet Centrifuge with Locular Multilayer Coiled Columns

PubMed Central

Shinomiya, Kazufusa; Umezawa, Motoki; Seki, Manami; Nitta, Jun; Zaima, Kazumasa; Harikai, Naoki; Ito, Yoichiro

2016-01-01

1) Background Countercurrent chromatography (CCC) is liquid-liquid partition chromatography without using a solid support matrix. This technique requires further improvement of partition efficiency and shortening theseparation time. 2) Methods The locular multilayer coils modified with and without mixer glass beads were developed for the separation of proteins and 4-methylumbelliferyl (MU) sugar derivatives using the small-scale cross-axis coil planet centrifuge. 3) Results Proteins were well separated from each other and the separation was improved at a low flow rate of the mobile phase. On the other hand, 4-MU sugar derivatives were sufficiently resolved with short separation time at a highflow rate of the mobile phase under satisfactory stationary phase retention. 4) Conclusion Effective separations were achieved using the locular multilayer coil for proteins with aqueous-aqueous polymer phase systems and for 4-MU sugar derivatives with organic-aqueous two-phase solvent systems by inserting a glass bead into each locule. PMID:27891507

The Role of RNA in Biological Phase Separations.

PubMed

Fay, Marta M; Anderson, Paul J

2018-05-10

Phase transitions that alter the physical state of ribonucleoprotein particles contribute to the spacial and temporal organization of the densely packed intracellular environment. This allows cells to organize biologically coupled processes as well as respond to environmental stimuli. RNA plays a key role in phase separation events that modulate various aspects of RNA metabolism. Here, we review the role that RNA plays in ribonucleoprotein phase separations. Copyright © 2018 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

Transient analysis of a thermal storage unit involving a phase change material

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Griggs, E. I.; Pitts, D. R.; Humphries, W. R.

1974-01-01

The transient response of a single cell of a typical phase change material type thermal capacitor has been modeled using numerical conductive heat transfer techniques. The cell consists of a base plate, an insulated top, and two vertical walls (fins) forming a two-dimensional cavity filled with a phase change material. Both explicit and implicit numerical formulations are outlined. A mixed explicit-implicit scheme which treats the fin implicity while treating the phase change material explicitly is discussed. A band algorithmic scheme is used to reduce computer storage requirements for the implicit approach while retaining a relatively fine grid. All formulations are presented in dimensionless form thereby enabling application to geometrically similar problems. Typical parametric results are graphically presented for the case of melting with constant heat input to the base of the cell.

Modeling Ignition of HMX with the Gibbs Formulation

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Lee, Kibaek; Stewart, D. Scott

2017-06-01

We present a HMX model with the Gibbs formulation in which stress tensor and temperature are assumed to be in local equilibrium, but phase/chemical changes are not assumed to be in equilibrium. We assume multi-components for HMX including beta- and delta-phase, liquid, and gas phase of HMX and its gas products. Isotropic small strain solid model, modified Fried Howard liquid EOS, and ideal gas EOS are used for its relevant component. Phase/chemical changes are characterized as reactions and are in individual reaction rate. Maxwell-Stefan model is used for diffusion. Excited gas products in the local domain lead unreacted HMX solid to the ignition event. Density of the mixture, stress, strain, displacement, mass fractions, and temperature are considered in 1D domain with time histories. Office of Naval Research and Air Force Office of Scientific Research.

Phase behavior of casein micelles/exocellular polysaccharide mixtures: Experiment and theory

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Tuinier, R.; de Kruif, C. G.

1999-05-01

Dispersions of casein micelles and an exocellular polysaccharide (EPS), obtained from Lactococcus lactis subsp. cremoris NIZO B40 EPS, show a phase separation. The phase separation is of the colloidal gas-liquid type. We have determined a phase diagram that describes the separation of skim milk with EPS into a casein-micelle rich phase and an EPS rich phase. We compare the phase diagram with those calculated from theories developed by Vrij, and by Lekkerkerker and co-workers, showing that the experimental phase boundary can be predicted quite well. From dynamic light scattering measurements of the self-diffusion of the casein micelles in the presence of EPS the spinodal could be located and it corresponds with the experimental phase boundary.